Category: Webinars Collection

  • 07/14/2026 – Content Growth Engine

    All right, let’s go do Let’s go. All right, there we go. Okay, let’s go ahead and get it done, guys. Uh, let’s jump in here. Um, we’re starting a little bit early, of course. I’m getting everything ready. Where’s everybody calling in from?

    All right, I am calling in from Osaka, Japan today. Hope you guys are having a good one. So, it’s morning for me. It’s beautiful morning out there. I think it’s going to be good evening for most of you. Uh, let’s see. Robert, Illinois, Ed, Arkansas, Telicia, Missouri, Lindsay, the great state of Kentucky. Awesome. Sasha from Jamaica. David, Newport Beach, California. Michael, San Diego. Nancy, League City, Texas. Brian, Ohio. William, Kansas City, Missouri. Viven, South Carolina. Um, okay. By the way, guys, let me know if there’s any uh internet issues, okay? Let me know immediately if there’s any like lagging or internet issues or anything like that. I was experiencing a little bit of internet issues on my side. So, uh, let us know and the admins will take care of that immediately. So Danny from uh Georgia, JT Jersey Shore, Allison Emerald Isle, North Carolina, Karen Pennsylvania, Bobby North Carolina, Herman Florida, Brandon Texas, Marcus from California, Michael from Buffalo, New York, Frank Tucson, Arizona, Rudy from El Paso, Sasha from Jamaica, uh Nathan from Denver, Colorado, Julie West, Los Angeles, uh Soul 28, Hey, Calgary. Nicholas, Louisiana. Jennifer, Oregon. Lisa, Arizona. Shane from Boulder, Colorado. Yes, The Cowboy Movie. Yep, that’s right. I was named after that Cowboy movie, too. Good stuff. Kevin from Orange County, California. Matt Para, Texas. Uh, Steve, Tampa, Florida. Anna, Belgium, Brussels, 1:00 a.m. Nice. Hey, thanks for staying up, Anna. Appreciate you. Erica, Malaysia. Mo, hello from Scottdale. Jaci from the Colony, Texas, north of Dallas. It’s 5:53 p.m. here. Awesome. Good evening to you. Eileen, Niagara Falls, New York, I guess. Yeah, good afternoon. Good evening. It’s on that on that line there. Lindsay, I wish I were in Japan. Hey, yes, it’s pretty nice here. Highly recommend it. I highly recommend visiting. Osaka is really nice, guys. Osaka has this like underground city almost. Um, incredible. It’s incredible. So, if it’s ever hot, which it was hot uh uh in the last few days, it’s quite hot here right now. Uh not that hot, but like, you know, pretty hot. Uh you can just go to the underground city. You ever get hot? You just, oh, I’m in the city. It’s hot. Great. I’ll just go to the underground city, and it’s not hot in the underground city. So, honestly, yeah, very impressed. Very impressed with um their transportation, uh how the city layout is and everything like that. I highly recommend it. Danny, there’s an echo. Okay. Is there an echo for anybody else? Let me know. It It might be on your side, Danny. Cuz if you have the input and the output on your side, you know, I’m kind of I’m a little bit loud, right? So, if the audio is too loud that it’ll it’ll start reverberating. It’ll start the input and the output will feed into each other. Uh Laura, hello from Virginia. Hello, Laura. Uh Don Shereé, Maryland. Salvador, Cumberland, Maine. Pam S, hello from Virginia. Awesome. Pam Tina, Oklahoma City, Oklahoma. Okay, guys. Awesome. Appreciate you guys. Um, next question is,

    um, what is the number one reason that you showed up to this live training today? Go ahead and comment that in the chat as well. Number one reason that you showed up to this live training. Go ahead and comment that while I get ready here on the side. Let me see here.

    Okay, getting the slides ready.

    All right. Okay. Let’s see here.

    Erica, curiosity. David to get rich. Mo looking for online jobs. Okay, that’s that’s how you discovered us. Frank to learn. Robert knowledge. Telicia just started a YouTube channel. Dale, I don’t know what I’m doing. Rudy, uh, hi, I’m happy scribes note. Okay, JT, tips from starting a channel from scratch. Awesome. Abashek, okay, happy scribe. Yeah, yeah, yeah. Okay, Daxton, confused about my niche. Travis, to change my life. Gerald, supplement SS. Awesome. Michael, curiosity. Vivian, looking for a life change. Um, Steve, learning how to use YouTube better and to monetize. Joshua, your text bugged me too. Uh, okay. Jennifer information. Jorge, learning more. Anna, to finally get my YouTube channel started. Carol, I feel like cinematic build and public content for entrepreneurs documenting the journey with BTS vlogs are played out. I find that there are barely anyone around me lives this life, but there’s a large concentration of online. Not sure if they’re really legit. Okay. Yeah, documenting. Interesting. Okay, cool. Uh, we’ll we’ll definitely be going through a lot of that stuff here pretty soon. It’ll help you make that decision. Paige kept falling asleep before the others. All good. Paige, Dave, financial freedom. Leroy from Vegas, freedom. Julie, early retirement. Um, Laura, start a YouTube channel to get monetized. Nancy, find my niche to maximize earning potential. Lindsay, number one reason I showed up today is because the knowledge is power and it’s time I show for myself. Awesome, Lindsay. Love to hear it. Alon, want to start a profitable YouTube channel. Tom, dial in my niche and action steps I can take to get started. David, something to do when I retire. Krie, I’m finally available to be here. Awesome. Shelina, I’m looking uh up the views on my YouTube channel. Michael, something to do. Jaci, continuing to get great ideas or ways to run my channel. calmly said. Awesome. Sasha, I want another stream of income. Recently unemployed. Julie, to learn fast method of making money. Awesome. Rudy showed up because I found your video in informative. Jeremy, I need to absorb everything I can to avoid making the mistakes that I hear so many people about. Okay, awesome. And then last question for you very quickly is, what is the number one thing that is stopping you from having success on YouTube? What is the number one problem you’re having that is stopping you from having success on YouTube? Okay, number one problem. Go ahead and comment that. And while you’re doing that, I think I’m going to go ahead share the screen. Hopefully the lighting’s okay.

    Right.

    Okay. Self-doubt. Getting started. Getting started. Uncertainty. Inexperience. Lack of clarity. Niche. Views. Capital and knowledge. Don’t know. Procrastination. Number one problem is not knowing what I don’t know. Laura, myself, just getting started. Christine, finding my niche and promoting it. Julie West. Uh, knowing how. Michael, fear of failure. Alon posting. Uh, John, having to show my face. Lol. Corey, I don’t want to be on camera. Uh, Robert, not a complete understanding. Brandon, knowing where to begin. Robert, video editing. Sasha, no subscribers. Uh, David, lack of knowledge about it. Lisa, fear of failure. Tina, where to start? Jennifer, skills, lack of knowhow. Cindy, knowledge. Erica, I don’t know what I’m doing. Frank, how it all works. Isabelle, I don’t know what I’m doing. Jennifer, the time. Wayne, how to get started. David, I don’t have a road map. Dale, I don’t know what I’m doing. Vivian, I need to learn how to work with YouTube. Daniel, uh, finding viewers. George, don’t know how to build a brand for my product. Ki, lack of knowledge. Kevin Key, perfectionism. Mo, finding my niche appropriate content. Don’t like my face on camera. Hector, defining the niche. Uh, what is in practice versus loose ideas. Got it. And my ADHD. Tic. Oh, I I can relate. It’s all good. Dave, don’t know where to start. Absolute novice. Anna, not following through with my plans. Uh Travis Money Supermark. Okay, got it. All right. Well, hey, let’s go ahead and get started, guys. Uh appreciate all of your comments, by the way. Of course, I can’t, you know, read all of them. Don’t have time to read all of them. Um it it would be going all day basically, but uh do read all of them later on and we integrate them into future trainings and future content. So, I appreciate you doing that. So, how to grow and make money on YouTube. Oh lord. Okay.

    Okay. Press some button. Here we go.

    All right. Let’s try this again.

    All right, let’s uh hopefully that works. So, how to grow and make money on YouTube in 2026. I think this is a mouse that I usually don’t use without fancy gear, without techy stuff, and without spending hours on each video, provided you use this hybrid model and follow one simple rule. Why you’re here today, guys, go ahead and do the thumbs up thing if you’re excited about one of these things. It should be on the bottom right of the screen. Uh, so do the thumbs up thing and I want to see if you’re really excited about views. Okay, so do the thumbs up thing if you’re excited about views, getting more views for YouTube.

    All right, solid amount solid amount of people want to get views. But how about this next one? How about this next one here? Okay, making money. Do a thumbs up if you’re excited about making money on YouTube.

    Okay, way more people now. Way, way, way more people. Okay, good stuff. All right, so a lot more. It seems like there are a lot of other emojis as well. Hearts, confetti, uh more than just the thumbs up. So, I’m I’m feeling it. I’m feeling it. But how about this third one? Let’s do Let’s do a third one here, which is having an impact. Okay, basically creating a business that you can be proud of that helps a lot of people. Okay, so having an impact. Yeah. All right. This is definitely I’d say this is the most popular one out of all of them. Okay, great. Because the thing is, guys, if you get this one sorted out, if you if you actually solve people’s problems, if you actually have an impact uh with other people, um you know, creating a business that you can be proud of and help a lot of people, the views and the money are just going to take care of themselves, right? Like that’s like that’s just going to take care of itself. So, if you focus on this one, the other two will be will come very easily. And also, you guys are the type of people I want to work with. So, that’s awesome. Now, by the way, we are giving away free stuff at this workshop and at the very end, you’ll get a chance to walk away with the Niche Validator Pro, the Chat GBT or the Claude AI version, whichever you like to use. And this is the newest version yet. It’s a massive upgrade over anything that we’ve put out before. And you also get $61,494 worth of bonuses, but only for those who stay until the end offer. Now, yesterday, YouTube updated its monetization rules. Okay, so copypaste channels cut off. Mass-produced AI slop cut off. Uh fake AI experts giving health and money advice cut off. Now think about why they do that. YouTube pays creators billions of dollars every year. And they just made sure that those billions flow to one kind of channel, which is real people sharing what they actually know. Okay. Everyone’s scared the AI is about to flood YouTube and drown out the little guy. YouTube just did the opposite. They cleared the field for you. If you’re a real person who can teach a real skill, you’re not going to be competing with robots. The platform is literally paying you to be human. And this is exactly what I’m going to show you how to do today. Okay. Now, one thing I always like to say is this is a maze. You start here at the top and you finish at the bottom. And your goal is to get to the finish as fast as you can, whatever that goal is. And most creators start with good intentions and then they fall into the maze. They end up burnt out, overthinking, stuck in analysis paralysis with zero views and zero income. And then they just give up. But actually, most people don’t even start in the first place, right? So, if you’re here watching this now, you’re already ahead of the majority of people because you took the first step. So, congratulations to you. Now, additionally, one thing I like to say about this maze part, anything you’ve ever heard about YouTube outside of what I teach, chances are it’s probably you entering this maze. Because most people go into the maze, they get lost, and they put their hands up and they’re like, “Mazekeeper, come and get me.” And getting lost in the maze is focusing on all the stuff that does not matter. Like all the YouTube coaches that have entire channels about reviewing YouTube gear when that makes like a, you know, 1% of a difference in the chances of success for your channel, right? And that’s the maze. That is the reason why people don’t get results is because you’re focusing on all these things that do not matter when in reality you could just focus on the few things that actually matter and actually get you results. But let’s just say hypothetically you go into the maze and you just navigate it perfectly. And let’s say you’re an absolute pro. Here is the fastest way that you could get from start to finish just like this. Okay? You know, kind of kind of outline it here. That is the absolute fastest way to get from start to finish. But actually, it is not the fastest because there’s another way. You just go around. It’s faster, easier, and safer. You’re basically just going around the maze. Pretty clever, right? But even this isn’t the fastest route. This is because we learned at a young age that the fastest way to go from point A to point B is a straight line. And what if I showed you a way to do just that? Skip the maze completely and you literally just go from start to finish straight to the results. And one thing I want to say about this part right here, a lot of other YouTube advice out there, I don’t think they’re purposely giving you bad advice, at least in most cases. Some of them do probably, but most cases they’re not purposely giving you bad advice. You know, a lot of them give good advice, but they give good advice for a gaming channel or a prank channel or something like that because there’s a bunch of different types of YouTube channels. But I’m going to be talking about the type of YouTube channel that’s the easiest to get results with. And it’s a type of YouTube channel that you can pivot to anything else later on down the line. And that is why when it comes to winning on YouTube, I have the straight line for you today so that you can get there the easiest, quickest, safest, and most comfortable way possible. And specifically, you’re going to gain access to the hottest opportunity to exist in the content creation business. And uh these are the the newest stats that just came out, by the way. Um before they were saying that YouTube and the content creator ecosystem in general was going to be worth about $1 trillion by 2034. It says right there. Then about six months later they updated it and they showed that it was going to be worth $1.6 trillion by 2034. Okay. So just in a six-month period it has grown that much just in the last year. And the projections are just going up and up so much faster. By 2035 it’s going to be $2 trillion. Right? So, this is growing at an unprecedented rate, even faster than what the experts expected it to be. And look at this going up and up and up while so many other things are going down. It’s harder than ever to get a job. There’s so many industries that are being disrupted. Meanwhile, content creation is just going up and up. And that is a sign. And this is one of the biggest opportunities that I want you to get access to when it comes to content creation. And I want you to do it while bypassing all the traps, the gotchas, the limitations, and the barriers to entry that otherwise would lock you out, forcing you to stand on the sideline as you watch generational wealth pass you by, helpless to do anything about it. And you will definitely want to take advantage of what’s happening right now in the creator economy because you are in the perfect place and time to start. And mind you, YouTube pays out billions every year, but it’s not going to lifestyle bloggers and entertainment channels anymore. And today, you’ll be handed the key to unlock that prison cell that’s keeping you trapped and away from the YouTube growth that you’ve been wanting for a very long time. And seriously, we’ve helped online businesses, of course, but also coaches, freelancers, job seekers, stay-at-home parents, nineto-fs, grandpas, grandmas, agency owners, service providers, digital product sellers, failed YouTubers, YouTubers getting views but struggling with monetization, successful YouTubers who are crushing it but want to crush it even harder. people that own software companies or SAS’s, location specific uh entrepreneurs, um so like location specific businesses like um law firms, dental cosmetic clinics, realtors, uh financial adviserss, etc., etc. Uh people doing paid ads that want to stop doing paid ads, people doing paid ads that want to make their paid marketing two times more effective by having a YouTube presence, uh even physical brick-andmortar business owners, and we’ve even helped people with disabilities do this. We’re I’m actually going to show you somebody uh here in a bit. And this works in almost any niche, in almost any situation because we designed this type of YouTube channel to be flexible so that you can go in so many different directions. And the good news is you don’t need to be a YouTuber or an influencer to win on YouTube. But to get there, I’m going to be exposing the dark side of YouTube and creators who are now slaves to the platform. Here’s an example. Boogie2988. Now, I’m not trying to make fun of him at all. I actually respect him a lot for revealing his public income and being so transparent, but he’s got about 4 million subscribers and he revealed on a podcast tour last year that he’s only making about $44,000 a year, which is less than the average income for an American. Just to put this in perspective, $3,700 a month from a 4 million subscriber YouTube channel. Less than the average income for an American. And he is one of hundreds of thousands of creators who are promised success through views. But views do not automatically equal money. Okay. Meanwhile, I work with people get 500 views per video and they’re making $10 million a year on YouTube. And there are also people, but there is so many other people out there that uh get tons of views and have tons of subscribers and they’re not making any money because they’re doing things wrong. And I’m going to show you what they’re doing wrong and how you can actually do it correctly in the training tonight. And seriously, I know there’s a lot of people in this crowd that are frustrated, burnt out, stuck because you were promised a gold mine and yet you found nothing. You’ve been uploading videos or you’re frustrated because you can’t even get started uploading videos because you’ve been told that you need to buy this camera first or that gear first, you need to be really good at editing or any of those types of things, but you basically found nothing but regret. So, let’s talk about who this is for. This is for you if you’re a total beginner who wants to finally start and not burn out. And by the way, go ahead and drop your profession in the chat. I’m curious what all of you do for a living because here’s an example of a total beginner right here. And his profession, this is my brother Zach. Uh if you’ve recognized him, I’ve talked about him on the channel a few times. His profession is he was in HVAC, which is heating, ventilation, air conditioning. He’s been in the trades for 30 years and he’s owned his own HVAC business now for about uh 20 years or so, right? And he’s well, he’s selling it, but we’ll get to that here pretty soon. Um, so we’ve got Tom, recruiter, Christine, bookkeeper, Nancy, ultrasound tech. Donald, IT help desk. Mo, retired physician, need a new career. Christina, CFO services, David, educator, life coach. Awesome. Maba, architect. Liza, disabled brain. I’m so sorry to hear that, Liza. Erica, screen printer. Sasha, I’m a teacher. Steve, coach, transformational. Uh, Adam, sales. Wendy, tax examiner. Dale, IT ops manager. Um, Tina, oil and gas attorney. Awesome. Chad, industrial maintenance technician. Cindy, office manager. Julie, nursing student. Tina, health, Phil, health insurance broker. Um, uh, let’s see. John, uh, CEO of industrial company. Okay, awesome. Okay, so uh, by the way guys, make sure you send all your messages to everyone, not hosts and panelists. Just FYI. Okay. Um, so we we we see a lot of people who are, you know, in very high up careers just in in very similar situation to what I was in. I I got into a really good career. We’ll kind of get into that story here in a moment. And that is kind of how I launched my YouTube channel is I launched it from a very stable and steady platform of already having a a good career. Um, now here’s an example of my brother. And I’m so confident in the system that I literally used it on my brother who’s in his 50s, who isn’t techsavvy, who is also never made a video in his life, and he’s not particularly charismatic, right? And first of all, for context, I use this system to start a new channel every single year. And the reason I do that is because I want to make sure that I’m updated on what the algorithm is like for a new channel. But last year, I decided, you know what? I’m just going to make a channel for my brother instead. because he basically came to me and he said, “Shane, I’m 50 years old. My body’s starting to wear out. I need to figure out how to make money without wearing out my body.” Now, he’s in the trades, right? And he thought I was going to recommend a remote job or some type of certification or something like that. And I was like, “No, you should just start a YouTube channel.” And he was really surprised. He’s like, “Oh, well, I’m not techsavvy. I’m not good on camera. I’ve never even made a video in my life. I’m in my 50s. No one wants to listen to a 50-year-old.” All these excuses started popping up in his head for why he couldn’t do it. And I told him, “Just trust me, bro. Just do it. Just do what I tell you. Use our system. It’s going to work for you.” And the very first video that he posted blew up and got 800,000 views. And less than one month later, 29 days later to be exact, he made $214 in a single day. So you can see this. This is the very first video, May 26, 2025. June 25th, 29 days later, $214 day. Right? That’s a $78,000 a year run rate. Okay. So, yeah, it works for beginners even with no tech experience. And here’s a quick update on Zach. Uh, last month he had an $18,000 month to finish out his first year on YouTube. Plus, he’s getting a lot of money from affiliate marketing. So, he’s not just making money from AdSense. And that’s one thing we’re going to talk about. AdSense is not the only monetization method on YouTube. There are lots of other ways where you can make more money. Sometimes you can make a hundred times more than what you make from AdSense. This is also for you if you’re a faceless creator or you want to use YouTube automation. Here’s an example of that. Whiz was one of our clients. When Whiz first started his YouTube channel, it was a totally faceless channel. And he actually scaled his business to seven figures a year just being faceless. Then he did his face reveal and now he’s making multiple seven figures a year. The point is he said that almost all of his clients watched his YouTube channel and either directly or indirectly he got almost all of his clients from YouTube. Now they might have originated from other sources but then they watched his YouTube channel and that’s what helped prospects make the decision to buy from him. Now he runs an agency and he did make the decision to reveal his face later on. But he built his faceless channel in a very specific way where you can do that because again he used the hybrid personal brand method which means you have a lot of options in the future and we’ll get into how to do that. So, if you’re making a faceless or a YouTube automation channel, you need to listen to this because it’s very important that you do this the right way. If you don’t do it the right way, you’re going to have a ceiling in terms of how much money you can make, and it’s probably just not going to work in the first place. Uh, I actually just met up with a YouTuber uh in Tokyo. He has over 4 million subscribers. I won’t say who it is uh cuz I didn’t have his uh permission. Um, but he has over 4 million subscribers. And, you know, he he is he started off as a faceless YouTuber. He recently transitioned to uh personal brand, actually showing his face. And the reason he did that is because he never made more than about $10,000 in a single month as a faceless YouTuber, even though he had 4 million subscribers, which is crazy to think about. Absolutely crazy uh to think about. So faceless channels just do not make as much money. It’s not that not even close. They don’t even make close to as much money, generally speaking. It’s it’s 50 times harder to monetize them. And uh if you want to actually make money and not have to have millions of subscribers, then I highly recommend just showing your face and having a personal brand. But if you do want to do a faceless channel, there is a specific way of doing it that can work. Still don’t recommend it to most people, but if it’s this or I’m not doing YouTube, then you can choose this. This is also for you if you’re a busy business owner, freelancer, or a coach who wants inbound clients without paid ads. So an example of that would be Davis. Davis’s sales went up by 400% and after working with me, he’s making over 100K per month. Now, basically, Davis owned a portfolio of companies, right? So, he was spending about 20 hours a week on just one of his companies for one YouTube channel, right? One YouTube channel, one company. That is obviously not sustainable for somebody in his situation. But eventually, he outsourced everything on his channel to the point where he’s not even recording the videos anymore. And he has other people recording his videos for him. And now, he spends zero hours a week on his channel, right? Even though he has multiple channels and for multiple different companies, he is spending zero hours a week. So, if you’re a busy business owner, you’re super busy, you have a portfolio, you can actually have other people record the videos for you and you can have a system that just takes care of everything. And we help people with that as well. This is also for you if you want to network so that you can land high-paying jobs, find career opportunities, or become an authority in your niche by standing out with your YouTube channel. So, here’s a really good example of networking. Josh basically just started making really useful videos on his channel for people in the IT and cyber security industry. He talked about how to get better jobs, which certifications are good to take, what’s that are valuable in the job market, etc., etc. And he was able to go from making less than $1,000 a month with his channel to actually getting offers fortune 50 companies, including companies that are a part of fang. So, Facebook, Apple, Amazon, Netflix, and Google. These are some of the biggest and most prestigious companies in the world where it’s literally harder to get into a fang company than it is to get into Harvard or Yale. Now, usually you have to apply to these jobs, but the companies were reaching out to him. So, he got an offer from several different fang companies and he ended up going with one of them for his dream job where he got to travel the world. So, he actually lived here in Japan and he was working a remote job making multiple six figures a year. And then uh the but then but then the YouTube channel just kept going, right? So, it got to 5,000 a month, then 10,000 a month. Now, he’s making a full-time income from YouTube, even though he’s still just doing it part-time. Uh, then 30,000 a month. Now, he’s making more money from his YouTube channel than he’s making from this insanely good dream job at a Fortune50 company. Um, and and you know, eventually he scaled all the way up to $186,000 a month using my strategies. And of course, he quit his dream job because it just didn’t make sense for him at that point. But I like his example because it goes over every single stage. Just getting started as a beginner using it to become an authority in his niche for networking to get his dream job. You know, the indirect intangible benefits of YouTube are probably greater even than the direct benefits of being able to make money from it because you establish yourself as an authority. And there’s so many doors that get opened because of that. Just as an example, I got to invest in a business. I actually got equity in a business because of my YouTube channel. And this business will probably be sold for nine, possibly even 10 figures. Um, and then also, you know, starting a side hustle, making a little bit of money on the side, and then starting a full-time business, making 10 to 30K, and then scaling his business as well, right? But you might be thinking, “But Shane, if it’s easy, then why do most people fail?” Because most people do fail when they try to start on YouTube. That is a fact. Well, it’s because they believe in these myths. One, you need to be an influencer. Two, you have to show your face and have a fancy camera. Three, it takes 40 hours to create one video. Or four, you have to endure the process because it takes a long time to succeed on YouTube. These are some of the biggest myths that people believe that cause them to fail. And the last one specifically, the reason that most people think it takes a long time to succeed on YouTube is because they think they need a big channel that has lots of subscribers and lots of views to make money. If you choose the right niche, you do not need a big channel. Just as an example, when I started my second channel, Shane Helmus, the content growth engine, we actually made over $30,000 in the first month starting that channel. We’re going to go over that here in a moment. And a lot of that money was made well before we even got to a,000 subscribers as well. And these are the myths that people believe in that stopped them having success on YouTube. But in reality, one of the biggest reasons that you failed is because for today, you lack the leverage to invade this soon to be trillion dollar opportunity. and I’m going to help you mine this opportunity so that we can grow rich together fast. First though, who am I? My name is Shane. I’m an ex-farmarmacist. I have a 1.5 million subscriber YouTube channel. You can see it down there. And I’ve helped over 20 businesses get to $100,000 a month on YouTube from scratch. I’ve also helped another 20 businesses that were, you know, already profitable. I helped them scale on YouTube and get to much higher than that, right? And then I’ve helped countless people uh get to a full-time income on YouTube. Okay? So, I’m also industry uh my my clients have generated over $und00 million in in verifiable tracked results, right? So, I’m also industry recognized as an expert on growing and making money from YouTube for businesses. Here’s a company that I worked with. Uh they equity in the company course careers. That’s the one I was talking about before because I gave that much value to the company and we were able to over 30x the amount of money that they made. With that being said, this is a startup and I usually like to work with individuals. And one of the reasons I like to work with individuals is because you guys remind me of myself. So, let me go ahead and get into my story. This is me working as a pharmacist for 15 hour shifts. And before this, I came from a very poor background. I lived in section 8 housing. I lived in trailer parks. I was even homeless at one point. And I did not want to be home. This is the actual Salvation Army that I stayed in for about 6 months in Lawrence, Kansas. And I didn’t want to be homeless anymore, like I said. So, I did what society told me to do. I went to college. I even got the highest level of degree, which is a doctorate. And I became a pharmacist. Got a good job. And I also had to take out a lot of money in student loan debt. I went over $300,000 in student loan debt to make this happen. And the thing is, when I was poor, I had a lot of time, but I didn’t have any money. So, I couldn’t really do anything besides play video games or whatever. But when I became middle class working as a pharmacist, I didn’t have both time or money because I was spending all of my time working and all of my money paying down my student loan debt. So, it’s kind of like an out of the frying pan into the fryer type moment. And it was really a terrible situation because I started as a pharmacist right before the pandemic hit. And just to emphasize how bad this was, we got robbed three times in a 6-month period. So overall, I can’t describe how stressed out, how depressed, and how anxious I was in this situation. And like many people out there, I started wondering, wait a minute, is the stuff that society told me to do actually good idea? Maybe I made a mistake. And because of that, I tried just about every side hustle out there to make money. Shopify, Amazon FBA, SMMA, coaching, consulting, courses, digital products, real estate, white labeling, SEO, flipping websites, flipping physical products, etc., etc. Here’s one of them that I tried, the Booty Kit. It’s basically an at home workout thing so that you can work out your booty. And I pretty much failed at almost all of them, right? So this booty kit, you know, I tried selling it on Amazon, FBA, and then Shopify drop shipping, right? So yeah, I pretty much failed at all of them, right? I had a little bit of success here and there, but I couldn’t make any of them sustainable. And a lot of it had to do with me having ADHD and always just, you know, trying a bunch of different things and having shiny object syndrome. But as you can see, my bank account was constantly very close to $0. But YouTube was different than all these other side hustles. See, all the side hustles that I tried, they actually work, but they only work if you have traffic, aka views. If you don’t have views, it’s kind of like trying to sell something without having a store. It’s almost impossible to sell. And so, I realized one that I really enjoyed YouTube, but two, I realized that I could make any of these other business models work if I just focused on YouTube and getting views. And because of that, I gave YouTube another shot. And after I tried it again, you know, at that time I was basically living in a house full of seven guys and uh tried to save money, but also it was an entrepreneur house. So it was like some of them were entrepreneurs. And uh one of the guys I ended up meeting, his name was Sam. And he started a wedding photography business and he barely even knew English. And uh when he first started the business and he started his YouTube channel where he was making about 10 to $20,000 a month from his uh YouTube channel with less than 10,000 subscribers in his wedding photography business. and he was doing wedding photography in Las Vegas and on the west coast because you know before I’d even spent some time in LA influencers who didn’t have any money and I was like Sam uh you know these influencers had a lot of views a lot of subscribers a lot of followers but they didn’t have any money and I was like that needs to be changed and I was like Sam how are you making so much money from YouTube even though you have a small channel right how in the world are you making so much money from YouTube and he showed me what a proper monetization method looks like and he showed me how I can monetize as a channel without having that many views. And he initially taught me how to make money from a small channel like 10,000 20,000 subscribers. But I took it to the next level to the point where there are some channels that we work with that only have a few thousand subscribers and they are making seven figures because there are niches where you’re talking to an affluent audience and you can get a couple hundred views and make $10,000 from a single video. So this is where I found the secret formula of YouTube success where everyone else was not talking about it. And so basically I started posting videos and just to put this in perspective I have gotten a lot of views right 6 million 1.2 2 million, 1.7 million, 4.3 million views. I know how to play the views game with the best of them, especially in the educational channel content uh creation space, right? This video right here, as an example, the most useless degrees. This is my first ever breakout video, and it got over 4 million views, but in its whole lifetime, it’s made about $31,000 from AdSense, almost 32,000, because it wasn’t really making money outside of AdSense, right? And I’ve had tons of videos recently, several videos per month for instance, that might get 10,000 views or even less than 10,000 views, but they make 40 or $50,000. Um, in fact, it’s like a lot of videos like that. So, here’s just one example of one of them. So, this one was posted about 6 months ago, got 8,000 views, and it made about $48,000. So, again, let’s compare this. 4.3 million views, took six years to make $31,000. six years to to make 4 point uh to get 4.3 million views and make $31,000. This one, six months to get 8,000 views and make $48,000. Right? So, by the time this one gets to 6 years, it’s probably going to be double or even triple that amount of money, right? And the whole point that I’m trying to make here is it is way easier for me to reproduce a video like this than it is for me to reproduce a video like this that had that got 4.3 million views. It is hard to get a 4.3 million view video. Okay? And honestly, a lot of it is luck getting that many views. A lot of it just comes down to right time, right place, and luck. But this video right here, there’s not a lot of luck involved. It’s not that hard to get an 8,000 view video. Okay? And so it’s way easier for me to reproduce videos like this that make 48,000 views and only have to get 8,000 views than it is for me to reproduce videos like this. And that is why you’ll see that a lot of the videos on my channel don’t really get that many views. And that’s because they don’t need to they don’t need to get that many views to make the most amount of money. And just to show you guys proof, here’s how much I made about 3 years ago. Now, this is going to be September uh three September ago. And the reason I chose September is because this is the exact month that was the month before I decided uh to actually start teaching people how to do YouTube. So I decided to to get into the YouTube game, doing it for other people, teaching people how to do it, you know, done for you services and then a coaching program, one-on-one coaching, right? And so this was before I did that, I was already making multiple seven figure a year run rate, $283,000 in a single month. Then the year after that, the first year that I started my YouTube channel, I didn’t even grow that much. about $325,000. So, it was good, don’t get me wrong, but you know, I was making a little bit more than what I made the year before. And then a year after that, I made over a million dollar in a single month. And I’m not saying uh saying this to try to make people jealous, right? I’m just showing you the receipts so that you know that I know what I’m talking about because there’s a lot of YouTube coaches out there that are just coaches, coaching coaches, coaching coaches. They’ve never actually started a successful channel themselves. They’re basically just cosplaying as successful YouTubers and they’re teaching you how to be successful at YouTube when they’ve never actually started a successful YouTube channel or a successful business using YouTube outside of just teaching YouTube, right? But me, I actually started a successful YouTube channel before I ever started teaching other people how to do it. This particular business that I did, I had business partners and we got over a,000 people, verified testimonials from over a thousand people that we helped get jobs, right? And the craziest thing is is I did all of it while being able to travel the world and only having to work 4 hours a week. So, here’s a picture of me in Tokyo, just as an example, at the famous Crossing Square. This was a few years ago, but um I was just there last week as well. Here’s a picture of me in Singapore. And here’s a picture in the San Juan Islands, uh whale watching just off of Vancouver, British Columbia. And all of this, again, I only had to work 4 hours a week. Now, just to be clear, I I choose to work more than four hours a week, right? But the whole point is I choose to do it because, you know, I do it because I genuinely enjoy YouTube and I enjoy helping people as well. So, I choose to work more than that. But the whole point is I only have to work 4 hours a week. There’s been many cases where I’ve taken weeks off, even a month off, even two months off without working at all. There was one time where there was a health situation and I didn’t work in about 2 months, right? Zero hours on my business and it just kept going. In fact, it it grew during that time, right? So, I have an online business where I don’t have to have any in-person employees or anything like that. I can travel the world. I can do whatever I want. And my business just keeps going up and up and up. And it at the very least it would maintain itself if I stopped working. But something kept bothering me because I got the life that I dreamed of. But once in a while, I would create a video and I would post it on YouTube just telling people what I was doing because I was seeing YouTube advice online and I would watch it and I’d be like, “hm, I don’t really think this works for most people. Maybe it would work for a gaming channel, but it wouldn’t work for most channels.” And so I decided once every 6 months, once every year, I would post a video about what I was doing on YouTube and what was working for me. And every time I do that, I would get comments, emails, DMs. Everybody would be reaching out to me being like, “Hey, can you coach me? Can you help me grow my YouTube channel?” and I turned them all down because I was too busy or I just didn’t really want to do coaching. Or I thought maybe it works for my niche, but it doesn’t work for other people’s niches, right? So, I turned them down, but I felt bad about it and I shrugged it off for years until one day I decided, you know what, I’m going to do it. And so, I reached out to a bunch of those people and I decided to do a cohort where I worked with a bunch of them. And it was a very diverse set of people as well. Um, and by the way, the reason I decided to reach out to them is because a good friend of mine who was on YouTube was struggling financially and I decided to coach him and because of the fact that I was coaching him, I was like, you know what, it wouldn’t be that much more work for me to just coach other people at the same time, right? So, I’m just and it would be more fun if you do it in a group setting, right? So, uh, I started working I I I reached out to a bunch of those people and I started working with them as well. So it’s a very diverse set of people like a professional truck driver for 28 years, a fresh graduate engineering student, a current engineering student, an Amazon FBA business owner, a coach, a freelancer, a failed YouTuber, a successful YouTuber who is crushing it but wanted to crush it harder, a content creator for 11 years who wanted to shift over to YouTube, a tech salesperson, a girl in cyber security, a coach, an agency owner, an online service provider, a fitness dude, a finance guy, a physical business owner, just on and on and on. The point is they were all different. Some had YouTube experience, others had zero knowledge of how YouTube works.

    And then we applied the exact same format that I found to be working on my YouTube channel, right? So, same YouTube format, same proven way of making thumbnails, titles, and intros, same strategy for coming up with winning video ideas. And of course, a little bit of tweaking because every single niche is a little bit different. There are a lot of underlying principles, but they all do need a little bit of tweaking. And the crazy thing is every single one of them blew up. And the best part is is they all got their version of rich by helping people live better lives. And that’s and that’s the thing that made me feel so happy, right? Because I can only have so much impact with my channel, right? I can only cover a few niches, but there’s millions of niches out there. And I got to help other people have impact with their channels in different niches. And so I was basically spreading my impact to so many other people. And they were able to impact hundreds of millions with their YouTube channels. And they all got their version of rich by helping other people live better lives. And the reason for that is because I taught them how to make a very specific type of content, which is educational niche content. And the channels that are winning today are educational niche channels. In fact, educational channels make 10 to 20 times more money. And there are more opportunities for every 1,000 views than any other type of content. In fact, in the first month that we launched my second channel, Shane Hummus, the content growth engine, uh we were able to make about $1,736 per 1,000 views. So, it got about $24,000 views in the first month right off the bat and made about $42,000. So, that’s about $1,736 per 1,000 views. And to put that in perspective, entertainment channels in general make about $1 to $3 per 1,000 views. So, if I had started an entertainment channel, just doing the math here, kind of like a Mr. B style channel at $1 to $3 per 1,000 views, I would have made about $24 to $73, right? So, not that great, right? Um, now education channels are way better. They make about 10 times more than an entertainment channel. So, this is kind of just like mass market education channel. Um, this makes a lot more, 10 times more than uh an entertainment channel, but still $20 per 10,000 views. That’s about $484 um total at 24,000 views, right? So, a lot better, but still, you know, it’s not really a full-time income, right? But with my niche authority channel or my niche education channel that’s monetized in the correct way, my second channel made about $1,736 per 1,000 views in the very first month and made $42,000. So, just to be clear, this channel actually makes a lot more than this now per 1,000 views. It makes about $4 to $5,000 now per 1,000 views, which is great. Uh, last time we we measured it. Um, and so it’s making more money now, but even just right off the bat, right when it got started, it was it just got started right away and it was ripping, you know, it was doing really good. So, uh, so with educational content, right off the bat, you’re making like 10 times more money than entertainment. But there’s a better type of educational content, which is niche educational content where you are properly monetizing your channel. Now, you can do mass market education channels and properly monetize your content and you can still make a heck of a lot more money than this. For instance, on my main channel, Shane Hummus, of course, that is a mass market channel. It’s 1.5 million subscribers and honestly, I talk about a lot of different subjects on that channel. Um, you know, of course, it started off niche, uh, but at some point I decided to not optimize for money and just optimize for talking about whatever I want. And that channel makes more or less about $400 per 1,000 views on average. So, it still makes a ton of money, but you can make way more money if you just do niche educational content. And chances are, if I just stuck to one niche the entire time, I probably would be making more money right now than what I currently am. Um, and that’s what I recommend that people start off with, right? Is just niche educational content. Once you get to a amount of money that you’re happy with, that’s when you can kind of just like do whatever you want on YouTube, right? So, get your money situation figured out first. get you secure the bag and then you can just do whatever you want, right? And uh basically what you should do is just talk about a very niche subject. Do that first. That’s what I started off with on my main channel. And I’m going to get into how to do that here in a moment because you don’t always have to stay with a niche subject if you set your channel up with the hybrid personal brand method, which is something that we’ll talk about here in a moment. You can pivot to something else. You can you can change your your niche. You can broaden your niche. You can even niche down further if you want, etc., etc. So, let me give you some examples of niche educational content. So, this is the organic chemistry tutor. He makes about $36 to $100,000 a month on this channel according to view stats. And that is just from AdSense alone. If he is properly monetizing, he is easily making far more than that. So, if you’re just doing $10 to $20 per 1,000 views, he probably is making about $136 to $250,000 a month from this channel, as you can see right here. Now the interesting thing is he didn’t upload in 62 days, right? So in over 2 months he didn’t upload and he was still making that much money from the channel passively. And the reason for that is because he has been uploading these videos for a very long time. And each video is like a little soldier that just goes out and makes him money forever. So this guy uploads a video like once every two months or something and it doesn’t matter. His videos from the past are doing almost all the heavy lifting for him and he’s still making hundreds of thousands of dollars a month and that’s pretty conservative. Here’s another one. Scotty Kilmer. He’s in his 70s. He’s making content helping people save money on their cars. U now one thing that is great about him, he is quite entertaining. So when I say make educational content, I am not saying by any means that you cannot be entertaining. You can definitely be entertaining. Scotty Kilmer is hilarious if you’ve ever watched him, but he basically made about $24 million from YouTube. And he even said in an interview that he made more money in one month on YouTube than he saved in 40 years as a mechanic. And basically what he does is he just helps people pick the right cars, maintain their cars, fix their cars, and help them with different car related products. Right? That’s his whole channel. And basically this stuff is dead simple for him. And that’s one thing I want to point out with the organic chemistry tutor as well. By the way, this stuff is dead simple for him, right? He’s just talking about stuff that he was already tutoring people on and he just did the same exact thing, but he recorded it with a camera and he posted it online. Now, this is the craziest one. Physics Walla, he came from a very small village in India and his first videos were in his parents’ basement. And you can see how bad they are, right? Like blurred face, etc. But it didn’t matter. He started making videos about these standardized tests in India. And the standardized tests are incredibly important for your future. It’s kind of like the ACT and the SAT in the US, but even more important. So, he just made videos about these certifications and these standardized tests. And at first, he was just talking about physics and then he expanded to other stuff. So, let’s just put in perspective how specific this is, right? Physics India standardized tests only. Very specific how he was tutoring people and posting videos on YouTube. and he started making these videos and he kept going and then uh his YouTube channel grew and then he launched a company from his YouTube channel called Physics Walla that’s now worth 5.2 billion. So it’s an educational app. It’s now worth 5.2 billion and it all started in his parents’ basement just making physics videos. And the cool thing is I think everybody knows who Mr. Beast is, right? Pretty much everybody here probably knows who Mr. Beast is. Almost none of you before you saw my channel and and and and knew about me probably knew who Physics Walla is. I’m guessing almost none of you, like maybe maybe 1% of you. And yet Physics Walla is is richer than Mr. Beast. And he’s actually that’s like an actual liquid net worth um because he could actually sell that company whereas Mr. Beast probably would have a lot of trouble selling his companies. Um and so he’s he is definitely richer than M Mr. base both on a cash flow basis as well as like on an actual net worth basis with a channel that’s probably what 150th 1/100th of the size and a channel that almost nobody knows about that’s from India right so that is the power of educational content guys you don’t need nearly as many subscribers to make money with educational content because you are solving people’s problems and that’s really how the economy works the economy is all about just solving people’s problems efficiently

    So now I’m going to hand you the formula for how to do all this and there is a secret formula. So these are the most important things. So if I don’t talk about it, it’s because it’s not important. So the first thing is you need a niche hypothesis statement. Now generally speaking, there are three niches out there that are the most profitable niches and that is health, wealth, and relationships. With that being said, there are a lot of other niches outside of that and you can make money in all of those niches as well. But generally speaking, if you’re confused about what niche to go into, you should be going into health, wealth, or relationships. And the reason for that is because almost everybody in the entire world has a problem in one or more of those three areas. And then you need to go ahead and make what’s known as a niche hypothesis statement. So, what you want to do is you want to pick a niche. And by the way, while we’re doing this, go ahead and comment what you think your niche is. Just comment what you think your niche is in the comment section or the or in the chat. I’ll probably read a few of them while we’re going through this. And I’m actually going to do this to illustrate something as well. So, comment what you think your niche is. And I know that a lot of you are probably going to end up saying, “Okay, hold on. Let’s see.” Yeah, one or two word answers here. Spiritual wellness. Uh, all three. That is not a niche. All three is not a niche. Matt, I don’t know. Shondaanda, ministry. Denise, health. Uh, drive for a lift 12 hours a day. Need something better? Don’t know. Music lessons, health, tech advice, health and relationships, MD. Uh, Clar reading help. Uh, project management. Um, business process development, architecture and medicine, helping homeowners navigate renovations, hunted locations and history of that location. Carla, time management, Daniel, landscaping and construction. Kristen, toxic relationships, Jeff’s build, dating humor. Awesome. Okay, now I know that a lot of you are probably going to end up saying one or two word answers when you call me your niche, and I don’t blame you for that, but that is incorrect. Let me show you why. The niche hypothesis statement goes like this. You select a market or what people would traditionally call a niche, but I call it a market. And then you pick one specific problem that the market has. Okay? And you need to pick a specific problem, right? Because they might have 20 different problems, but you pick one problem that the market has. And then you find a specific solution for that one problem. That is your niche. So it’s going to look like this. I help X do Y or I help X overcome Y. Okay. Now the Z part, don’t even worry about that right now. Okay. So this is X. This is Y. This is Z. the specific solution. Don’t even worry about that right now. Okay. Um the important thing is that you establish the Z is something we can do later on. The important thing is that you establish that there’s a market of people and they have a problem that isn’t being solved very well and you can help them solve that problem. That is the foundation of how markets work. That that’s how the economy works. Okay? Markets are all about solving problems efficiently. And if you want to give value and receive money by giving that value, then you really just want to focus on solving as many problems for people as possible, which is what YouTube allows you to do. Okay, so let me give you a few examples of how to do this. Now, I’m going to be using the accounting market specifically because for some reason, I’ve worked with so many accountants. So, I’m going to use the accounting market, right? So, I’m going to show you a bunch of different levels. And these people, by the way, are either people that are my clients or I’ve worked with them or they’re business owners that I’ve met that are crushing it on YouTube. So, these are real examples. And at the very first level is just teaching students basic accounting concepts. So, that is more of a mass market channel, but it’s teaching people basic accounting concepts. So, kind of like the organic chemistry tutor, but for accounting. So, this person is making really good money, probably pretty close to seven figures a year. Uh, they’ve been doing it for a long time. They’re making really good money. And people who are in this market would be interested in a video like what is a P&L? Now, I’m going to go over five examples, like I said, guys, but I could do 50. I could do 500. I might even be able to do 5,000 just in the accounting niche alone. That’s how many niches and subniches there are. If you think about it like this, but now let’s go to the second level, which is accounting specifically for existing accounting students or someone who just graduated with an accounting degree. So they got an accounting degree and they’re trying to pass standardized tests or pass certifications and that would be like physics walla but for accounting right they’ll pass standardized tests and certifications. So physics walla but for accounting and in the US typically so that’s the second one and I know for a fact that this niche is making multiple seven figures a year and people who are in this market would be interested in a video like how to become a CPA. Okay, third level uh helping people land their first ever entry-level accounting job. Now, that’s another business owner that I know and they’re making multiple seven figures a year. Okay, so who’s in the market there? People who just graduated with an accounting degree and they’re trying to get their first entrylevel job. That’s the market. And that’s different than all of these other ones, right? It’s totally different content than all these other ones. People who are trying to refresh their knowledge on accounting do not want to get an accounting job, right? totally different content. And people who are in this market would be interested in a video like how to land a bookkeeping job. Fourth level, the people who are already accountants and they’re making $50 to $100,000 per year and they want to become what’s known as a financial controller. So financial controller, very high level accounting career. Typical accounting career, you know, makes $50 to $100,000 a year. Financial controllers can make even up to 200 or even $300,000 a year. And this is one of my clients, right? So, um, so totally different type of content when you’re targeting an audience like that. Somebody who’s making $50 to $100,000 a year as an accountant already and they want to be able to make 200 or even $300,000 a year as a financial controller. And people who are in this market would be interested in a video like how to become a financial controller. And then finally, the fifth level, which is basically helping businesses hire accountants. So, hiring and placing accountants in businesses. So in that particular case, it’s either accounting businesses or big businesses that need accountants and they are actually trying to hire or place really good accountants in their businesses. So even though you’re talking about accounting topics, still a completely different audience and the type of content you’re going to make is going to be completely different for all of those different ones. So I hope you understand why it’s so important to have a niche hypothesis statement even though it’s all the same niche, right? It’s all accounting. It’s all the accounting niche. Because if I would have asked you, if let’s just say you were in one of those niches before you saw this, if I would have asked you, “Hey, what’s your niche?” You probably would have said, “Oh, my niche is accounting.” When in reality, there’s probably like 5,000 different niches within accounting, right? Just like all these people, for instance, that commented their niche, they probably said something relatively short like plant education or marriage relationship or teaching, etc. And that’s why you absolutely need to have a niche hypothesis statement. You need to know who you’re helping, what you’re helping them overcome, and then how you’re helping them, right? You need to know the who, the what, and the how. It’s so important that you know that, okay? If you don’t have a niche hypothesis statement, you’ve lost from the beginning. It’s so important to have a proper niche hypothesis statement. Now, did you find that valuable? Give a thumbs up if you thought that was valuable. And if you want the niche validated GPT, both in GPT version as well as cloud version that we’re going to be giving out in a short while. That’s going to help you to dial in your niche hypothesis statement. Awesome. Okay, good stuff. And people who are in this market, by the way, would be interested in a video like how to hire the best accountants. Okay, so now I’m going to be handing you the blue pill to make you invincible as a creator because once you have your niche down, you’re already way better than most people. But you need more than that, right? You need what’s known as a hybrid personal brand. Because you probably know what personal branding is. But when you mix personal branding with the correct niche and our YouTube automation AI system, you have what’s uh you have what’s known as a hybrid personal brand. Okay. Now, one thing you need to understand is I just told you that you need to have a niche hypothesis statement. But I’m going to say something that’s probably going to confuse you a little bit, and that is you are the niche, right? So many people get this wrong. They think their niche is what makes them successful as an educational channel content creator. But when you have a hybrid personal brand, you are the niche. So the way I like to think about this is the niche that you have, the niche that you pick. When you pick a niche hypothesis statement, that’s kind of like your spear, okay? Like like you are able to just like like like it’s very it makes you dangerous. It makes you able to actually make money and give value to to your market, right? But your hybrid personal brand, that’s kind of like your shield. It it makes it to where you can actually protect yourself against competitors, right? So when you have a hybrid personal brand, you are the niche. So yes, you are going to go extremely niche with the IHELX doy, but once you get traction when you build your channel in the correct way where you’re building a hyperpersonal brand, you can then easily pivot to something else and it makes it to where you can actually adapt and evolve over time without having to worry about going extinct. Right? So let me show you an example. Alex Heroszi when he first started posting on YouTube four years ago, his niche hypothesis statement was, I help gyms do marketing and sales. And now he can talk about anything. right now. Obviously, he’s really well known for his business stuff with all the different types of businesses, but now he can talk about his unconventional diet. This is why you’re not happy. He talks about his book launches. He talks about how to stop wasting time. And yeah, I mean, now he can talk about anything that he wants, but he started niche. And if he tried to do that from the beginning, he probably wouldn’t have had nearly as much success as he has right now.

    He started off being the king of a puddle. Then they became the king of a small pond. Then they became the king of a lake and then a river. and then the sea and then the ocean, right? But you got to start small. You have to start niche, but don’t make a channel in such a way where you can’t expand and evolve the channel later on. And that is how we teach people to do it with the hybrid personal brand method. Because when you create a hybrid personal brand, there’s so many different ways you can monetize your channel. And there’s so many different directions that you can go both in terms of the content uh and the topic as well as how you can make money with your channel. AdSense, affiliate marketing, sponsorships, job opportunities, networking, membership, SAS, high ticket offers. Alex Ramoszi opened up basically like an investment fund, one of the rarest types of companies in the world known as a family office, right? And he has a portfolio of companies that he invests in and he gets his deal flow from YouTube. So, he’s making money from eight and nine figure business owners and making millions from each one all the way down to doing a SAS that costs a few dollars a month. You could do memberships, you could do courses, digital products, and so many other things, even physical products. The point is all of these different business models work when you have a hybrid personal brand traffic and you have distribution people that actually know, like, and trust you watching your channel because you built it with the hybrid personal brand method, and you’ve helped them solve a bunch of their problems. So, they see you as an authority. And not only that, you can even sell the brand or step down as the face of the brand in some cases, right? So, let me give you an example of that. And by the way, one thing that’s really great about YouTube is often times you’re actually oversubscribed. So you have way more people that want to work with you than you can actually work with realistically. And so you can get really picky about who you work with, which is something we’ll talk about here in a bit. So let me give you an example of that, right? Doug Demiro uh launched this website called carsandbids.com and he sold it for $80 million. So you can see right here, Doug Demiro, he basically reviews cars. That’s his that’s his niche. And uh you know uh he launched carsandbids.com. You can see it right there. And then he sold it for $80 million. Okay? So he launched it from his YouTube channel uh separately and then he sold it for $80 million, right? And the reason he was able to do that is because of the fact that he built his channel with the hybrid personal brand method. And this is a secret way of building your channel that makes it much easier to do whatever you want in the future. Because none of us can predict the future. But what we can do is build a channel that can evolve as things change over time, as we evolve, as the market evolves, as things happen in the world. You can build a channel that has the ultimate advantage, which is that it can adapt to changing circumstances, right? It can evolve as the market changes and it can evolve as we change as well. Because let’s be honest, we are growing, breathing, changing human beings. And we want a business and a YouTube channel that can grow and evolve as we grow and evolve and change over time, right? And that’s one of the main reasons that businesses fail is not because the person can’t do it. It’s just simply because they can’t evolve with changing circumstances. So, if you start a restaurant, let’s just say, and it doesn’t work out right away or you just lose interest in it, well, you can’t really change your restaurant to something else. But the great thing about YouTube is you can actually just pivot and and change your channel. I’ve done it about 15 times on my channel, and that is an option that you can do if you want to. And that’s one of the reasons why if especially if you use the correct methods, YouTube is has one of the highest chances of success. And if you think this only applies to big education channels, well that’s just wrong. Here’s some examples of our clients. This worked for Waqen. So Waqen was 18 years old when we first started working with them. He was a freshman in college and he was making all kinds of random stuff on study skills, productivity content, engineering content, all kinds of stuff like that, right? Um he was just all over the place, right? He didn’t really have a clear niche. And he was basically a business and engineering double major. So he’s also quite busy, too. And he really wasn’t making any money, right? And we basically sat down, we hashed out his niche and it became very clear that he should help foreign exchange students get into elite universities in the US. Why? Because he was a foreign exchange student that got into an elite university in the US. So we really dialed in his offer and the very first month that he launched or very close to the very first month he made about $80,000. So, he actually got so many client requests that he was oversubscribed and he had to stop making YouTube videos and weightless customers trying to buy his program because he just had too many people that wanted to work with him immediately. Now, that’s a pretty good place to be as an 18-year-old business owner, right? And we joked around that he was making more money than the president of his university, which he was, which is pretty crazy as a freshman. as a freshman turning away tens of thousands of dollars a month easily of people who wanted to work with him because he was overs subscribed. Pretty nuts. Here’s another example. Richard, we helped him go from making almost no money whatsoever on YouTube and also being one of the busiest clients that I’ve ever worked with, right? He was a product manager at a Fortune50 company, working like 80 hours a week, plus he had a brand new baby, plus he had lots of investments like real estate investment properties he was managing, etc., etc., all kinds of different stuff like that. just a super super busy guy and he was basically able to grow his channel to $12,000 in a single month despite the fact that he probably could only work about two hours a month. So yeah, I’m very proud of uh this case study because it was quite difficult to get him results because he could only work a couple hours a month. Here’s another example. Guy uh this one is a really cool story. He’s actually disabled and his goal before he worked with us was just to make a couple thousand extra dollars a month because he’s close to retirement, right? So he’s disabled. He has what’s known as tenitus, which is constant ring the ears. And this is something that a lot of veterans have. So my dad has it as well. He’s a veteran and it is very debilitating, right? And so he made this channel where his goal was to just make a couple extra,000 a month in retirement. And that was his version of rich, right? So he made $1,500 uh dollar a month with less than 500 subscribers. $1,500 a month with less than 500 subscribers. 446 to be exact, right? You can see how happy he is in this message. Um, so, and this was a brand deal for $1,500 a month. Now, remember, his goal was to make 1 to 2,000 extra dollars a month because that was going to significantly increase his quality of life in retirement. It was going to allow him to actually enjoy his life, go out to dinners, go on trips, etc., etc., right? And he wanted to help other people that are suffering from the same thing that he suffers from. And that’s exactly what he was able to do, right? and he got there with less than 1,000 subscribers. In fact, less than 500 subscribers before he was doing that. Now, realistically, he’s over 10,000 subscribers now, and he even started a second channel. So, he’s making way more money now. He’s making tens of thousands of dollars a month now. But the whole point is he was able to get there with less than 500 subscribers. So, if you don’t think you can get sponsorships and or make money with a small channel, you absolutely can. And this was his actual brand deal, which is an ongoing sponsorship, right? So, one simple rule, guys, to make this happen, start simple and scale fast. You do not need to show your face all the time if you don’t want to. A fancy camera, fancy editing, a million-doll studio, high production quality, or top tier video editing skills. And you definitely do not need to make highly entertaining content. Here’s what you do need, and these are the most important things by far. Viral video ideas. That uh this is the most important thing after dialing in your niche, right? And when I say viral video ideas, guys, what I mean here is getting the right views, okay? Not just getting lots of views, but getting lots of the right views, okay? Then you need titles and thumbnails to get clicks. And then you need an effective intro for video retention. And then you need to just deliver value uh to your audience. And that’s a lot easier to do than you think, especially with the AI systems that we’re going to show you. We’re going to actually give you a a sneak peek and and like a free part of the AI systems uh here in a little bit. Right now, let’s talk about uh the most important out of all those things, and that is the viral video ideas. So, I got this from Carl Icon. Uh he’s in the finance industry, and basically, he would find businesses that were making a ton of money despite being ran terribly. And I took that idea from the finance industry because I think some of the smartest people in the world work in finance. And I applied it to YouTube. And I was the first person to ever do this. So, what I did is I found YouTube videos that had a lot of views despite not having that many subscribers. That’s important. Um, and it’s important that they don’t have that many subscribers because if they have a big channel, they have a big audience, right? And they’re going to watch anything that they put out. So, uh, find a video that has a lot of views despite having a small audience, small channel, and despite the video itself being either mediocre or preferably bad. That’s important. The video itself needs to be either mediocre, right, or preferably bad. Okay? So, the thumbnail, the title, the intro, they were either mediocre or bad. So, here’s an example right here. This guy right here, you can see that his This is the actual thumbnail of his video, by the way. But even on the thumbnail itself, you can see that his face is blurry. Uh the door in the background is in better focus than his face. So, he didn’t get the camera thing right. Kind of messed that up. Additionally, uh the audio, he was literally recording directly from the camera. So, the audio was awful. It sounded like it was recorded with a potato and the camera itself was kind of just a potato. And so, you could barely hear him. The audio was really bad. And then on top of all that, he was there were, you know, no editing. He was just drunkenly ranting while drinking beers about college degrees for about 25 minutes. Okay, drunkenly ranting about college degrees for 25 minutes while drinking beers. Okay, so not very good. And yet this video did incredibly well. Even though it came from a small channel, 10,000 subscribers, 760,000 views, it did incredibly well even though the video was really bad. Right? So, what you do is you steal the idea of the video and you make a better version of the video. Okay? So, the most worthless college majors, you can uh change the keyword a little bit or just keep the same keyword and boom, right? The most useless degrees. That’s what I did. The point is you just keep the title very similar. You change it slightly, make a better vision, uh better uh video, and boom, that’s what happens. So, I made a better video with almost the same title, right? The most useless degrees versus the most worthless college majors. Very similar. and I made a better thumbnail, a better video, and it blew up and got millions of views. So, this is what I’ve been doing for the last 6 years now, guys. This is my secret. This is the icon method, and the icon method is the most powerful way to do it. Now, there’s a bit more to it than that, but that is the gist. So, once you get these down and you join our program, finding video ideas will never be an issue for you ever again. And once you get this down, giving value, quite literally, your videos will do all of the work for you. Now, let’s talk about what it takes for you to be a part of this YouTube gold mine with no daily uploads if you don’t want to, no complicated editing, uh without having to show your face all the time, no expensive gear or software, no burnout or guesswork, no algorithm chasing, uh and no spending months without monetization. Instead, you’ll get an on demand content tailored to you, a hybrid model that works with or without your face, proven video templates plus AI assisted scripts, automated systems for publishing and repurposing, a one day per month content workflow, scalable monetization from day one, and top tier coaching behind sevenigure YouTube brands. Introducing the content growth engine. This is the easiest and fastest way to grow a cash printing YouTube channel, even if you’re not an influencer. So, click the link in the chat to get access to this early because there is a few bonuses that we’re only giving to people that get this early access to and you’ll have a higher chance of getting the bonuses if you actually book a call now. Or you can type in go.shenhome.com/coaching or scan the QR code with your phone. So, here’s what you get access to inside of CGE. And by the way, guys, we’re going to go over these bonuses here. You’ll get all of these when you join the program, but some of them you don’t even need to join the program to get. And by the way, who’s booking a call right now? Go ahead and comment in the chat if you’re booking a call because we have a special bonus for you. First, we’re going to help you pick a profitable YouTube niche. We have a bunch of YouTube coaches with 100K subscriber plaques, the absolute best of the best, and uh uh they literally have 100k subscriber plaques right behind them in the videos you’re having with them. And we’re going to help you pick a niche. That niche will be in between being the most profitable one where it’s sustainable, it’s profitable, and also something that you’re passionate about. Of course, dialing in your niche is the most important thing. If you pick the wrong niche, you’re pretty much going to be doomed to failure from the beginning. If you pick the right niche, it kind of just takes care of it. So, we make sure that everyone has this completely dialed in before we move on to step two. That’s the first thing we do. Step two is the core foundations and the mindset section. So, this talks about the core foundations of like how the the YouTube economy, how the creator economy, how all of this works and also helps you with the mindset part, right? Because you might be having a hard time starting even though you just have to make videos consistently to be successful on YouTube. And you know that, right? And I get it. It sounds easy, but it’s hard to put your mind into making videos or having success on YouTube. And you probably would have started YouTube or you would have had success on YouTube already if it was that easy, right? Even business owners face mindset issues and this module helps with that. Right? This helps remove all the overthinking, all the imposttor syndrome and it helps you take action fast. And this is actually when I ask people these first two are usually their favorite modules, right? The niche selection. People are just obsessed with this. And then also the mindset section. Even though a lot of people don’t really think that they need the core foundations, another thing that I’ll say about this is it’s going to help you understand that if you follow our system, success is inevitable. Right? If you follow the system, you will understand that when you go through this on a deep, logical, emotional, almost on a spiritual level, that if you follow the system, success is inevitable. For some people, like my brother, it was his very first video that he posted. For some people, it takes 5, 10, 15, 20 videos, but if you follow the system, success is inevitable. And you will understand that on a logical level when you go through this. Number three is the content genesis system. This shows you how to find viral video ideas in your niche that will have a higher chance of getting views and going viral. And in my opinion, this is my favorite module because I think this is the most valuable one out of all of them. This is where the secret is right here. Finding the right video ideas. The next is the holy trifecta where we go over how you can make your thumbnail, your title, your intro to package the viral video idea to have the highest chances of success for your video to get views. So all three need to be good and you want to make sure that they’re congruent as well. Next is the script writing alchemy system where we help you write scripts with the help of AI to get your writing time down to less than 1 hour per video or in many cases way less than that. Right? So just as an example, my brother who got his first video to 800,000 views only spent about 15 minutes on the script. In fact, it was less than 15 minutes. And we show you the exact same system. Next is the viral video creation system where we actually turn things into a system. And this is what makes it possible to only work one or two hours a week on your YouTube channel or in some cases if you’re a very busy business owner, zero hours a week or a couple hours a month. And this is done with systems and our own in-house AI that we only allow our clients to uh to use. Um and the niche validator that we’re going to be dropping here in a minute is just a fraction of the sample of the power of AI systems that we give to our clients. We have systems for every problem you could imagine on YouTube. Now guys, I’m getting a note that we’re running out of spots already. Okay, so I I just got I just got a message here on the side. We’re running out of spots already. So make sure you click the link in the chat and sign up for your spot on the call. Okay, so we are at a situation we we can only accept a very limited amount of people. So we are very picky about who we accept and we’re already running out of calls, right? We can only, you know, bring a few people into the program, right? Um, so yeah, uh, anyways, the viral video creation system, uh, we have systems, AI systems for almost every problem you could imagine on YouTube. So, just as an example, um, if you’re worried that your YouTube settings are wrong, well, guess what? We can just have you screenshot your YouTube settings, and we have an AI. You just screenshot it, put it into the AI, and it’s just going to tell you whether your YouTube settings are right or wrong. That’s just one example out of like dozens and dozens of examples of the AI systems that we have, right? And lastly is the cache code system. This is where we actually make money out of the views that you’re getting, even if you’re not getting a lot of views. And it’s very, very important that you’re actually monetizing correctly. And that is just a taste of what’s inside of the community, right? You don’t just get one or two tools. You get the entire arsenal. Custom GPTs, cloud skills, all built for one thing, which is growing and monetizing your channel. And our clients are getting the updates in real time. And they are loving it. And the tools that we don’t build ourselves, we tell you exactly which ones are worth your time. Gemini, Descript, Pixels, and much more. So whether you run chat to your cloud, there’s a tool sitting here ready for you. No guessing, no piecing it together yourself. This is just a taste of what’s waiting inside. Plus, you get one-on-one coaching calls and a dedicated client success manager, a one-on-one dedicated chat support with all of our coaches. Uh multiple weekly group coaching sessions because when you do it together with somebody else, it actually makes it more fun and it makes it much easier to achieve your goals. uh access to exclusive group of hybrid personal brand YouTubers and access to the most powerful content creation AI systems on earth. And that is just a peak inside of our private community or this right here is just a peak uh inside of our private community. Real wins coming in every single day. One member just hit 10,000 subscribers and 1 million views. Grew 5x in a few months. Another finally landed their first 10 leads straight from YouTube. Another one uh just closed a $75,000 a year contract inbound straight off the platform. Someone else made their first $10,000 from YouTube. Someone else 4xed their subscriber count in a in a single month. Another person crossed 5,000 subscribers and 39,600 views on a channel with just 800 subscribers, etc., etc. Right? This isn’t a course that you just buy and forget. This is a community of people winning together every single day. And these are just a few of the examples of the results. And this is what our group looks like on any given day, right? And this is the exact system that’s responsible for 0 to 10K in just 18 days. Here’s an example. Bro, I just hit my first 10K within 18 days of launch. I don’t even have 1K subs yet. This is nuts. Thank you, man. This is the system responsible for these results as well. Usually, there’s a shaded graph right under your video. Familiar with YouTube analytics. It kind of looks like this, right? This is what it typically looks like. I was looking in this client account and I was like, what the heck is going on here, right? What? Like, why is there no shaded graph under the video? It makes no sense, right? There’s a shaded graph in in every every video. And turns out what happened is this client had been uploading videos for over five years on YouTube and had didn’t have a single video take off. Like I don’t think they even had a a single video get to 10,000 views, never mind 100,000. And their very first video with us got to 180,000 views. And that’s why it made the YouTube system kind of glitch out. And there was no shaded graph. Or there was one, but it was so close to the bottom that it actually blended in with the x-axis. So it’s it’s just so tiny you can’t even see it. Right? So that’s an I mean that’s a perfect example of how effective our system is. Here’s another person absolutely brand new spanking new starting on YouTube. 1,456% more views than usual in the last 28 days. First month uh already making like $953 um you know right off the bat just from AdSense alone. And of course they were making more money from other things because we don’t teach people to make money with just AdSense. That’s just one tiny little piece of the pie. I think that’s about 3% of our income, the AdSense that we make. Um, and you can make money in many other ways. Here’s another example. Uh, and this kind of goes to show like that it’s usually not the the full amount of money you can make. This person right here, they do want to remain anonymous, but they are number one in a very competitive niche. And we are kind of the king makers and the and the queen makers in many different niches. Um, some of them are very competitive and then some of them are, you know, smaller niches as well. But even in the competitive niches, we we are category kings in probably over 20 very competitive niches right now on YouTube. So this particular person is a in a very competitive niche. They’re getting over 8 million long form views a month, making over $50,000 just from AdSense alone. And this is a uh YouTube channel and YouTube business that overall is making over $20 million a year. Okay, so 600,000 just per year just from AdSense alone. you know, run rate 50,000 a month, but they’re making over $20 million a year overall. Right? This person right here, uh, brand new to YouTube, uh, never take took a sales call before in their life. They decided to launch a program and they started taking some calls and they closed 80% of their calls. Now, if you’ve ever done any sales in your life, you know that um, like when you first start taking sales calls, you’re probably going to close like 5 or 10%, right? Like everybody is terrible at sales when they first start, right? this person was closing 80% right off the bat. And that is because they were essentially a cashier. The people that were coming in from YouTube already wanted to work with them and they were essentially just making sure that the person is a good fit, right? And that’s what happens when people come in from YouTube is you’re just making sure that they’re a good fit to work with you before they join the program. And so he was closing 80% right off the bat, right? And that is the power of YouTube because people come in, they already know, like, and trust you and they already want to, you know, work with you. Here’s another one. Bill, he transformed his YouTube channel’s impact among 177K subs, and he’s now making over 30,000 plus per month at the time of this testimonial. And basically, he said, “Shane helped me out with his keyword research, title, and thumbnails, as well as turning my YouTube channel into a business.” So, he turned his YouTube channel from a liability, sucking up all of his time to a business that works for him while having a full-time job. Shawn here was stuck making about 30,000 a month. He scaled all the way up to over $500,000 a month with our help. And he said, “Shane knows what he’s doing. He’s not another fake guru. His program goes beyond just tactics, teaching you how to build a personal brand and master the back-end systems that actually drive revenue. He’s another example of a category king. He’s number one in the Amazon KDP niche. We do have a lot of category kings and category queens. Often times, uh, people that work with us, they want to remain anonymous because they don’t want extra competitors, which I totally understand. With that being said, when you book a call, uh we do have a good amount of clients that basically said that, hey, we don’t want we want to remain anonymous in the public stuff, but once the person actually, you know, books a call with you, you can you can like give them the information there. And so once you uh actually book a call, you’re going to see examples of a bunch of our clients that are that are crushing it uh that we don’t talk about publicly. Um so yeah, Sean absolutely crushed it. uh you know he said his program goes beyond just tactics teaching you how to build a personal brand and master the back-end systems that actually drive revenue. Next is Cheryl. She helps people through spiritual awakenings and before joining us she was stuck under 50 subscribers for years with a great message but no strategy and we gave her the system, the content strategy, the title and the thumbnail frameworks and hands-on coaching and she immediately grew to 9,000 plus subscribers and got monetized in months. One video hit 128,000 views and now she is landing brand deals. And this is what happens when you stop guessing and start following your system because now she’s actually making good money from YouTube. Jen here is another example. So uh Jen was a healthcare professional uh who recently joined our program and before joining us she was a complete beginner. No idea what to make, no experience. And in her own words she said I haven’t YouTube yet. And she was in the exact same situation that you’re in right now. Literally the exact same sit situation just a couple months ago, right? Watching one of these lives, wondering like, oh, should I should I do YouTube? Like, how what what should my niche be, etc., etc. And now she has 29.7,000 subscribers, and her channel got to 3 million views already. Two of her videos already went over 500,000 views. And these are numbers that most creators chase for years. And she built all of it on what she already knew, which is healthcare navigation. So, if if you’re a healthcare professional, this could be for you. But if you’re just a professional in general who answers questions every single day, who solves people’s problems every single day, there are so many, you know, quote unquote boring niches out there that might be boring to you in some ways, right? Cuz it’s just the same stuff over and over again, but to other people, it’s actually incredibly helpful and you’re helping solve problems. And this is exactly what Nurse Jen is doing here. She’s helping a bunch of people, like typically it’s people on the older side, navigate the US health care system and answer questions that she just has to answer on a day-to-day basis for them, right? As a nurse who who deals with a lot of patients like that, right? And this is what happens when you follow the system. So, I know all kinds of different people who work in the YouTube industry. I basically know all the different coaches, the consultants, the agencies, etc. And I’ll kind of tell you how this industry works, right? Usually the highest paid people, the best of the best work with big corporations and so they’re going to be doing like seven figure contracts a year and in many cases working with these big companies uh it’s at least a six-figure contract, right? And by the way guys, spots are running I just got a message again spots are running out fast. So again, click that link in the chat uh to to secure your spot because there there’s a very good chance we run out almost every single time, right? Um so yeah. So yeah, anyways, back to what I was saying. In many cases, working with these big companies is at least like a six-figure contract, right? So the second highest tier of what you can offer is a bit of a done for you offer, but it’s called what basically called like a build and release, right? And I have some friends that do this and they’re basically like one of the very few people that are actually really good at YouTube besides myself that really knows what they’re doing. And they charge $300,000 to do a build and release offer. And this is basically where they work with like seven, eight, nine figure companies and they build out their YouTube channel for the first 3 to 6 months. They hire everybody out for the channel. They build it out. They figure out exactly how the channel works and then they release it to them once everything is working and they’ve hired the team out to them. And they charge about $300,000 to do that. Now, I myself have attended four masterminds that are $50,000. Last year I was in two. This year I’m in another two. And these are extremely valuable and I learned tons of stuff from these masterminds and I pass it down to you guys. So, there’s a lot of YouTube masterminds out there that are like $50,000. Only the best of the best are attending them. And it would easily cost you $35,000 in mistakes if you were to try to do this all on your own. And 25,000 is more than a fair investment to make to even get 1/5if of the knowledge contained in the content growth engine. But a special offer only for this workshop when you book a call within the next 24 hours. We are offering something that we’ve never offered before. We’re going to talk about some bonuses that we’re giving out. And by the way, go to shanehome.com/coaching. Click the link in the chat or you can scan this QR code. Bonus one, and this is a big one. You get a one- on-one niche kickstart call with me personally. Now, let me tell you why this matters. When I was starting out, I had a mentor named Sam. He was doing YouTube for his wedding photography business. And Sam showed me how to actually make money on YouTube, even with a small channel. And that changed everything for me. That is when I started earning big, not because I got lucky, but because someone who already figured it out showed me the ropes. And that one relationship changed the entire direction of my channel. And that is exactly what this call is, right? Everything that I have learned building a channel to 1.5 million subscribers and over 1 million in revenue applied directly to your niche, your channel, and your situation. And this is worth $12,000 easily. But this is only for five of the first people who sign up within the next 24 hours. So go to goshomes.com/coaching, scan that QR code or click the link in the chat. And if you’re seeing this right now, you’re still super early. Basically, the people who sign up earlier will have a higher chance of getting this. So, if you’re watching this right now, you’re still super early cuz the moment we send out the replay, all the spots get filled. So, this is what the actual coaching looks like. Um, I can already see people signing up as I’m talking. So, don’t wait on this one. So, go to go.shenhome.com/coaching. Scan the QR code or click the link in the chat. Bonus two is the video idea generator pro. This is easily worth $8,500. Now, if you sat down to find winning ideas yourself, researching what’s working, checking view counts, studying channels, you’re looking at weeks of trial and error, and most people still pick the wrong ideas. Hire someone to do it, a real content strategist who knows YouTube, you’re paying $7,500 easily. So, we built a custom AI tool that finds proven video ideas for your niche in about 30 seconds. And this isn’t a generic AI spitting out random titles. It is built on the icon method. It finds what’s already working and hands you a better version of it. the titles, the hooks, the angles, all of it. And you get it both ways, a chatbt version and a Cloud AI version. We prefer Claude AI, but you can use Chatbt if you’d like to. So, whatever AI you already use, you’re already covered with this tool, and as well as all the other uh tools as well. So, this is included as a bonus. So, go to go.shinhome.com/coaching, scan the QR code or click the link in the chat. Here’s what it actually looks like. And whether you use Chachet or Claude, we built it for both. You give it a video that’s already performing. It reverse engineers why it works and then it hands you five high converting titles and hooks for your channel. No guessing, no staring at a blank screen. The winning ideas are already out there. This tool just finds them for you. So go to go.shenhome.com/coaching. Scan the QR code or click the link in the chat. Bonus three is the Vibriter content creation AI Deluxe. This is worth $7,000 and this is the ultimate content creation tool. So, you tell it the goal of your video, to inform, to entertain, to sell, and it turns your spoken ideas into a polished, attention-grabbing YouTube script. It captures your tone, your style, your voice, so that it actually sounds like you. And just like the last one, you get it both ways, chatbot version, whatever you already use. And if you hire a professional content team to do this, like a script writer, a content strategist, someone who understands YouTube, you’re going to be paying $3 to $5,000 a month minimum. This does it all in seconds. So, go to go.shenhome.com/coaching, com/coaching. Scan the QR code or click the link in the chat. This is what it looks like. Uh the same tool running in both chat and claude. It walks you through niche validation, your audience, your format preference, dialing in exactly who you are. Then you tell it the goal of your video, and it writes the full script, a real YouTube script with hooks, structure, and a tone that matches your channel. So go to go.sh.com/coaching, scan the QR code, or click the link in the chat. Bonus four is the winner thumbnail vault plus premium templates worth $10,000. Your thumbnail is the first thing that people see before the title, before the hook, before anything. If your thumbnail doesn’t stop the scroll, nobody clicks, nobody watches, and it doesn’t matter how good your video is. If you hired a thumbnail designer who actually knows YouTube, you’re going to be paying $1,500 a month easily. That’s $18,000 a year. And they might make a thumbnail that works for gaming but not for educational content. So, there’s a psychology behind every thumbnail. And this is my entire thumbnail system. the guide, the templates, the swipe files, the framework, you get it all as a bonus, right? And one thing I want to say is there’s certain thumbnails that might get you a lot of views, but they get you the wrong views, right? These thumbnails are designed to get you the right views, which is extremely important because again, there is a psychology behind thumbnails that actually work. So, go to go.shm.com/coaching, scan the QR code or click the link in the chat. This is what’s inside. On the left, you get the full guide, the secret of creating viral thumbnails, the psychology of why certain thumbnails get clicks and others don’t. On the right is the thumbnail vault. Fully editable templates in Canva. You click file, make a copy, and it’s yours. And you see those annotations. That is me breaking down exactly why each thumbnail works, where the face goes, how big the head is, the rule of thirds, the spacing, all of it explained. So, you’re not just getting templates, you’re learning the framework so that you can build your own. So, go to go.shenhome.com/coaching, scan the QR code, or click the link in the chat. Bonus five is the 1K niche authority accelerator worth $6,997. Everybody wants to hit 1,000 subscribers. That’s the first real milestone. That’s when you uh get monetized, right? That’s when it starts to feel real. A custom channel strategy from a real YouTube consultant is going to run you $1,500 to $3,000 every single time you talk to them easily. And that’s one static plan that’s outdated the second that the algorithm shifts or the second that your plan shifts or the second that you try to, you know, sell something else, right? This tool is designed to get you to 1,000 subscribers as fast as possible. We’re talking in days, sometimes, not months. You get the Claude or the Chat GBT version. It builds you a strategy uh specific to your niche so that you’re not just posting random videos uh and praying, you know, spray and pray method. You’re posting the right videos to the right audience at the right time. So, go to gosh.com/coaching uh uh scan the QR code or click the link in the chat and this is what it looks like. You get the claude and the chatp version. You click one button and it builds out your entire plan, your niche, your content strategy, your posting schedule, all mapped out uh so that you hit that first milestone fast. So go to go.shinhomes.com/coaching, scan the QR code or click the link in the chat. Bonus six is the weekly content planner, GPT, worth $4,997. The number one reason that creators quit is they don’t know what to post next. Monday comes, there’s no plan, no video idea, no progress, and then a week goes by and then a month and then you stop. This tool plans out your entire weekend of content for you based on your niche, your audience, and your goal. So, you never have to sit there wondering, “What should I make a video about ever again because it’s already planned out for you. Now, if you hired a content strategist to do this, you’re paying $1,000 to $2,000 a month, and that’s just for part-time work. That’s $12 to $24,000 a year. You get this as a bonus. So, go to go to chains.com/coaching, scan the QR code, or click the link in the chat.” Now, for those of you who stayed until the end, we made something special for you, and that is the niche monetizer AI. And this is this one is different from all the other bonuses, right? This is an AI tool that takes your niche and maps out exactly how you can make money from it. Not just AdSense. We’re talking about affiliate deals, digital products, coaching offers, sponsorships, the full picture. Because here’s the thing that most people get wrong. They pick a niche and then they hope the money situation figures itself out later on. That is backwards. This tool shows you the money map before you ever record your first video. So you know exactly what you’re building towards from day one. And like every tool that we give you, you get it in both chat and cloud version, whatever you already use. Now, here’s the catch. The bonus is worth $12,000 and you get it just for showing up to the call that you booked. That’s it. You book the call, you show up, and you get it. So go to go.shenhome.com/coaching, scan that QR code or click the link on the chat. Second, you show up to the call, you just ask for it, and you get instant access, okay? On the spot. And whether you like the chatbt or the cloud version, you can use this either way. This isn’t some watered down freebie. It’s the same tool that we use inside of the content growth engine and it is yours for life. So go to go.sh.com/coaching, scan that QR code or click the link in the chat. Bonus eight is the 90-day YouTube fast mover money back guarantee. This is priceless. You got 90 days. You follow the program, you do the work, you show up, and if it does not work for you, you get your money back, right? We have a very low refund rate. We had a 1% refund. It might have even been less than 1% refund rate, right? So, the vast majority of people do not take us up on this because they know because we get them results first of all, but they also just know that, you know, this is the best possible program and they’re getting a ton of value out of it. Right? Um, but if you did the work and you got no results, we just give you your money back, no questions asked. Right? Now, we also have a 91% uh satisfaction rate. So 91 we sent out a survey asking 91% of people if they felt like they got an ROI and 91% of them respond of of respondents said yes we got an ROI right and that’s in an industry that just to put this in perspective you know in the coaching uh you know online course business less than 10% of people even finish uh courses right so for 91% of people to say that they felt like they got an ROI is absolutely absurd and that’s why we have such good results is we put so much effort into making sure that we hire the absolute best people to give you the one-on-one coaching that you need to get results. Right? So, I’m not asking you to trust me blindly. I’m asking you to test it and see for yourself. 90 days. Uh if you do the work, doesn’t work for you, you just ask for a refund. We give you a money back, no questions asked. Right? So, this makes it an absolute no-brainer for you to sign up for a call. Absolute no-brainer for you to try the program out and just test it out. Of course, only if we we see that you’re a good fit, right? So, of course, we need to like get on the call with you, make sure that you have the right niche. We make sure that you’re a good fit to actually join the program uh with us, right? So, just to be very clear, you know, not everyone who gets on the call is going to join the program. We only have about an 18% acceptance rate historically and it’s going down even more. We’re cuz we’re just getting more and more people who want to work with us and it’s going down even more. And the reason we do that is not because we want to be like elitist or anything like that. We just want to make sure that we only accept people into the program that we think have a very good chance of getting results. We think they’re going to do the work and we know that we’re going to be able to to get them results, right? So, we just want to make sure that we do that. Okay. So, uh with that being said, go to go.genomous.com/coaching, scan the QR code, and click the link in the chat. So, let’s add this up. Eight bonuses, total value, $61,494. Uh now, remember, bonus one, the one-on-one session with me personally. That is only for five of the first people who sign up today. Once those spots are gone, they are gone. Okay? If you’re seeing this right now, you’re still super early. So, uh if you if you sign up for a call, you still have a really good chance of getting that one-on-one with me. And bonus seven, the niche uh profit accelerator GPT. You only get that if you book a call and you actually show up to it. That’s it. Everything else is included free when you join. Now, this workshop special is only available for the next 24 hours. And after that, these bonuses go away. This exact package at this exact price with all eight bonuses, you will not see it again. And let me clear something up real quick because I get this question every single time. The 24 hours is for booking the call, not for attending it. So if you book right now and the next open cell on my calendar is 3 days from now or even next week, that is totally fine. You’re still locked in. You still get every single one of these. You’ll just have to schedule the call within the next 24 hours. So if you’ve been going back and forth on this, now is the time to move. Go to go.shenhham.com/coaching. Scan the QR code right now. book your free strategy call and we’ll figure out if we’re a good fit to work together or not. Worst case, you get on the call, you get some clarity on your niche and you walk away with a plan. No pressure, no hard sell, but if it’s the right fit, we go to work, right? So, go to go.jun.com/coaching, scan that QR code to click the link in the chat. And one last thing, this is important. Once you book, you will get two emails. One of them will be from Calendarly and one of them will be from the consultant that you booked with. Both are titled the CGE MasterClass call. So, check your inbox right now. If you don’t see them, look in your promotions, your spam, your junk, or your all mail folders. Sometimes they hide in there instead of your main inbox. Those emails have your call details. So, find them and open them. Okay, very important you do that. With that being said, I am going to now take some questions. All right, some questions. And you can ask me anything you want about YouTube. You can also, of course, ask me about the program. Anything about the program, I’m an open book. Right. So the first question that I see uh is uh how much does it cost? Okay, so I’m going to explain this one time and one time only. So we always have about uh 5% of people or so that apply are you know CEOs of bigger companies or they’re people that work as like marketing managers for bigger companies, that kind of thing. And the scope of what they want is always going to be very different than the scope of what you know somebody who’s just a beginner or somebody who has like a small business wants. Okay? So, a lot of the time they, you know, they’re very concerned about like branding and and like legal stuff and all that kind of stuff. Um, they also typically want us to hire for their team or just like work with their team directly, like train their team. So, there’s a lot of like corporate training stuff that goes on there. Um, hiring, placement, building out SOPs, building out systems, etc., etc. The scope of the work is is very, very different than if we were working with like a small business right now. So that’s going to be like at least a six-figure type deal for something like that. Um and if it’s ongoing it might even be more than that. Okay. The next lowest uh of what we offer generally speaking is when we work with um you know small businesses. So we work with multi6figure businesses, seven figure, eight figure businesses that that range typically. Uh often times they do want to hire people but they typically don’t want to hire you know as many people or you know they they might want to keep their cost a bit lower. So, a lot of time we’ll help them hire like a video editor from the Philippines or something like that uh to keep the cost quite low. But we do hire that person. We place them into the business and we train them and we oversee them. And they either want done for you work. They either just want us to do the work for them or they want uh us to kind of help them build something out like a system and then kind of release the system to them. So, there’s a lot more done for you components here. Uh which of course is a lot of work from us, right? It’s a lot of work from us on the done for you side. So, of course, we’re going to have to charge more for that. And that’s typically going to be anywhere, and again, the scope is totally different with this one than the other two, that’s going to typically be anywhere from about 12 to $60,000 over a uh 6-month period. Okay. Um then the kind of the entry level of what we offer, the other two offers, so this one here is we fish for you. Uh this one here is we build a system that kind of fishes for you, right? So we build out the the the machine that fishes for you. We hire the people to operate the machine that fishes for you. This one down here, which is CGE, um, and this is going to be for probably most of you watching this right now. This is where we just teach you how to fish for yourself, and we teach you how to use the system to to fish for yourself, too. Okay, so that is it’s the the most value, I would say, out of all of them. Um, and it’s the one that’s the most scalable as well. Okay, so that’s going to be about $9,800 or it’s going to be $1,000 a month, or we can even get it a little bit less than that. So, you can try it out. You can start it out with $1,000 a month, um, or even a little bit less than that, but it’s $9,800 total. There’s also some add-ons if you wanted us to do some done for you work for you. So, if you want us to come up with the video ideas for you, etc., etc., um, there’s some add-ons on top of that, uh, that we can we can add on to that price as well. Uh, but that’s going to be work that we literally do for you. Um, and you know, we have over 20 people on the team, uh, executing for our clients now and helping them do it. And all of the people that you directly interface with um you know with the one-on-one coaching have 100k subscriber plaques and that is of course quite expensive to do. So of course we do have to charge a little bit 9,800 and we are very likely going to be increasing our prices soon. We’re probably going to be increasing it to the 12 to $15,000 range cuz again we just have a lot of people that will want to work with us and in order to give them you know the the service that we really want to be able to give them the absolute best service we do have to charge more. And to hire more people, we have to charge more, right? So, uh, spots are running out fast, guys. In fact, I think we actually did run out of spots already. And I got a note that we opened up more spots. So, if you tried to apply for a call already, we opened up more spots. So, yeah. Anyways, I that’s the the answer to the price uh question. Again, totally transparent about that. Openbook will answer any questions that you have. Uh, with that being said, I’m probably not going to answer that question again. So, if I get the question again, I’m just going to skip it. and you can watch the replay. Okay.

    All right. So, that was the price question. Yes, we do have in-house uh options available. Um Henry, if we have very limited funds, we are out of luck. No, you’re not out of luck at all. There’s a 8 figureure business owner that’s right here answering your questions right now. So, we’ve had lots and lots of people that didn’t join at first, but they just uh you know, consumed our free content on YouTube, got our free training on YouTube, uh used their our free tools that we give away on YouTube, attend these live trainings, which I don’t have to do, by the way. I don’t have to do these live trainings. I do these because I really want to help you guys. Um, you know, we have other funnels that work just as well for getting people, but we find that people that come from these live trainings, they come in and and they’re typically we we attract a hired, you know, person who’s a really good fit to work with us. Um but yeah, attend these live trainings answer the question like I like obviously execute on the stuff that we tell you to do in these live trainings just like Isaiah did. He’s a testimonial on the main channel and then also uh ask me questions at the end. You know, this is this is one of the world’s top YouTube experts that you can literally ask questions to and I’ll be able to answer them. Okay. Uh Matt, I think I understand, but also I think I don’t but I see when I booked the call. Yeah. I mean, hey, if there’s like specifics that you want answered, um, we can definitely answer those on the call that you booked. And yeah, guys, I did get confirmation we did up update some spots on the calendar. So, if you tried to apply already and you weren’t able to uh find a spot, uh, go ahead and try applying again.

    Allan, do you send the survey to everyone? Survey. Are you talking about the the calendar booking link? No, we don’t send that to everyone. It’s only only the people who uh are trying to book a call uh from from this live training. People who try to book a call with us, first of all, it’s kind of hard to book a call with us, but people who try to book a call with us uh from the main channel, they they go through a much more extensive survey to make sure that they’re a good fit to work with us.

    And we’re not necessarily optimizing for the best results from the survey in terms of making the most money. We’re optimizing for making sure that the people who try to work with us are the are the, you know, qualified to work with us. They’re the best possible people. But yeah, I do like a good survey. Lindsay, question for Shane. Can you please tell us what the key elements are that make a thumbnail eye-catching and get you clicks? Do you recommend using Nano Banana? There’s a lot, Lindsay. Um, you know, when it comes to a thumbnail, you know, it’s it’s an art, it’s a science, and it’s also marketing. So, art and marketing change over time. So, something that worked 5 years ago may not work now, and something that works now may not work 5 years in the future, right? So there is a science there is an underlying thread that works throughout but a lot of it does change over time right so there so there’s a lot to it right but one of the biggest things that we do that’s different than everyone else is we don’t just try to we have been tracking everything on YouTube for a very long time so we know what thumbnails attract buyers people that are actually good fits to you know work with you people that actually buy stuff from you, right? And we found that there are some types of thumbnails that might attract a lot of viewers, but they don’t necessarily attract buyers. Okay? And so, of course, there there’s some obvious things to this, and it take me too long to explain, but there’s some obvious things to this, but if you have like this face in your thumbnail, like, right, if you have that face, you’re probably going to attract a lot of viewers, but you may not attract a lot of buyers. Okay? So, that that’s kind of one thing that’s, you know, very important. Um, yeah. So, so that’s that’s like one of the biggest things. Um, what one another thing I’ll say about the thumbnails is you want to have a a swipe file of really good thumbnails that you can uh get inspiration from from other channels or uh people that are in your niche or people that are outside of your niche, but they still serve your target demographic. You want to have a swipe file from those channels. Um, and that that’s a good place to start. AI is very helpful, but I like to use AI in conjunction with proven thumbnails. And so that’s what we’ve done is we’ve actually tested the thumbnails over a very long period of time with split tests, not only on the, you know, the thumbnail side, but also on the actual revenue side. So we know which thumbnails actually produce revenue, not just get views, right? And uh we have we have that swipe file for you, right? So it’s really good. And whether or not I use uh Nano Banana, the last part of your question, we actually like Chat GBT a little bit better, but to be honest with you, Lindsay, I I just have to be very honest and I hope hope you don’t take this the wrong way. If you’re bad at making thumbnails, AI will help you make bad thumbnails, right? I’m just I’m just being honest with you. Hope hopefully you don’t you’re not offended by this, but if you’re bad at making thumbnails, AI is just going to help you make bad thumbnails faster, right? So, if you’re good at making thumbnails, AI can help you, you know, like like if if you use our systems, for instance, uh it it’ll help you make good thumbnails and it’ll help you make them a lot faster. But if you’re bad at making thumbnails, it’ll just help you make bad thumbnails faster, right? So, whether it’s Nano Banana, you know, chatbt, any of them, it’ll just help you make bad thumbnails faster, right? So, um yes, we do recommend using those tools, but only in a very specific way. So, one thing is I know you guys probably like a lot of you probably recognize this like AI slop thumbnails. Thumbnails that look like total AI slop. Um, you know, it has this kind of like plastic look on your face. It makes your face look like plastic and it just is obviously AI generated. Those almost never perform well. Almost never. Right. And we’ve had people that have been making those AI generated thumbnails for a very long time, the AI slop thumbnails, and that is the one thing that was holding them back. And that’s one thing that I kind of want to say is there’s a lot of people out there that might be doing a lot of things right, but there’s just this one thing they’re messing up on that’s holding them back and they fix that one thing um that would unlock everything else. Allan, how frequently do you survey? Um are you talking about the surveys from here like like what we just sent you? Um quite quite frequently. Yeah, we we have people apply and we we try not to really change it much to be honest because we just want to keep the historical accuracy. Dan, I got my education niches, but I also have a very dramatic survival accident and rehab my story, i.e. 60 Minutes USA wanted to run my story. Media chasing me for years to talk about my story. So, my plan was going to produce this story as an entertainment on YouTube, get high uh generic traffic, then drive that traffic to my niche of different rehab and healing solutions. Got it. So, your coaching would strategize how to use the story for my niches. By the way, great course content. I’ve done many courses over the years. This looks highly executable. Awesome, Dan. Um, yeah, so obviously rehab niche very very, you know, good niche to go into. Um, if I I if I’m understanding correctly, if that’s the niche you’re going into, uh, rehab and healing solutions. Okay, very very cool. Uh, yeah, rehab and healing, very very good niche to go into for sure. Um, you know, stories are, yes, somewhat entertaining, but stories are also very educational, right? Because uh stories are how we’ve been teaching people how to do things for thousands of years. Like we taught people how to do things through stories. And so stories are very educational, extremely educational. So yeah, you telling your story, of course, you know, you can do it in a more entertaining way or a more educational way, but you telling your story is not necessarily entertainment. So it sounds like that could be really good, Dan. And it sounds like that could actually be extremely good. And to be honest with you, story is a key component of all of the uh strategies that we use. Like we almost always tell people to tell their story. Um because again you you know YouTube is all about just people interacting with other people and so yeah stories are that that’s that’s a really good one. Love your question Dan. Also, I can just tell this question that you would be a success. So, you should definitely send up for a call. Uh, very thoughtful question. Kevin, hi Shane. Booked already. Awesome. Kevin, yeah, who else booked? Go ahead and comment in the chat if you booked. Who else booked? Um, I’m probably going to keep going for about 15 minutes or so, guys. So, uh, you probably have about 15 minutes more to uh to book a call with us. Shondaanda, I’m going to have to log on at a later date when I have the funds. I already know it’s about 8 to10K. You can get started for much much less than that, Shondaanda. Much much less than that. Uh again, we we can get the down to like one to even less than $1,000 a month. We can get it down to that. Uh how well do firearm training videos do? Um can be really good. You have to be a bit careful with that niche. Um and yeah, guys, uh go.shinhomes.com. /coaching. Scan that QR code, click the link in the chat, guys. Uh, like I said, we’re running out of spots and plus, you got about 15 more minutes. We did open up some new slots. So, again, if you tried to sign up before, uh, we open up some new slots. Uh, yeah. So, uh, you have to be a little bit careful with that, obviously, Michael. There’s some YouTube rules about, you know, firearms, but, uh, u, yeah, it can be a really good niche, definitely. And there’s a lot of different like subniches within that. Kevin, I only received one email. I should receive. By the way, guys, we have had a total of zero of our students banned from YouTube. Zero. Right? Other programs that teach AI slop, teach people how to make AI slop. They have dozens and dozens, maybe even hundreds of students sometimes banned. Okay? Um, so that’s why we don’t teach you guys AI slop because we don’t want you to get banned, right? We teach you what actually works for one. Um, but we also don’t want people to get banned, right? So like the fire, that’s why we know the firearm, you got to be a little bit careful. Dax Shane, is notebook LM good for YouTube? Yeah, Notebook LM can be good for YouTube, specifically on the research side. Uh, doing research. Yeah, I I’m actually coming out with a video pretty soon. It might I don’t know if it posted or not, but I’m coming out with a video here pretty soon on that. Julie, I need tech skills to do this. Do I get one-on-one help? Yes, Julie, definitely. Yeah, absolutely. You get 100% you get one-on-one help. That we we are definitely helping people with that. Uh Sasha, regular people are priced out, unfortunately. Not really. It’s actually pretty affordable to regular people. You can get started for uh a small amount. The whole thing is we we have you take the call. If we think you’re a good fit to join the program, even if you don’t have that much money, if we have you take the call, we think you’re a good fit to join the program, we know that you’re going to you can you can make money and then you can pay us back in the future, right? So, we’re we’re willing to give you the guarantee. we’re willing to let you get started for a lower amount because we know that you’re going to be able to to have success in the future, right? But that’s what the call is about is seeing if you’re a good fit to work with us, right? So, if we think if we like your niche, if we like you and we think you’re a good fit to work with us, we’ll figure out the money situation. Okay. Michael, does your process coaching work with people who could be classified as polymats who have several niche specialties and interests and sometimes some ADHD? Well, yeah, for sure. I mean, I have ADHD myself, diagnosed twice. Um, and yeah, people who have niche specialties and interests. I mean, that’s almost everybody that I work with. So, definitely um, and we we find that those types of people oftentimes are, you know, make some of the best creators as well. Plus, plus++. Awesome. Deborah. Sasha, thanks for your wealth of knowledge. You got it. My pleasure. Sasha. Henry, can you take that income from the channel? Can you take that out of the income from the channel? Um, not sure what you mean by that, Henry. Lisa, is anyone seeing him point to anything? I’m not pointing anything, I don’t think. I’m not sure. Spencer. Oops.

    Um, that’s essentially what we’re allowing people to do, Frank. I mean, you do have to pay some to get started because again, we have big coaching people, but uh big big big expenses, multiple six figures a month expenses uh paying our uh our team. Yeah. So, yeah, start with less and pay as you go. That’s exactly what we’re able to do. Um, okay. Cameron, I wish you had an intro offer that we’d hope. No intro. We don’t do intro offers and we don’t do that for a very specific reason, Cameron. U, people don’t get results from courses. Okay. And so, in order for us to do a uh less priced offer, it would just have to be a course where we just give you the course. But people don’t get results from courses, right? Less than 10% of people even finish courses. It’s very clearly documented and very very it’s very very clear that one- on-one coaching, actual one-on-one mentorship, sometimes done in a group setting where you’re actually working with other people as well. So, you have the one-on-one coaching, but you also can can do group settings too because people like that social interaction. That is what gets people results. That is the situation that people actually get results in. So, we don’t do courses because if we did do courses, people would not get results. But we want people to get results. And so that’s why we do one-on-one coaching with the group setting as well because we want to do the thing that gets people actual results, right? And so um yeah, and like I would never cheapen my brand by giving people a course knowing that people are not going to get results with it. And then of course they’re going to have a negative experience when they don’t get results. And I’m not of course I’m not going to cheapen my brand by doing that, right? That would that would make us look bad, right? We’re not going to put out a product that we know people are not going to get results with. Eduardo, I got an appointment with Tim Casey. Is it him with you? Is him with you? Yeah. Yeah, he is. Yep. Mhm. Uh page niche validators tool I was told about. Yep. It’s uh scroll up and scroll down. You’ll see the niche validator page. Just scroll up and scroll down. Read the comments. Uh Marie, hi all. Sorry I’m late. All good. Marie, no worries. Uh, we are going to be ending the call in about 12 minutes though. Matt Par, you think you could help an entertainment channel like me? Could you check my channel? It’s Pixelbable. Uh, we do not work with entertainment channels. With that being said, guys, like the definition of entertainment channel is is a little bit uh weird, right? So, you know, we we just as an example, we work with lots of people who uh are teaching entertainment subjects, right? So, for instance, like pickle ball, like a pickle ball coach. Pickle ball is entertainment because it’s a sport. Um, but they they’re teaching people how to get better at pickle ball, right? Another example is a chess coach, right? Nathan, he’s teaching people how to get better at chess, right? So, you know, chess is an entertainment subject, but he’s teaching people how to get better at it, right? So, so that makes it educational, right? So, if you can you if you’re solving people’s problems, uh, then it then it’s educational, guys. Uh, few spots left. Again, this will probably be one of the last calls. Um, and yeah, a few spots left. Also, make sure you check your email, check all that stuff like that as well.

    Okay, Damon, the number of people recording. Yeah, Henry, I’ve learned a lot already. Payment plan. Yep, we got the payment plans. Yep. If you’re a good fit to join the program. Salvador, thank you, Shane. Sorry for the thumbs up because you said that no reply to the email. Sorry. All good, Salvador. No worries. Darman, not sure about the coaching, but I have learned a lot here. Awesome. Darman, appreciate you. Glad you learned a lot. Julie, what do you use to create animated videos? Um, I mean, there’s a lot of different things you you can use. We don’t really do much animated videos, but the animations that we do use, we usually use Adobe uh After Effects for animations, but that that’s a lot of work. We don’t we don’t typically recommend that new people do animations.

    You can also use Canva for animate animations. Honestly, Canva is pretty decent, too. Um, awesome. Okay, Henry. Okay, talk to you on the call. I did get the email. Thanks. Got it, Henry. Awesome. Talk to you on the call. Sasha, use AI. Yes, Anna, thanks for the info. You got it, Tammy. I appreciate all your information. So, thank you. My question is, do you see a pattern in the folks that are not qualified to work with you? Do they all seem to have something in common? Well, the first the first one is they say, you know, they don’t want to get started right now, right? They don’t want to get started for like a month or two, right? So, it’s like in the system you won’t you probably won’t even get to book a call with us if you say that I want to start in 3 months. So, that’s that’s one thing is like we want people who want to start right now. So, the second one is they say that they have absolutely no money to get started. Listen, if you’re having a really bad money situation, this is probably not for you, right? Get get yourself a good job. get get a um you know uh get get a raise in the job that you already have, that kind of thing. Come back to us later on. Okay? You know, I started this off of a stable platform of having a quote unquote good job. It was, you know, I didn’t necessarily like it, but it paid the bills. Okay? It was a quote unquote good job. So, get yourself a good job and then come back to us later on. Um you know, or just make sure that you’re in some sort of a semi-stable position, right? Um, and uh, yeah, those are those are some of the people uh that that we we don’t allow to work with us. We don’t want to put people in a bad situation. Okay. Uh, we don’t we don’t ever want to do that. Lisa, I’m not seeing your screen with the thumbnails. Um, that’s weird. Swipe file, Canva templates, etc. Yeah, Canva templates as well as Photoshop templates. Yep. Kevin Shelina, 9,800 per month, 6 months. I want to get clear with that. Yeah. $9,800 over a six-month period. So that that’s not 9,800 per month. Yeah, it’s 98 over a six-month period. Yeah. Um, Chad GPT was great at recommending and creating wonderful thumbnails. Yep. Yeah. Chad PD is really good at thumbnails, but if you’re bad at thumbnails, then Chad GPT is not going to make good thumbnails, right? Unless you use our systems, which which we we make it make good thumbnails with our systems. Um, now it might it might make something for you that you think looks good, but if you don’t know what a good thumbnail looks like, then you then it won’t look good, right? Matt, how do you download the skill doc? Uh, you got to be logged into Claude first before you download it. Very important. Eduardo Shane, I got an appointment with Tim Case. Is that with you? Yes, that’s it. Shelina Kevin 9,800 total. Yes, total. Yes. Awesome. JC, let’s see. I’m gonna skip. Matt, how do you download the skill doc? Yep. Admin. Admin should be helping. Uh, make sure you are click that link and make sure you’re logged into Claude for the skill. Tammy, are people who are seriously inexperienced or even possibilities with those who could work with you? Oh, yeah. Inexperience is not a problem at all. In fact, if they’re experienced with YouTube, we usually have to un like unlearn. They have to unlearn a lot of bad habits that other YouTube people taught them that are that are terrible. Okay. Um, Matt booked. Awesome. Ad booked. Kristen booked. Mo booked. Christine booked, Drew booked, Tammy booked, Kevin booked, Katie booked, Frank booked, Andrew booked, Lisa booked, uh, Michael booked, Robin, Kevin, Damon, Lloyd, awesome, guys. Doc booked, good stuff. Robert, Matt, Stacy, Robert, Daniel, good stuff. Okay, Sasha, awesome. Okay, guys, few more minutes here. I’m going to go over a few things uh really quickly, guys. Um, so first of all, uh, after you are done booking your call, guys, there’s going to be a thank you page. Okay? So, it’s going to look like this or this. Okay? It’s going to look like one of these two. It’s loading a bit slow cuz my internet’s not very good right now, but there’s going to be a quick video on this thank you page. Make sure you watch the video, guys. Okay? Very important, very important that you watch the video. Okay? Also, make sure you follow these instructions. It doesn’t take long. This book, this video is like 28 seconds, okay? Make sure you follow the instructions. Okay? I know the sender, etc., etc. Same thing on this one. The video is a little bit longer, about 10 minutes, but make sure you follow the instructions. There’s also optional other videos with frequently asked questions. Okay, so these are frequently asked questions, etc., etc. These are other videos right here for that. Also, follow the instructions. Make sure you add to calendar, do all this. If you can’t follow the instructions, guys, we’re going to know if you don’t follow the instructions. All right? And if you can’t follow the instructions, we’re going to be way less likely to accept you into the program. So, make sure you follow these instructions. All right, very simple stuff as well. Just click add to calendar on your email. Very easy, very simple. Uh if you’re not finding your emails again, check the spam, check the trash, check the all mail, it is there. I promise you. If you if you signed, if you saw the calendar and you selected a date, you put your information in, you pressed enter, I promise you that it sent you an email because it sends you an email from multiple different domains as well. Okay, so it definitely sent you an email. And then check out all these results that we’ve gotten for our clients. So, like I said, we put some clients on here that we don’t talk about usually in the marketing. We don’t talk about them very much in the marketing because again, they gave us permission to talk about them for people who already signed up for our stuff, but not in the actual marketing itself. Now, I don’t know what’s going on with this right here. I think it’s probably because I’m in Japan right now. Not really sure what’s going on there. Uh maybe Kevin, you should look into that. I don’t know what’s going on there. Hopefully, it’s not like that for the uh people clicking, but like you’re going to see these and you’re going to find people that you can really relate to. Okay? You’re going to really relate to these people. So, just as an example, Tiffany here, uh she actually sells physical products, right? So, uh you’re going to find people that you relate to somehow, whether it’s the type of product you send, the type of person they are, you know, maybe their age, their gender, the the their background, the job that they’re in, the um the niche that they’re in. uh uh the industry that they’re in, like the industry that they came from originally, etc., etc. You’re going to find people that you relate to here, okay? And you’re going to find very inspiring stories of people who struggled with this with different stuff and they were able to overcome it, too. Okay? So, like different that’s another thing you relate to is people who had these these different uh things uh that they were struggling with and they were able to overcome. Okay? So, check these out. Make sure you watch these. Uh very important that you do that. You’re going to find someone you relate to, someone maybe that has a niche that you want or is similar to the niche that you want to go into, etc., etc. Also, make sure you play around with the uh niche uh uh validator that we send you, the cloud version or the catchb version. Make sure you play around with that. And then one last thing I’m going to say, so I’m going to drop the thank you pages here. I’m going to drop them in the chat, okay? So, you can check out the thank you pages just in case just in case you uh didn’t uh save that. You should absolutely save it. I’m also going to drop the link to book a call one last time. Okay? And if for whatever reason you cannot sign up for a call uh because you’re driving or you’re busy or whatever, right? Go ahead and screenshot this and uh or copy and paste the link that I just dropped into the chat and then uh you’ll have that for the future. Okay? So, copy and paste that link that I just dropped in the chat and you’ll have that for the future. And with that being said, guys, I think I am going to go ahead and tap out. Thank you so much guys for uh coming to the call. Appreciate you all so much. Hope you guys have a great day. Um I’m gonna go out and enjoy uh Japan for one last day here before I fly to my next location. So hopefully you guys are having a great day. Uh thanks so much and hope you hopefully you guys learned a lot and enjoyed this. Looking forward to talking with a bunch of you as well. Um and working with a bunch of you. We uh Clary, Michael, uh Aaron, Doc, Matt, Don, Shereé, Aaron again, Anna, Vivian, Matt, Ally. Appreciate all of you. Thank you so much, guys. Have a good night. Take care and I’ll see you next time. Have a good one, guys.

  • 06/22/2026 – The AI Income Engine – How to Install One AI Agent and build a real income asset in a single week – No code, no tech skills

    Hey, hey, hey, ladies and gentlemen. This is Sean Dano and welcome to this very special training and I’m going to be direct with you. This is actually one of the things I’ve been most excited about in many, many years. Now, we’re going to kick it off very very shortly, but do me a favor while everyone else is coming in. I see quite a few people coming in. Go grab a pen and paper. Uh, you know, whatever you need to do and you cuz you’re absolutely going to want to take notes with this. Close any other tabs, turn up your sound, get comfortable, and can I get a quick uh one in the chat box just to let me know that you can see the screen, you can hear me loud and clear. And quick heads up before we start. If you’re here with me live in the first 5 minutes, I’ve got a free gift for you. So don’t wander off. And with that being said, what I’m about to show you over the next 90 minutes genuinely changes what is possible for you this year, not someday. So settle in and we’re going to kick it off in just a moment. So, welcome to the AI Income Engine. Now, this is going to blow you away, but I want to tackle something really quickly. You’re already paying for the most powerful tools in history, and the problem is they are not paying you back. So, this free workshop, everything we’re going to be covering here is basically going to get you to build one real income asset with AI, and we’re going to cover that exact method live here. Now, you showed up live and that already pays off. See, I need you to write down this little code word. Put this on a piece of paper. You’re going to need this at the end of the webinar. And that keyword is ship. Keep it close. I’ll give you a link to claim a very special bonus and qualify for a bonus at the end. So, the first one is a free kickstart build kit. Uh so, as you’re here in the first 5 minutes, this is going to be yours at the end. So, it’s done for you Wayland blueprints that you can run uh the moment you open Wayland. And you know, if you’re not sure what Wayland is, you didn’t see that when you registered. Um we’ll talk about that more as we go through. Second, uh there’s a chance to win an hour with me one- on-one to consult, go through what you’re looking at, where your business is, and how AI can help you do more in that business. So, we’ll also help you build your money-making asset together. one winner drawn when the launch this week closes. So, let me ask you a question. If I could show you how to build a real sellable thing with AI, I mean something that will actually generate revenue and growth for your business. Uh, a product service, an app or book. It doesn’t matter if it’s a paid offer, a client service, a lead magnet, a little app, a book, could also be a full-on SAS platform, a content engine, a course or program, a newsletter. Well, this is what we’re talking about. And if you stick around to the end before we’re done, I’ll show you 1,300 of these real specific ones that you can actually build right now. Now, does that sound cool? Put one in the chat box if you’re interested because you can do all of this with no code, no team, no fortune, in days, not years, even if you’ve never built a thing before. And I’ll prove every word to you live right in front of you here today. So, would you be interested if we could do all of that? A simple yes or no in the chat box real quick. And I do like to keep this interactive. This is I’m not doing this for me. I’m doing this for you. So the more interactive you are with me, the absolute better. Okay. All right. Cool. And seeing the flood of yeses, that’s always cool. So you personally can build one real thing that makes you money with AI, even possibly today, not someday. And if you leave believing only one thing, leave with that. And stay to the end. And if you get even one light bulb moment, today was a win. Is that a deal? Okay. So, here’s the receipt, so to speak. Add up what you spend on AI every month. Now, answer one question just to yourself. You don’t have to type it in the chat box. Uh, has any of it actually built what what has any of it actually built for you? And I don’t mean helped with. I don’t mean um, you know, it’s given you ideas. I mean, actually freaking well done, built, shipped, and put a dollar in your pocket. Now, this could be your chap GBT, your ClaudS, your midjourneys, you know, what have you, writing tool, whatever. The app you forgot you were even subscribed to. You see, the tools were never the problem. You’ve got a garage full of the best power tools ever made, ever made. What you were never handed is the blueprint and the foreman. And in about an hour, I’m going to close that gap here. Okay? Now, you don’t have an AI problem. You have an AI to income problem. Everybody’s got a chatbot they can open or something like that. No one’s got an engine actually running. Now, it’s not just you, okay? 95% of enterprise AI uh pilot programs return nothing to the business. Okay? Almost nobody changed how the work actually gets done. Only 21% of companies have actually redesigned the work that actually gets done around AI. And it’s getting worse, not better. companies abandoning most of their AI initiatives right off the bat. That’s jumped from 17% to 42% in just one year. Now, here’s the thing. You and I have an advantage. The small and fast companies are beating big and slow. See, small firms are now leading big, slow to move and adopt companies in nine out of 17 tracked AI use cases. Now, before I tell you a single thing about me, look at this. This is a real thing on the internet right now. And again, built in front of me. Now, hold this image. I’m going to prove every single pixel of what you can do with this uh as we go. But let me tell you where all this came from. Now, here’s what we’re going to do today. The method is free and it’s yours to keep. The proof, watch it, build something real, and the next step optional for people who want to do it with me. Okay. So, this these are three of the things we’re going to cover today. But the quick quick question is a lot of people, you know, are probably thinking right now, is this for me? Well, here’s this for builders and operators who want to make a real thing, not just talk about it. People who are sick of the idea just sitting there, okay, it’s been in your head for months, maybe you’ve tried a couple of times to get something going today, it gets built. And this is not for magic button seekers. If you want to press a button, make a million dollars by tomorrow, uh, this is not for you. If you want, you know, to make money while you sleep with zero work, this ain’t it. I’ll be straight with you. Okay? Now, I’m going to make you one big promise. I’m going to teach you the actual method, not a teaser. Before we go further, three things. Okay? We’ve got to get this straight. Three things. The people in this space won’t say these and are exactly the people you should close the tab on. So, disclaimer number one, this is not get rich quick. There’s no magic button. I’m handing you a method and a machine that does the heavy lifting. But you still point them at something and ship it. If you came for a magic button, leave. Let someone else in because we are almost at capacity and that’s fine. Okay. And you do so with my blessing and I wish you all the best. Okay. Disclaimer number two. Yes, there is an offer to continue this journey we start here today. You don’t need it to win today. See, at the end of this, there’s a paid masterass where we build your thing together live through an entire week. Now, I’ll tell you about that later. You do not need to buy a single thing to get value today. The teaching is the teaching. The offer is the extra steps, the continuation of this journey. And number three, I make my money doing this, not just teaching. If you’ve seen anything about me, I mean, hell, you’ve seen Wayland. That’s me doing. If you’ve seen Flux Router, that’s me doing. If you’ve seen Wayland Core and any of the other stuff I do, any of the other programs and things I’ve done over 27 years, that’s me doing. I also just love to share what I do and how. So, I make my living building with this exact method. This entire workshop was built with the exact method and tool I’m teaching you today. All the pages you registered on, the system I’m about to hand you access to, all of it, you’re sitting inside the proof right now. the entire website, the entire uh flow of software. Wayand even built itself using the same principles. You’re living inside that proof. So, we’ll come back to that in a moment. But there’s three secrets, three shifts, if you will, about where we’re going to really prove today uh for you. Now, secret number one is the vehicle. It’s not about the tools. It’s about commanding one agent. Secret number two is the edge. Being nontechnical is now your advantage, not your disqualifier. And secret number three is the proof. You don’t need money, time, or luck. You need one shipped asset. And that’s what we’re going to focus on. So that’s the honesty. Now, let me tell you where this came from. I’m not an influencer. I’m not an AI bro. I’m an operator. The boring profitable kind. Software, offers, systems behind them. I’m a systems guy. Keep that lens on everything I say. Now, I hit the exact wall you hit. When the AI tools showed up, I did what you did. Got excited, bought everything. Then they lost the plot, confidently handed me garbage, and I spent more time fixing the AI’s mess than if I’d done it my bloody self. You see, the tools weren’t broken. They had no process and no manager. I was hiring brilliant freelancers with no brief, no order of operations, no quality check. So, I built one. Five steps. Plan it, cross audit the plan, build it, cross audit the build, then ship it. Okay? I run all my businesses on this method. Now, every page, every product, and I have no idea what you’ll build, anyone who tells you that they know is lying. Okay? So, what I can promise you is the method, and you’ll watch it work today. Now, you see, running the method by hand still meant babysitting a dozen tools all day. So, I built something to be the format. one agent that commands every other agent. Every tool you already pay for and you tell it what you want and it drives the rest and does the bloody work. That is way this is what I handed you the moment you registered. Now it’s really one agent commanding every agent a foreman that runs the whole crew so you don’t have to. It doesn’t matter what you’re using. Claude Code, Gemini, Chat GBT, Codeex, you know, uh Hermes, OpenCore, or any of the other ones out there. Okay. Now, the depth behind the install. See, every one of these is a reason it keeps working for you long after today. It’s a self-evolving agent. Brilliant today, smarter tomorrow. It learns you how you work. Uh you can create projects so that everything is organized on your system right now. Your work organized, shared, ready to ship. On top of that, there’s over 73 pre-built assistants, all specialists in their own domains, actually useful and built to get stuff done. Over 176 pre-built workflows, ideas to outcome. This is what it’s designed to do. Take an idea, go through the workflow. It will automate as much of it as it can or work with you, whatever the workflow specifically needs, until you get to an outcome ready to go. You can create schedule tasks. So you set it once, let it run while you sleep. Over as actually 50 I’ve added uh 50 teams now. All specialists in their own um organization. You can create custom teams on demand. But these teams are already pre-built with the right assistants all ready to go to work together. And again, it’s like having a a company ready to go. In fact, we have a thing called standing companies which are pre-built companies which you can deploy and you’re ready to go and you can build your own obviously on the fly. It has shared memory so every system you have all remembers across whatever you’re doing all your different agents can share that memory and over 2200 pre-built skills that can load on demand in the system. And that’s the tip of the iceberg. We have so much you can connect your entire stack. So like you know for example Canva, Gmail, Workspace, Stripe, Slack, I mean whatever. Uh command it from anywhere. You can actually run this all from your phone, deploy it in the cloud or like I was doing recently 30,000 ft above uh the uh ocean heading to Japan. I was running and building stuff from my home desktop here in Bangkok while I was on the flame plane all from my phone. Uh drive it from any channel. So you know WhatsApp, Discord, Slack, uh disciplined execution, any model on the fly. We have over 104 different providers we support for uh large language models. Uh free hands-free voice local or cloud. If you run your own model, you can do that too. And yeah, you run it for free. Start in the cloud, run on local with some of the systems out there like Lana. It’s all built for you. Okay, so my story first. The method is the part you keep forever whether you ever touch my stuff or not. Okay, so you’ll see it do all of this live. But the the method comes first because that’s the part that stays yours forever. So I’m going to give you five reasons building with AI is the best shot you ever had at success in life. Reason number one, the leverage flipped to your side. You see, one person with the right method can now do what used to take a whole team and a budget. And I actually did this uh just as a sidebar with one of the tools we built recently. I was like, “Okay, for how long this took to build, how long would it take a full dev team of senior developers and junior developers to take? We did the work of a 20-man team that would have taken them two years and we did it in a week. That’s pretty bloody impressive. But that’s the power that is now in your hands. You just never have the foreman, like I said, to run them. These tools are the team. That’s why it matters. You are no longer outgunned. The little guy finally has the big guy’s firepower. Okay. Now, reason number two, you build an asset, not a hustle. So many people try and hustle and get crazy, but this isn’t trading hours for dollars. You build a thing once and it keeps working after you walk away from the desk. Hustles end the moment you stop. Assets don’t. So, you own it. It compounds and it outlives the effort you put in. Now, reason number three, almost no cost and very low risk to start. You see, you don’t need inventory, no staff, no office, no loans. Uh the tools are a few bucks a month and you already start pay, you know, paying for themselves right away. What are you really risking? A weekend of effort? I can’t think of another real business in history with downside this small. And this is why it matters. The downside is small. The upside is real. You just got to put in the effort. So no matter what you want to build, okay, this is the point. Most people think, oh well, if I’m working with AI and I have to build an asset, it has to be software. Okay, well it doesn’t matter. If you want to build a SAS platform, you want to create a uh, you know, a lead genen or write a book, build a salesunnel, you know, whatever you want to do, the system is there to do it. Hell, I’m using this right now to write a whole lot of cyberpunk novels. That’s nothing to do with business. That’s just my fun project. But the whole point is that the tools here and everything we’re showing you right now is all at your fingertips. All you got to do is follow the process. Okay. So, the timing window is right now and it’s closing. And small and fast, like I said, is beating big and slow. Small firm AI use is climbing while big firms use dipped. And small firms now, like I said, lead in about 17 uh half of the 17 track use cases. Now, two years from now, everybody in their Doug is doing this. The people who win big are the ones who learn this method while it’s still early and rare. That’s today. The gap between people who can direct AI to build things and everybody else is the widest it will ever be. Okay, so that’s five reasons. So, that’s the why. Here’s the what. Let me teach you the whole method on one screen. So this is it. Plan, cross, audit, build, cross audit, ship, and that’s it. One loop, a machine runs. Five steps. And I’m going to go through each step here. Okay. So here’s why. AI always looks done before it actually bloody well is done. So there’s a gate after every step where it generates something. You cross audit twice. Now let me walk it. Now the first leg is plan, brainstorming, clarify, plan, refine. This is where most people never even start. They just get excited. And you’ve seen all these absolutely terrible online apps that say, “Oh, build this wonderful thing with just one sentence.” That is the biggest pile of bollocks I’ve ever heard in my life. Most of the biggest problems come from a lack of planning. And this is really where even if you make the best plans, there’s still gaps in everything you do. Now, planning, planning, planning. If there’s a old phrase, if you measure twice, cut once. It’s double-checking everything from this stage, thinking it through. The more you plan, the better the output will become. But most people, you know, don’t even get started. They jump in all excited straight to the build with no plan and then they wonder why it fails. Now this is very very important. This is mistake number one. We don’t skip it. We make the machine plan first. Brainstorm, clarify, drill down. This is so important as you’ll see in a minute. Now here’s the thing. We should get the machine to actually interrogate you to get the plan type because here’s the thing. There’s going to be things you don’t know. maybe not have even thought about that you have blind you have blind spots on and this is very important. Next we cross audit the plan. Now a cross audit may it can even be within one model but what I like to do is I like to get multiple models in on this. So, for example, if I’m building, say, with Claude, uh, Opus or something like that, I’ll actually tell it to audit the plan, looking for gaps or problems or issues, things that I don’t see, and I’ll also feed that into something like chat GPT and Gemini. What this does is it eliminates blind spots, hallucinations, and they all confer. They all talk together, and then at the end of the day, you have a plan. Because obviously, one of them has to be the judge and say, “Okay, well, that’s a hallucination. We all disagree on that.” Da da da da. But an adversarial audit, a panel of judges checking each other’s homework eliminates 99% of all problems and also looks at things differently than you do. And the good thing with Wayland is again it can handle all of that plus connect everything together so they can all talk through it on your behalf and come back to you with an even better plan fixing any problems or gaps or short-sighted holes that you may have missed. Happens to me all the time. You don’t know what you don’t know. And all of these AIs are well basically PhD level experts in pretty much every domain. Then and only then do we move on to building. The machine does the labor. You direct. Now the machine does the heavy lifting. You point it builds. You’re not typing. You’re steering. You are the coordinator of the effort. And then we cross audit the bill. We call it the no slop gate. AI always looks done before it’s actually done. So after the build, the machine has to prove its own work against the plan before it’s allowed to move on. And we can bring in, as I say, multiple AIs to do that. And we do that once after the plan and again after the build. This gate catches the slot before it ships. The holes, the gaps, the security problems, the uh leaks, if you will, everything else, performance, resilience, whatever you’re doing. Now again, I’m using a software terms there, but think about it if it’s a book. Think about it if you are writing a book to give away. You want to cross audit to make sure all the stuff is accurate, factual, that the diagrams, if you’re using them, work or what have you. Um, if you’re creating a website, making sure everything is good and works, there’s no broken links, yada yada yada, whatever that looks like. And if you’re not sure what that cross audit should look like, ask the bloody machine and it will tell you what it needs to check for in that regard. And then and only then once you’ve maybe done even two or three iterations of that are you ready to ship. You see never ship stuff that you haven’t double checked all the way through. And I guarant freaking tea if you do this if you go through this entire process when you get to a final product. It will be infinitely better than if you just try to do it from scratch or like some of those [  ] things. One sentence and you’re done. You know go up to a website say I want to build my own custom Netflix. And that’s the only information you give it. What do you expect to come out the other end? Okay. So yeah, this is why we do this. And for any project, if it was content creation, if it was I wanted 200 blog posts, you know, I’m going to go through this process for everything. Way was built on this principle. Flux router was built on this principle. You see, today what we’re doing today is just part one. You’re getting the whole method, not a preview. You walk out with this method and a plan started. Now, part two is simply where we build yours together. You see, here’s the problem. Quick recognition check, if you will. Think about the last time AI let you down on something real. You see, no plan, so it wandered off the rails. No quality gate, you know, uh, it’s so it handed you [  ] to be honest. No ship, so it never got finished. You see, here’s the thing. Secret number one, if you will. It’s not about using AI tools. It’s about commanding them. One agent. So 90% right, then 3 hours finding the last 10% was garbage. And you couldn’t even tell which 10% that was not an AI problem. That’s a no quality gate problem right there. All right, enough theory. Just let me show you right now in front of you. I’m going to build a real working thing in three moves. Plan it, build it, ship it. And I’m not going to use some toy example. I’m actually going to solve the exact thing most of you walked in here stuck on and this is going to be very powerful. Now, full transparency, this part is not live. I pre-recorded it and I sped through the boring parts. Nobody wants to watch a generation bar crawl for an hour. So, it’s mind-numbing. We don’t want to do that, especially given the time crunch we have here. So, everything you’re about to see is real. I just fast forwarded through what uh so you can see what the actual work was and everything else. So, here’s what we’re going to do. So, we’re going to have a little bit of fun with this and I’m actually going to build something that’s going to be useful to you. Had this idea and I was thinking, okay, what would we do as a demo? But here’s the thing. People’s number one problem isn’t motivations, is they don’t know what to build. So, I’m going to build an answer uh live right now and I’m going to start the way you should with everything else. Now, here’s the thing. I’ve got a whole lot of tools I can use here. I can just start with a chat. I can use any one of the available assistants to think. I could say for example in this case I’m going to create a little micro app. So I could use any one of the uh dev ops or front-end dev or I could write a book or you know I could do a like a special report or a giveaway or product launch. There’s all sorts of things here. I’m not going to use any of these. Uh I could also create a project. So create your first project and we’ll call it build it. And I could give it a description about what we’re going to do. Choose a folder. Continue. draft instructions with AI and prompt it and get everything sighted up. I’m just going to create the base project here. Come into it and projects have all of the chats associated. All of the files that are created go in here. Uh I can create reference material if I want to drop in. So if I was writing a book, one of the things I’m doing right now, I’m writing a series of books, uh business books and everything else. Guess what? They’re all under each book is under its own project. That’s a great way to start. You can also use workflows which are pre-done uh setups uh with steps and you can create your own workflow uh automatically create we can create a team uh to create uh whatever we want. So again these are all individual like we have assistants imagine a team of assistants each one with their own skills building whatever I want. We’re not going to get into that. We’re going to keep it simple for right now because well for what we’re about to do it can be pretty simple. So, what I’m going to do is I’m going to put in a prompt and it’s going to be as simple as this. I’m going to use uh Whan core. I’m going to set everything on autopilot because again, my system is pretty good. And uh yeah, I I don’t have to go through a trust gate every time. Although again, you can run that whatever way you want. And I’m going to use flux auto as the model. So, it automatically picks the smart. So, it’s going to pick the best model to do the best job at the best price. And basically, the prompt is this. I want to build a giveaway web app for my audience. Their biggest problem is they don’t know what to build to make money with AI. I want a searchable library of real specific income ideas that they can build with an AI. Each one with a real playbook and the exact prompts to start. I don’t exactly know what that will look like yet. So, brainstorm with me. Ask me what you need to nail the plan and then give me the plan. Now, I’m going to hit the button. I’m going to let it do it and then I’m going to fast forward all the way to the end because we don’t need to go through all the rest of it. You just need to see it in effect. So that’s going to go. Let’s fast forward.

    All right. So here’s the thing. Just to recap what it did. It needed eight inputs. I gave it quick reply. Done. It created it. Also made recommendations. And here’s the plan. Now I have some ideas. I can go through this, decide what I want to do, how I like the idea, if it’s generated any ideas. And that’s it. Planned. I can go back now and I can reframe the plan. I can come back with any ideas, any suggestions. I can expand upon this and I’m I’ve already got an idea. I’ve already got a refined plan. So, you just watched the plan leg of the loop. Brainstorm, clarify, plan from I wouldn’t say a vague sentence. I had a good idea of what I was doing, but you can see it wasn’t that fleshed out. I wanted to seed the idea and then build from there by answering questions and going through that loop. Now, here’s the thing, and I want you to sit with this for a second. That person, me, didn’t write a line of anything. I just answered questions from a seed idea like a normal person having a conversation. Now, hold that thought because in a few moments, I’m going to come back to exactly what that means for you, especially if the word technical makes you nervous. Now, everyone can generate. Almost nobody can ship. The difference is the one step everyone skips. So, we’re going to do a cross audit gate.

    Okay. So to do a cross audit, it’s very very simple. I want to do an adversarial cross audit of this plan. I want to check for gaps, improvements, opportunities, problems. I want to anticipate anything from a flow perspective that would be a problem. Now I voice dictated that just for speed, but this is the thing. Now again you can also see say something like using other uh platforms like code or Gemini or chat GPT of this plan. This way I can get three different AIS or in this case four and say okay well what is available to me again this is actually has a system built in which we call JFW which means it just [ __ ] works. Um but this will allow it to spin up and have a look and say okay let’s get them all in on the action. So just going to hit that and again fast forward and we’re done. So here’s what it is. I created a cross audit file here. An adversarial audit of your current plan. Let’s have a look at it. You can see it’s created it here and it’s made suggestions cla tested execute core things. Okay. And I would read through this agree with what I want. Monetization. So it went even deeper. So apply that to the plan. So we have a full build plan that we can execute. Done. So I’ll fast forward through that and we have a final plan.

    And so here we go. It’s created version two of the master plan. All good to go. It’s actually built a very extensive plan. Now, obviously, I’m speeding through this. I need to actually read it, but uh yeah, it’s actually got a full checklist. It’s got prompts. It’s got everything we need to actually build it. So, we are good to go. So, let me name what you just saw. That was the cross audit. And it’s the the gate, the no slop gate that makes AI output actually trustworthy. It helps eliminate hallucinations. It allows you to cross reference it with multiple AIs checking each other’s work. And that’s very powerful. It removes all the BS that potentially sleeps in there that you didn’t know about. This is the step that makes AI output trustworthy. Uh you’ll never get that just poking at a chatbot. It refuses to hand you garbage if you make other AIs check each other’s work. That’s why what comes out the other end is actually shippable. Now, the slot problem is real. The thing that’s burned you every time. And it’s a solved problem now. And the tool is real. And being non-technical is now an advantage, not a disqualifier. Your brain just said, “Maybe it’s not for me.” Maybe you believe the tool’s real now. And right now, that wall went up in your head. So, let me knock that down. I used to think uh the moat was knowing how to build. I spent years learning how to build by hand. And I thought that was the skill. I was wrong, especially in this day and age. Someone, a good friend of mine who’s never written a line of code, never produced an asset, never produced a product, a course, or anything else, sat down and shipped a working asset before I had even finished my coffee. And we were just at a coffee shop. I was showing them, gave them an install, let them play with it while I was ordering my coffee, and boom, they just flipped the laptop around, showed me what they built and what have you. Boom. And I was so impressed, even though I know what it’s capable of. They pointed Wayland as an idea and was done before I’d even caught up. Now, the people drowning in how are the slowest. The ones who just say what clearly are the ones that win. The skill was never typing. The skill is knowing what you want and saying it plainly. See, no bad habits to unlearn here. You’re the director. Wayland is the crew. This is why you don’t need to be overly, I would say, you know, developer orientated or anything like that. You see, here’s the thing. You’re not in here there arguing with Wayland about something that should be built. You tell it what you want. It handles the how. Okay, that’s the whole point. The plumber doesn’t lay every pipe by hand anymore. He directs the crew. You tell what and what. Like I said, it handles the how. Nontechnical means zero bad habits to unlearn. Don’t know what to build. Good. The method finds it with you. You bring you don’t bring the idea. That’s why step one of the loop is the brainstorm and clarification. The method does the hardest part helping you decide. Remember the demo vague idea to a concrete plan just like that just by answering a few questions. Now stop thinking about my example. What is your example? What would help you where you are right now? What’s the first thing that comes in into your head? The offer you’ve been sat on, the tool in your niche uh that they would pay for the book. The method runs what you put in. And right now, I’m sure in your head, you’re already picking it right now in your head. That’s where it all happens. That’s not an accident. That think of today as part one. You’re already at day zero with a target. See, non-technical isn’t your disqualifier. It’s your head start. You don’t need to be technical. You don’t even need to arrive on an idea. This is where the brainstorm and the planning kicks in. The method finds it with you. Now, secret number three is external. You don’t need money, time or luck. You need one shipped asset. Now, there are four external objections and they all come under one flag of the world won’t let me. So, let’s go through them one at a time. The first one is no time. Okay, the world won’t let me because I have no time. Well, it’s a loop, not a marathon. You ship one asset. The master class is 7 days because that’s all it takes. And Wayland does the hours, not you. This is the important thing. No money. Well, you already pay for the tools sitting unused in your browser tabs. Wayand is the one agent that finally puts them to work. You’re not buying more tools. You’re using the ones you have. If you have no audience, that’s the thing. One world won’t work like me cuz I have no audience. The asset is how you build one. The asset is how you sell or the thing that gets you clients or the lead magnet that builds the audience that that you don’t have yet. The world won’t let me because I’m too late. Well, this is the opposite. You’re early to the part where regular people can actually do it. 6 months ago, this stuff took a developer. Today, it takes a director and a desktop app, which you already have. And the window is open right now and you’re standing right in it. You see, I it blows my mind how few people are actually getting results with AI, getting the focus to do what it needs to take. You’re early to the party. Non-technical people can actually do it. The tools only got better this year. And that’s why I built Wayland. That’s why we we use this in our team. Okay, this the origin story of Wayland was we used this to wrangle everything together that was AI into one simple system. And that’s why we built this. Then we polished it and thought, hey, everyone else could benefit from this as well, which is why we then spent the next few months optimizing this and making it ready for you. And now that’s what you have right now. You’re standing right in it. Don’t blink. So now it’s time to ship the part where it becomes real. You’ve seen the plan, the brainstorm, the cross audit. You’ve seen the build and the cross audit. Well, now it’s time to put it out there. Let me show you the last leg, and then I’m going to show you something that changes how you see this entire whole workshop. And now comes the fun part. We’re actually going to build and ship this. So, we’re going to do a build, cross audit, and then ship it. I’m going to do that real quick. Very similar to what we just did. I’m going to set it to build from the plan. Then I’m going to tell it to All right, that’s great. Crossboard it. And then we’re going to build it. So we’ll do that real quick. All right, following the master plan. I not only want you to build it, but I want you to generate 500 to a,000, even 2,000 ideas. See what you can do and let’s go build it in detail aligned with the session, the notes, the plan. And I want it high quality output based on that. And I want it to look like a premium product. All right. So, we are done. And what I did here, again, just going through all this, I won’t go through all the code it generated and a couple of mockups that were generated. Let me just show you. I went through a couple of times of design styles. So, you can see actual previews here and then it just got better uh mocked up. I just wanted to get a design style in play and then got demo playbooks and stuff like that. So, I went through a couple of iterations until it came up with the full freaking app right here, which uh doesn’t preview here. So, I’m just going to open it up in a system app. And here we go. Wayand. What can you build with Wayland? So, actually, you know what? I’m just going to do this. Yeah, there we go. Incognito mode. So, you can see the email gate. And let’s just do Sean.com.

    actually has validation. So, let’s unlock the list. This email domain card. So, okay, let’s just do uh one of my throwaway ones. Okay. Boomki. There we are. Here’s the app. And let’s just say what can you build with Wayland? Okay. So, now we’ve got all these demos, all these different things. Let’s just say uh micro SAS. Okay, because we got 1,389 uh suggestions, 17 industries. Let’s have a look. See? Whoops. No, let’s do micro. There we go. Here’s a micro SASS idea. There we go. Medium barrier. A week or two. B. You could probably do it quicker. Uh it breaks it down into who, what, why, where, when. There’s your prompts. Again, easy copy. Easy copy. There you go. There’s all the stuff you need. Copy the first build prompt and open it and build it. There you go. Now, admittedly, that took about two hours of building. Uh, I went back and forth a couple of times. What I should have done, honestly, is in the plan stage, done a full mockup and build and everything else, but this was just a play demo. So, I did that after the fact during the build, couple of cross audits, same kind of same kind of process, you know, boom, can you do it? Can you do this reverse audit? um you know I would like to look for gaps, problems, challenge that process. And now we’re done and we have a full app ready to roll. That’s the power of this process. And now it’s ready for me to throw up on a server and I’m shipped and I’m good. So there you go. That’s it built. And here’s the thing. You’re standing inside the proof right now. For example, the entire sales page that brought you here, the registration page and everything else built by Wayland. The bundle and everything else that we’re going to be talking about in a few moments, built by Wayland. The community, the Discord community that goes with Wayland itself, built by Wayland. The install flow, everything you saw that got you here, even Whand itself was built by Wayland. Can you believe that? It built itself. When we said it’s self-evolving, we actually really meant it. And now, here’s the other thing. this thing that you’re seeing right now, this presentation built by Wayland. And here’s the thing, I’m not using PowerPoint. I honestly it one of the biggest things that takes me months is to build a proper PowerPoint presentation when I’m doing these master classes and I hate it. So, I got Wayland to build it for me. But not only that, the software itself that’s under the hood. Watch this. This is the system. I actually built the entire slide deck and the PowerPoint system. In fact, here I even built a presenter view so I can actually present this to you. Watch this. I mean, just to What the hell slide was I on? Okay, I was on 8 slide 84 here. I even built cuz I wanted to do drawing tools. This is all built by Wayland. I will never use PowerPoint again. I didn’t make a single bloody slide here. This was all created by Wayland. So, you’ve seen what Wayland can do. Let me put that back to full screen here. Yeah, this is all done in a browser. By the way, this is this entire presentation is just running as one master HTML file. Even these little particle effects that you’re seeing floating up the screen. Again, can’t do this stuff in PowerPoint. This blew me away. I actually built this entire bloody thing in an afternoon, including the slide deck that goes with it. So, you’ve seen what Wayan did. Now, let me show you what’s inside it. It built, like I said, everything, the demos, the slides, everything. you’ve just seen, but there’s so much more to it. So, feature one, for example, it is the core system itself. It’s a self-evolving agent. Control any agent you already have. One unified interface. It’s bloody powerful. So, you can also do projects, which we gave you a sneak peek of, organize your work across any agent, shared project memory, upload files and references, actually get [  ] done. Uh, 73 assistants are actually useful. Built, like I said, get [  ] done. I tend to say that a lot. But 73 pre-trained agents, all with their own skills. Create your own in clicks. You’ve got the quick launch bar, which sits on your desktop for the ones you use most. And it’s even got a co-work mode, so it can work with your desktop and your computer and everything else. You got 176 workflows from idea to actual outcome. They can work with you or work for you or work autonomously. Uh it’s very bloody powerful. Schedule tasks. So you can set up repeated tasks just by asking. Schedule anything you need. run real recurring work, keep awake, so even when you’re um walking away from your computer and everything else, boom, it’s in the background doing its thing. So, it’s real hands-off and autopilot. Actually, 50 teams in the just the last couple of days, I added a whole load more teams. So, whole load of self assembling specialists all working together, your agents working together, uh all working from shared tasks and blackboards and everything else. I won’t go nerdy there. uh shared memory so everything is remembered across sessions across projects and even you know if you have claude or chat GPT working together on your machine with codecs they all can talk to each other and remember everything between sessions over 2200 skills experts on demand all autoloaded when needed and everything else that Wayland does you know like we said earlier so that is Wayland the engine that does the work and the proof isn’t a color figure. It’s a shipped asset. Now, your circumstances aren’t the disqualified that you thought. The method removes that exa the exact things you were missing. So, money, time, team, audience, timing. You have what you actually need. A thing you want and a tool that actually ships it. So, here’s what our beta testers said. real beta testers. You know, I thought, you know, again, Marcus, I thought every AI course out there, you know, bought every single one and by Wednesday had a real live capture page with my name on it. The first time AI actually finished something instead of leaving me with 20 tabs. And you know, Jennifer, not technical, got she got an offer page up uh that she was about to build for two years, which I thought was great. I know that story. Well, the deadline is the whole thing. 5 days live, no escape. I shipped the content engine for my coaching business and landed the first client off of it the following week. That’s David and so many more. I mean, you know, again, I what clicked for me was the cross audit, you know, and uh came in with no idea of what to build. By the end of day one, I had a moneym plan. That’s perfect. By day three, it was live and I got a folder full of halfbuilt someday projects. Now, actually started get, you know, get me moving between sessions. This is what it’s all about. So, that’s the whole method, not a teaser. the actual bloody thing. Plan, build, ship, and you get cross audit twice. Once after the build, once again after, well, after the plan, then after the build. All of it. Now, I told you I’d teach you the real method, and I did. Now, you could take all of this and go build it by yourself, right? Yes, absolutely you can. Honestly, yeah, some of you will, and that’s I genuinely cheer for you. So, the no slop gate catches the machine’s mistakes. It can’t catch your plan pointed at the wrong bloody thing. See, that demo took me 20 minutes because I’ve run this loop hundreds of times. Your first loop alone with nobody to catch the wrong plan before you spend the week building it, that’s where three weeks disappear into the ether. See, knowing how to swim and having a coach in the water on your first open water mile, those are two very different things. So, that’s the whole method and the honest wall of doing it alone, which is exactly why I built a master class that’s going to start on Monday to actually do it with you. Remember what I asked you at the very start? I said I’d show you how to build a real sellable thing with AI with no code, no team, no fortune, in days, not years, even possibly done by today, not someday. And that I prove every word live. Well, you didn’t just hear it, you actually watch me do it. The funnel you came through, the demos, this whole presentation, the software driving this presentation, even Wayland itself was built by Wayland. All built with the engine live. That was part one. The proof is real. Now, part two is the part you came for. How do you do it? So, let me show you exactly how to do it yourself. Now, you can build one real income asset with AI starting right now. Maybe even done by next week. Maybe even done even sooner. You know the method now. What you don’t have is me looking at your plan with you, helping you build the plan, build the idea while you build the real thing with Wayland. You know, the thing is like Sean, could I do this with you? My actual asset built live this week. Well, absolutely. Yeah. That’s why I built it. So, let me show you. So, I built this master class and it starts Monday and we go for an entire week with you and we’re going to kick ass all the way through. Watching me build mine is one thing. The thing that actually changes your life is building yours. So, that’s what the next seven days are going to be for. Now, quick quick heads up. This isn’t going to be for everyone, okay? It’s a live build week with a hard cap on seats because I only have so much bandwidth and I want to make sure everyone has my personal time and attention so we can focus on you and your uh business, your assets, your plans, your builds, everything else because I’m actually in there with you every step of the way. And if you want, of course, to binge and never open, well, it’s the wrong thing. Keep your money. This is a live masterass. So this is the AI income engine masterass. Seven days together, plan together, build together, ship together. You walk out having built one real income asset with AI with Wayland. Well, by the end of the week or the end of the month, depending on how deep the product it is. Remember, I called today part one because part two is just you hitting go with me next to you starting Monday at 11:00 a.m. with session one. Now, you’ve got the method, you’ve got your asset picked, and this is something I’ll talk about in a moment. So, you’re at day zero with a plan in your hand. This is what we’re going to do. So, this is the week that drags a finished asset out of you. Plan, cross, audit the plan, build, cross audit the build, ship, and the same five-step method you watch day run across the week. Every day exists to push you one step closer to life. So, seven days, one shipped asset, no way out. So, day one is plan. Day two build. Day three ship. Day four what’s next the most important day of all. Day five is a live Q&A with me. Day six is what we call operators hour. Day seven is when we end the masterass. Everything shuts down and we move on. So, let me go through each one in detail. Day one plan then cross audit the plan. We plan your asset together live. You walk in with a candidate. You walk out with a plan that we have cross audited before anything even starts. You bring an idea, even a half-formed one, leave with a clarified build ready plan. We run the no slop gate on the plan first and then we’re ready for day two, which is build. We point Wayland at your plan. Wayan does the hours, not you. You bring your decisions. It brings the work. Day three is we cross audit the build, then ship. We run a second cross audit on what we built. Then we get your thing live, actually put it together. a real URL, a real outcome, a real asset. So, like I say, we cross audit the build before it goes out, a real thing on the internet that you built, whatever that may look like. And like I said, this is kind of like dopamine day in many ways. Then the most important day, this is the day the whole week pays off into a path forward. We turn the one thing you shipped into a repeatable income engine and map out the next 30 days so the momentum doesn’t die when the live energy does. The shift from I built one thing to I run engines. Your shipped asset becomes a repeatable income engine. A clear 30-day map forward so you never drift back to zero. Now, here’s the flip side of this. I’ll just keep doing this myself now, one engine at a time. Well, that’s the plan you’ll write in your head the second the first thing goes live. And it’s the plan that quietly puts you right back where you started. Let me show you why and what beats it. One asset is a win. a repeatable engine and it can be life-changing. Most people who learn this build exactly one thing, feel proud and stop. The operators do something different. They turn that one thing into a pattern they can run on purpose, then point it at the next opportunity and the next and repeat. The same method, new target. That’s the whole gap between a good week and a different year. So, shipped asset, repeatable income engine two, three, and onwards and upwards. So, this is built around the asset you ship this week, not a generic template. Turns the now what into a dated 30-day path you can follow on autopilot. Yours free, included in the live week. No upsell required to use it. So, day four closes with a gate. And I want to be careful how I say this because it matters. I’m qualifying you for commitment. And I ask three questions out loud. Question one, the ship gate. Okay. Did you actually ship by day three or are you on a real honest track to ship by the end of the masterass on Sunday? Gate two, the time gate. Will you commit about 4 hours a week for the next 60 days? The buyer gate. Do you have one buyer in mind right now by name? You see, this is what it’s all about at the end of the day. Then day five is the Q&A, the ask Sha anything. Your specific roadblocks solved live, not generic. yours. Bring the thing you’re stuck on, we unstick it on the call. And then day six, which is the 4th of July. So for my American brothers and sisters, it may be a little bit of a challenge, but hey, this one’s kind of a a free run, if you will. And you’ll see behind the curtain on how I actually run this across my business, the stuff I don’t share in the slides and can’t share in the slides. Uh how the method runs in the real world, the operator view, not the highlight reel. And then day seven is the last day. It’s when everything closes down. We’re done with the week of the master class. We’ll celebrate what shipped. Crown the week’s winners from a prize pool. Yes, I’m actually going to put up $1,000 of my own money to help you kickstart everything off with whatever you want to do. And we’re going to be judging those who shipped. Who shipped the best thing for the week and a few other different ways of doing it. So, lock it in. Ship anything still open. Plan the next one. We celebrate what the room actually shipped. We announce the week’s winners from the prize pool and we are rocking and rolling. So then we tie off your asset and leave with momentum, not a finish line because the end of the week is the start of the future. Now it’s built so you can’t not ship. Okay? See what that structure does? Every day pushes you one step closer to life. That’s the whole point. Now everyone who joins this week is a charter member of launch one. And this is the first version. Your founding price is locked. the lowest it’ll ever be. Every class after launch one will pay more, but you got here first. You’re the founding class. So, this is not for you if you want magic buttons and zero effort. So, if you’re thinking about, hey, I want to be a millionaire by dawn and all that [  ] This is not for you. You know, the magic button seekers who want money for nothing. This is for people who with something they’ve been meaning to build or want to build or need to build. It is for people who are sick of the idea of just sitting there. Now, if that’s you, lean in. Let me build the pile. So, here’s what we’re going to do. I’m going to stoke the fire here. Here’s everything you’re getting, and let me build the pile. Like I said, watch the number in the corner. We’re going to add up every single piece and then show you the price next to that number. So, 5 days live training with me. So, you’re going to build along in real time. Daily action plans plus hands-on coaching with me in the room live on your build, not a moderator. You always know the next move, and I unstick you live. Okay, the no slop gate run twice and everything else specifically for you and your plan. So, what you put out is business grade. You’re a charter member. Founding price is locked in and the lowest it’ll ever be, plus six more pieces in your seat, each real deliverable, and I’m going to show you every single one. So, the value so far, $1,294. Now, you also get access for the entire week to the Forge community, a private room of AI builders where everything operates. Okay, the operators in the cohort actually shipping with you, not a dead Facebook group or some [  ] like that. You’ll be able to get answers between sessions. Help each other out. Also get advice from me, my team. Get unstuck. Keep moving. You never build alone during this week. And the momentum room for the build week is very, very powerful. It carries you through to Sunday. Then we ship. Then the live room closes. Once this master class is done, boom, everything shuts down. So that’s a value of 297 for the week. Then on top of that, every session we do, you’ll get session session transcripts. Search it, skim it, reuse it. Every session written up, copy the exact prompts and steps. Your build playbook in text. You also get detailed cliff notes and guides. Everything we do, if I find an opportunity to do a cheat sheet or a quick brief version and cliff notes from that, there’s your quick reference guides, everything pulled down, broken down, find what you need fast, hand it to your future self. That’s valued at $97. On top of that, like I said, the live ask me anything bonus session, which is day five. That is very powerful. This is like having me on tap. That sounds actually a little bit weird. Let me rephrase that. I’m there with you every step of the way. And I you can throw me any curveball you like. I’ve never been stumped yet. So fire question any question at me live on the call. Get your specific blocker solved in the room. No ticket queue, just real answers direct in real time. And then we also give you a spouse or partner seat. So bring your plus one. We even have people bring kids to learn this stuff and that’s very very valuable. So if you’ve got a plus one that you want to bring, then hey great. Build it together. two heads, one shipped asset, split the work, double the momentum, and that you know, the person who doubted it watches it go live as well. And you know what I’m saying right there. So that’s a value of 197 on top of that. So far, the grand total is 2376 when you bring in the 24 hours access to the replays. Miss a session, no problem. The replays will be up for 24 hours, so you can pick it up before the next session. Never fall behind. If you miss a session, catch the replay. You’re all cool. Stay on pace even when life gets in the way. And this is your safety net. That’s valued at 197. So, and a little thing, and I thought about this, is that little app we built earlier on. Guess what? It’s yours. When you join and everything else, you get access to this 1,389 income ideas. Everyone with the full playbook and the exact prompts to build it. Yours the second you join. So, and the engine that does all of it, well, that’s yours free. You already have it. But you can see how much value is in that alone. Now, we’re going to show you how to get the most out of it. So, $2,376 worth of gear and training, 5 days plus daily coaching, six more pieces in your seat, and again, make sure you finish and keep going. That value is real, and it’s big. What comes next is going to feel almost unfair in your favor. So, I’m not charging $2,376. Not even close. Here’s what we’re doing. Go to the aiincome engine.com/join. Lock in your seat. It’s only $47.47

    bloody. The charter member price for launch one. It will never be this low again. Now, here’s the thing. Three reasons, honest reasons. It’s $47. One, it’s launch one. I want founding members, not maximum margin. I could easily charge 10 times this. You’ve seen what we’re doing here. But this is launch one. This is the starting point for me. I have some big plans and you’re going to be the first ones in the door being well basically my future success stories. I make my money doing this. Okay? You’ve seen what I’ve built and everything else, not just teaching. So, I don’t need to gouge a course like I see a lot of people do. I’d rather have a room full of people who shipped than a handful of people who paid a fortune. Your win is my future marketing. Like I said, this is launch one. I’ll do many launches in the future. The only thing I ask from you is at the end of this, give me a testimonial. Okay, that that’s my reward right there. Give me a case study, a testimonial, a success story. That helps me in the future. That’s why we’re doing this so cost-ffectively. So, and of course, the engine is yours to keep regardless. Okay? I just want to be very clear on that. That’s unconditional. When I say you keep Wayland, I mean it. The app’s yours, not crippled. No trial that dies. You install it. you keep building with it as long as the work, you know, long after the workshop ends. Okay, so get started. Go to the aiincome engine.com/join. Link should be in the chat so you can click it and where where you are now and where you’ll be after this masterass. Look, Sunday night before Halfu Ideas, where you are probably right now, Halfu ideas, you know, you’re spending whatever on AI every month that’s never paid off. You know, look from your spouse at another one, right? Uh, I’ve been there. You may be very capable, but you’re behind and quietly furious at the things you have not been able to do yet. And nothing real with your name on it. However, after this week, one real income asset live and public, the engine from your desktop, one outcome, a page to show your spouse your name on it, your identity back, you run the engine, and the method to do it again with number two, number three, and so on and so forth. So for $47, here is the entire stack. The 7 days live with me. Build along 90 minutes a day. One real income asset ship by day three. Wayand set up when you join. Yours to keep my proven build method walk through live. A match starter blueprint or bring your own. An idea to asset planner the second you join. Daily live Q&A. And we’re doing a build derby. and I’m putting $1,000 of my own money at the end of it for I would say the best project at the end of the week. Charter member status plus founder pricing for life. The Forge community and that is our uh private Facebook group and 24-hour replay access so you never miss a thing. Okay, that’s a total value of $2,376 today. Just $47. Go to the aiincome engine.com/join and get started. Now, this is just the starting point. We do have a few optional extras and the path beyond this is entirely up to you. So, we got three optional ways to go further. You do not need any of these to win at the $47 price point. Okay? But for the people who already know they want more than their first asset, here’s what’s on the menu. Okay? So, optional upgrade number one, the red carpet. This upgrade lets you own the live week for 30 days for the replays uh instead of just attending it cuz for the base program, you’ve got replays for 24 hours. If you want to go beyond that, again, then you get the red carpet. Okay? You get what we call the operators vault, the exact wh command recipes. I build with prompt packs and asset templates ready to load. Steal the system and skip the trial and error. the 30-day momentum map included a day-by-day plan for the uh month after the live week so you can ship engine number two while the method is still hot. Uh it turns I built one into a habit. Plan and build cross audits live with me in the room. In fact, here’s the thing I’m going to do after each session. You get access to a extended session live with me. And this is where we’ll review the day with you live. Okay. So, I need to hammer this one home. After every single session, we’ll do an extended session, just you, me, and a select few red carpet people, and we’ll go through what you’re building, where you are, what you’re doing. And this is more intimate. It’s a little more of a meeting than a uh uh class, so to speak, and we’ll be able to go, you can unmute yourself, we can ask questions, you can ask me questions. Very, very valuable. That’s worth $996. On top of that, you have the inner circle. This includes the engine blueprint library included, done for you blueprint, so you can always know what to build next in any niche. This goes way beyond uh the little planner I gave you earlier on. A niche to engine selector. Now, this is very important. It takes your niche and points you at the best engine personalized for that particular niche. So, you go from what do I build to this onein minutes system. So the picker is uh for the free build list you already have and then lifetime access to all the trainings plus two advanced trainings. The second engine and the repeat system templatize and batch. So each new engine takes hours not days. And then the 30-day inner circle room for every future training free for life. Buy once and keep getting more forever. The win doesn’t expire Sunday night. Plus, you get lifetime access to all of the trainings that we do that week, and that’s all of yours. So, that stacks on top of everything else, including the red carpet. That’s a value of $5,051 in total. And then we have the forge. Now, the forge, this one is, how do I describe this? What we do in a week, we are only skimming the surface. I want to share the best of the best, but only with a handful. So, this is a full one-day intensive where I build one complete bigger income asset with you. I like to call these anchor assets and each one of your smaller assets can feed into this. This can be the central pillar of your entire bloody business. This is what I do. You can consider Wayland, which was a mammoth task, don’t get me wrong. It’s way beyond, but this is an anchor asset. Now, I’m giving it away for free, obviously, but there’s other things that I do as anchor assets. And all of my little assets, all my little income generators, all of my lead generators, they feed into these. So, I’m going to break down how I do this. How I build six, seven, and even eight figure businesses doing exactly this. How I transform struggling businesses into income generators at a higher level with one anchor asset. This is where we hit the anvil hard. So all done with you inside a single day. The whole day of my time building one strategy with you end to end. My hands on your build the entire way. Not a course, not a call I watch from. Okay. This is we’re building anchor assets. So, we lock in your strategy first before the day even starts using the niche to engine selector plus a blueprint to pick the single highest leverage build. So, the day itself is all about building. Okay? Now, it may take you longer than the day to build it because like anchor assets, they could be intensive, but consider what we do before this. the trial run, the practices, it’s the once you get an idea of the flow and you’re ready to build an anchor asset, these are the ones that create fortunes and it’s a different animal. It really is, but this is where we get into it. So, the full session recording as well, yours for life, plus priority access and charter member founder pricing locked in because even beyond this, we got something that we’ll discuss only live on this call. I’m not talking about it here. I can’t talk about it here. But there is obviously something a little bit bigger even beyond this and I have to keep that private. So only discuss that in this session. So that’s valued at $1,791. So the total so far $6,842 in value. Add the whole machine up. Honestly, that’s Yeah, like I said, $6,842. So that’s $2376 for the core program. the red carpet, the inner circle, the forge. Each piece is something I would sell on its own. So, you’re already in. I know you decided you want to do this. That’s fine. But here’s the smarter way in. See, door A is the easy yes. $47 and you’re already in. Door B is the upgrade. The complete bundle. $4.97 everything at once. The bundle win isn’t even in the money. It’s that you start complete instead of stopping to make four more buying decisions in the middle. You can take path A. You can pick which upgrades you want. That’s fine. Or the easy button, so to speak, is get bloody everything. $4.97 for the complete bundle. You get the masterass, all three upgrades. You can pay 4.97 or you can split it into 297. Uh so 297 today, 297 in a month. Start. No more four decisions to make. It’s the better door and you can rock and roll. So go to the aiincome engine.com/join. Let’s get you started. Now, one scoop at a time is 838. Let me just really hammer this down. You see, if you bought each upgrade individually, the total price of each one, if you buy, if you start from $4.97 and buy each one, that’s $838 in total. That’s why I did the bundle. The bundle actually saves you a bloody fortune right off the bat. You save over $341. So today or a month from now, same you, one decision apart. The gap isn’t talent or money. It’s one decision and one focused week. Go to the aiincome engine.com/join and get started. See, right now the idea is still in your head where it’s lived for months. Tools open, nothing shipped. Telling yourself someday or I’ll finish that tomorrow. See, 30 days from now, you’ll have a real thing. maybe one, maybe two, maybe more that you built an asset with your name on it and proof that you can do this again. So go to the aiincome engine.com/join. And like I say, if you change nothing, nothing will change. Aren’t you tired of staying exactly where you bloody are? How many times have you said, “Well, maybe you’ve gone and bought lots of different things, but never actually been able to apply them, never actually be able to get started. You’ve seen what we’ve done today. Hell, I built an entire app for you in minutes. And that’s going to help you pick from over 1,300 ideas that you can start building as soon as the master class starts or customize an idea for your specific needs. But if you change nothing, nothing will change. Wherever you are right now, it’s not a good place to be. That’s why you’re here. You’re looking for a solution. You’re looking for options. You’re looking for a way to actually apply and get [ __ ] done. That’s what I’m here to help you with. That’s why you need to go and get started right now. The aiincome engine.com/join. There are limited seats for this. And once we’re full, the door closes. If you go there and it says sold out, it’s too late. Someone else has got your seat. That’s it. So, an expense leaves. This is something I I teach my trading students. An expense leaves. an investment stays and works. Most people spend more than $47 this week on stuff they won’t even remember by Friday. This is the one purchase that comes home with an asset attached. So, let me give you a little bit of a promise, my little guarantee, if you will. The show up and ship promise. This is a live training with a real seat you’re taking off the weight list. So, all sales are fine. Okay, here’s what I do stand behind them. do the work that week and you walk out with a real live income generating asset or I’ll personally cross audit with you and get you on the way or I personally cross audit your build with you on the closing call until it’s right and either way 47 or 497 you keep Wayland door A or door B go to the aiincome engine.com/join click the link in the chat you should see that and rock and All right. So, picture Friday of our build week. Think about it. You start the week with an idea. By Friday, the room’s buzzing. People are dropping links to what they’ve already shipped. One of those links is yours. You hit deploy and you can sit back and watch other people cheer you on. You made that.

    And I can’t tell you how powerful that moment is, especially when it becomes just your first one. Then you do it again and do it again and do it again until you become a master of the process. The whole second you join, the whole system unlocks itself. There’s no waiting on me, no check your email in 3 to 5 days. You connect once and the whole machine lights up. And that automation, well, yes, built by Whan 2, but you’re not buying a course that sits in a folder. You’re stepping into a machine that’s already running. And between now when you join and the start of the masterass, which is Monday the 29th at 11:00 a.m. for session one, you can start planning what you’re going to build. Hell, you can even make a leap forward if you want to applying and starting. But the whole point of this is I don’t want you sat idle. I want you starting planning maybe one, two, three assets. I want you to start brainstorming what you need in your business. What could help you? what problems you’re solving. All of that work will turbocharge everything we do when we hit the ground running in the master class. Now, I’ve got your seat here and I know you’re going to join. That’s great and it’s fantastic and I really want to be there when you ship your first asset. I want to cheer you on and make sure that you’re rocking and rolling. But again, you’re standing inside the proof right now that it works. You’ve seen what we’ve done just here today. So go connect it. Go to the aiincome engine.com/join. Let’s get you started. Join. Connect on Discord. Everything unlocks. So the reason people don’t act isn’t the $47. And you think about it for everything we’re talking about here. It’s no [ __ ] brainer to be honest. Excuse my accent in French. But it’s the quiet fear that they’ll buy it and still not finish. That’s exactly why it’s live and we ship together in one week instead of a course to die in your downloads folder somewhere. That’s what this is all about. So again, like I said, there are limited seats and as you can imagine, there’s a lot of people signing up for this program. I can only do well, I think it’s 500 is the Zoom limit. I have to think about that for a second, but I think it’s 500 is total number of people we can have in this. But once we filled that up, and we will fill it up, then there’s no way in. And I don’t want that to be you. Okay? So if not this, then what? And if not now, then when? Someday has a graveyard and it’s full of assets that never got built. The masterclass starts Monday, June 29th, 11:00 a.m. Now is on the table. Someday isn’t a date. Make now the day. Go to the aiincome engine.com/join and let’s get you started. Now, I won’t fake pressure you. The real facts are stronger. The doors close Sunday, midnight Eastern. Simple as that. Because we start the next day. We do have a hard cap of 500 seats. so I can give you real time focus attention and again I want to make sure everyone in there has the resources and you know access to everything we’re doing but also like I said it’s a hard constraint of Zoom that’s why that number is real and if this fills before Sunday like I said the doors close early the masterass starts Monday June 29th 11:00 a.m. And it’s actually 7 days. Uh, every bonus, nothing hidden. $2,376 of values for 47 if you choose door A or the whole machine is worth $6,842. So you can start complete for $4.97 or two payments of $297. Save $341 on that. You don’t need more time. You need a system that needs less of it. That’s exactly why seven focused days with Whand doing the heavy lifting instead of a 40-hour course, you’ll never bloody start. So, build anything that makes money does not mean write code. I want to hammer this home. A lot of people think, “Oh, well, if I’m using AI to do this, it has to be a it has to be code. It has to be this.” You watch the demo. I instructed Wayland in plain English and drove the tools that did the work. It means point the machine and steer. You cannot waste the week on the wrong thing. So day one, we clarify down to the one thing that actually ships. Then we cross audit that plan together before a single line gets built. The wrong turn gets caught on paper, not after you’ve burned the week. So pick your door, get started. Either the $47 or the full bundle. Go to the aiincome engine.com/join. Get started and let’s get you planning in advance what you want to build on Monday. Okay. Now, if $497 is tight this month, then take door A seriously. I’d rather have you in the room at $47 than on the sidelines. And so, again, door A is the masterass. And then you can choose and pick and choose any upgrade you want. You don’t have to choose a single bloody one if you do not want to. Get in and start building. Add a scoop when you’re ready. Okay. Then, if you want to, like, you know what? Really, I would really like the whole enchilada. I actually scoop, let’s use the ice cream metaphor. You want you want the whole bowl of ice cream. And personally, that would be my choice because I like ice cream and I want to mix and match. I like a little bit of everything. So, you get every upgrade, every bonus or if you want to split it up, two payments of $297 and you’ll save $341. So, go to the ainccomeengine.com/join.

    And there’s three questions, one at a time. If you said yes three times, you already know the answer. Do you believe you could build something real with the system you just watched? Yes or no? Would me and a group of builders live for seven days make you more likely to actually finish? Yes or no? And is getting started worth $47? Yeah, I think you know the answer. And if you’re still thinking, what specifically are you waiting to find out whether you’ll show up? You will. It’s live. Whether it works, just watched it work. Whether it’s worth $47, it’s $47. I think the thinking’s done. Go to the aiincome engine.com. Go save your seat and let’s get you bloody started. Two ways to feel in a week. One, you joined, you’re building, you’re in the room. Two, you didn’t. You’re watching other people drop their links wishing you jumped in. One of those is a $47 regret you can erase right now. The other you can’t get back because seats will be gone. So, who is this really for? Well, if that’s you, what I’m about to talk about, then this was built for you and I’d be glad to have you. The person tired of the idea of just sitting there. The person who doesn’t want another course, they want a result and who will give seven days to finally ship a thing. Listen, we’re right close to the end now. It’s time to decide. Go to the aiincome engine.com/join. Pick door A, the masterclass at $47 and get started. or doorb the bundle $4.97 or two payments of $297. You get everything. Start complete. Save $341. Either one. Do it now before the page closes on Sunday. Okay. Now, joining is the easy part. Here’s the whole flow. Land on start here. Soon as you purchased, there’s a little start here uh page that helps you get set up. Make sure that you’ve got Whand installed if you haven’t done it already. make sure that you got everything taken care of, connects you up to the community. So, you’ll connect Discord. Uh the rooms and bonuses all unlocked. They’re all delivered in Discord. You grab Whan from the install page that I’ll show you as well. And then you show up Monday ready to build. I’m not disappearing after you buy as well. I’m in the room from the very start. It’s live. It’s me. 7 days. When you ship your thing, I’m going to see it. And that’s why seats are capped. If you’ve been waiting for permission, here it is. come build with me and let’s finally get you moving forward. Now, there is no next week for this launch. There’s now. Doors close Sunday at midnight. Only 500 people total. And if it if you go there and it says sold out, well, sorry, you were too late. You’re dragged hills. We start Monday, June 29th. Either way, there is no later. So, go to the aiincome engine.com/join. And that’s everything. No more pitch, just the door. And it’s an open just for now. Okay. 497 door A. Get started. Pick your upgrades if you want to or the full bundle. Get everything we talked about. The red carpet, the inner circle, the forge one day anchor asset builder. There’s so much going up, but I’m going to give you the whole bloody lot. So, if you got a question, now is the time to ask it. This is where I’ll I’ll take a few moments here, and I want if you’ve got and the people I want to hear from are the people who are on the fence. They’re just on the edge of pressing that button to join, but they got a question. So, I’m I’m gonna take a few moments here and ask. And uh All right. So, drop your questions in the box and I’m going to keep this page up while we talk. All right. Soda’s got a question here. It’s the first one uh I see flagged here is is what’s the catch with Whan? Why is it free? Well, here’s the thing. uh it’s open source and that is I’m a very big advocate for the open source community and this is a tool like I said that we built ourselves uh for me and my team which helped us run our software development our research lab I actually have a full AI research lab um we do a lot with cognitive research uh some all sorts of ideas I’ve got stacks and stacks of notebooks and ideas I’ve built over the years uh wrote down so I pick through those and think about what ideas would be able to be Um, we build systems. We build We actually do a lot with Okay, I’m I’m trying not to nerd out. I realize I’m uh we do a lot. We build a lot. We research a lot. So, we built this tool for ourselves. And I thought, well, you know what? This would be really good to solve a lot of the problems I see out there, which is exactly what we’re doing in this master class. People who try and do things, but they never ship. They never get stuff out there. And when they do, oh, [  ] me. It’s terrible. It’s all broken as [  ] insecure breaks. I’ve been doing this a long bloody time. So, that’s that’s one of the core reasons. Now, in the future, uh we may do a pro version, which is a like a hosted version cuz you can deploy this in the cloud, by the way. Um I didn’t want to nerd out on that in this uh webinar here because we’ve only got a short time, but we may do a hosted version and we’ll add some extra functions and features into that version. I mean, that’s still on the the the road map. Uh, we’re considering doing that, but for now, I just wanted to give the tool out. Now, it’s in beta. It’s I would say it’s not uh bug free or anything like that, and I don’t think anything ever truly is. I’ve been doing this for 27 years, software development. Nothing is ever truly bug free, but the community helps me make this better. So, uh, and one thing is someone says, “What if we find problems?” and some couple of other people said they found a couple of little things that they’re confused on or they’re not sure if it’s a bug. There’s actually a report bug reporting system right in uh the system and you can click on that submit a bug and then our team will pick it up and we’ve actually got an entire flow for that. So if if you find a bug yeah let us know. Uh actually uh Amad here is asking a question. Can I connect to this on my phone? Can I run it on my phone? It doesn’t install on your phone. It’s a desktop app or it can be deployed in the cloud. But we do have a feature in there where it’s called web UI and all you do is you can install it on the cloud or on your desktop. You uh turn on the web UI, scan a code like a little QR code and you can run it right from there. We use a system called tail scale. Well, it’s one I recommend which is a secure tunnel. So you can connect your phone to your computer, scan that code, and it loads up in your phone. And then I mean, I was developing a tool using Wayand at 30,000 ft, flying to Japan recently, and I built the entire tool from my cell phone with Wayland on my desktop back home. I thought that was pretty [ __ ] cool. I was very happy with that. And uh uh okay, so another question here. I’m just looking through. And by the way, some of these I’m not going to be able to get to every single question here, but like I said, the uh questions from people who primarily want to uh join and are on that sticking point. So, okay. Uh is there a paid support option? No, this is open source software. Um we don’t Okay, we don’t do tech support in the group. I just want to be very clear on that. If you’ve got a problem, you got a bug, like I said, submit it through uh GitHub. That’s how we handle that. But of course, you know, we want to make sure you’re up and running and rolling, and that’s the whole point of this. So, yeah, you’re all cool on that, but there’s not a paid support option. Okay. And uh Okay. So, next question here. Does this only work on Mac or does it work on PC? Yeah, it works on everything. Uh we work on Intel Macs, Silicon Maxs, we also work on Windows. Uh also work on Linux as well for my fellow nerds out there. Uh so, yeah, we we it is very bloody powerful. Okay, another question here. Uh, can I upgrade from the 497 to the full bundle? That’s up to you. Uh, if if you already bought the 497 or sorry, the the 47 option and you want to upgrade to the 497, well, refund one, purchase on the other. Okay, we’ll take care of that. That’s fine. If that’s your reason, like I said, there’s no refunds, but for that, we can take care of that. Okay, that’s not a problem. Okay, another question here. Is Whan locked? Uh, can we only build one asset? No, you can do whatever the hell you want. I’m actually Okay, so okay, here’s the thing. Wayand, I can build anything. And I do build anything. I’m right now I’m using it to write a series of cyberpunk books. I’m using it to write some uh an actual uh non-fiction book. I’m using it to build websites. I use it to build well, you you’ve seen I’ve used it to build uh software. I’ve used it to build the entire salesunnel. All of the presentation here is built between me and uh Wayland and we started off with the frameworks. I I fed it a existing uh webinar of mine and then we reframed it, reworked it as uh again Wayland acting as a team uh with a team of copywriters, a team of designers and you know what if I had paid a studio to do this, it would have cost me like $2 to $5,000 to get this done. I did it in an afternoon with me in Wayland and a few ideas. Now I went back and forth because I wanted to change words here, change phrases, change like the flow, dictate what needs to more emphasis. And again, this is where as you have experience, you’re the director. Okay, that’s how you get this done. But the whole thing is you can build freaking anything. All you got to do is define the tasks, define the processes, and then get it done. Um, okay. So, there’s a question here. Uh, do I have a few a full video course on using Wayand like actually like a YouTube channel? No, not yet. The reason being is we only open the doors, we only opened the doors on this Wayland released to the public a couple of weeks ago and we did it as a very what we call a soft launch. And the reason for that is I wanted to get it out there to see people break it because we we’ve been building this for months and months to make it publicly available so to speak. And I wanted to find all of the the biggest problems first. Okay? And then once it goes out the public, public will find things that you never expected. And they did. And we’ve spent the last two weeks hammering out any problems or issues that we can. And I’m sure there’s still going to be a few in there just like every other piece of software out there that newly launches and what have you. I wanted to get that done before we did this masterass so I can give it to you. Okay, that’s that’s one of the big differences. This is also planning ahead and being smart. So the what was I going to say there? So I haven’t done the Oh yeah, the the videos. Haven’t done videos yet because I want to get a few more steps ahead before I do that. But the main thing is it’s very intuitive. That’s the whole point of this. And by the way, we do have very extensive docs on the Get Wayland website with a lot of tutorials, a lot of how-tos and things like that. But the best way often times is just get stuck in. Now, we will we are planning on doing videos later, but remember this isn’t a commercial per se product. It’s commercial grade. It’s very secure. It’s built with that in mind. But uh you know all the video tutorials honestly just go press some buttons. It’s all sandboxed anyway. Uh so you can you can just play around with it. Try and build something. Just play around with it. See walk through a couple of things. Press some buttons. No harm, no foul. That’s good fun. Often times that’s also the best way to discover. But later on, yeah, we’re going to build out some uh videos and howtos and walking through features. But yeah, honestly, best way to do it. So there you go ladies and gentlemen, go to the aiincome engine.com/join. Go get started right now. And before you claim before you go, claim your gifts. We did say if you got the code at the very beginning, then you got a couple of gifts you can go pick up. And if you go to the aiincome engine.com/kit and enter your code word ship, that unlocks the build kit, which is your quick start kit. and a chance. One person is going to get a private hour with me to help build their engine live. Every live attendee is entered automatically. One will one winner gets a full hour building with me. You know what? I’m going to expand it. I’m going to make it two hours drawn when the launch closes. Go jump there real quick. The AI income engine.com/kit. Enter the keyword ship. You’re good to go. But to actually join the masterclass, go to the aiincome engine.com/join. Get started. I’ll see you on day one. Let’s go build something real. All right, with that being said, ladies and gentlemen, I appreciate your time and attention. We’re going to wrap it up right there. Thank you so much. Go get started. Either door A, door B, whichever one suits you best. And I’m looking forward to seeing you getting started and help you get your first income asset built. All right. Thank you so much. Take care. We’ll see you there. Now, I’m going to stay on for a few moments. See if I can answer as many questions as possible. But again, that time is ticking. That countdown is going. Let’s get you started.

  • 06/22/2026 – How We Make $1000 to $5000 Per Day selling simple AI Software – Live Training

    We are so excited. I hope um you’ve been receiving our our messages about this call, what we’ve done and just the results that we’ve gotten lately you uh using some special AI and and just really making quite a bit of money from it as well. And we’re going to share those results with you here today. And let’s see. Okay. Um, so before we do that, while we’re while we’re waiting for other people to come in, uh I’m just curious if you guys can just tell me where you’re coming from here. We try to do these calls at the best times for uh for people and we we do them we try to plan them out in a way that’s going to make it so that people from all over the world can join us. I know some of you are probably here either early in the morning or very late your time. Um, thank you Bryce. Bryce just said that a bit overlay brocks. That was a recent software that we just put out. I I gotta tell you, Mike, that kind of hurts my pride a little bit that Bryce said that. Just because you’re not writing the software anymore, Brett, doesn’t mean you have to be sad about it. You’ve had You’ve had your time. Your time is over. My time is over. Time is over. Don’t worry. We won’t send you out to the pasture. What do they say? Send you out to pasture yet? We won’t send you send you out yet. Send me. still useful. They’re still useful for us. Um Russ says near Toronto. Yeah, a lot of you people just purchased Let me ask you this. Who on this call just purchased our recent Vid overlay software? Know what this call is about, but I’m I’m just curious. Uh Bryce says yes. Lincoln says yes. Robert says yes.

    It’s pretty cool, right? You guys like it?

    Awesome. Yeah. Let me let me ask you. Can I ask you a question, Mike? Go for it. Who Who here thinks me, the developer with 20 years worth of experience, or Mike, the guy who can’t type a single line of code, made Vid Overlay? Now, I’m sure the webinar tips that off, but

    That’s right. Mike made it. Mike cannot type a single line of code. And he just made the over like the software that you guys are saying how great it is. That was made by if I showed Mike code. He he his head would explode. I could figure it out if I if I ask AI about it, Brett. But I can’t like if you put me in a test room and you ask me to look at it and tell you what it does and to fix something. If you tell me Brett, I want you to make it so that um when you log in, it does instead of saying like log in here, it says log in now. Like it would take me a long time to figure that out. I probably I’d try to search for it somewhere and try to figure it out, but I would have no idea where to start. Uh, yes, Thomas. This is the chat window.

    Awesome. We’re going to get started here in just a second. Just letting a couple more people come in.

    Yeah. I mean, we’re really excited. I should say I’m more excited. Um, and we’re going to be talking about this today on the call, but just this is such an exciting time for the anyone who’s ever had any sort of an idea or ever wanted to get into making software and making money from software. This is the biggest opportunity that we’ve seen maybe ever. Like I remember when the whole Bitcoin craze went on and I didn’t jump onto that like when Bitcoin was like I remember but I remember people telling me when it was like five bucks or something that I should buy Bitcoin. I was like uhuh I’m going to waste my money on that. I didn’t buy any of it and of course I should have. I mean that was a a big wave. We all know now in retrospect that that was going to be a big thing. I think that right now AI and software is the next big thing. I think it’s the the great equalizer, it’s going to make it so that regular people are going to be able to make income from software and you’re not going to need to know how to how to write a line of code to Yeah. Honestly, suddenly, and I I joke and I say it hurts my pride and stuff, but the the truth of the matter is it is kind of weird for me because suddenly the 20 years that I spent building up a skill set doesn’t mean a damn thing. Doesn’t mean anything anymore. Uh you’re saying about Bitcoin. It’s kind of funny. When I was a freelancer, some guy, some kids hired me to do some work for them and they offered, they owed me $1,000. They offered to pay me a hundred Bitcoin and I I turned it down. Oh jeez. Yeah. it worth like 600 grand right now. That That’s cra That’s crazy. And you hear about people paying for like a pizza with it as well. I mean, it’s these things. It’s It’s these things that come in that you don’t know it potentially at the time. You don’t realize it and then you look back years later and you kind of, you know, you punch yourself a little bit and you wish you had gotten into it. I honestly believe that what we’re going to talk about today is the same exact thing. People that get into this and people that actually do this and people that have not gotten any results doing anything else before, uh, this is going to be the big thing. Uh, Rod says, “Is it possible to make the screen a bit bigger?” I’m going to get off the screen in a second here, Rod. Any anyways, you’re not going to have to look at my my mug here for the entire call. I just wanted to get on and say hi uh before we get started. Um, and I’ve got some questions coming here about like apps and and maintenance and stuff. I’ll answer all that qu all those questions later on as far as like maintaining them. But I’ll tell you that AI does that as well. AI does pretty much everything. But cool. You guys ready to go? Are you excited about this? Are you as excited about us as as us as we are about this? Put a put a yes in the chat box. Awesome.

    Cool. Okay. Because really, I think you should be excited about it. This is And Brett and I I want to I want to start this off just by saying something. Brett and I were talking earlier today. I’m actually over in in Europe right now. And Brett’s in in the United States. And I was I’m I was on the phone with Brett. I was out. We were having breakfast with my family. I got on the phone with Brett for a couple minutes. And Brett said to me, he said, “I honestly believe that anyone who purchases what we’re going to be presenting you here today, there’s going to be something for sale, of course. Anyone who gets in on this can really change their lives.” Really change their lives. Like this is we are doing, and he said this as well, we’re doing them a disservice by not convincing people to get in on this. So, we’re going to do our best job here today to convince you on that because we honestly believe with all our hearts that this is going to be something that if you have if you believe in yourself is going to change your life as well. So, I’m going to go ahead I’m going to get off your screens here. Get me out of here and I’m going to go ahead and grab a water and let’s jump into this. Turn off my camera.

    Hey there everyone. This is Mike Thomas here. You guys know me as Mike from Maine along with my partner Brett Reteki. We are so excited to share something with you today that has changed our lives and actually changed my life specifically over the last few months. uh is something that has been able to make us so that we can live the lives of our dreams and be able to make money that was deemed to be unthinkable uh before this new technology came out. So today we’re going to be talking about how regular people are banking a,000 to $5,000 in a single day by owning software on JV Zoo without writing code, building an email list, or even sending a single email. I know it sounds hypy. I know it sounds too good to be true, but stick with us here today. I think you’re going to love what you see. Now, just make sure that you stay with me here today. Make sure that you can see my screen. Make sure that you can hear me. Type yes in the chat box. Uh if you can hear me and if you can see my screen, I want to make sure that I’m not just doing this to myself. Trust me, I’ve done that before, but awesome. Okay, perfect. Whoa, you guys are really active in here today. Okay, great, great, great. Okay, so you guys can hear me and see me. Perfect. Let’s do this. So, if you’re not familiar with me and Brett, uh, I’m Mike Forine. I’m on the left hand side here. Brett’s on the right. Essentially, together, we’ve sold over $5 million on JVZoo across over 46 products. We have a ton of different software that we put out. Uh, and we’ve done a lot of business together. Now, I mean, I could here go ahead and put one of those slides out showing you all the the money and the lifestyle stuff that we’ve made here and and whatnot, but I figured we kind of skip that here. Um, and not I don’t think I need to show that to you all. Uh, you understand, you most likely you’ve come across us here before. Uh, and you know exactly what this lifestyle can provide. Sure, you can get some of these nice things here, but I think a lot of people exaggerate on it. But yes, we are doing very well for ourselves. Uh, and we’re this isn’t going to be a webinar just kind of showing off all of our fancy cars and houses and watches. That’s not what you’re here for. Now, let’s start off here. If my question for you is, what if you owned a software product on JVZoo and we mailed it for you and you just collected the checks? That’s right. You don’t have to actually uh like do any coding on the software. You don’t have to go out there and find affiliates to promote it for you. You don’t have to worry about traffic. You don’t have to worry about pretty much any of the stuff that you had to worry about before. How would that sound to you? Go ahead, put a yes in the chat box if that sounds like something that would be fantastic. Love it. Of course. Of course. It’s it’s the dream come true. So hold on to that question and by the end of the call I’m going to show you exactly how to make this seemingly fairy tale type thing a reality. Uh so let’s jump in here. Uh we’re going to talk about the money spike. We’re going to be talking about what these kind of mailings from Brett and I can actually look like because I think people might not necessarily have a realistic idea of what happens when Brett and I actually send out an email and promote something. So, $45,000. This is what we’ve recently been able to do in just a few days for a simple product. It was a product called Power Pages. You might even be familiar with it. This is a promo from Brett and I and this is the kind of money that we can bring in from emailing our email list. We did another one for AI image magic, another software of ours. These are all verifiable claims, verifiable proof that we’ve been able to do one little private promo. $18,000 in our pockets. And we did another little one here, AI Songbird. This was a 4-day promotion that we did. Again, $13,000 from a single promotion. I hope that you’re starting to see what is possible here. And this has been able to result in over 49 product of the day wins on JV Zoo. And we’re able to be featured on the entire network. They promote our product. They show it to all the different people that have bought products. That’s like tens if not hundreds of thousands of people actually are able to see our products simply because JVZoo has selected them for product of the day. And again, these aren’t theoretical. These are real launches. These are real money. These are real customers who are buying real software. And here’s the thing. For every one of these promos, all we had to do essentially is click a button and send an email to our email list. And that was it. That was the work that was involved in getting that traffic to come in and the sales coming in as well. Now, imagine that those numbers were going into your JVZoo account. Imagine that those numbers were coming from your software and that we mailed for you. You never touch an email. You never build an email list. We mail for you and you collect. And that’s what I’m here to show you today. Uh and it’s something that is uh really a something that was unable to be done before that we’ve been able to figure out how to do it. this breakthrough uh that we’re going to be talking about. Now, I want you to ask yourself something here about the difference between what we’re doing and what essentially you are potentially doing. Being a buyer versus being a seller. And I want you to ask yourself, how much money have you spent on internet marketing, on courses, on software, on memberships. Think about it for a second and just if you mind sharing with us. I’m not going to read your name out. I’m not going to re reveal what you’ve spent to other people. I just want to see kind of what you’ve been spending. Go ahead and put that in the chat box. just a a rough estimate of what you’ve spent on internet marketing products.

    Yep. Yeah. Wow.

    Okay. Yeah. So, so some of you the the low end I’m seeing here hundreds. Wow. High ends I’m seeing some big big numbers here. And um I mean a lot of people 5,000 10,000 20,000 or more it’s it’s unfortunately it’s a it’s a normal thing that happens in in this business. Now I want you to answer me this. What do you own right now that makes you money while you sleep? And like that whole make money while you sleep thing uh like they always like are having like disclaimers and things when it comes to that. The whole make money while you sleep thing. It really does happen but it’s from creating an asset. It’s from creating something that is selling for you non-stop. This isn’t some uh get-richqu MLM thing where magically you’re making money. There’s no magic involved in it. It’s from having digital products. It’s have from having software that can sell for you 247.

    Now, you need to also be thinking about essentially what you’ve learned, not what you’ve tried, but what do you own from all of this that you’ve that you’ve been spending all that money on? All this stuff. Like, what what has come from it? And I know some of you will say, “Well, I’ve learned um I’ve learned some stuff.” Okay, that’s great. And and maybe you’ve tried some stuff, but what do you have right now that can actually make you money? And the the the truth that comes out of that, unfortunately, is nothing for most people out there. And you’re not alone. Trust me. And I I can speak from this from complete experience. And that’s something that happens to so many people. Here’s what’s what’s been happening. You’ve been buying all these courses and tools and softwares and plugins. You’ve been buying other people’s products. You’re joining their email lists. You’re making other people rich. and you’re taking your hard-earned money and you’re spending it on someone else’s dream. That’s why they can show you these pictures of big cars and mansions and girls and stuff like that. They’re taking your money and they’re spending it on that. And meanwhile, again, the the people selling those products, they wake up to the sales notifications every single day. Hey, they’re bringing out their phone. Every time that you make a purchase, a little ding’s coming up on their phone over and over and over again. Ding, ding, ding, ding, ding, ding, ding. And they’re making that money, getting those notifications 24/7. It just happens all day long, all night long. Wake up in the morning, checking out the sales. It just happens over and over and over again. And they don’t work harder than you. No one’s ever going to say that they don’t work harder. They’re they’re not smarter than you. Trust me, they’re not. But they do own something that is making them money, an asset. They have a software product that people will pay for over and over and over. It’s not like having a a a physical thing that you could you you make a a a desk and you sell that desk to one person then another person says I want a desk too. You have to make them another desk and you have to you’re always working with this. You get a software one time and you can sell it to one person, 10 people, 100 people, a thousand. It’s unlimited to how many people you can sell that software to because you’re not having to make it over again. It’s already done. And that’s the difference between you and them is essentially they own and you buy and you’ve been on the wrong side of that line for years. And the thing is, it’s not your fault because until now you were unable to cross that line cuz it was just too difficult. That door was locked and you needed something. If you wanted to have a a software, you need to either have a developer or you needed $15,000 or more to have a software created for you or you needed a partner like Bretti to actually create that software for you. And here’s what’s about to blow your mind.

    These kind of numbers, $2.4 million in sales. This is happening right now on JV Zoo all the time. $800,000. These launches, people are selling over and over and over again. These big big numbers, same marketplace, your money feeding into all these big big launches. And $400,000 is not a that’s not a huge launch. $600,000 every single week. These huge launches are coming out. And again, it’s the buyers, the customers, all that money is just feeding into it over and over again. This is happening right now as we speak on the same marketplace where you’ve been buying products.

    the same money. It’s just you’re on the different side of the transaction. No, here’s my story and the reason I’m able why I’m able to talk about this with you, why I’m able to say this and it’s it’s a cruel realization being on that other side is that I was there too. I was an English teacher. That’s me. Teaching English abroad. And I was going to work, teaching my students, having panic attacks all the time. And I had to find a way out of it because I knew that there was something more than doing what I was doing. It was not my calling. It was not what I wanted to do. For people that are teachers, that’s fantastic. That’s a an amazing profession. I’m not a a person that wants to do that. I don’t want to go to a class every day and get up early in the morning and go and do that. That wasn’t my passion. And that’s why I needed to find a way out of it. And in August 28th, 2010, here’s a receipt for my first product that I purchased on uh on ClickBank, actually. And it was a $99 product. I think it was called micro niche finder and it was the beginning of my journey down this rabbit hole of purchasing product after product and then after buying that first product about two days later I bought two more products and then the next day four more and for about five years straight I was just buying product after product after product. And I even went out and I hired a developer. Uh I spent about $850 because I I saw that people were making software. I saw that it was the way to make money. Like if I’m spending so much money on this stuff, then probably I should make software as well and and sell it. But I just had something made. It was useless and I wasted my money on that software. But in 2014, something amazing happened and I interviewed a guy named Brett Rutki for my web show and it completely changed both his life and my life. And the deal that we made as he’s a software developer is that he would build the software. I would help to sell it and essentially we would split the profits from it. So it worked out really well because our first product that we released together was called Soy Vids. Some of you might have actually even purchased it cuz it was wildly successful. We did $272,000

    in sales from that first product and we went on to do over $5 million in sales over 46 products. Now me, I was the same person with the same brain, but I was just on the different side of the transaction. I went from being a buyer to being a seller. Now, what’s changed? Well, AI has now changed everything. And I’ve gone down a little bit of a rabbit hole myself, but one that has a drastically different result. I started hearing about people with no coding skills who were building real software. And I thought to myself, “No way. That’s not really going to work. You’re going to do it. It’s going to create some some crappy piece of junk like that $850 that I had spent on software before. It’s going to be horrible.” But I tried it anyways and man, it worked. And it’s I I got to stop for a second here. I mean, this is life-changing working. I was able to build this software right here, a bonus page builder. And this has created for me over $23,000 in affiliate commissions so far from this software that I made myself. I also created a thumbnail tool and an affiliate marketing tool and a software called Vid Overlay that will allow you to put your video over other people’s sales pages. And they’ve made me thousands of dollars as well. And they’ve made my partner Brett Reeki thousands. All built by a guy who can’t write a single line of code. I am useless. If you write sit me down with uh you say, “Mike, write me a a software that I don’t know like a Frogger game or something. I can’t do it. I don’t I have no idea how to do it, but I can do it with AI.” And kind of a funny story. Uh Brett wrote a software, he’s because he’s a software developer, and it broke. It wasn’t working. So, I looked at it. I was like, “Okay, it’s not working.” So, I I took it I rewrote it using AI. I don’t even know how it works, but I rewrote it and I showed it to him cuz he was all he gets he’s getting all frustrated and get all get all pissed off and then it wouldn’t work. And I showed it to him and he he looked at it and I don’t know if he was if he was mad or what, but I was I didn’t know what his reaction was going to be. I thought he was going to look and be like, “Okay, this is this is horrible or whatever.” you know, like it’s it’s this is what he he’s been spent years learning how to be a developer. But he said to me, he said five words that I’ll never forget. And those words are, “You don’t need me anymore,” which was, you know, he was right, but you don’t need a developer anymore either. We don’t need developers anymore. We can do what was reserved for only software developers and people with budgets. We can do that now without having to rely on them. Now, this technology didn’t exist two years ago. Heck, it didn’t exist one year ago. This is brand new. We are currently on the brink of moving into a new era of software development. An era where anyone who knows how to do this and has the skills and the resources can and the knowledge will be able to create amazing software. Create software that’s actually going to help people and people will pay you for that software. In fact, I’m going to show you right something right now that is going to blow your mind. You ready for it? I created this webinar that you’re watching right now with a software that I built with AI. Let’s take a look at it right here. This software, this is one called webinar magic AI. I built this whole entire webinar that you’re watching. All the slides, all the images, all the text, everything that you’ve been watching so far today was all built using AI from a guy who doesn’t know how to write a single line of code. Remember these slides here? These all must look very, very familiar. We’ve got this one with all the the girls and the watches and the planes and stuff. All of this was built using this brand new technology. Imagine you just think of a an idea and you can build it now using the power of AI. Now, just like that, just like that, real working software, real technology that will actually create something of value, not that uh that something that used to cost like $15,000 or more to hire a developer to do. Now, it’s practically costs nothing to build. That’s the world that we live in now. That’s where we are. That’s just the amazing revelation that we’ve been able to come across. And we can all take advantage of this. But but but but the real problem is this. Building software is the easy part. Now, selling it is still the hard part. There are hundreds of products on JV Zoo right now with zero sales and they’re all good products and they’re built with AI by smart people, but they’re sitting there with no buyers. Why? Well, these people have no email lists. They have no traffic and they have no way to sell them. Building is 30% of the success, but selling is 70%. And you can’t learn the selling part from watching some silly video on YouTube. But you’re in luck because that’s where Brett and I come in. And first, I want to show you something, some student proof of people that we’ve actually worked with that have gotten results from working with us. First one, Tim Berdau. You might be familiar with him. uh he was making about $243 a year and Brett and I partnered with him and the first product that he put out was able to make $37,000 in just 3 days working alongside with Brett and myself. Kobe Topz, complete beginner. He was able to do $25,000 from his first tra his first product 100% free traffic. And then there was John Shea. $58,000 in three days and he quit his job and never went back. Stefanio working with us, he was able to do $150,000 in 4 days and he’s actually gone on to build a multi-million dollar business based upon building software. Now all this was even before AI made building easy. Imagine what’s possible now. Introducing AI product empire. You build it once. You leverage AI and you own your future. We find the idea. AI builds it and then we sell it to for you to 15,000 buyers. That’s right. You don’t write a single email. You don’t build an email list. You don’t find affiliates. You just sit back and collect. Now, included inside of this is a software called the idea generator. Essentially, what this does is you click a button and you get three ranked product ideas. You can take an idea of your own. You can take an idea that’s already been created. It will actually tell you if it’s going to sell on JV Zoo. Is this something that is a good idea or not? And this is so so important. Uh just the other day, we had a lady message Brett and I. She messaged us both and she showed us a software that she had created and we took a look at it and immediately Brett and I were able to tell her this is this is neat. You were able to create a software with AI but it wasn’t something that anyone would ever want to buy. You need to make sure that it’s something that’s can be built and it’s something that people are actually going to want to purchase. And it even writes the technical prompts for you. You don’t need to understand anything about HTML, PHP, servers, databases, all that stuff. It doesn’t matter anymore. I don’t understand it. You don’t need to understand it. You don’t have to think about it. You just click. Now, also included inside is our software number two, Sales Page Magic AI. This is a software that will allow you to take your idea for your software, put it into it. It will create a full sales copy for you. It will actually take the sales copy, you can add images on. It will then use AI to make a beautiful graphic sales page. And we even host it for you. Not only will you be able to make the software, but you’re going to be able to sell the software as well using these beautiful sales pages. And this is the same technology that we use for our own sales pages that are doing millions of dollars in sales. No designer, no copywriter, no waiting for someone to go back and forth with. You don’t have to pay someone every time you want sales copy or graphics. It’s all done inside of the software. Also included inside of this system is our weekly live coaching with me and Brett. And we’re not going to stop doing it until you’re making money. This is something that we’re going to be there for you. We’re going to be there every single week showing up to the calls, answering your questions. We want you to be successful. We’ll show up. You show up and we’ll help you get there. Now, normally something like that would cost $1,000 per minimum for us to get on a call. If you ask Brett, Brett, get on a get on a call with me and answer all my questions, he won’t do it. But with this, uh, this is something where you’re going to be able to get these weekly calls from both of us for as long as you need for in order to get success.

    Then when your product is ready, and this is the amazing part, the the most amazing part of this entire system is that we’re going to be there for you and we’re going to promote it to our combined list of 15,000 buyers. You don’t need to send a single email. We do. You just collect the money. Now, we were planning on charging $10,000 for this program, and it would 100% be worth it. But don’t worry, we’re not charging $10,000, not $5,000, not even 3,500. Today, you can get the entire system for only $2,997.

    the complete system to build, launch, and scale profitable AI products, even if you’re starting from zero. But hold on one sec. This is our first group. This is our founding group. And I need something from you. When you get results, when you build your first software, when you get your first sales, I want your testimonial. And in exchange, we’ll knock off $1,000. Does that sound fair? Put a yes in the chat box now. Wow. I I was expecting you guys to be excited, but not this excited. You guys are going crazy today. I love it. I I love this enthusiasm. This is a great group. This and this is exactly what we’re looking for. A group that’s excited, a group that is sick of being on the buyer side of it, that wants to move over to be the seller, to be the software owner, to making a change that’s going to make a huge difference in their lives. That’s what I’m excited about here today. So, of course, you’re going to be able to get that price of $1,997

    one time or you can do five payments of $499.

    But just so you know, this is only for our first members. This is going to be limited access and this offer will be exclusive until we have enough testimonials so that we can have even more proof for our webinar. This is something that will not last forever. If you don’t believe us, come back later in the future and check it out and pay more. That’s up to you. But if you want to get in on our founding discount and be one of our many testimonials and success stories in the future, this is your opportunity to get in at an unbelievably low price. Go right now to a productmpire.com/join.

    Claim your access. Get in there and make sure that you don’t let this opportunity pass you by. This is really something that is a completely new way of doing things. Something that I wish had existed years ago. If it had, I wouldn’t be doing this webinar from my house. I’d be doing it from some mansion off in the tropics. Really, this is an amazing opportunity that’s going to change whoever takes action on it and gets in right now. But wait, there’s more. We have amazing bonuses for you if you pick this up here today on this webinar. The first bonus is you’re going to get Brett’s launch insurance. This is a $3,000 value. We’re going to validate your idea before you build it. and Brett is personally going to review your finished product to make sure that it actually works and that it’s something that we can release out into the marketplace. So, he takes a look at the idea before you even create it and he makes sure that what you’ve created is going to be something that people are going to buy before we even release it out into the world. We want to make sure that you’re successful. We want to make sure that you are going to get results from this. So, we want to make sure that everything that you’ve built is going to be the best possible product. Bonus number two is Mike’s AI software showcase. I’m going to give you screen recordings showing how I’ve built every tool that I’ve built so far with AI. I’m going to show this to you as proof that a non-coder can do this. A lot of times people say, “Oh, like that that’s great that you did it all, but I really want to see how what your process is, how you went through, what kind of changes that you made to things.” All these little things that you can really only only learn by watching someone actually do them. That’s going to be included as bonus number two. Bonus number three is the quick start accelerator. So, we’re going to be showing you exactly how to go from a finished product to having it listed live on JV Zoo the same day. This is one of those little things that some people they get caught up on. It’s something that shouldn’t be a hindrance to your success. We want to make sure that you’re able to get through this as fast as possible. So, we’ve got your back. Bonus number four is you’re going to have access to our private members community. That means that you’re going to be able to communicate with other students, be able to share ideas with them, get feedback between calls, and even get your questions answered when we’re not doing live office hours. So, that’s going to be included as bonus number four. That’s a $997 value. And we’re also going to give you the JV Zoo setup checklist. This is the exact stepbystep checklist that we use for every launch. Setting up your vendor accounts, payments for affiliates, all these different things, all included inside of this checklist. And now bonus number six, and this is the big one. This is the reason most people will join and that’s our 15,000 buyer promotion. This is priceless. When your product is ready, we are going to promote it to our email list, our buyers. It’s going to be our list, our buyers, and your product. You don’t have to find a single affiliate. You don’t have to go out there and beg people to promote for you. You don’t have to send an email. In fact, affiliates will end up reaching out to you once they see that your product is selling. They’ll raise their hands. They’ll promote because they want to. You build momentum on autopilot by leveraging our list. that’s going to give you that momentum that you need to attract more affiliates, get more sales, and it’s less work for you. Essentially, you’re we’re going to send the traffic and you collect the sales. And I want to remind you of the kind of damage that we can do when we promote something. We’re able to do $45,000 in sales from our Power Pages software promotion. We’re able to do over $18,000 from our AI image magic promotion. This is what we can do when we promote products. And when you make money, we make money. We’ll be promoting your product as an affiliate. That means that when we make sales of your product, we make money from it. You make money from it. We’re on a team together. So, the real total real value of this entire system is over $14,479

    in real value. You get access to the AI product empire core program, the launch insurance, Mike’s AI software showcase, the quick start accelerator, the private members community, the JVZoo setup checklist, and the 15,000 buyer promotion. all included inside of your investment. Now, people always want to know about guarantees. What can you guarantee? Well, here’s our guarantee. This is the you can’t fail guarantee. You show up, you follow through, and if you don’t have a working product by the end, you get a full refund. That’s it. We know that we can help you. We know that we can help you build this. You show up, attend the calls, engage in the process, you follow through, implement the strategies, you get a working product, and we will help you to have success with this. And if your product doesn’t sell when we promote it, we’re going to keep promoting it until it does. We don’t give up on you because as I said before, when you make money, we make money. Now, here’s the urgency. We’re starting today. Every day you wait, students ahead of you. They’re going to be picking their ideas, building their products, getting ready to launch. Brett will be personally reviewing every product that’s coming out. We need to make sure that we get our students in and that they’re able to get the most amount of success. That means that we can’t take in everyone. We have to put a limit. $1,997 is our group one pricing. It will go up after we get enough testimonials. This will not be the price again. Now you have two paths that you can go down today. Every decision, every day, two different destinations. Now path number one, you can keep on buying and year from now you might be in the same place, probably worse, probably less money, probably more confused.

    Or you can join us and you can use this system a proven step by step. You can leverage what’s already working. You can get the support and guidance that you need. You can work along people who actually care if you’re successful or not. Just remember, you describe it. AI builds it. We sell it. You collect. Go to aiprompire.com/join

    to get your spot right now. Don’t delay. Now remember, when you click, you’re going to get immediate access. You’ll get the idea generator, the sales page, magic AI, access to the members area, the weekly coaching calls, everything that I’ve talked about here today. In fact, you could have your first product idea tonight, even built by tomorrow and live on JBZoo next week. This isn’t a course. It’s not just a software. It’s not training videos. This is the solution that you’ve been looking for. You describe it. AI builds it, we sell it, you collect. So go to a productmpire.com/join

    and we’ll see you on the inside. Now, while you guys are clicking that link and joining, I’m just going to get a sip of water here and of course, we’ll answer any questions that you all have. Let me just get a sip of water.

    Okay, now I’m all I’m I’m mouth is a little bit dry, but I’m okay. So, congratulations so far to everyone who has joined. We are so excited to have you on. uh you’re going to be receiving all the access and everything immediately. So, make sure you go inside uh check your email, check JB Zoo. You should be able to get inside uh there immediately and start going through uh and just checking it all all out. So, just if you have any questions about anything, we have our support desk open. Uh we’re uh you can join the Facebook group. We’re going to be in there. Brett and I are I don’t want to say notorious, but we are known for being very active and responding very very quickly. And yes, you’re going to get your questions answered. I’ve got a bunch of different questions here coming in, so we’re going to try to answer them uh as best we can. Uh Richard is asking, can we collect email addresses from those who purchase from us to our own email list? Yes, Richard. All your customers, like it’s your product, you get all your customer list. So essentially you you’re going to have that customer list of people coming in. You can start selling other products to them that you build. You can do affiliate marketing to them if you want to. Uh but you’re going to have complete access to your own customer list. We’re not here to take your customers away from you. It’s your product. Uh it’s your customer list. You know what’s interesting? All the money that I make from affiliate sales from like emailing, I got that by selling software. Like that’s how I got my customer list. That’s why I can make affiliate sales now. That’s how you build a list. Like people are like, “How do I build a list? How do I how do I do that? Where’s that come from?” And usually what happens is then they find out that they have to create a product in order to build a build a list. And before, like for Brett, that was easy. All he did was write some software, sell it, and he had a magical email list that he was able to get from that. Where me I wasn’t able to do that. It took me a lot longer to build my email list in the beginning than it did for Brett because he had that that magic magic ability that we now have now. Uh what is the Facebook group named? There’s going to be a there should be a link for a right inside Joe where you’re going to be able to access the Facebook group. You won’t you don’t just jo you when you join the program. So if you go to aiprompire.com/join once you join you get access inside you’ll be able to join that group. Uh let’s see. I want to try to answer all your questions. Do my best. Um, see. Okay. You’re welcome, Bryce. Uh, the Okay, so there’s two options for this. We’ve set it up. So, you can do the one-time payment and if you do one time, you save money. Uh, but you can do five five payments and it ends up being a little bit more. We wanted to make it open for different people have different budgets. Um the four if you do a 497 payment I think it’s 497499 uh it’s uh monthly for that there’s a there’s something I want to point out about that Mike to everybody sorry to interrupt you but there is no way if you take action come to our calls that it’s going to take you five months to build a product. Uh, so I’m going to say with the monthly fee with the if you choose the monthly option, understand that we’re trusting you that you’re going to pay us and not just create the product based on our training, get us to promote for you and it’s a thanks guys, piss off. So, so please, we’re giving you our our trust when we do that. We’re we’re hoping that after we do all this for you, you will still pay us. So, just keep that in mind. And I believe that they will, Brett, because I mean, I know there a lot of you on this call here are familiar with us. You know that we actually care. If you’re newer to us, um I mean, once you start working with us, you’re going to understand that we actually want you to get results. Um if you’re familiar with Brett, Brett can be a little bit uh rough around the edges sometimes, but he’ll it’s kind of like tough love. He’s not just going to say, “Oh, your product’s really nice. You should put that up.” Because he doesn’t want to hurt your feelings. He’s going to say this one. I would probably say if I was doing I would say well maybe not this one this time. But I would say no. It’s piece of [ __ ] It’s what what Brad would say to you. But that’s good because you’d much rather Wouldn’t you rather have someone give you the truth and tell you that and then spare you from from spending the extra time on getting it all set up and everything. I mean, it’s tough love, but it’s I I think it’s going to be helpful. See here. Um, I don’t know what that means, Joe. He says he’s in, but the page isn’t opening. Um, but send me a support message. I’m going to give you my support email. Yeah, I don’t know what that means. Pages. I don’t know what the page is, but I do want to help you out. Yeah, Joe, send send him a support send Brett a support ticket. Um, and he’ll help you out with that. Let’s see. Okay. Uh Lei says, “Can you please talk about maintaining the product long term? How does that work?” Okay, so actually want to say something. As a developer, I think I can maybe give a good answer to that. So one of the biggest issues that that had that happens with products is that you might notice somebody use one of my products. For example, um uh Vidies was a software that I had and um it was written before in a version of PHP that no longer exists. So, PHP is a programming language is written in a programming language that no longer exists. Um, so in order for me to update that, I would have had to gone back and retype hundreds of thousands of lines of code. Now, with AI, all you have to do is say, rewrite this for the new version of PHP. It’s that easy.

    I don’t really even know what PHP is. I think it’s kind of like a software. I’m I think people use it to make like WordPress sites. I I don’t know. I I honestly like this is why Brett gets so pissed off because I really like I would I consider myself a little more technical than some people. Like I can make an HTML link or something if I look at it and I copy and paste and stuff, but that’s pretty much it. But um yeah, I don’t understand any of that. So all you have to do if you had an issue with updating, you just can can do that. You can also we’ll talk and talk about this in the training too. You could also make your product have reoccurring income in it. So, it makes sense for you to kind of maintain it. Uh we also we’re going to teach you to make stuff as well that maybe you’re going to actually use yourself. So, if you if you use it yourself, maybe you’re going to have an incentive uh to keep it updated. So, stuff like that that we’ll talk about inside the inside the training. But, it’s good. I’m glad that you are interested in keeping it up and live. And it’s a lot, like Brett said, it’s a lot easier to keep it live when you’re doing it with AI. How is customer service handled if a customer reports a tech bug in the created product? So, Neil, uh, when I was creating my last product, Vid Overlay, uh, Brett was beta testing it for me. So, Brett was using it. You might have seen if you if you looked at our recent product launch that we did, uh, Brett was able to to make money with it. He he got like $16,000 that he made using it. It was pretty crazy. And the reason why he was able to do that is because he was actually using the software. So he would come to me and he’d say, “Mike, this isn’t working. Mike, this can you fix this?” And all I would do is I would copy and paste what Brett told me about what the error was. And I go back into the AI and say, “This is a problem that someone is is having. Fix it.” And it fixes it for me. Like that’s how you That’s how you fix a tech bug. And it’s it’s that easy. the AI does it for you. Um, Lei says, “I bought products that I tried to log in months later and the links were broken. I feel cheated. I don’t want this to happen to my customers who buy my product.” And that’s I love hearing that from you, Lee, because that means that you can now be one of the good guys. you can be one of the the people that’s actually creating products and keep them up, keep them maintained. There’s no reason, there’s really nothing to do after a product is launched other than I mean, if someone reports a bug, you fix it, which is what I just said before. I mean, there’s really no reason why you’re not going to keep that product maintained in the long run. And we’re going to also we’ll talk about different ways of taking that product when neat thing that you can do is for example with Vid Overlay. this was the first version of Vid Vid Overlay in a year from now or even six months from now. There’s nothing from stopping us from adding in a couple more features to it and then selling it again and making more money with it. So, we have an incentive to kind of keep working on it and keep it alive, so to speak. So, you can be the the change that you want to see in the world. You you can be that. Let’s see here.

    Uh, how long would you have access to it? We’re not taking it down, Le. You’re going to have access to it for as long as you need it. Like by the time that that you’re that shouldn’t be something that you’re going to have any we’re not like going to say, “Oh, you have to be in there for you’ve got 30 days to be in there, then you’re done.” No, you’re going to have access to it like forever as long as we’re still alive.

    Um, trying to get to all your um, okay, Sander Brad will take a look at that. I think he’s he’ll he’ll fix that for you. Uh, do we need to get any Okay, that’s a good question. Do we need to get any external OpenClaw Hermes accounts or other software after joining AI product empire to imple to implement build cell? So, there’s multiple different ways that you can build software with AI. Um, the ones that I recommend for people that are just starting there. There’s some, you know, I’ll talk about it in the program. They can they’re free to join to get started and they can be anywhere from like $25 a month. Uh, sometimes maybe 50 bucks a month if you’re depending upon your use. It depends upon what you’re doing. If you’re if you’re building a ton of software and you’re cranking out 10 software a week, uh then you’re it’s going to cost you a little bit more. But it’s nothing that is crazy. It’s not like uh we used to do training on building software years ago and we would tell our students that you need to have at least $500 to $1,000 to build your first software and then you need to have at least $300 to $500 to get a sales page created for it. Now it’s something that costs $500 to a,000 to get a very very basic software created. That was then that was like we were talking about creating like a very very basic WordPress plug-in that was very very simple. Uh we can do much more complicated software uh for pennies what used to be thousands of of dollars to do. So it’s amazing and as in regards to the sales pages we give you a software that will do the sales pages for you. You don’t even have to pay for that anymore. So I hope that answers your question. Joe says it worked. Great, Joe. Glad to have you inside. Uh, excited to to see your results. This is exciting. Um, I think there’s an Okay. Okay. I think you’re all set. I’m You guys are excited. I’m trying to get through these. Uh, would we be able to build more than one product with this program if we want to? When you do this, when you go in and you make your first product, I think you’re going to become addicted to it because once you’ve created your first one and you’ve got those results from that, not only are you going to not be starting from zero anymore, you’re going to have your product, you’re going to have the knowledge, it’s going to be much faster to build your next ones, and you’re going to have an email list. So, let’s say you decide that you want to create another software and and the week after you want to promote it to your leads. You you can take your customer list and you could send you could send them an email. You now don’t need us anymore. You can actually give your own product a boost. Uh you can start getting momentum in places like JVZoo. uh they can start getting because of that when they start seeing sales coming in the likelihood that you can get picked this product a day rapidly things just start snowballing. It’s so it’s so much easier which is the reason why so many people that would start and try to do this before why it was so hard is because even if you did create a software to try to as a complete beginner and as a nobody it’s hard to get uh affiliates to promote for you when when you’re a nobody. which is why we wanted to make it a no-brainer by saying, “Okay, not only are we going to help you to create your software, but we’re going to promote it for you and get that ball rolling.” And if JVZoo sees that you have sales coming in, the likelihood that they’re going to pick you for product of the day increases. And then if they pick you, I mean, we got I think from our previous launch, we got like 130 sales just from them. Then from one before that, we got like 200 or something. It was just from JV Zoo promoting. They did ridiculous amount of sales. I mean, they they can send a lot of sales if they see that your product is converting and doing well, which which is why. But yeah, you can you can make more products. Uh, when does the launch end? I mean, may may need to wait for my next credit card statement to be issued. There’s a timer on that page, Neil. When that timer runs out, we’re pulling it down. So, just look at the look at the timer. And if you say, “I’m I missed it.” We’re going to say, “Sorry.” We’re going to say, “We’re going to focus on our customers that we have right now, get them results.” Um, probably in the future, months in the future, we’ll probably open this up again. But when we do that, like I said before, we’re going to raise the price up. We’re going to have the the testimonials from our customers. And the reason why that helps us is it’s kind of a win-win situation when we have customers that come in and get results. We’re able to show those results on a a sales call like this and people will be like, “Oh, look. Okay, so they got results. These guys aren’t aren’t full of it. Makes it easier easier for us to sell. So we have a a monetary reason as well. We we really do want you to get results. But we also have another reason to get you results as well because the more results, the better results you get, the easier it is for us to sell. We can raise the price, we can make more money from it. I think makes sense to you. Um, aside from helping to promote on JVZoo, can we also promote on our own website and social platforms? You can do whatever you want later on, Lee, but we will tell you to promote on JVZoo because that’s where we promote. That’s where we get the most results. that has the whole JVZoo product of the day potential where you can get you you can potentially get that uh them to promote your product product. So if you promote on some website like I don’t know whether they have like gum shoe or lemon squeezy or all these different payment platforms that you could potentially go and put your product on. The great thing about JVZoo is that it has that internal affiliate system and the fact that JVZoo can pick you as product of the day. Can we switch credit cards after joining to make future monthly payments? Probably, Neil. If that’s becomes an issue, just put in a support ticket. And I mean, I can help you with that. If we need to switch you up, we can. And that’s I don’t see why not. But yeah,

    if you want to start with one and continue on with another, just just let us know. I mean, you’re you’re going to have our you’re going to be in the Facebook group and you’re going to be on the call, so we’ll we’ll have communication together. Uh, would I be able to be an affiliate for you guys? Uh, we’re not really looking for affiliates right now, Robert. Um, that’s not

    not really something. And and people that are joining and doing their own products. They’re not really going to be needing affiliates, which is the nice thing. They’re not going to have to go around and start begging people and messaging them and people that they don’t know to please send me traffic. That’s already built in because you’ve got us. So, we don’t really that’s that’s not something that really matters with this. Yeah. We don’t we don’t really need that. Thank you. That’s nice of you, but we don’t we don’t really need affiliates at this point. Um, what platforms? We have multiple different platforms, Ken, that we use, and I’ll go through that inside the training and show you exactly how the different ones work and which ones I like and which ones I don’t. I’ve used multiple different ones to do that. Uh, how technical do we need to be? I’m very low tech, Lee. I’m also very low tech. If you can kind of think about what your product is and have the like use the idea generator to kind of come up with the ideas for you, it will help you figure it out. And plus, you’re going to have us to bounce your ideas off of. You’ll have the group. Uh you don’t you do not need to be technical at all. This is why we don’t just send you a training and say good luck. This is this is why we’re here with you to to help you to to actually get results with it. Um, how can we build an email list while making product sales? So, when you make a product sale, Neil, when you when you sell your your uh software, so for example, we’ll we send an email out to our subscriber list, we send them to your sales page and people buy and they end up uh joining your email list because they’re your customer now. Uh then that means that you actually have those customers on your list. so you can keep on promoting to them. That’s that’s how you build your email list. That’s how Brett built his email list. Everybody knows their email list. It’s how everyone does it. It’s the the best way to build an email list because I don’t care about all these You might have heard people talk about freebie seekers. Freebie seekers are the ones that you go and they opt in. and you say, “I’m going to give you a you have a page like a squeeze page and you say, “Give me your email and I’ll send you my free report or I’ll send you my free uh training or whatever.” Those people are freebie seekers and they don’t become a buyer until they’ve actually pulled out their credit card and actually bought something. And that’s that’s when you know that this is an actual real person that is valuable and that you want to actually have uh doing that. Uh let’s see.

    Mike, we lost your camera.

    I don’t know what happened to Mike. I think he might have disappeared. There he is. He’s back. I’m right here. No, Robert, we don’t use Lovable. I don’t even know what that is. Uh Neil asks, “Uh, what percentage of each of our product sales do you and Brett take?” Uh, so when you launch a product in JVZoo, you’re going to have to give you’re going to be expected to give a 50% commission. Uh, so a 50% commission to all the affiliates that promote for you. Uh, which is great though because that means you’re getting half of the money. They’re doing all the work. Uh, you know, 50% is standard. Yeah. Uh, let’s see.

    In general, how many weeks, months does it take to produce a product? That’s an interesting question, Lee, and that’s going to depend upon you. So, if if you’re really into this and you’re and you’re fast, I mean, you technically could have a product today technically, but you have to learn. You have to take advice from us. You’re going to have to listen to us, take instruction from us. I’m assuming that if you were able to do this by yourself that you would have done it by now. So, I’m assuming that you’re not in that position. You’re not an expert. We’re not talking to to Brett Reteki on this call. you’re not an expert, that you’re someone that needs help. So, I’m assuming that it’s going to take you a little bit longer to do that, but everyone’s going to be different time frames. I’ve personally, now that I know how to do this, uh, I can put out a software in a day. I can go and like, and the reason why it sometimes takes a little bit time because you put into the AI and it has to do the work for you. So, what I’ll do is I’ll be sitting at my on my couch and I’ll like have either a coffee or have a beer or something depending upon the time of day and I’ll be writing I’ll be I’ll put tell the the software to do something the AI to do something for me and then it’ll it’ll start writing it. Maybe takes 5 minutes 10 minutes to do it and then I come back and I see what it’s done. I and it it even talk it can even kind of talk to you and tell you like okay we built this now let’s work on this. It’s it’s incredible. It’s We actually have a a real world example though, Mike, because you’re forgetting that we gave this uh early access to this to Eric. Oh, yeah. Yes. We actually gave early access to this to the guy who’s probably going to be my future son-in-law. Um, you know, I I I know that they needed to think I want my daughter and her her boyfriend to be able to make some money. So, I gave him early access to the software. Now, we haven’t really started the live calls or anything yet, but you know, he’s we got access to the members area and was following the pre-recorded training. Um, he has software already made. Uh, I haven’t checked it out yet, but he has software tools that he’s built and that I’m going to tell you what, you know, I shouldn’t talk about the guy that might be in my family. So, that guy is dumb and he was able to build software quickly and he is not smart. Okay. Don’t watch the replay. Yeah. I hope he doesn’t see the I hope he’s not on this call right now. He’s going to prove you wrong. He’s going to see this. He’s like, I’m going to I’m going to show that that guy who’s dumb and he’s going to end up creating the the best software out there. But yeah, so he he made software. We gave him early access. So within a week, you know, he he was like message me and honestly I had to tell him like wait for the live call. He’s like, “Oh, look, I built this, look, I built that. Look at And if he can do it in a week, I trust me, I believe anybody can do it in a week.” Okay. Yeah, it’s anyone anyone can do this. That’s why that’s why we had I I preface that whole thing with the if people got that take the monthly option. I know there’s no way this is going to take if as long as you’re actually doing what we tell you coming to the calls and taking action. There’s no way it’s going to take you 5 months. There’s no way. That’s why I said, “Hey, if you if you guys do do the monthly option, please don’t cheat us. Actually pay us.” You know, Neil is asking, “How long does it take for JVZoo to pay after each sale is made?” I know that JVZoo for like new people that join, they kind of put you through a little bit of a of a period so that they don’t get scammed so someone doesn’t come in and do a bunch of chargebacks on them. So, I don’t know how long that takes, but you’re going to get paid your money. I mean, you’ve waited this long to get paid. Like, what’s waiting just a little bit longer to have your money come in gonna going to hurt? I think it’s 30 days for new people, Mike. 30 for new. Okay. It’s much less for I think you you wait like three days or five days. I don’t know. I I wait three days. Three days, but if you’re new, it might take 30 days because they want to make sure they’re protecting themselves, which I don’t blame them. Yeah. Joe says, “I think it goes to escrow for 30 days and then they’ll transfer it to you and you’ve got your money.” They don’t want to keep your money. They don’t They want to send you your money. They just don’t want to get a bunch of chargebacks and find out that someone just screwed them over. That’s all. Uh, let’s see. I’m going to try to get all to all these questions here if I can. Uh, I answered this one.

    How Okay, we already answered the technical question. Okay. Can they transfer to your PayPal or your bank account? I have them, Neil. They transfer the money to my bank account. I think that’s how you do it too, Brad. Is that I I have them transferred to my bank account as well, but I do know PayPal is an option because I use PayPal for years. Um Oh, yeah. There’s an option. You’re right. Yeah. And and then PayPal written me out for like eight grand, so I don’t really use them anymore. Okay. So, Lee’s asking, “So, we pay 50% for affiliates to promote. Do we also split commission with you and Brett?” No. So, if we send you a sale, you’re going to pay us the same commission that you would pay to an affiliate. So, we’re your affiliates, okay? We’re your affiliates. So, if you have a 50% affiliate commission that you’re paying to affiliates, then you’re going to give us 50% just like you would give to when if JVZoo promotes, you’ll give them a 50% commission. Whatever that commission is that you decide to to give, that’s what we’re going to get. But the other money from that, that’s all yours. That’s we don’t we’re not doing a JV agreement or anything like that. You are this is your product. Real world example. you guys pick this and you know you you we create a product, we get on JVZoo, Mike and I start promoting it for you, we send 20,000 in sales for you, uh you’re going to take home 10,000 of that in your pocket. Uh which is actually good though, too, because this is one of the advantages of having me and Mike promote. When people when we promote your your product is going to show up as the top seller, which means other people are going to want to promote. They’re going to want to get in on it. Uh so you’ll actually end up with even more affiliates, too.

    Um, Joe, I think you’re asking questions about the the weekly calls there. I don’t I don’t know how to do the whole Google calendar reminder. I think you need to know if you can get a Google calendar for the webinar. Um, Joe, I this is this is me with the tough love. Uh, it’s your responsibility to show up to the calls. It’s just like you’re you know, it’s like it’s like your but it’s like it’s your responsibility. If you need to set up a Google calendar for yourself, you need to set up something on your phone, you need to write post-it notes on your computer, get to the calls. That’s your responsibility to get to them. We will be there every week, and we want you there, too. But, I mean, we’re not going to call you up and remind you to come. You know, you you have to do that on your own. Ken, you’re asking about, you said you missed the webinar. How much is the program? Well, you could go to the link and look. Uh, but it’s 1,997 one time or uh five payments of essentially $500 if you want to break it down. Let’s see. Neil has a good question about upsells. Uh, Neil, for for your first product, um, I would actually suggest, this is just me, I don’t know, Mike might disagree, but for your first product, I would actually suggest that you don’t have upselles, that you create a product that Mike and I can sell at mid-t price. So 97 197 uh we do very well with that that price range. Not have upsales and then you can say on your sales page no upsales. People like that. Get it all for $197 and every sale we send you you’re going to put 100 bucks in your pocket. Uh so I would actually suggest you to start with you save yourself that trouble especially given the fact that the whole mindset of of people these days they don’t like upselles. They’re willing to pay mid ticket for for you know a good product. Think of like a bundle type of a situation. You’re going to put everything everything that your product does. You’re not going to try to break it down into like it does 10 10 things and then you say, “Oh, no. You got to get unlimited do this.” That’s going to over complicate things for you on your first on your first rodeo. So, we just want to make it as simple as possible and not over complicate it. Let’s see. Uh, can I answer that one?

    Uh so once we create a product and maintain it well the product is ours and can be sold indefinitely. Yes. Once you create your product not our product it’s your product all yours. We don’t take your product from you. We don’t say oh you need to you need to pay us for that indefinitely. If you make if you make sales on you need to pay us. No. If we send you if we promote it and we send you sales you pay us as an affiliate. But let’s say you go out there and like like we said before, JVZoo, they pick you as product of the day. All that money that you make from them, we don’t see any of it. That’s all yours. Let’s say you want to promote this in the future. You’ve got other places. You were talking about promoting it on your website or whatever it is. Lee, all that’s yours. It’s going to be your product. Great question.

    Uh what day and time of the week will the training calls be? I believe they’re Thursdays, Neil, at 10:00 a.m. if I recall correctly. And if you can’t attend, we do have a Facebook group. You can ask questions in the Facebook group if you need me to answer something in the weekly calls. If you need me to I mean, I’m you’re going to find that we’re very helpful. We will help you as much as you help yourself is what happens with this. We are Bren I always say we’ll stay on the call until you are done asking questions.

    Robert says, “I went to your support desk and requested a new password. Did not receive one in my email yet. How long do I have to wait to get a new password?” Uh, Robert, well, I’m not in the support desk right now. I’m on the call. But, uh, you didn’t I don’t ever send people passwords and emails. That’s unsecure. Uh, log into JVZoo, access your purchase. Uh, you’ll see you log into JVZoo, you’ll see all your purchases. Click the button that says access that purchase uh for whichever you you bought the the one time or the monthly and you will be able to create your own password and sign up to your own account. That’s the way I always do it because now I don’t even know your password. That’s as secure as it could possibly be. Are there AI fees to produce software? Yes, Ken. You you’ll need to sign up for a service to to do this. You can sign up for a lot of them for free and once you start using them and using them heavily, there are some fees. They’re not a lot. You can do them for like $25 a month for some of them. It’s really really cheap. You we’re talking about building software that’s going to potentially create thousands of dollars in income. This isn’t this isn’t back even two three years ago, two years ago where we would have told you if we were selling you a training on how to create software and sell it on JVZoo, we would have told you you need to have a budget of at least 500 to a,000. And that probably would have been on the low end. Probably would have ended up maybe costing more if you wanted something really nice. Bid overlay that I just that we just released. If I had gone to Brett and said and I and I wasn’t partners with him. Let’s let’s not use me as an example. Let’s say if someone had gone to Brett and said, “Brett, uh, I have this idea for a product that’s going to put videos over over pages. Can you code this for me?” Brett, I I know your I know you’re answering this. Take I know where this is coming from. First of all, I would Today I wouldn’t do it. Okay. Today, I would have stole your idea. That’s a great idea. Back when I was back when I was freelancing 10 grand

    easy$10,000,000 because I for two reasons. One, the amount of work and two, I know you’re going to make money on it. So, you’re going to pay me or else you’re not going to have anything.

    Good questions, guys. Let’s see. Uh, Robert says, “I bought it. I bought it through you guys before.” Well, you didn’t buy this before us. You definitely didn’t buy this from us. Yeah, this isn’t Robert. This is brand new. This is ne We’ve never released this before. The first time it’s coming out.

    Um, okay. Let’s see.

    All right. Well, if you uh can log in to Lee says he can’t log into JVZoo. Um yeah, if you um if you buy this, just uh you’ll get a receipt email and just send you your receipt ID or even your your purchase email and I can look it up and I I will create an account for you manually. Um and I’m going to actually forward you uh I’m going to forward your email too if you don’t mind. If you do that, I’ll forward it to Laura Castleman. She’s the CEO of JVZoo Keller that you’re having problems with uh logging into your account and that support hasn’t been helping you. Yeah, she’s not going to be happy with that. No, she’s not going to be happy with that at all. Robert, that’s a completely different software. Um, please put in a support ticket to Brett about that. We’re not going to talk about that right now.

    Um, who helps with support if people have problems with the software? Uh, yeah. Yeah, this a new question. Okay. So, if someone has a problem with your software, you’re going to help them with the support. But here’s the thing. You can if they ask you a question, they’ve got a problem, you can take it and put it into the AI and the AI will fix it for you. And also, if you have a problem like you can’t figure it out, well, you’re not in this alone. You’ve got me and Brett and you’ve got other students there to help you, too. You’re not doing this alone anymore. But anytime I have any issues, uh, I just go into the AI and it fixes it for me because again, I don’t know how to fix code. I can’t just log in and and fix it. I have no idea.

    Uh, let’s see. If you guys have any more questions, please put them in the chat. Uh because we do have our students that have just joined. I want to get in there and start uh communicating with them and and welcoming them in. But if you guys have any questions, I’m happy to to answer them for you. I’m excited to start in on this journey. Uh Thursday, it’s the second of next month. 10 a.m. second. Okay.

    second of next month 10:00 a.m. because Yeah, because we’re gonna shut this down. Um, yeah, I think that a bunch of times. You can sell your products anywhere you want, but if you want us to promote them, you have to sell them on JVZoo, too. So, you can sell them on JVZoo, let me and Mike promote it, make your money, and then what you do after that is completely up to you. You can use Warrior Plus later, ClickBank, JV Zoo, JV Launchpad or whatever. Um, I’ll tell you though this one thing, Neil, don’t over complicate this. Just JV Zoo, you you’ve known that you already have people that are saying, “We’re going to send you traffic right now.” Don’t over complicate it. Just take that. And then I mean I don’t know if if you think if if you think that you should put this on like place like Warrior Plus that you’re magically going to start getting sales. The problem is you’re going to get put it on there and like no one’s going to have heard of you on there. You’re not going to have any sales record and it’s going to be difficult. We’re solving that problem for you by putting this on JBZoo. You’re going to start building up your sales record, building up your reputation and it’s just so much easier. We’re trying to make this as easy for you as possible. Yeah, honestly I I’ll tell you what’ll happen, Neil. Uh if you take this and you put take you say you decide you take that, you create a product, you follow our training, you put on Warrior Plus, and I promise you this is what will happen. Put on Warrior Plus, you say, you know what, I don’t want Brett and Mike. I’m going to do this on my own. You will get zero sales. You will not get a single sale. And here’s why. Those people on Warrior Plus know that they’re giving you their buyer emails. They’re not just going to give you that. They don’t know who you are.

    Um um so you promote just once to your 15,000 list, right? You promote one time to your to our uh You have to keep in mind though, I’m sorry. I want to clarify, Mike. I know you’re saying you promote one time. A promo isn’t an email. That’s why I don’t want her to get confused from that. It’s not like we’re going to send out one email and say, “Here’s this product. You should check it out.” No, a promo is a promo, which means we’re going to build bonus pages. We’re going to give away extras. We’re going to make YouTube videos. We’re going to send out multiple emails during your launch period. It’s not like we’re just going to send one one email, say, “Hey, check this product.” No, we are going to do what we do for Todd Gross, what we do for Neil Napier, what we do for all the other guys that we promote for. We are going to send sales to you. We can say it’s a campaign that we’re going to do. Yes. which one campaign we should be saying. Yeah, it’s not promo. You’re welcome. Well, guys, like I said before, I’m going to I’m going to wrap this up soon. I think we’ve answered. If there’s any question that we didn’t get to, I’ve tried to go down through here and answer as many as I as I could, as well as as many as I see. So, there’s any questions that I haven’t been able to answer, go ahead and put them in the chat box if there’s anything else that you were curious about. But if not, I think we’re gonna wrap this up.

    Last question. Go for it. I’m I’m waiting for it. What’s the time commitment?

    I mean, it’s What’s the time? As much time as you need. I don’t know how how long it’s going to take you to to do. Are you are you if you’re to asking is this going to take you 8 hours a day to do it shouldn’t I mean in the beginning whenever you’re learning something new it’s going to take you longer to do it in the beginning than it’s going to be after you’ve started to to start doing it um I can I can make a software in a day if I if I want to I can sit down and just at my computer doing it doing other things walking around working on other stuff play some games do all that stuff. I can make a software in a day, but sometimes I get into it and my wife will find me awake at 2 in the morning cuz I’m really excited about something and I want to keep on working on it. Like, you never know. I don’t What I would ask yourself this is Lee is I would ask you I would ask yourself, how long will it take you working at a job to make similar money? For example, let’s just say you make five grand. How long will it take you to make five grand? Do you make $50 an hour? If you do, then that’s 100 hours. So, if you can make the same five grand in a quarter of that time, is it worth it? Instead of asking about the time commitment you’ll take to make to to to be successful, think about the money and then think how long you would have to work, like an actual job to make that money. That’s what I did when I first got started. When I was writing my first software and I’m sitting here typing away code, I wasn’t I’m not sitting here. I’ve actually have a new desk, but sitting at my old desk typing away code. All I could think to myself is, you know, I could be working at a job for $12 an hour, $15 an hour. It would take me I would never make this much money. Uh, so that’s what I would ask yourself. Ask yourself the question in reverse. How long would you have to work to make similar money if you decided to just go to a job instead? He says, “Thank you.” That’s a great way to think about it. Brett’s always good at these things. He’s always good at these little If you put in two hours a day, I think you’ll have a software by the f the end of the by the end of the second week. Honestly, I do too. And I think you’ll if you’re excited about if you’ve done that and you put in the time, I think you’re going to be really excited and you’re not going to be able to stop doing it. That those are the kind of people that we’re looking for. The kind of people we’re looking for to join are people that are excited, that see the opportunity in this, that understand that they’re not going to be alone, uh, and are willing to put in a a little bit of effort to make it happen. I know no one wants to talk about doing any work or anything. You’re going to have to like follow the training, ask questions. What’s that? You’re gonna have to type a little bit. Type a little bit. That’s all. Not even typing as like a coder. If you if you looked at all the code that Brett has written, he’s written novels of code. I have a one terabyte hard drive that saves backups to every software I’ve ever written. It’s full. It’s a one terabyte. To put that into perspective, that’s the equivalent of about 100 full length albums. You’re prolific,

    guys. Thank you so much for coming on. Um, congratulations again to those of you that are inside. We look forward to working from you. And if this wasn’t for you, that’s fine. Um, I hope you’ve got something else that that you’re going to be working on. Something else that you know it’s going to work work for you. But there’s no magic button out there that’s just going to magically I know people want to sell it to you. A push button magic button that’s going to spit out money over and over again. This is about as close as as that as you can get to something like that. But this is actually real. This is a real thing. Brad, do you want to say anything before we let him go? I just want to thank everybody for coming and um you know, like as always, even if you decide this isn’t for you, I I hope you got value from the call and I hope you take action in whatever, you know, path you decide to go on moving forward. Talk to you guys soon.

  • 06/22/2026 – Emergency Debate – The Death of the Middle Class – Only the Top 1% will Survive

    There is literally no example on planet earth of a high functioning society without big government. That’s not true. Big government is sucking the life out of small businesses. And I spent countless hours with businesses and they’re like you can’t succeed in the UK. As soon as you earn anything, they’ll just tax it off you. So pop off to Dubai, run the business virtually and pay no tax. It’s idiotic. I don’t know how you can look at that and think this is a good system. No. No. I’m saying what needs to happen is reduce the taxes and the pressure on the small businesses cuz everyone in this economy needs to own stuff. We need to own a house, own a business, and own shares. But not everybody can be an entrepreneur. Correct. Look, it would be wonderful if everybody owned something. But ownership starts with earning enough money so that you can save money so that you can begin to own something. So the problem is wages because most people want to be able to go to work and be treated decently. I want to earn enough money so that I can feel secure. I just want to be married. These have kids, own a house. All that. That’s what you most people want. And I want that for everyone. That’s gone away. Houses are unaffordable. Local jobs don’t exist. Technology has cut out all the middlemen. No one’s paying healthy wages. We have the most unhappy population. And if you want to fix that, you have to enact this. Well, I’ve seen Nick’s policies implemented, and I don’t feel it’s enough. You haven’t seen all of the policies. But we need people to know that the rules that we grew up with have changed and people have to learn the rules of this new economy. Yes. Yes. Yes. I totally agree. And if you want to get the economy back on track, the starting point is Nick, I want to start with your background and your context so I can understand your perspective and who you are. You sold a company for almost $7 billion. Correct. And what’s so fascinating about you is you typically billionaires have a certain narrative and perspective on the world. You seem to have a very different one. I do. Who are you? Where have you come from? And what is your perspective on the world as it relates to the subjects that you know we’re going to discuss today? I was raised in a civic family, I should say. What does that mean? It means a family that takes uh civic responsibility seriously. Uh but we were middle class people and my father started to work for this tiny uh family business that uh his his father had started manufacturing bed pillows and down comforters which is how I got my start in business. And to make an incredibly long story short, I had a very early intuition uh about the internet u and uh the role that it would play in commerce. And as luck would have it, I had a friend who agreed with that proposition and his name was Jeff Bezos. And so he wanted to start an e- retailer. He was working in New York uh uh for a hedge fund uh dating one of my closest friends. And for a variety of reasons, he ended up sending his stuff from New York to Seattle to my house and we started Amazon.com together. But from that started starting other tech companies. you know, I’ve helped run, you know, manufacturing businesses, e-commerce businesses. my friends and I own a bank, you know, like that, you know, and I think that that very broad perspective on markets began to inform an intuition that everything that people are taught about economics today that sort of the conventional view is a pack of lies and that if you take it seriously and enact policy on the basis of it, the only thing that can happen is that the rich will get richer and everyone else will get poorer. And uh you know a signal piece of that evidence for me you sort of a thing that really sort of galvanized my interest was that I got a look at the IRS tax tables in 2007 2008 which showed American income shares in the history of that and in 1980 the top 1% of Americans shared about 8 12% of national income. uh by 2007 that 8% had grown to 22% as I recall. So triple largely as a share of national income. While the bottom 50% of Americans their share fell from about 18% in 1980 to 12% in about 2007. And what I did is I took those numbers and I stuck them in a spreadsheet and said, “What happens if this trend continues for another 30 years?” And the answer is revolution. You know, it’s just it’s just arithmetic because you cannot sustain a capitalist democracy if the top 1% controls 45 or 50% of income and the bottom 50% shares five. This is not a deep political insight. This is just math. And I and I freaked out and decided that I needed to devote myself to trying to figure out why this happened and how you could how you could fix it. And so I have been writing about this and working on it since then. Why did this feel so important to you? I’ve heard you talk about pitchforks. Even a cursory reading of history will tell you that when societies get as unequal as the societies we now live in, uh, terrible things start to happen. This leads to either a police state or a revolution. And I believe that the pitchforks are here. I think the Trump administration is the is the, you know, one of the canonical examples of a society beginning beginning to tear itself apart. And I just think it’s the responsibility of people with power and resources to do the right thing. Dan, same question for you. Yeah, I grew up in Australia and um as a teenager, I discovered entrepreneurship. I got an entrepreneurial mentor uh very early on and I did two years in a startup and it was really exciting and I loved it. Um and I felt like I discovered a cheat code in life which was entrepreneurship and starting businesses and small businesses and then at 21 I went off and started my own company which was my first agency and it grew really rapidly. Uh went from zero to a million in its first year and then 10 million in year three and it was like this exciting young company with all these cool young people working there and living there. We actually kind of did. Yeah, we actually were in a big house and we kind of spent a lot of time together. Yeah, I just fell in love with entrepreneurship and small business and family business and all of those kind of things. And I also 15 years ago started an entrepreneur accelerator where people who want to get together and talk about entrepreneurship and figure out how to run their businesses can get together and and figure out how to do that. Um so for the last 15 years I’ve spent uh countless hours with uh 5 a half thousand businesses all over the world who are getting together talking about how entrepreneurship works. And over the years I’ve also come to a similar conclusion that the technological revolution that we’ve seen in the last 25 years has hollowed out the middle class. And I basically said I can’t play by the rules that I grew up in. I have to learn the rules of this new economy, this digital economy pretty quickly or else I’m going to be displaced and disrupted. Um and I don’t have a fallback position. I I didn’t come from any form of wealth or money. Um I also didn’t take on any venture capital. I self-funded, bootstrapped uh my own businesses by cobbling together credit cards and things like that. And yeah, I I think one of the things that I really truly believe is that we are in a very big danger at the moment that if more people can’t participate in the benefits of capitalism, they’re going to do crazy things and vote in socialism. uh and the pitchforks will come and inequality is going to be a toxic corrosive force uh in the economy. So like I’m a capitalist who wants lots of people to benefit from capitalism. That’s been my whole shtick for forever. Um and I just want to include more people in the benefits of capitalism before we do do dumb things. And I guess the question therefore is how how do we do that? The prevailing narrative and I think one of the most dominant narratives is we tax people like us a lot more. What’s your view of that Daniel? So, it’s very easy to have a bad guy of a rich person. Uh, so you could imagine this billionaire rich person, right? Nick maybe could be a bad guy. Uh, and you could sort of do that. When I look at the economy and what’s draining it out, um, it’s it’s harder to conceptualize, but we have these mega corporations and we have these mega funds. So, here in the UK, all the houses are being bought up by Black Rockck, a massive private equity fund that wants the entire population to be a rental class forever. And you know, our prime minister has walked down Downing Street handinhand with the CEO of this big fund saying, “Yeah, come in and and buy up stuff um and financialized houses and that is causing a lot of trouble.” And then you’ve got big companies like Microsoft, like Amazon, and they say, “Hey, we want to do business in your country, but we don’t want to pay tax there. We want to pretend that we’re in Luxembourg or we want to pretend that we’re in Ireland and we’re going to send something from our British warehouse to our British consumer but we’re not really in Britain at that time so we don’t pay tax. And then you got Starbucks that says, you know, we we want to do business and sell coffee next to mom and dad family business coffee shop, but we have to pay this license fee for the Starbucks logo and that has to go to Bermuda and you know, so so when I look at who’s hollowing out the middle class, you’ve got massive mega corp businesses uh that are the absolutely bigger than we could have ever conceived them to be. They’re as big as nations now. Um and you’ve got mega corp funds which are also trillion dollar funds. And one thing I’m worried about is that a lot of people think that a guy like me who’s basically a dynamic entrepreneurial person uh or even a billionaire like Nick is the enemy. And you know when you get a a James Dyson who invents a cool vacuum cleaner and sells a lot of them, that’s not the enemy. When you get Paul McCartney who writes a bunch of songs and becomes a famous beetle and makes a billion dollars, that’s not the enemy. The enemy is the financialization of our homes. The enemy is big mega corpse that don’t want to pay tax. And that’s where we need to we need to be a little bit more nuanced and clear who’s hollowing out the middle class and how do we make policy choices to make sure that doesn’t happen. So you’re saying taxing the rich isn’t the answer. Taxing the rich is like a headline that creates enemies who aren’t actually the enemies. But so let’s just say in the UK then if you were prime minister, would you increase the tax rate on the top 1%. You could do that for political reasons because it would make people feel good, but it won’t change the economy. What needs to happen is we need a thriving entrepreneurial class. Small businesses are the answer. The biggest mistake the the UK government is making is they don’t see that the 5.7 million small businesses are their biggest asset. That we could get those going, that we could create an entrepreneurial uplift that would create jobs and it would create better opportunities. I would definitely curb the issue that we’re having with these uh mega funds and I would definitely stop pretending that Amazon is in Luxembourg and Google’s in Ireland. Right. So those sorts of things I would definitely do. What about yourself, Nick? Would you do you want the top 1% to pay more taxes? Is that important? So, it is not true that the richest people in the United States pay a lot of tax because the the American tax system is riddled with loopholes that allow the richest citizens to pay taxes at a rate of 1/ half of what ordinary people pay. I absolutely believe that in a high functioning democracy, the wealthiest citizens will pay taxes equal to or greater than the typical citizen. And that is just objectively not the case in the United States as a percentage as a percentage. And I think that that is you know sort of table stakes in making an economy function and a democracy go but it is not the biggest problem. The problem is wages. So here’s the most important socioeconomic fact in the United States that the median full-time worker today earns in the range of $60,000 a year. If that person had maintained their same share of the economy since 1975, instead of earning $60,000 a year, they’d earn close to $120,000 a year. That effect, by the way, goes up to the 90th percentile. If you earned $180,000 in 2018, 2020, if you had maintained your same share of GDP, instead of earning 180, you’d earn like a $250,000 a year. So in the United States over 50 years, the only people who benefited directly from economic growth and productivity gains were the people in the top 10% and the majority of benefit went to the top 1%. And that is the problem and that is trillions of dollars a year that used to be wages for ordinary Americans and now ends up in the pockets of the richest people. By the way, utilizing precisely the mechanisms that Dan just outlined. And what we have done is we have massively tilted the economic playing field uh uh which once favored small and medium-sized businesses and local companies towards these giant corporations. We used to have an economy that actively encouraged small businesses and entrepreneurship. I mean basically what we call neoliberalism this set of ideas around economic cause and effect that came into force in the 70s and 80s. Reganomics, Thatcherism, all this stuff, cut taxes for rich people, deregulate powerful people, and suppress the wages for working people, basically trickle down economics. Those policies went in went into effect in the 70s, ‘8s, and ’90s. And what happened is a huge shift in concentration from smaller businesses to bigger businesses and a huge uh shift in income from ordinary Americans to the very rich. And that’s the core of the problem. And of course, I think rich people should pay their fair share. We should. It is ridiculous for somebody who make half a billion dollars a year and to pay 15% tax rate. Uh somebody who makes $200,000 a year pays 40. I just think that’s stupid and wrong, which is which is the case in the United States. May not be the case here in the UK. But the bigger problem is wages. And if you want to get the economy back on track, you have to address that problem. Dan, you say that optionality in entrepreneurship will do more to raise wages than any government policy. Yeah. So, I believe that optionality is the is the most important thing. Uh when someone has lots of options, then they don’t accept terrible conditions. So, give me give me some color on that. Well, if I have 10 companies that are wanting to hire me, I’m going to choose the best option, right? But if I live in a town where there’s only one employer, like let’s say there’s one massive company that employs people and you either work for that company or you’re unemployed, then I have to accept whatever they’re dishing out. So the most important thing in creating better quality of life is optionality. We we need lots of optionality. One of the options that I want people to have is I want us to teach entrepreneurship in schools so that people have the option to start a family business as one of their options. They may not take that option, but at least it’s not a mysterious black box that they that they just don’t understand that that would actually be one of their uh one of their options. Also, let’s say you had no minimum wage, but if you had 10 employers and a limited pool of people who are available to work at those companies, they’re going to have to bid against each other to create better and better working conditions and better and better pay. Um, so you kind of only need to have minimum wages when there’s not enough optionality. If there’s enough optionality, it pushes everything up. Is that your view as well? I agree with the spirit of that. It just turns out that is never the case. So there’s a lot of economic theory that sounds a lot like that, but it but exists in a in a in an imaginary world where people have um power and optionality and and in the real world that actually doesn’t ever exist. So can by way of example there’s a there’s a principle of economics the theory of marginal productivity. Have you heard of that? No. So that’s a theory that is embedded in the the center of econ of economics which says that because markets are efficient the amount of money you earn reflects precisely the contribution that you make to it. If I $15,000 a year that’s because I’m giving $15,000 of value of value in the world. Okay. Correct. And if I earn $500 million a year rubbing money together to make more money, that is a that is an accurate reflection of the value I’m creating in the world, which is really central to capitalism, isn’t it? It is absolutely central to capitalism and is central to economic policym. But here’s the thing. If you understand where that came from, it gives you pause. So in 1879, a guy named Henry George writes a book called Progress and Poverty in the United States. And basically it’s the first book about the rich stealing from the poor. And this book isn’t just a bestseller. It is the best seller in the history of the United States. And the powers that be freak out. And JP Morgan brings this guy John Bates Clark to Columbia University which is sort of the home of like Wall Street and stuff like that New York and says fix this. And so Henry George writes a book called the distribution of wealth in which he invents this idea called theory of marginal productivity which asserts this idea. But he says the quiet part out loud in the book. He says look we have to prove to working people that no matter how much they make whether it’s a little or a lot it reflects their value because if they conclude that their work is worth more than they are paid they will revolt and kill us all and that would be bad. And that idea, it will not surprise you to learn, was very attractive to a bunch of rich people and got swept up into economics and today is a core idea in economic theory. And it would be true potentially if markets were perfectly efficient and all this optionality existed. But there has never been a case where that was been true. It has materially harmed the welfare of most people because as Dan says, your ability to earn is related to your power to negotiate, not some magical number that the market decides. And it’s how easy you are to replace because if I run an ad for a job and 400 people apply for the job, right, which which really does happen, I know this happens for you, Stephen. Uh that that essentially you run an ad and 400 people. So you don’t think about raising the wage uh because 400 people applied and they’re all good. Like they’re all really like super qualified people. And this happens all the time in the UK right now. Happens everywhere. Yeah. I mean, and there are almost zero circumstances where where workers have more power than owners. And you know, even Eden Adam Smith in the in in the Wealth of Nations outlined this asymmetry of power. And and the thing is is that if you persuade people that what they earn is all they’re worth, then you’ve created this narrative that makes rich people richer and everybody else poor. So what’s the solution here? or is it to put a a higher minimum wage on society? Well, that’s a policy solution. But if you if you really want to solve the problem, the starting point is getting people to understand economics in a way that actually reflects how how the economy actually works. not this stylized invention dating back to 1787 that if you take seriously and enact policy on the basis of it the only thing that can happen is that the rich will get richer and the poor will get poor which is a story of the last 50 years. So what is the policy solution? A policy solution is most definitely to apply a standard which requires companies to pay people uh you know a living wage. So the minimum wage is a perfect example of a great policy. Another policy in the United States which is really really important is the overtime threshold which I don’t know whether you have here in the UK we do but it’s the salary threshold below which you automatically get paid overtime which is time and a half here too. Yeah. 48 hours here. 48 48 hours is an upper limit of a week a working week. Okay. So in the United States it’s 40 hours. So if you work more than that you get paid overtime. And so one of the things so that that standard used to apply to virtually every worker in America in 1970 1965 today that standard applies to less than 10% of workers. Now why does that matter? Because people like me at the scale of tens of millions have turned three 40hour a week jobs into two 60-hour a week jobs and pocketed the difference. You may be doing that here, right? You put gummy bears in the lunchroom in a in a ping-pong table and you force people to work 60 hours a week and then you can have two employees instead of three. If you do that 30 million times, you’ve taken 10 million jobs out of the workforce. So, do you agree with this, Daniel? This approach, not as much. Well, here’s here’s the issue. I agree with it at one level, but um almost every solution that Nick has recommended, the UK’s had for the last 20 years. So, we have a minimum wage that is pegged 2/3 of the median, and it ratchets up. We’ve got 28 days worth of paid si uh holiday every year. We’ve got sick leave. We’ve got maternity and paternity leave. Uh we’ve got uh the ability uh very very difficult to h fire someone if they’ve been with you for more than 6 months. So we have this unbelievable set of workers rights and all of these recommendations from minimum wage right through to how how to handle employment. We have the most unhappy population. Our economy is not growing. We have a million young people out of work. Uh we have no one’s hiring at the moment. Um so it hasn’t created those conditions have not created runaway prosperity. And that gives me pause to think something deeper is going on. And the reason that I think this is that I think we need to make more participation in capitalism. Capitalism is about ownership. You have to own an asset. And if you don’t own anything, if you’re just selling labor in the current economy with digital and AI and robots and all this sort of stuff, the real reason that the wages, cuz what Nick’s saying is that the amount of money people would should be earning right now is like in the hundreds of thousands. And what I think is happening as another major part of this is that the e- the rules of the economy have shifted. Technology has cut out all the middlemen. Technology has hollowed out the middle class. Uh we used to go to the video store and the video rental store used to have 12 people working there and now we just go to Netflix. Uh and we used to go to our little local retailer and buy a CD and now we just go to Spotify and we just go to Amazon. So it’s hollowed out all of those supply chains that used to create amazing jobs. The value of the labor has been eroded because it’s very easy to outsource labor to another country. It’s very easy to simplify a job down to automated parts uh using technology. So the fundamental value of actual labor has diminished because of technology. Technology has reduced the actual utility of this thing that we call labor uh for for 90% of people and it’s only going to get worse with AI and with AI and with robots. It’s going to go down. So the if you just simply say oh this is about lifting work standards you’re going to miss the point that we can’t compete with technology. Technology is better at this stuff than we are. And the answer, the solution is ownership. We have to everyone in this economy needs to own stuff. We need to own a house. We need to own a family business. We need to own shares in the companies that are growing. So, it’s you cannot outrun this. This is like trying to run against someone who’s in a car and they say, “Oh, you just need nicer shoes.” No, you the shoes won’t change things. We’ve already tried nicer shoes in the UK economy and it’s made no difference. Everyone’s miserable. So that’s one of the things that I that’s where you and I would disagree. I mean, both things can be true. The minimum wage in the United States is $7.25 an hour or $2.13 plus tips. It’s half. It’s a third of what it is here in the UK. Okay. But you have twice the disposable income that we have. Your median wage is 1 and a half to two times what our medium wage is. We’re now a poor country relative to the US. And even though your minimum wage is terrible and horrific and inhuman, Yeah. However, it’s magically done it. Your your country and your citizens are so much richer than ours. Yeah. Except if you consider that out of that median wage, you have to take $20,000 a year to pay for healthcare, right? Like I think adjusted it’s still you’re 30% better even adjusted. I I think if you look at the AIC OECD uh uh it would be interesting. We might be able to look it up. I can’t remember. But I I bet you it’s about 10% different. Mhm. Even when you subtract out of pocket healthare costs and insurance premiums, the average American worker still takes home significantly more money than the average UK worker. Yeah. The average US salary is around $74,000. The average UK salary is around roughly $50,000. Americans pay heavily for healthare. The average employee in America pays about $6 to $8,000 a year in premiums and out-of- pocket costs. Brits do not pay for healthare because of the NHS. If a US worker makes $74,000 and spends 8 care on healthcare, they are they are at $66,000 before relatively low taxes. The UK worker starts at 52,000 before relatively high taxes. The bottom line is the gap in base salaries and tax rates is simply too large for UK free healthcare to close. The US wins on pure disposable income per person. Yeah, there there’s no doubt the US has had a much more successful economy than the UK. Brexit being, you know, a catastrophe. Can I push back on one thing though with the minimum wage or or this the companies that hollowed out the middle class are big tech companies, big finance companies, those mega corporations, and I agree with you, they can afford to pay their workers more money. Yeah. Yeah. One of the issues that I feel and this is what I’m concerned about is that in the UK the majority of businesses that do pay minimum wage like a friend of mine owns a pub and that pub has razor thin margins. It’s losing money. He’s not taking any money out of it. He’s massively impacted by taxes and minimum wage. So the companies that I see that are the ones who have to pay minimum wage workers and give people the on-ramp into the economy, pubs, little retailers, mom and dad businesses, these are the ones that really do get squeezed out of the economy. They have razor thin margins and you put more pressure on them. You say you’ve got more government regulations, you got more taxes, and now you’ve got more minimum wages and they just go, I’ve had enough. I can’t do it. And the companies that hollowed out the middle class, the Microsofts, the Googles, the, you know, Amazons, they go Starbucks. Yeah, the Starbucks, they go, “Yeah, we can, we can absorb it.” Um, and also, we’re not paying tax anyway, so we’ll just kind of like do that. So, one of the things that you could do, one of the things that we recommend is that you impose these standards progressively that the biggest companies have to pay the highest minimum wage, medium-sized companies pay slightly less, and small businesses pay less. But even within that context, ensuring that everyone pays enough for people to have enough money to continue to buy stuff. I mean, it’s fine and good to say, “Look, I don’t want to pay high wages in my pub.” Uh, but surely the people working in the pub should make enough money so that they can go to the pub themselves and buy a beer, right? You have to I mean, you know, the National Restaurant Association in America is, you know, famous for this. It’s like they want everybody in America to be able to go to a restaurant and eat except for the people who work in the restaurants, right? Can I just say something with your friend that owns the pub as well? So, say you own Starbucks. Yeah. You own a pub. Yeah. I’m a worker. Yeah. If you’re going to pay me more because you have this progressive minimum wage and you’re going to pay less. I’m sorry, Daniel. I’m not going to apply for the job. I’m going to want to go work at Starbucks. So, is there not an issue where you’re not going to be able to attract talent because you’re not going to be able to pay them as much? There are there are many reasons why you would work for a small business as opposed to a mega corp. But I’m saying you’re paying me £4 minimum wage. He’s paying me eight. So, do not does he not end up getting all the the best talent? He might get the best talent. And also for my pub, I might be able to have to I might ma match eight, right? So, maybe it works that I just pay eight, but I’m not necessarily legislated to pay eight. So, here’s the thing. Look, as a small business owner, you can treat there’s all sorts of techniques that you can use to retain people. So, you’re going to have more optionality as a big company. Yeah. Because you can you are going to definitely pay me more. Well, being bigger is always better. It is absolutely true that that high standard will put pressure on throughout the economy. But the small pub owner is also going to benefit from the fact that all I mean, are we using Starbucks? whatever whatever whatever example we’re using, all these people now own now earn so much more that they can afford to go to the pub and buy stuff. So, one of the interventions that I was part of in the United States was the $15 minimum wage, but we cook that up in Seattle, Washington. And so, I spoke to many, many, many, many, many small business owners who are absolutely terrified by this because, you know, look, we are all business owners, right? And so you can do a calculation in seconds about the risks and the expenses of higher wages. Correct? But what you cannot calculate is the benefit of living in of operating your company in a regime where everyone earns more, right? And the benefits that occur to you from that. Look, a ham sandwich in, I don’t know, Somalia cost 25. It cost $25 in Switzerland. What kind of economy do you want to live in? Right. You know, yeah. So, what were you going to say about your friend? Well, the friend who owns the pub, his pub is actually full most nights of the week. They have lots of people going there. The issue is taxes and costs. He’s got a big government in the UK. We have all of these things. Like everything that you’ve mentioned, we have it and we’ve had it for 25 years. We don’t have an affluent middle class that’s been created. We have an eroded middle class. So the actual numbers here is that my friends, he took no money himself and the pub lost £180,000 last year and it’s because of VAT and he feels like he’s carrying the weight of training people in their first job. He’s creating jobs as one of the only employers in his little town. Um and and also he didn’t create this mess. Amazon and Microsoft and Google and Facebook and big funds, they are sucking money out of the economy. We’re in violent agreement about this. So, so I just feel like the the issue is like I really want to make sure that we’re super super clear that small businesses are currently squeezed here in the UK. I don’t know what it’s like in the US. It’s the same in the US. like they are so squeezed and they are squeezed by big tech and now AI has come along they feel like they have to learn this new thing and they have to start posting on LinkedIn 45 times a day using AI posts or else they’ll get drowned out and they have to you know edit videos and become a Tik Tocker as well right so it’s all of this constant pressure caused by this tech sector and these big funds like one of the biggest threats to my friend’s pub is that a big American private equity fund wants to buy the pub uh and turn it into a block of flats, right? So, like they want to financialize this this community asset and he’s trying to fight to keep his pup, right? So, what I what I don’t want to have is I don’t want to have big government create a new framework that that basically squeezes small family businesses even harder. They all start going, we’re losing two pubs a day here, right? They’re closing down. um they they go out of business and then we end up with big corpse, big funds who can’t afford to absorb it and they own everything. And I also want to be clear that the reason people are struggling is they don’t own anything. It’s not because of working conditions. They don’t own anything. And if they don’t own anything, no, it would be wonderful if everybody owned something. Um but but ownership starts with earning enough money so that you can save money so that you can begin to own something, right? Like one of the lessons that we learned was that trying to give stock options to everyone in a company often doesn’t work. Yeah. It’s a catastrophe because for 90% of the workers in a company that their concerns are immediate and they don’t value stock options and if you give them the choice between cash or stock options it’s not even close right and so again I agree with the sentiment it’s just that I have never seen and I do not believe there is an existence proof for it working on planet earth. What certainly worked great in the United States for 40 or 50 years was a set of standards that required companies to fairly split the value they create with their employees uh through a variety of mechanisms, unions, which can be problematic for sure, but labor standards like the minimum wage and the overtime threshold and so on and so forth coupled with a set of policies to discourage consolidation and discourage encourage the kind of exploitation that you have I think very smartly articulated um so that we can have a dynamic economy. The only difference that happened back in the in the time that you’re describing where workers had to be included is that it was nearly impossible for a company to outsource their customer success team to the Philippines. And it was nearly impossible for a company to come up with a piece of software that would do 80% of the heavy lifting of a job. And one of the issues that we have right now is that when you put a lot of pressure on on all sorts of companies, we’re living in the age of AI and robotics where you essentially, you know, one of the options that companies have is just the option, well, we’ll just outsource the labor to another country. We’ll automate it. We’ll simplify it. Okay? But those the rules that enable people to do that were written by the same people who are consolidating industries and and taking advantage. I mean, you don’t have to live in a world like that. There are other ways to organize the world. The neoliberals promised that free trade was going to make all of us richer. And what it did is it flooded our markets with cheap stuff from China, but it is absolutely not clear that it made people’s lives better. Chinese people’s lives, it made Chinese people’s lives better, but it certainly didn’t make people in the UK’s life better. And it certainly didn’t make people in the United States’s life better. And so you could have imagined approaching that in a fundamentally different way. I guarantee you that if the United States could go back and do it again, we would have reought it. We would have rethought it. There’s a few ownership models that I think are important that could be looked at. Number one is a sovereign wealth fund. So the countries like Norway, uh Singapore, these countries they own natural assets uh in a sovereign wealth fund and essentially every citizen therefore owns a piece of some asset. There is an asset that is owned through a sovereign wealth fund. It’s a very successful model. It seems to work so incredibly well that it’s dangerously well. Um half of London is now owned by the Qatari self sovereign wealth fund, the Norwegian sovereign wealth fund. We’re literally losing all of our property to the sovereign wealth funds of the world. So the sovereign wealth fund model is incredibly powerful. Yes. Um so just for someone that doesn’t know what that is, you you have natural assets within the company own owned in part by the state. So the UK did a stupid thing. We discovered the North Sea back in the 80s I think it was and Norway had half and we had half of this Norwegian uh this North Sea oil. And the Norwegians said, “Hey, we’ll just own this in a fund that all of our citizens will benefit from, and that will be a state-owned fund, and then we’ll take the profits of that, we’ll reinvest it into assets, and every citizen will benefit from those assets.” And the UK said, “We’ll just sell a license to British Petroleum.” Yes. Right. We’ll make the rich people richer. Yeah. And Australia is so stupid. We have all this incredible natural resource, no sovereign wealth fund. uh Britain when we took over the whole world or 25% of the world we operated sovereign wealth funds called the East India Trading Company and all this sort of stuff and basically our business model was sovereign wealth funds for many many years so sovereign wealth funds number one so that would be one the other one is to put shares into baby’s names so when a baby’s born uh you have a piece of the stock market like $1,000 worth of shares u baby bond idea and Trump’s doing both of these things isn’t he sovereign wealth fund and the baby bond he’s calling it the Trump fund or something yeah well they’re They’re experimenting with some version of this right now. Yeah. Yeah. So, if if an a baby by the time they hit 18 has had 18 years of compounding of owning that asset, then by the time they hit 18, they’re literally getting an asset that they can then turn into another asset if they want to. Um, that’s pretty powerful. And then the the biggest issue is the financialization of houses. So if you take a value of a house, about half the value of the house is what you might call the utility value of the house, which is it’s a house to live in and I want to live in it. And then the other half the value is the financial speculation value of the house, which is how much value does a fund have if we can rent this out to people for the rest of their lives. I looked at the Black Rockck thing and it said the idea that Black Rockck is buying up UK homes is a is a myth. They are a financeier, not a landlord. They provide loans and debt facilities to property developers, but they do not directly own or manage residential housing stock. Lloyd’s Bank is buying 70,000 UK homes to rent forever. The number of single family homes Black Rockck directly owns and manages in the UK, zero. Okay. But he’s right. Yeah. Um I I don’t know what the details are, but this is a private equity thing that’s going on in this country and in the United States right now. Yeah. In the United States, I’ve heard a lot about Black Rockck buying up and I’m not sure what the entities are. It may be true. I again I don’t know what they come up they come up with structures to do it at arms length. Yeah. But um like I guess you kind of own it if you’re financing it is well or you loaned it to a subsidiary or somebody else whatever it is. But the but the meta point here is that homes used to be owned by people. Yeah. And they bought them to live in. And they bought them to live in. And one of the nefarious things that’s going on in the west driven by this neoliberal consensus that the only purpose of the of of the economy is to make rich people richer is this idea that private equity should buy all these homes and turn the turn ordinary people into this rental class. Just to confirm, yeah, Lloyd’s Bank are doing that through something called Citra Living. They’re buying up thousands of new built homes and apartments to act as a direct private corporate landlord. Um they view the structural shift away from home ownership towards long-term renting as a major profit opportunity for them. Yes, that’s it. They want to have a permanent rental class that people never you’ll own nothing and be happy is the idea. And people are not like that. People love to own stuff. I want to go back to the central point we were talking about which is like how do you how do you solve this cuz you’ve got two different views on how you solve this inequality. What I find interesting is the UK has better worker rights but it is but you also have much less inequality here. I mean, just to be clear, that is true. So, the US is significantly more unequal. The US top 1% holds over 30% of the nation’s wealth compared to roughly 20% in the UK. Um, and the US consistently ranks as the most unequal of the G7 nations. Correct. However, the US is growing much much faster. If you look at 209 to 2026, the US is growing over 100% faster than the UK. Yes. Um, and the UK is vastly more protective of workers. We have the things Daniel said like paid vacation, paid maternity leave. The UK mandates up to 39 weeks of statutory pay. The US mandates zero. Correct. Which is unbelievably horrific. But I mean one of the things that’s happened in the UK, Steve, is is Brexit. When did that happen? 2016 that’s taken what has that taken eight or 10% out of UK growth rates. It has affected unemployment by 4%, productivity gains by 4%. I mean the list goes on. So that own I mean part of part of why people in the UK are feeling down is this unbelievable mistake that the country made. But it’s the same in Germany. It’s the same in Australia. Germany has unbelievable workers rights. Australia unbelievable workers rights. In fact the USA is the outlier of all the modern capitalist economies. Absolutely. But we’re confusing things. People are pissed off everywhere in the world. Yeah. in the world. I don’t I want the pitchforks to go away as well, but these workers rights are not putting the pitchforks away. Like all of this stuff, we’ve given this stuff to Australia, New Zealand, Canada, uh all of Western Europe, all the English speaking democracies other than the USA. USA is the only one that has virtually no safety nets and no safeguards. Everywhere else has health care systems that are much more generous and welfare systems that are more generous and like maternity leave. I mean, it’s just inhumane that USA doesn’t have maternity leave. So, all of that stuff, but we’ve got all of that, but we’ve got the pitchforks here, too. Yes. Um, and this is why I’m saying I’m really zoning in on the idea that people need to own a house, they need to own a business, and they need to own shares. And it’s like if they own could not agree more and I don’t know how to get them there unless they are paid well enough to to do that. Let me tell you an anecdote. During the George Floyd riots, people were burning stuff down in the United States. And there was this fantastic interview with this woman and the reporter said, you know, I just I cannot believe that you don’t have respect for property rights. And the woman said, “We have no property.” You know, why should I respect property rights? No one I know owns anything. Yeah. You know, like, so I am 100% with you. But I think at the core of it, the core of it is that inequality is way more than an economic inconvenience for the people that it affects. What it does is it shreds the reciprocity norms that make social cohesion and democracy possible. Yeah. It’s this dog eat dog. You’re all on your own. Grab what you can. I mean, obviously the Trump people and burn the place down. That’s right. And burn the place down. Obviously, Donald Trump has created a permission structure for the worst kind of behavior, right? The worst kind of corruption. Uh, basically stealing has come back into style, right? And you know, there’s all sorts of reasons that are generating this malaise, this this sense of unfairness and lack of control, right? And and and the thing is I I just I agree 100% with your sentiments. I really do about entrepreneurship and ownership and you know at the end of the day the cool thing about entrepreneurship is you’re in charge. Yeah. Like you’re in charge here and not everybody can be an entrepreneur. Correct. Correct. And so I do think that that’s a little bit unrealistic. The the issue is is that like 70% of all jobs that get created are created by small businesses and not governments, not big companies. They’re, you know, they don’t create jobs. Small businesses create jobs. And if we just not everyone can be an entrepreneur, but if we had a 100,000 entrepreneurs who were all hiring 10 people, we’d we’d have a million jobs and we’d have 100,000 options for people with jobs. So like I I don’t think that we discount the whole idea that entrepreneurship is a big part of the solution. Can I take us briefly back in time? This is not the first time this has happened. The K-shaped economy has happened in the Engles pause. Yeah. So the the what do you mean by K-shaped economy? So the K-shaped economy is where so a normal economy is one where everyone agrees it’s going up or down or sideways. Everyone can sort of say, “Oh yeah, roughly speaking, it’s a good economy. It’s a bad economy. It’s it’s rising and falling like a tide.” A K-shaped economy is where it’s really good for some and really bad for others. It’s a disrupted economy. Yeah. Right. So the top percentage are going up and the bottom percentage going down. Now the headlines that we run today are the exact same headlines that were run in the early 1800s in Britain. And it was essentially record profits for industrialists and workers haven’t had any improvements. They all like you could almost take every grievance that we have today and you could just overlay it in the early 1800s and you get the exact same words. Um the solutions uh one of the big solutions in the early 1800s was we need to export people. We need to get rid of people. And what they did is they sent everyone to Australia. So they they sent they sent they picked up people and they put them in in Australia. Right? So they same sort of thing mass mass immigration or whatever you call it remigration. So they got rid of people out of the country. So it was very similar and we call this the Engles pause but we understand what caused it 1790 to 1840. Yeah. So what caused it was technology and it was this new it was the industrial revolution. Yeah. So it’s the new technology where we introduced a steam engine, we introduced a spinning loom, we introduced uh tractors, we introduced all of this sort of new technology and the owners of that new technology and the people associated with that new technology went like that. They leveled up because of tech and the people who were not part of that technology went down. Very simple picture you might want to have in your mind is a farm that had a 100 workers farming versus one farm that had a tractor. The tractor farm went like that and they all the workers went like that. It’s because of technology. The interesting thing about the angles paws is that for approximately two generations 50 75 years with the exception of the owners of capital basically everybody else on planet earth went backwards. It was hell. It was hell. Um and what and what happened is that over time the political consensus changed and working people clawed back some of that value through unions through labor standards so on and so forth. So one I guess the essence of what I want to get to is I mean something you’ve always talked about Dan as well is that if you start applying pressures on these companies or entrepreneurs they can just now get up and leave. And that was quite different from that era where we weren’t dealing with technological businesses. is we weren’t dealing with IP and those things. So if you start imposing some of these measures, will these companies get up and leave and go somewhere else where market conditions are preferable? A lot of UK entrepreneurs are, as we’ve seen from some of the numbers recently, choosing to go work elsewhere. Okay. Yeah. I think one of the things that just needs to be acknowledged and put on the table is one of the challenges you have here is you have the the Europe or the world has built this incredibly stupid system where you can operate a business here, take advantage of the UK’s market, take advantage of the UK’s rule of law, take advantage of the UK’s uh infrastructure, put your stuff in a box, move to Dubai, and pay no tax. Right? It’s idiotic. It’s just it’s just idiotic and suboptimizing as an American. I pay tax wherever I go, right? So I cannot come to a place and take advantage of it and then skirt the laws. So this is such a profound disincentive to do the right thing. Well, yeah. Yes. But the real culprit is what companies can do because US companies can do it. You you can’t do it as an individual, but you can set up an office in Ireland in Luxembourg, which is even worse. and and it’s the corporations that are the bad guys, which is but you have both problems be you have you have UK based entrepreneurs who are like well I can stay here and pay 40% tax or whatever it is right just pop off to Dubai run the business virtually and pay nothing. So what are you saying should be done with those people that do that? I think that UK citizens should pay UK UK tax wherever they go and German citizens should pay German tax wherever they go. You agree? I don’t think that will solve it because it’s not citizens, it’s corporations that are the bad guys. Well, it will solve one problem. It will not. This other problem needs to be handled. Yeah. The the the giant vampire squids of the world are companies that are pumping money out of the economies and they’re faceless corporations that have figured out how to play this game. So, for example, let’s take YouTube for example. YouTube is serving up a ton of videos to people all over this country and they’re running ads, but that is pretending to be in some distant place. It’s not pretend. It’s not being in the UK. And what we used to do in the UK is we used to have a broadcast license. If you want to broadcast in the country, you pay a flat fee and you can broadcast. Why is YouTube not playing paying a broadcast license? If they are a broadcaster effectively uh and running ads, they sit there and say, “Oh, but there’s this and we shift our profit through here and oh, we have to I’m so sorry, but we have to buy our licensing, you know, from this company over in this other vanuatu or whatever.” It’s like, “No, no, no. We don’t care about that.” It’s like, look at how you do business in the UK. You should pay taxes. It’s just as simple as you you’re you’ve got this many views and the broadcast license for you is this much. Okay. So do you agree on both points then that you should tax corporations based on where their customers are consuming and you should tax individuals irrespective of where they decide to fly off to? Look, I think in a globalized world that we live in an individual should be allowed to make a new life for themsel if they want to, right? Like so for example, if I genuin I I I make a new life for myself in the UK 20 years ago. I came here from Australia and I don’t want to pay tax in Australia because I was born in Australia. I paid a million dollars worth of tax in Australia, but I now live here. Like my I’ve got three kids here and I’ve got a house here and my whole life is here. I don’t like the idea that just because I was born in Australia, it’s it’s not possible for me to make it. But we have a tax treaty. Yeah. Like there are ways of handling this. But this ridiculous Look, every rich person I know in Europe is playing this ridiculous game of trying to avoid taxes, right? I don’t know how you can look at that and think this is a good system. But the issue is you and I both know it’s so easy to just turn this into a company game. So like for example, if we have to appropriately close the loopholes like Yeah. But like I just I’m seeing so many people demonize people like Nick, right? They go, “Oh, this guy, he’s, you know, he’s a rich guy and he’s like, you know, he shouldn’t be so rich.” Honestly, he’s not the problem. I’m sure you pay a bunch of taxes and also you you create economic activity around you. These mega corporations do trillions of dollars out of economy. If we take a mega corporation, you know, think of one in your head, and we decide to tax them where their customers are. I was looking at some of the research and it says corporations rarely just absorb the tax. When countries like the UK or France introduce taxes based on local users, tech giants like the like the biggest in the world immediately raised fees and prices for the consumer and small businesses inside those specific countries to offset the cost. If we had a global tax system that prevented this, then they wouldn’t do it. They couldn’t do it. If the compliance cost of tracking user locations and paying to local taxes outweighs the profit from the region, companies also tend to simply block users in those countries or pull their products entirely. Great. Great. And that opens up a possibility of a local company to do it. Worse, huh? Worse, maybe better. I was thinking here about the large language models and I was thinking about that as an example. If you know if the UK tried to take on Gemini or Chat GBT etc we would be using a significantly worse technology. The truth is that those those mega corps that’s accurate. Those mega corpse they don’t do this. They they want to own the world and they want to dominate the world. They’re not interested in cutting countries out. Right. None of them actually cut countries out. When do you think you think Facebook is just going to leave the UK? Yeah. Like they’re not going to do that. So and the other way is how you do it. So if you simply judge, how do you do that in Australia though with the news publishing business? They might do it very briefly as a way to punish political uh disscent. But ultimately they operate globally. They have a global business model and they uh essentially too we just need to say I’m sorry you’ve had your 20 30 years of not paying taxes anywhere but we’re not doing that anymore. And you know we we are very good at coordinating when we want to coordinate and we need to say the bad guy here. I mean it is really just pulling money out of our economies and taking it to other other places. And one of the reasons that the USA has become so wealthy with its stock market is because it is the end valuation where all of these vampire squids end up with their balance. If I look at what happened, it was um Australia I was thinking about um but it also happened in Canada where they passed a law called the online news act requiring tech giants to pay local publishers whenever Canadian users shared or viewed news links. And immediately instead of paying uh the user location tax, Meta simply blocked all news content from every user in Canada because the cost of compliance just wasn’t worth the hassle for one particular market. And you have the same thing happen with Amazon where several US states like California tried to force Amazon to collect local sales tax simply because Amazon had independent affiliates like bloggers etc um living in those states and rather than dealing with the complex local tax collection Amazon instantly terminate thousands of affiliate accounts. If every state required Amazon to collect local sales tax then obviously they couldn’t do any of that. they would have to deal with it, right? It it’s just these big corporations have a massive advantage over the jurisdictions that they’re operating in because they have so much more power and so much more flexibility. So what is the what is your solution then Daniel to solve for this inequality problem that we’re experiencing because you know you seem to be less interested in the sort of workers rights piece because that seems to we’ve tried it. We try you’re saying we tried it. Yeah. What I would like personally is I want to see way more small businesses and I want the government to favor small businesses and essentially say we’re going to reduce the taxes and the pressure on the small businesses. We’re going to advantage local small businesses that are here and paying tax. Um we’re going to create special economic trading zones if your business is based here uh and is of a smaller size. We’re going to basically make ourselves highly competitive for small businesses to show up and do their aame. And what about big businesses? punish punish big businesses that that uh I wouldn’t punish them. I would just tilt the pl I’m 100% with him. Tilt the playing field towards smaller businesses and startups. You know, I I’m not sure if you’ve heard about this thing that uh I just joined the board of called Enterprise Britain that that um Brent Herman who does Founders Forum Y and Steve Fitzpatrick who founded OO just started. It’s called Enterprise Britain. It’s a group of us who have gotten together uh with the express purpose of doing exactly pretty much what you what you describe, which is to try to make Britain an even better environment for business, mostly small and medium-sized businesses. And one of the great challenges here is to f try to find capitalist structures that allow small companies to turn into larger companies while remaining here and not fleeing to a better place. But I’m I am 100% in agreement with this. And you can have an incredibly dynamic, fast growing economy where all of the benefits flow to the people at the very top and everybody else gets screwed. And you have to do both. You have to do both. I mean, one of the most important subjects at the moment in society is artificial intelligence. And we you probably saw recently Eric Schmidt did a commencement speech in front of thousands of students and every time he said the word stage every time he said the word AI um one of the things that Anthropic or one of the leading AI companies said recently is that entry- level jobs are at risk and I’ve got this graph here showing the decline of entrylevel job postings. I believe it was on LinkedIn um pull from somewhere and it shows that they’re consistently dropping and dropping and dropping. AI is I think about it so often. I was up late last night trying to think through some of this stuff because Anthropic released a report yesterday showing that AI models will be able to improve themselves theoretically in the future and what this might mean. How disruptive do you think AI is going to be as it relates to job losses? You know, I don’t think Bernie Sanders latest idea is terrible. US will own 50% of all the air companies. It is absolutely true that AI has monetizing for free humanity’s intellectual property and a few people are going to directly benefit from that. And I think that um in the same way that Norway created a sovereign wealth fund with this enormous asset that they had uh creating a sovereign wealth fund with 50% of the value created by AI and recycling that into uh I think it’s unclear exactly how those benefits should be should be recycled, but trying to find a way to make some of that value a cushion for the disruption that it will inevitably cause. I don’t think that’s a crazy idea. It’s a good idea for China and the US. Yes. Yes. But not for anywhere else necessarily. It’s not going to help Senagal or Southampton much. No. In fact, it’ll damage a lot of those places. You know, like the Philippines has benefited enormously by being the outsourced back office uh for a lot of small businesses that AI can now do a lot of those those uh those jobs. Um, one of the things that I always come back to is the idea that say the UK has 5.7 million businesses. We have a million unemployed people. We need 1/5if of the businesses to employ one person. AI does actually make your business better. Like AI is really good at helping you with your marketing. AI is great at helping you do legal contracts. There are 100 ways that AI could actually make 5.7 million businesses a little bit better to the point where they want to hire someone. And if we can incentivize those things to happen, businesses are trained on how to use AI to their advantage and tax breaks for small businesses that are hiring and we will, you know, there’s actually 5.7 million businesses and a million unemployed people. That’s a good there’s a good match there. Uh, you know, um, a lot of people have been talking about AI agents and, uh, what an AI agent can do for anyone that doesn’t know is it can go on your computer and it can get any task you want done on the computer. um whether that’s you know editing tasks or whether it’s you know manual data entry tasks or whatever it is it can click around on a computer and do things a lot of the entry level roles were often given are that kind of work I think my entry- level entry- level job job after I dropped out of university was kind of doing that kind of thing there was also a little bit of a sales component where I’d cold call people and AI can now do the cold calls too and increasingly if we just play the rate of development forward we’ll be able to do those things so if these businesses get more and more efficient um again it comes back to at an entry- level point is what what role will entry-level team members have in these kind of companies. So what’s interesting for me I have a group of companies small businesses uh dynamic small businesses we’ve implemented AI in all of them and as a result we’ve hired people who have you hired entry-le people we’ve hired some entry- level people who are augmented by AI so they become more valuable because of AI but like things like appointment setting we’ve ended up hiring more sales people because we get more appointments we we use it with our marketing and we end up hiring people who can actually have those final conversations with people at the very core of my organiz organizations, we have an AI layer and the AI layer has context and skills and models and security layer, right? All all in there and it spits out amazing information and data and reports and tells us who to talk to and why to talk to them and what to talk to them about. All these things are happening because of AI. But it doesn’t get around the point that like if you think about Uber, uh DAR has been pretty clear that the 9 million drivers they have, I think it is, are going to lose their jobs in the future. If you think about the the other sort of white collar professions we’ve described, they those roles won’t won’t exist in the future. Well, I should say those roles will be will be will be changed. Correct. If I put on my more optimistic hat, the thing is is that all businesses operate in a competitive environment and there are two ways to compete. One is to be cheaper, the other is to be better. Right. And the thing about AI is that yeah, there are tasks that you can automate away, but one person with good AI tools may be able to do the job of five, right? And yeah, you could eliminate that job or you could keep that person, give them the right tools and out compete your competitors. The right tools. The right tools. I think there’s an assumption that I mean this is of course what happened with computers, right? I mean I’m I am older than you guys. So I reme I remember when calculators hit. You had to be there to realize how freaked out people were about calculators, right? Like people were talking about like what are the accountants going to do and and and will kids learn math anymore? I mean it was it was like extremely controversial to bring a calculator to to to school and then along came computers and the truth is that computers didn’t reduce the amount of work that people did they increased the amount of work that people did and I do believe that there are ways in which AI is probably going to do that and so the job loss may not be as apocalyptic as it now feels like it may be because again at the end of the day you have two ways ways to choose to compete. If you I, you know, you can get rid of somebody and do X, but you could keep that person and have them do 5X and out compete, you know, your competitors in another dimension. I think that that will be something that people are likely to do. Doctors are just going to be better doctors. I think I I definitely agree that there’s going to be this sort of augmentation of certain individuals. I think maybe the difference between like calculators or computers versus this is AI is coming into a technological economy and it is coming in with instant scale in a way that when Anthropic shipped their new model last week it went to all of us at once everywhere in the world. We were all boom step changed with computers. I remember the day that like my dad ordered the first computer for our house and we waited for weeks and weeks and weeks and then we got it. It was super expensive to get one. We unboxed it. I remember us all stood around it looking at and it was like this Windows 95 machine that had like no memory on it. Um so the distribution the sort of disruption was much slower. The p the pace the pace was much slower. Right. And I understand that like with my with our team there’s no intent we have no intention at all to let anybody go because of AI. We’re reskilling people, training people. However, would we end up hiring less people, especially in the near term, than we would have otherwise. I think that’s maybe conceivable. Yeah. Um, and a lot of companies I think are in that position where I actually was speaking to someone yesterday and they said we’re just letting the natural attrition in our call center take care of the shift, which means they they have they lose 25% of people from their call center naturally. They’re just not hiring other people back in. And actually client CEO said the same thing. He said we’re just letting the attrition take care of it. I’ll give you another example though just to counter that. Um I work with a husband and wife couple in the north of England who they had a little video production agency and like one or two people who did a little bit of contracting with them. Uh they used AI to create a piece of software and that piece of software uh helps automate script writing and a few of the things that they do. Um they launched a waiting list for this. They got 5 a half thousand people to join the waiting list. They then signed up their first 1500 clients to a piece of software that cost almost nothing for them to build in 4 months. Um, and now they’re hiring a team of 10 people. And this is a husband and wife who had a small constrained business who are now uh building out a bigger business. And this is something that could never have happened. They haven’t had to raise billion millions of dollars. They haven’t had to hire 30 40 people. So this this tiny little SAS opportunity is suddenly possible because of AI and take take that AI away and that fast growth dynamic little businesses is yeah I think anecdotally I could come up with lots of examples as well where particular people are highly entrepreneurial they come across opportunity but there’s this broad if you just zoom out on the way that people generate value in the economy at the moment so much of that is going to change and it’s going to be quite quick it feels like oh totally and I don’t know what you do about like what do you do about that sudden shift all this this happened in the Jevans paradox The person who had a tractor displaced a hundred people who were in the field and those hundred people went into the city looking for work all at once. And it was Charles Dickens wrote the tale of two cities. He wrote u uh Oliver Twist. Uh guess who else came out of the Jevans paradox? Our good friend KL Marx who came up with the most toxic ideas ever created and written down, right? He came off the back of the Jevans paradox. So what you do about it? Uh UBI. I’m not a big fan of UBI at the moment. Isn’t that kind of what this 50% Bernie Sanders thing would do? Well, it’s it’s sovereign wealth fund basically, but you have to find a way to help manage through this transition and you have to I think depend on the value create. Look, the the whole the the whole valuation that AI is predicated on is job disruption, right? You can’t you can’t get to those numbers unless you’re displacing lots of jobs. Exactly. And and if that’s true, then we should grab some of that value that is created and recycle it into the economy to try to cushion the disruption that it creates. This is a bit of a socialist idea, right? I don’t call that socialism. What do you call that? I don’t know. Just common sense. But wouldn’t that broadly apply to all all companies and rich people? If there’s if they are disrupting the economy and taking an unfair share of that disruption, should we not just grab and recycle back in? But that’s the b that is the basis upon which every high functioning democracy in the in the world operates. I mean every high functioning democracy in the world has progressive taxation labor standards. There’s a difference between seizing private property uh which would be a socialist way of doing things and a communist way of doing things and owning strategic assets which which are private property. So, for example, the the Dubai government owns the uh physical hotel buildings that uh that run Dubai and it leases those out to hotel operators, but it keeps money in its sovereign wealth fund because it says basically a big part of Dubai is that we own these kind of land assets. So, do you think we should go and take a a portion of these companies? Well, the difference was the Dubai government actually developed those assets, right? But we’re we’re already too far down the line with within a capitalist society like we might say we might say that data is the new oil and data is a common good and it is a common asset that has been um sequestered illegitimately by these companies. So therefore you’re not seizing what they created. You’re you’re basically saying I’m sorry but you need to pay a license back to this sovereign wealth fund because you’re using a common asset that you were able to essentially seize. But you stole it you stole it from Africans and British people. You saw it from people in Australia. You stole it from people in Canada. The biggest issue that we’re having is that we’re actually the nature of the entire economy is changing. So this happened 250 years ago where the nature of the economy was land and we had an economic system called feudalism and colonialism. And then the nature of the economy was industrialization and we had a economic system called socialism and capitalism. And now the nature of the economy is actually fundamentally changing. So in economics there’s four factors of production. in land, labor, capital, enterprise. We’re now swinging like a pendulum from land through capital, labor, and now we’re actually in an enterprise economy. And we need some sort of economic system that reflects the reality of how money and wealth is made. Is that is that go to OpenAI, take 50% of their company and then pay out the profits of that 50% to the people. I’m always skeptical of any socialist ideas. If it comes from Bernie Sanders, I’m skeptical. Okay. But Bernie Sanders is not a socialist. Like let’s be socialist. He he says he’s a socialist. Socialism is social no socialism is you know the government owning all the means of production right look there are a million forms of capitalism right we every country operates slightly differently and there I don’t think that Bernie Sanders is saying that we should abandon markets. What he is saying is we should manage markets for the public benefit, not exclusively for the benefit of the owners of capital. And I think that’s really different. You know, with like an Amazon, they’re using the roads. Yeah. And the infrastructure, correct? So would you go take 50% of those companies as well for public benefit and then pay it out to No, but the citizens, we effectively do take part of them in the form of taxes. Right. Now, now, now the taxes that we impose on those companies, I would argue, and Dan may may agree, are insufficient. They do not accurately reflect the value that we give them. They don’t return equal value that So, you’re saying increase the taxes on companies like Amazon? You both agree. Well, Amazon is very successfully avoiding taxes. Um, so, so would you agree to increase? I think we need to have we need to close tax loopholes. taxes like all other companies that operate within the econom

    competition with Amazon. Look, one of the biggest issues that we have is we have widespread incompetence in governments. And I’ll give you a quick stat on this. In the UK government, you are 10 times more likely to die than to be fired for poor performance. And the UK government fires people at 1600th the rate as normal businesses for incompetence. So we have an accumulation of massive incompetence in government. So the idea you can come up we can come up with all the best ideas under the sun at this table. We have a fundamentally incompetent set of people who have misaligned incentives. uh we have basically a revolving door between financial industrial complex, technology industrial complex. Well, the Singaporean government, they basically said that we’re going to have a very high degree of meritocracy in government that essentially we promote and fire based on outcomes and merit merit. Singapore is a miracle of governance. Amazing governance. It’s it’s a it’s a miracle of governance, but it is a very small place. Totally. and perhaps the only place in the history of planet Earth that has benefited from uh a well-meaning dictator, right? Dubai. It’s an astonishing story of capability, competence, for foresight. Um so what is the solution with this AI revolution? It’s I think we all agree that there’s going to be job disruption and there’s going to be a new type of job. There’s going to be probably a delta of people transitioning to those new types of jobs. Um, I I’ve said this before, but I even noticed that within our recruitment processes now, we are really looking for people that have a certain set of skills. We always ask, and it’s harder and harder and harder to find those people. Um, well, that’s training. That’s education and training. It is. The school system needs to produce people that you would want to hire. Yeah. And that takes a lot of time. In my hiring, I ask the question, how deep are you in the AI rabbit hole? And anyone who says, oh, a lot, I’m like, okay, join the team. And and also if you think about humanoid robots, Elon Musk’s pay packet mandates him to deliver millions of humanoid robots or else he doesn’t get his big pay packet. If we think about robotics and humanoid robots coming through, we watched the other day Figure AI released this video showing a humanoid robot sorting packages on a production line for 8 days straight, beating a human sorting those packages on the production line. My car in Los Angeles now drives itself and as do the taxis and there’s a huge race to make autonomous vehicles. Um I’m sure there’s new jobs created and I understand in foresight it’s hard to understand what those will be. I assume there’ll be more human jobs, more sales jobs. I My only thing that I can say is that the future is small businesses. It’s it’s small teams of 10 people making YouTube channels. It’s small teams of 10 people making software. It’s like the the when you have millions and millions of little small businesses, everyone’s happier. But if you read what Anthropic released yesterday, they’re making the claim that actually we’re getting to a point where it will be an individual with a team of agents who can now make a trillion dollar company without hiring a single person. And actually, when you said about making software making that they would they might argue that that’ll be agents making that software. Anthropic said that the amount of code each individual’s producing on their own is eight times. And this one particular quote which I actually screenshot on my phone last night comes from an engineer at Anthropic who was saying they feel useless because now they they say they haven’t written a line of code in months and months and months. This anthropic engineer was basically saying like I come to work this agent writes the code for me and I kind of sit and watch and I feel useless. Um so all those examples you gave what I’m okay but what would happen in that situation is you would have a massive deflationary effect the cost of if if there was one person doing all sorts of things in the economy then the cost of that would go to the cost of the electricity to run it right so massive deflationary and then the question becomes well what does everyone do right what do we all do we do human things right humans always come up with things to do with each other uh like if I was to tell my grandfather that there is a job called a personal trainer who takes you to the gym and counts your reps, right? My grandfather would go, “That’s insane.” And I say, “Oh, there’s 50,000 personal trainers in gyms all over the country.” So, there are always these crazy new jobs that get created. I look at what trust fund kids do, right? Cuz a lot of trust fund kids, they go, they don’t have to worry about money and they don’t have to worry about resources and they go find something to do. And it’s always weird. We’re going to traverse through, you know, potentially the jobs we have now involuntarily go through this transition moment where I think history is quite clear on what happens in these transition moments. It gets ugly. It gets ugly. Yeah. And then we’ll come to, you know, what I’m hearing is that you’re saying we will come to some kind of utopia on the other end of this. No. No. No. I don’t think I don’t think there’s going to be utopia. What do you think? Uh, look, I I don’t think utopias exist. I do think that markets are the greatest social technology ever invented for creating prosperity and for enobbling the human spirit. That is not because markets are efficient allocators of scarce resources which is the conventional view. Markets are an evolutionary system that enables groups of people to come together and solve complex problems and solutions to human problems is what prosperity actually is. It isn’t GDP or money. And the best world that you can build, I think, on earth is a market economy governed by a robust democracy that robustly includes all citizens in that economy. And your your answer is small business. And I I’m 100% behind you and I I wish you all the success. My answer is that a lot of people are going to end up working for large companies and or medium companies and that we have to ensure or my part of the answer is that we have to have standards in place to ensure that those companies treat people well enough so that they can be dignified participants in both the society and the economy. And that will require innovation in laws and rules and all sorts of mechanisms to enable that. But that there is no alternative if you want to live in a decent society. And and the but the high order bit for me and the reason I work on economics is that the existing economic paradigm basically says markets are perfectly efficient. We should just let them run and you know what comes will come. So you’re really focused on increasing the workers lives and pay. So if you understand the economy from the conventional point of view, including people in the economy is a liberal luxury that you can afford if and when you have growth. And I think everything the new economics says is that including more people in the economy more robustly is actually the tech technical mechanism that makes both economies grow and democracies function. So to simplify that what does that mean if you from a policy perspective it is very hard to answer in an uncertain future in an AI if you don’t know what what’s going to happen with the economy. I mean we have no idea how much job loss there will be. We have we are we are I think Dan says quite rightly going through a transition where the shape of the economy will change. So do we do nothing through the No. No. We aggressively experiment with ways to include more people in the economy. Bernie Sanders idea is an experiment. What’s the worst that can happen? Like just think about it. What is the worst that can happen? The worst would be is that you give government more money and they leverage more debt. And as soon as the government has the the economy of the United States does not need assets to leverage more debt. We just created we just created a we didn’t need that is not true. That is just not true. We have $37 trillion of debt. All of which was basically given away in wars or tax cuts for rich people. So but they they can print more money. Absolutely. But these two things they are not connected. But the truth is that the worst that could happen by running that experiment is that there will be a few dozen guys who are worth a hundred billion and not 200 billion. Like that is the worst that that can do. Is that going to be the end all beall? Will it work perfectly? I have no idea. But what I do know is that democracies need to move aggressively to try to make sure that these technological innovations benefit the society broadly, not just a few people narrowly. If I think about the UK, if you implemented something like that here, would would people leave? So if you implemented, say we had an AI company here and you said, well, the UK is going to own half of it. Would that company just restructure somewhere else because it’s digital? They they probably would. But now you’re back to this old problem. We’ve been seeing this with the data centers. People are going I read a report that said the reason Open AI didn’t open their data center in the UK, which they said they were going to, is because energy costs four times more here. So they said, “Well, go somewhere where it’s cheap.” Yeah. And would that not be the case here where you’d get the sort of brain drain where And the risk that you run with this Bernie Sanders model is that we leverage the the government’s balance sheet or non-balance sheet to take out huge debt in the name of our kids and our grandkids that they have to repay. They buy up all these intangible assets and then they’re left holding those assets that may or may not perform and may and will have debt regardless. And then the super clever little anthropic guys say, “Oh, actually we’re just going to restructure to Vanuatu now. Leave you guys holding all of that toxic debt and we’re going to go run this from somewhere else.” That could happen. The other thing that could happen is if let’s say OpenAI as one example are making $100 profit at the moment, $100 profit at the moment and Bernie Sanders says we want $50 of that profit. China are going to have an additional theoretically an additional $50 to invest in their frontier models and getting ahead. Isn’t saying I I’ll take $50 your 50% of your profit. What is he saying? I’ll take 50% of your stock which means that then the US would have a equal voting. Yeah. Well then you’re going to get gridlock in terms of voting right. So if the US own 50% of the company and Sam Alman let’s say owns 50% they’re going to have to vote on decisions. Well you could put some directors from the from the public on that board. And what happens when to a company when you have the government on the on the voting board I mean you effectively have this in lots of countries where labor has a seat at the table right with one of your companies if half of your board were a government do you think you’d be able to be as innovative move as fast I mean we talked about the bureaucracy of of the government yeah I I’m not suggesting that half the should be on the government yeah mind you that’s what China has as well China has got essentially the the CCP on the board of all of those companies as well and they work and they move pretty Yeah, there slightly different government, isn’t it? Yeah, it is. And there’s different levels of competence and and meritocracy hierarchy. I I I worry about all of these solutions that empower government cuz I don’t trust government. My entire life has been one thing after the next made worse by government, right? That’s that’s my reality. Born in 81 1981, I’ve never had a good experience with government. Okay, but dude, you you grew up in Australia and you live in the UK. If you hate government so much, move to the Congo. Seriously, you are look I mean it is just no one likes to be constrained. Everyone wants other people held to a high standard. And it it just seriously there is no libertarian paradise in the world where nobody follows any rules, nobody pays any taxes and everybody lives like a king. If you hate government, there are plenty. There are 220 countries in the world. 150 of them effectively have no government. Why do you not move your base of operations to those places? Because you would instantly be somebody’s, you know, I’m not I’m not an anarch I’m not an anarchist. when a government doesn’t fire incompetent people. Okay, but everybody agrees the previous governments, everybody agrees democracy is the worst econcept except all the others, right? Like of course it is easy to to to point to these things and say they’re incompetent, but it is it is just not honest to say that government doesn’t improve our lives. There is literally no example on planet earth of a high functioning society without big government. I’m not saying well without big government. That’s not true. Give me an example. Singapore. Singapore is insanely big government. 22% of GDP. Okay. But they are involved in every element of people’s lives. High competence. They fire incompetent people. And and again, we’re in violent agreement that we should have governments that do that. Yeah, you should work hard on the politics in the UK to to bring in reforms that would increase the velocity of competence. That’s the answer. That is the answer is to is to work hard to build a government that is as high functioning as they can be. But here’s the thing and I think you would agree. Look, Microsoft I big companies are equally incompetent. Microsoft bought my company Aquana for $6.4 billion. This is a company that was growing at 40% year-over-year. It’s been so long. 30 40% year-over-year, $750 million in sales, $200 million at EBA or something like that. 3,000 4,000 of the best internet advertising people on planet Earth. And in one year, it was gone. Wow. Gone. And they wrote the entire $6 billion off 5 years later. Incompetence lives everywhere. And and I I just don’t think it is realistic to say, “Oh, pucks and them, you know, they suck.” I I just Dan, there is no place on earth without government cocreating prosperity for for sure. Here’s where I put my hope in this post AI world. I want to stack the favor I want to stack the economy in the favor of the small family business and the small business. You I’m 100% with you. I agree. I agree. The question is how do we get there? And you are completely aligned in some ways. We need to aggressively tilt the balance of power in the economy from the biggest most exploitive companies to small and medium-sized businesses. So I see big government and big corporate uh sucking the life out of little people and little businesses. And I think you are ab no doubt correct in some cases. But the only thing in human societies that has the power to confront big business is big government. Right? There’s ne in the history of the world, there has never been another force that what that had the power to to address this problem. And the reason I care so much about this economic paradigm is that all of the problems you were describing Yeah. are a consequence of an economic paradigm that was designed to create those problems. That’s why we are in the box we’re in is because neoliberalism literally said the bigger is better and that we should afford no protection to small businesses that we should actively advantage the largest players that that free trade is good for everyone. all of these things that weren’t true and dis and ended up advantaging in this room me effectively and you know a few thousand people from around the world and disadvantaged everyone else. And I think the starting point for for change is is addressing the fact that we just understood economic cause and effect in inadequately that the things that we thought would lead to growth led to concentration. Right? And the things that we thought were bad for the economy, in many cases, those were good for the economy. Because look, again, you know the UK so much better than me, and I I hate to argue with you about it, but the truth is that you cannot sustain a capitalist system unless most people are paid enough to buy the stuff that that the system produces. And there has to be a balance. And there and again in the history of the world there is no example of a thriving economy that did not impose those standards or or create through some mechanism the counterveiling power that enabled the the the the owners of capital and everybody else to work together to benefit everyone in the long term. You are you and I are in so much agreement on on most on most of like an inch apart. What is that inch? So, I’ve seen Nick’s policies implemented and I don’t feel it’s enough. And the reason I don’t feel it’s enough is I think people are more than consumers. They’re more than wallets. Okay. You’ve only heard me talk about the minimum wage and something else. You haven’t seen all of the policies. But the missing piece for me is ownership. When people had houses, they felt really good about communities. When people had small businesses that they owned, they felt really good about their communities. And when people own some shares in the overall economy of the fastest growing companies in the economy, then they feel like they’re participating. So for me, the non-negotiables of fixing this problem is that people can easily own a house, own a business, and own shares in the fastest growing economy. Yes. Yes. Yes. And how do we get there? Yes. Yes. Yes. I totally agree. And I think I I just think that Dan and I have a slightly different view on the path. I think capitalism is ownership. It’s ownership. That’s what capitalism is. Otherwise you if you don’t own anything you’re not a capitalist. If we your agree on the path but the the sorry you agree on the outcome but the path. Yes. But how did Nick get rich? Like Nick started companies. He owned he owned a family business. He leveraged the family business into an investment into Amazon. It’s it’s own but it’s ownership. Ownership. Ownership. And did a lot with it. Right. But but I’m saying let’s be fair. But how is that applicable? You’re saying other people should do what Nick did. Yeah. But it’s hard to get born into a family that owns a small business. And well, if there’s more people who own small businesses, then there are more than there it is easier, right? I I just want I I do want more people. What do you mean by this? Well, it it’s all about how how you get there, right? That you overlook the fact being born on third base. We should aim for more people to be born on third base. If more people the third base is coming from a family that owns a small business with ex or whose parents earn enough income to enable all of that, right? And and and and look, not everybody who is affluent, in fact, a tiny minority of people who are affluent uh uh uh are are small business owners, right? that they are mostly doctors and lawyers and professionals of a variety of kinds who work in med in big companies in middle management roles and they I’m not saying everyone should be a small business. Yeah. So anyway, I just think that I I think the high order bit here, I mean, for me, and and this may sound like too squishy for you, is that is that societies have both the right and the responsibility to organize their economies in ways that benefit everyone. Is socialism the answer? No. Socialism is most definitely not the answer because socialism, again, we we need to operationally define that term. Yeah. If socialism means, look it up in the dictionary, the state ownership of the means of production, that is a catastrophe, right? And it’s a catastrophe because all socialism can do is split up existing prosperity in a fairer way. It can do that. The problem is is that socialism does not know how to create more prosperity. Okay? So for one minute you can make everybody better off but 10 years later everyone is poor because once because this is the power of markets is what markets do as evolutionary systems is they generate increasing prosperity. They that that’s what solutions to human problems is, right? Going from aspirin to antibiotics is economic progress, right? And the beauty of markets is that they’re evolutionary systems where every business effectively is an organism competing to fill a niche which is the perfect product for whatever market segment they’re creating. You are you’re a canonical example of this, right? What you have done here and thank goodness for it, right? Because in a world where there wasn’t capitalism, there’s no way you you you have effectively independently created what was a television network. It’s miraculous. Like you have more reach than MSNBC, dude. That is the power of markets, but you know, they have to be harnessed to benefit people broadly. This does not mean that the profit mo motive shouldn’t exist, but and and how though this is what I’m trying to get to. And there sounds a little bit like there’s this middle ground we’re like playing with where socialism on one end is okay you know short-term whatever you said then on the other end you’ve got this like extreme capitalist approach and I was yeah those are the the less a fair capitalism right and this socialist status control both of those things are terrible ideas am I right we want something in the middle on on the left side then on the socialism side you get lower growth in your economy over the long term correct okay and then in a capitalist economy you might have higher growth both but then you have more inequality. Correct. And the sweet spot and this is this is the one of the most important this is the important matter one of the most important points I would like to make is that all of the evidence suggests that when you come to the middle and you have a market economy that is actually actively managed to include people that is the growth sweet spot. You have more growth. So more growth absolutely GDP growth rates in the United States were 4 4 1/2% for decades 40 50 60s and then as soon as the neoliberals took over in 1975 GDP growth rates fell first to 3% and now to 2% when they did what? Cut taxes for rich people deregulated powerful people and suppressed wages for everybody else. So, the most important socioeconomic fact, as I’ve said many times before, in the United States is that the median full-time worker earns about $60,000 a year today, if they had maintained their same share of GDP since 1975, instead of earning 60, they would earn $120,000 a year. So, there’s you’re saying there’s no trade-off in the middle because there’s trade-offs on both ends, right? We just described the trade-offs. You’re saying that in the middle there’s this that’s the sweet spot where there’s where there’s maximum amounts of growth, maximum amounts of participation, maximum amounts of political stability. This is what Darren Oasamuglu and James Robinson call the narrow corridor. This perfect balance between less afair capitalism and socialism. I mean socialism is stupid because because it kills markets but this impulse to more fairly share let’s call that where socialism comes from this impulse to have a society which is more egalitarian but what all the data suggests is that when you build a market economy that basically tries to make sure that everyone participates where workers get a fair share of the wages where as the company as the economy grows as it did for years. And you’ve got another you have a you you have a you have a a great graph in here. So for decades as productivity grew everybody benefited and then in the 70s it decoupled and as soon as it decoupled GDP growth rates fell right if we had and and all of this all of this was a consequence of policy of policy. So here’s another thing the new economics teaches is that there’s this idea that a middle class, a thriving middle class is the consequence of economic growth. That if we just let the economy grow, we’ll get this great middle class. And that is because economists assume the e the economy is something called ergotic. Now erotic means, let me show you the difference between two games. One is erotic, one is non-orgotic. Rock, paper, scissors is an ergotic game. And what that means is the outcome of the next game has nothing to do with the game before. Yeah. Right. Monopoly is a non-orgotic game. And in Monopoly, no matter how much how many times you go to Monopoly school, if you play a game of Monopoly long enough, one person will own everything and everybody else will have nothing. And that is what a market economy is. It is characterized by luck, path dependence, and compounding. The past. The p. Well, it’s the past, right? Where you start. Yeah. Right. Some of us started on third base. Some of us, like you, as I recall, started on actually first base or home plate or something like that. Well, I think Yeah, probably second base. Okay. Maybe second base, but whatever. But we have parents that love me electricity at your house. Yeah. Okay, fair point, right? And you’re very capable and good-looking and all the rest of it, right? It could it No, I mean, just if we’re just being honest, right? We’re just being honest. you had some natural advantages, but you know, in Monopoly, you land on Park Place, the first roll, you’re rolling. You get four good rolls in Monopoly, you’re going to win the game, right? And compounding, the better you do, the better you do. And the thing about in a in an honor Godic system is that both advantages and disadvantages compound. Surely you know people in your life who have had a couple of things of bad luck, right? And then they spiral into oblivion, right? And so what that means is that a a middle class and thus a high functioning society with social cohesion is always always a a deliberate construction. It is always created by policy. Always. And all of these things that we are pushing back against him and his way, me and my way are a consequence of basically an economic theory that said to policymakers, do it that way. And it was a mistake. And we should recognize that mistake and try to heal these mistakes, which we can. We can have a great society. We can have an ownership society. We can have anything we want. We just have to decide to do it and not let a small group of incredibly rich people dictate the terms of the economy. This is within our grasp. What are your thoughts then? I agree in principle with all of that, especially the last bit. A small group of very, very powerful people dictating the economy, meeting up in Davos, coming up with our how our lives should live. Um, there’s there’s more to the story here. In the early ‘7s, they decoupled uh the the dollar from uh gold and they created the Fiat system, which meant they could print money that inflated assets that financialized it financialized assets, including the family home, which meant that as soon as we could print money, we could inflate the value of family homes and make it out of reach of most people. Well, and then finance took over and became 20% of the economy. Yeah. We ended up with these two massive institutions which is the technology industrial complex and the finance industrial complex and those two institutions have driven a wedge in society. My only difference with Nick and it’s a small difference is that I don’t believe raising the floor is going to be enough. I I really do I I I didn’t say it’s enough. I I it’s table stakes. Yeah. It is and and I my experience with that is it’s a minimum is because it’s because I’ve seen the minimum and and the pitchforks are out here in the UK where we have that minimum. My my worry here is that where we are the technology economy and the finance economy is racing as if it’s in a car and then all of the workers who are selling time for money, labor for money, it’s as if they’re running and we’re saying ah you guys just needs better sho comfier shoes. If we give you a pair of Nikes, will you guys be happy? And it’s like this is not going to close that gap. Um we we have to acknowledge that technology and finance are the two like big funds and big tech are the comp are basically hollowing out the middle class. And if we don’t acknowledge who the real bad guys are, when I say bad guys, I’m not sure they’re real bad guys, but essentially systemically they’re systemically they’re the bad guys. We need to essentially say, “Hey, big finance, big tech, you can’t financialize our houses. That’s for us to live in and for us to own.” Um, and you also can’t just eradicate all of our little to small businesses. We we need to tip the scales back in the favor of those small businesses because little towns, you go into any town in England, little like little towns in England, the thriving towns that everyone wants to live in, they have lots of small businesses. They have a butcher, baker, candlestick, maker type like stuff is going on. By the way, the best high street in London is the one I live on. Maran High Street. So, you agree? 100%. Yeah. One thing I find interesting is you’re saying that there’s this sweet spot in the middle. Yes. Where you you still get the the upside dynamism. You think there’s a sweet spot in the middle and decency. It’s a very narrow sweet spot and it’s very hard to achieve because Germany has really tried so hard and they’ve like their economy is collapsing. Their economy is going so badly at the moment. Um and they’ve tried everything. They’ve got workers have to be on the board. For example, of every company you’ve got to have a worker on the board. So they’re like doing as much as they can to do inclusion and the German economy. Okay, but so where is it? What? Okay, but here here’s the thing is it’s it is simply not fair to say the German economy is collapsing. Like have you been to Germany? Like come on. Like have you been to Stockholm? Like these places are incredibly functioning. Yeah, there’s definitely a Ford momentum but the German car industry is getting hollowed out right now. China, right? China’s doing that. Okay. But just because workers are on the board of German companies that and German people are unhappy the you you can’t necessarily connect these things. I just want to acknowledge though that like there are places like Dubai which are very close to lay fair capitalism with a sovereign wealth fund. And just just hold on. If you talk to someone who lives in Dubai, they freaking love Dubai. Like they they are so they’re the happiest people like and they talk they talk millionaires entrepreneurial people. Yeah. The rich people not the not the poor brown people who are well I mean because they b Indians and don’t know who well they they Yes. And also when I talk to a lot of the Uber drivers there and I talk to people who work in cafes there and all that sort of they’re all quite pro Dubai as well. But that’s because their other options are horrific. Yeah. That is it’s probably more extreme inequality isn’t it? It it’s more extreme inequality. quality because the place is growing until recently obviously with right but because the place is growing it feels like there’s a rising tide for everybody there’s something about economic growth that makes people very very happy and there’s something about a lack of economic growth that makes people miserable here in the UK for example okay but but just again Dubai is a place the UAE has been powered by the most extraordinary gusher of free cash probably the planet has ever seen I mean you Look up on your iPad there. The like the tailwind that economy gets from the unlimited resources. I wouldn’t say that’s why people love to buy it. They love it because of the entrepreneurial vibe. Like who like ambitious people? Yeah. So this is the rich excitement. Well, no. I see people. No, I see young people who want to have a crack and they’re because they’re they’re rich relative to the people doing the work. Well, they what they’re looking for is a place where their work will be rewarded. Let’s imagine the UK where your ability to get onto capitalism, your first million or your first 2 million is very easily low taxed in order to get things going for you economically. I I just want to see a situation where ambitious. Yeah. Like your ambitious people like what I hate is that I see these young people who are really super smart. I wish they were here building and they’re like you can’t succeed in the UK. they’ll just tax it off you as soon as you earn anything they take it. What if you’re not am and they leave? I think you’re benefited by a lot of the ambitious people. So when when you get one in if you get one in 10 people who are entrepreneurial or one in 100 people who are entrepreneurial, they’re creating optionality. They’re creating companies. The US is this the US is sort of set up for you the American dream. This is more of a US approach, isn’t it? What we have there is higher inequality. I’ll give you two to to to one extreme. the US, you hit the top rate of income tax when you hit $700,000. In the UK, it’s h 100,000 and and it immediately goes to 60% tax, 62% tax, and then it drops to 45% after that. Like, but there’s this kind of like Does it really? Yeah. It’s this it’s this it’s this weird. No, it’s this insane thing where you basically pay 20% 40% 60% 45% and it’s this kind of but to the point that people prefer the US the US approach sounds more leaving to the US like a lot of Brits are actually going to and the US has an inequality has higher inequality which means it’s probably more likely that the pitchforks will come out well for an ambitious person they don’t care about inequality right inequality is the opportunity to get ahead yeah they might not but from a social perspective the pitch folks are probably going to come out sooner in the US because of that inequality than in somewhere else. They seem to be coming out here in a big way. Like they’re coming out here, but they’re also coming out in the United States. Look at look at Zack Palanski uh is is gaining a huge political movement. Mandani in the UK, sorry, in New York is we’re seeing a rise of socialism in the United States. Okay. Zoran Mandami calls himself a socialist because he does not have another word for what he is doing. He has said seize the means of production. He said it and he said take houses off landlords like he is a he’s a card carrying socialist. Yeah. But he hasn’t done any really socialist things. I I just think that there there’s a bit of a confusion. But asking wealthy people to pay a little bit more tax is not socialism. uh standing up grocery stores in food deserts because no grocery store will will will will do it because it’s not profitable enough is not socialism. This is the government provisioning benefits to citizens, fixing potholes, making bike ramps, whatever the stuff he’s doing. These are not socialist things. What they are is not strictly neoliberal things, which is just like letting rich people run roughshod over everybody else. The thing that I see with say a food desert and a a store is that the tax system is so punitive that a small opportunity like setting up a grocery store with all the taxes and all the regulations and all the stuff the government puts on you, it’s just not worth doing it. There are better opportunities out there. Like I’m not talking about remove it for rich people. I’m saying for startups, for small businesses, for businesses that employ less than 200 people. If you basically create very positive exper very very positive conditions for small businesses to get started, they will set up a grocery store in a in a bad neighborhood because they go, “Yeah, you know what? I can figure out how it works in this.” Do do you think there’s a chance that we have a a bit of a bias as entrepreneurs? Everyone at this table is an entrepreneur. And for whatever reason, I think a lot of mine might be some like I don’t know trauma or whatever. I had a bias towards setting up a business and taking that risk. Whereas like my other three siblings, they didn’t do that. And I don’t know what I did to have that bias within me. Like if you really think about it, I it’s it was probably something my parents didn’t intend to do, which meant that at 18 when my four three siblings went to university and sort of followed that more one could say safer path. Well, yeah. Safer path. I dropped out. How angry were your parents when you Oh, they didn’t speak to them. My mom was Yeah. My mom’s Nigerian as well, so she didn’t she school when she was a child. Didn’t get an education. Can’t read. must have in a tough a tough understatement of what happened. But for whatever reason, that’s the path that I took and I’m I I can acknowledge that I’m in a bit of a minority. Yeah. And I think I sometimes consider like maybe I don’t realize that through privilege or through some genetic privilege or whatever. I had this particular orientation towards like entrepreneurialism that maybe other people don’t always have. And that means that they start the grocery store. I get crucified in the comments. Not everyone can be an entrepreneur, right? I’m not saying everyone can be an entrepreneur. I’ve never said that. But the grocery store analogy there is someone would start that grocery store if it was easier. Well, not everybody would work. There’s always a risk-to-reward ratio and government brings in all sorts of regulations and government only really thinks about big businesses. If you talk to anyone in government, small businesses don’t exist and they just simply think, why hasn’t Tesco done it or why hasn’t like Walmart done it? Yeah, I I’ve never started a business in the UK, but I can tell you that in the United States, the the barrier to setting up a grocery store in a food desert is not the regulation. It’s Safeway. It’s the supply chain. It’s the It’s all the stuff that you’ve described, which makes it incredibly difficult for for for somebody to operate a single location grocery store. Yeah. So, what would you do about that? Uh so what I would do I is I would I would and again in the United States we used to have lots of laws that pointed the economy towards small businesses. So if I was in charge I would impose a much higher minimum wage but I would do it progressively. All the labor standards all the all of the regulations would be imposed progressively. And in terms of regulation I would make it far like for a big company there’s a lot of rags right? You have to follow every rule to the tea. For a small business, you have a lot more flexibility. It’s imp because because we need the standards, but it turns out to be really hard as a single proprietor even to even to read the manual, right? To know what you’re supposed to do. So to me, it would all be progressive. So it would be easy to get capital, easy to start a business, relatively unencumbered by by regulation, although constrained to a certain extent. There are terrible things that small business people do, too. Wait, how’d you make it easier to get capital? Oh, you could have government programs that were designed to help small businesses get off the ground. We have the British Bank that uh underwrites for the first 25,000 of loans. Yeah. We had the small business administration in the United States that did a lot of that work. Yeah. So, we we have a lending institution here that is uh 75% underwritten by government for £25,000 startup loan. Right. So, there is some some schemes that can can work. I started all my companies on a on a credit card. The key thing is is this. There’s a difference between entrepreneurials and startups that are intending to scale and just small businesses that want to exist as a small business. I’m really big on the idea that we want to we want communities that have lots of small businesses even if they have no intention to scale and exit and any of those sorts of things that they that old fashioned thing, right, where you just had a grocery store. Yeah. And and it’s a good and you weren’t trying to create Walmart. Yeah. You just wanted to run a grocery store. It’s hard though, isn’t it? cuz you you want to be CVS or you you want to you want to be a network. But with a grocery store idea, if you’ve got mom and pop grocery store here, then next to it you have let’s say I don’t know in the UK it’s called Spa which is a grocery store 7-Eleven. The problem is if those are next to each other and one has um economies of scale I 7-Eleven can buy the cucumber for 20% of the cost of the mom and pop shop. Then if you’re on that street the 7-Eleven is going to survive. That’s why that’s why we tilt towards the United States used to have laws that expressly prohibited that. And why did they get rid of them? Neoliberalism. So they got rid of the restrictions on Yeah. There there used to be express laws to make sure that big companies could not buy raw materials cheaper than than small companies. Like when I was young, when I was your age, if you wanted to buy a competitor, you were sweating bullets because you had that had to be reviewed by a body and if they thought that you were consolidating too much, they would just say no. But if you think I think about all my friends that have opened retail stores through their companies and they they only do that when they get really big because their ecom business is supporting it. So if you think about I know the gym sharks, the represents other actors. So you can’t okay with respect to retail you are largely correct it depends on what kind of retail like you could have a gym you can’t e-commerce a gym or you know there are all kinds of retail some of which is somewhat immune from e-commerce and some of which is getting destroyed by e-commerce doesn’t it doesn’t matter if we’re talking about retail they were regional manufacturing companies regional everything sure and it all went away and you have never experienced a world in which that used to exist Like your your entire business experience is this sort of neoliberal world of giant companies. True. And the world I grew up in, we young, I’m old, right? But I I remember what it was like to go to the video store and select videos from the video store. I remember what it was like. Yeah. Like I remember going to the CD store and listening to music and talking to the retail employees when I was growing up. The cool kids worked at the CD store, the geeky kids worked at the bookstore, and everybody worked at the everyone else worked at the grocery store. Yeah. And all of those business models are gone. And this is what I mean. We need to kind of tip back towards small business experimentation being protected and all of that. The other thing, too, and I should should raise this about minimum wage and giving people more money. The bottom half of taxpayers in the UK pay 9.5% of all the uh income taxes. The government could remove taxes off of 50% of workers in one move and it would cost 33 billion and you just get rid of that and then every single person in the bottom half of income earners gets a 10% pay rise to 15% pay rise. Right. I love it. So where do we get the 32 billion from? Just just keep in mind their budget is 1.4 trillion. I know. I know. I know. But we’re going to have to if we trillion this 15 million people. Yeah. I agree. I’m just saying where does the money cuz I know what’s going to happen. Karma is saying they found this 20 million billion20 billion black hole in the finances and they and that’s the reason why they’re saying they’ve had to cut back on pensions and these kinds of things. So if we add another 30 billion to that where where do we where do we get the money from? You’re talking about reduce the the amount of administrative burden to tax 15 million people and keep on top of the tax on 15 million people. Just the sheer volume of people who have to work at HMRC all of this insanity. No, but I’m saying where does the money come from? Yeah. So, out of 1.4 trillion, I’m pretty sure we could find half of 1% 1% of it or whatever to to get these number of people out of tax. Um, I think we could tax big corporations who are taking the piss. Uh, and I also think the economic spending rounds of getting those people, those poor, the poorer half of people should not be paying tax. If you give them more money, they’ll spend more money, right? They’re not Okay, I agree with you. So you’re saying tax big corporations more in the UK at point of consumption. Personally, I would make it a like very similar to a broadcast license that it’s a fixed fee that’s very hard to wiggle out of. So if I’m a let’s say I’m an open AI, yeah, you might have a broadcast license to pay uh to to access this market. So you’re going to charge say you say I’m going to charge Open AI 4 billion, 5 billion to access our market. Well, for example, Facebook is very much broadcasting videos and content all the time. So is YouTube. So is Google. All that sort of stuff. So you just simply say, “Guys, the cost of doing business in this country if you want access to this market is a fixed broadcast license fee of 500 million a year or whatever it is.” And you just say based on the number of views that you guys get and how much attention you suck out of our economy, we just essentially tax the attention. You’re literally if people are spending an hour a day on their phone doom scrolling, we’re that that is a broadcast. you’re broadcasting to our people, so therefore we’ve got a broadcast license. Um, so those are the types of things that I would look at because they’re very hard to wiggle out of. Do you think then these these companies like an open eye would would then as we said earlier just increase the subscription fee in this market and you see this sometimes where in certain countries something is cheaper. I remember going to the United I I used to go to the United States to buy my Apple products cuz it was cheaper there. Yeah. And then in the UK it cost me like not even not even a little bit. It was like hundreds of dollars more to buy a laptop here. the same laptop in this market versus this one cost different amounts of money. They they may choose to try and pass on that consumption tax to to consumers. Maybe they do do that. Uh maybe we could try and avoid maybe we could try and legislate against that that they have to essentially be on par with where they are in other markets that they they have to charge par. Um if we don’t if we don’t do anything, we essentially have nurses and uh you know like teachers and all the people who are in the normal 50% of the economy whose job is now to hold up the economy while Starbucks doesn’t pay taxes while Amazon doesn’t pay taxes while Google doesn’t pay taxes. And and Steve, I think all your questions are really really good, but they all point to the same thing, which it which is that, you know, the economy is a collective action problem, right? And you know, it’s a global action problem. It’s a global it’s a global collective action problem. And if we want if we want robust solutions to these problems, we’re going to have to robustly coordinate activity across the world. And you know like for during the Biden administration they tried really hard to do this global profit tax where where uh but that collapsed under the weight of pressure. But all you know again all of your questions I think are really good but they all point to the same fundamental weakness of of of governance and Nick you you you need to talk to your billionaire mates and also say if we don’t start investing in the economies that we do business with which you are saying right of course right it’s a lonely business I’ll just tell you but it’s like it’s like it’s like with those CEOs of those companies you know you drain this you drain the whole economy out and and and then where then what next I think on this pass through problem I was thinking I was looking at different ways that this ends up being applied. So if you think about the Big Mac, the Big Mac costs different things in different states depending on how much tax the that that state charges. So in Oregon the Big Mac is $8 whereas in Chicago it’s almost $9. Um if you think about like bookstores, you can buy one book on the high street for $20, the same book online is $10 because they’re passing through the cost. So it’s conceivable that if we we say to big corporations right you guys are going to pay a bigger tax to sell into the UK than the UK consumer that they’ll they might pass that on to the UK consumer and they might look at different markets and because you know they might say as a company we want to make 30% margin to make 30% margins in the UK is to bump the cost UK consumer could say I’m going to use a VPN and pretend that I’m going to be in a different market and pay a lower price and doesn’t matter you still have to pay the broadcast license if you want to be available in our in our country. These are hard problems and we need to know who is the person that we’re targeting. It’s it’s the black rocks of the world. It’s the it’s the big banks of the world. It’s the big mortgage. Like I had um say I had a private conversation with the CTO of a very large company technology business. And he was saying to me, he goes, “I don’t think the UK understands the situation it’s putting itself in and the EU with all this regulation.” He said to me, um, that we sell this particular product It’s a physical product and because the UK and I think EU have put this new law in where you have to have removable batteries. Interestingly, the unintended consequence of that is we have to stock more lithium batteries. More of them go into landfill and also your devices break because they’re no longer waterproof. So you’re going actually it’s harming the environment. And also he said the thing you guys don’t realize is that you’re actually not a big market anymore for us. And because South America’s coming online, we actually don’t have to sell the product here. And you think about this in terms of some of the regulations around AI as well. When a new product launches on a track, yeah, it goes in the US first because of regulations and then maybe No, it goes in the US first because it’s the biggest market. Biggest market. But also we have we’re our regulations around some software and GDPR and all these kinds of things means that sometimes we just don’t get the features. And sometimes in my history in our history of building the previous business I was in as creators we would sometimes have to wait 12 or 18 months to get the same tools that my competitors I know in the United States could use monetization tools. They they have the monetization tools first then we’d have to wait 18 months. The economy is a set of trade-offs. Like that is the problem. Like economics is called a set of tra the actual definition of economics is making trade-offs um and picking picking your trade-offs. I totally get it. Like regulation does actually suck for consumers and for businesses. Um and like the the EU is now overregulated to the extent that you can’t even take a a lid off of a bottle without, you know, the government being involved with how the lid comes off the bottle. And it’s killing it’s killing our dynamism. We are really just like and the US is underregulated and if you buy chicken in a in a store and and don’t cook it could be anything. One in three chances you’ll you’ll you’ll you’ll get uh either E.coli or salmonilla and your life expectancy is lower. Exactly. Everyone who eats in the US trade-offs comes back from the US and goes, “Oh my goodness, I hate I hate eating food in the US. It’s all terrible. It’s all trade-offs.” Does this not then mean our ultimate conclusion of this conversation is around morals and ethics around the trade-offs that we think are the right ones to make? Yes. And so it’s a question really of morals and ethics. Yes. Human flourishing. Yes. 100%. The the purpose of the economy is is to improve human human lives. The way to do this is to massively maximize small business power because when people get more complicated when when pe when people have to when I have to work shoulderto-shoulder with my workers, I treat people well, right? When I’m a mega corporation who have faceless workers down on the factory floor that I will never meet. I will never sit next to on a plane. I will never come in contact with my workers. I can treat them however I like. Why do you think that’s reductive, Nick? Uh, well, I think that what Dan is saying is true and massively insufficient. Of course, I mean, we’re in violent agreement about the small business point. Like, I don’t want to be naive and think we should go back to the 60s or something like that. Like, I don’t think that’s true. But again, here’s what the new economics shows. that corporate consolidation increases prices, lowers wages, decreases consumer choice, and decreases the rate of innovation. Right? And I 100% agree because innovation again that the conventional view of innovation, the conventional economic view of in innovation is this sort of great man theory is you have this smart rich guy who’s sitting somewhere and he he or she has this amazing idea and that’s innovation. That is not what innovation is. Innovation is always combinatorial in technology makes itself out of itself. You you start with a rock. The the rock was our first technology. And you did a lot of stuff with rocks. And we also had sticks. Actually, sticks were our first technology. But you tie a rock to a stick, you have a hammer, a spear, an arrow, an axe, a shovel. It goes on and on and on. And what that means in terms of policy is that because innovation is combinatorial, the more diverse people in a network who come together with different ideas and different sets of experiences, that is what drives the rate of innovation. And this is mathematically demonstrated that a diverse group of people working on a problem will absolutely consistently outperform a a a homogeneous group of high performers. And then when they when they become really successful, which will happen eventually if you let that system play out, you have this inequality unless you intervene at some point and recycle it. And then when you go to recycle it, you go get back to this issue of us having needing global cohesion. Yes. Because some people won’t want the recycling. Correct. And they’ll say, well, I’m just going to go to Ireland or I’m going to go to Dubai or I’m going to go somewhere else. And this is maybe a function of the new economy where people can just get up and leave and take their value with them. Yes. And this is the conundrum. This is the conundrum. But the meta issue above the conundrum is recognizing that citizens have both the right and the responsibility to want to address that problem. And we and you grew up in a world where it was illegitimate to address that problem that that that economics told you don’t worry about those problems. The market will sort it out. Is there like a radical idea of how to solve this? So, do we need like all the the very very rich people in the world to come together collectively and say we’re going to create a new model? Like how do how do you I don’t know. Is there any radical ways to solve this stuff or is it just all trade-offs once again democracy? One of the big radical ways is breaking up companies and it’s unthinkable. You know Jeff Bezos, right? Yes, I do. So, it was in my wedding. I wonder if he would lose more sleep about higher taxes or having his company broken up. Oh, for sure. Broken up. Cuz if you broke up uh Google from YouTube, if you broke up AWS, Amazon Prime and Amazon, if you like the biggest thing that scares the billionaires is backing competition with the market. And it’s like, oh my goodness, I don’t want to have to compete. I’ve got this amazing monopoly that just works. Right. So, but is is that a perfect solution? Cuz I was thinking it’s not a perfect solution. Pretty good solution. It’s the least worst solution available. It’s pretty it’s pretty good. It’s pretty effective. I mean, this is what Teddy Roosevelt did. These companies aren’t making any any money though. They’re like being subsidized by the mothership. So like in an let’s say Amazon Prime that’s competing against Netflix and dude these companies make money where they want to make money for for tax optimization and strategic reasons. Look, I mean you know like when we started Amazon.com and I’m not sure if you guys remember the whole hit on it was it’s not profitable, right? The secret to Amazon.com success is the negative cash conversion cycle. Right? For virtually every business on planet Earth, to grow requires capital, right? For all of your businesses, growth requires capital. But for Amazon.com, we took an order, we put up the website, you take an order, you instantaneously transmit that order to a book warehouse, which has all of the titles in stock. It’s shipped the next day, it’s received the next day. you ship it out, hit the hit the person hit the person’s credit card, but then you don’t have to pay the book seller for 90 days, right? And what that means is the bigger the company gets, the better cash flow gets whether you’re making money or not. So, we didn’t have to make money because we had most companies have to make money because if they don’t, they don’t have the cash flow to continue like Amazon Prime businesses and Yeah. And so there are things available that we could have made money in one minute just by increasing our prices by 3 or 4%. Yeah, these companies are also not worth trillions of dollars because they’re not profitable. They’re they’re worth trillions of dollars because they are making money. But the issue is is they have strategic monopolies. And if you really want to make them lose sleep, you need to break up strategic monopolies. You need to say there’s an actual limit to how big a fund can be. There’s an actual limit as to how big a strategic monopoly can be. uh you can’t have things that hedge naturally against each other and prevent real competition. So like these things are ways of and also ties up their attention. So while they’re thinking about not getting broken up, they’re also not competing with all the other guys out there. So like it’s it’s basically capitalism runs on competition. And this is the one thing that we’ve missed that the less competition. Yeah. Like when Adam Smith said capitalism works, he said it only works when there’s competition. If there’s one bakery in town, any bread at any quality, at any price is what you have to pay. As soon as there’s two bakeries in town, it has to be the best quality at the best price. Although with two, you can collude. But if you have five, it’s very hard. So, so Amazon has a monopoly over strategic monopoly. A strategic monopoly. So, what does one do with Amazon? You break it up. Yeah. Into what? AWS, Amazon Prime, Amazon retail. Fine. But they’ve still got a monopoly in online e-commerce theoretically. Yeah. Well, it’s just harder. it’s easier for someone to come along and compete. Right now, it’s very, very hard for me to compete with Amazon because they are pulling in cash from AWS. They’re pulling in cash from all these other subscriptions. There’s so Amazon basics. You could break up the retail. You could say you can have a bookstore, you can have an electronic store, you can have this. You can only you can’t be the everything store, right? So, you could there’s all sorts of ways that you but you have to acknowledge when someone has achieved a strategic think that’s a good idea. Do you still own shows on Amazon? No, sadly. Okay. I wouldn’t be here talking to you guys if I No, no, no, no. That’s true. Jeff won’t come. Uh, no. I sadly I sold my shares. But, uh, you know, I I am open to all of these ideas because I know I mean I am completely with Dan. I know that the world would be a better place if these companies were smaller and we had more competition. And again there is not there are no silver bullets to these complex problems the world faces. We are not at this table going to come up with this algorithmic idea that is just going to make the world a better place. It it none of these solutions are perfect. They are always going to be the least worst thing that we can come up with. But I think at at the at the level of principle um living in a world where we try actively to limit concentrated power in all its forms. Where we try actively to include people in whatever way whether as entrepreneurs or just workers as robustly as possible. Where we try to make sure that people are engaged enough in the economy so that they will be supportive of the democracy. not want to burn it down. These are high-level principles that I think reasonable people can agree with and they come into conflict with people like Elon Musk and Jeff Bezos and Mark Zuckerberg who do not want to live in that world, who want to live in an oligarchical world and I just think that we should have that fight and win. We have a closing tradition where the last guest leaves a question for the next not knowing who they’re leaving it for and I think it’s quite a relevant question. Um, I’ll ask you first, Dan. The question is, in a world with so many challenges, what can we do to restore hope and trigger engagement?

    Uh getting back to what we were talking about, we need we need people to know that the game the rules of the game have changed and that the rules that we grew up with where we grew up in a particular industrialized late stage industrialized world that had those rules and we now live in an early stage digital revolution world. And the thing that gives me hope is I know how the rules of that world work, right? Someone explained it to me. They actually explained this is how you start a business. This is how you grow a business. This is how you make a million. This is how you hire some people. This is how you get a great team working side by side. That gave me an enormous amount of hope. I have a pathway out of where I was born and the wealth I was born with and where I am now. Someone explained to me the pathway. Here’s how the rules work and here’s how you make make success. One of the things that makes people feel hopeless is that they’re stuck in a game where no one explains the rules. So explaining the rules. So I would say we need a schooling system. The thing we don’t talk about enough is that the schooling system has to explain to kids the relevant information as to how to function in the current economy. So I played that forward in my head and I was thinking, okay, you get a million kids and you explain all of the rules to them. At some point, if you just give it a year or two, say they all knew the rules, um there’s still an edge and some of them would figure out the edge. Totally. And then you’ve got this pocket that know everyone knows the rules but then others know this particular way to beat the system and that could be with I don’t know they learn about AI they learn about whatever and then you’re kind of back into the same place and you were one such person who got the edge someone came to you and went you know they’re saying the rules are this actually there’s a way to get an edge and you had it within you for whatever reason to capitalize on that edge and now you’re a multi-millionaire that edge so so there’s always going to be the rule and then the rules Yeah, there’s no every single day after you explain a rules to someone there’s a new set of rules. The only consistent is change. And at the moment, most people I encounter who have never had any explanation going on about how the world works. Now, they are hopeless. They feel completely hopeless. As in like I see kids who are sending out um CVS to Microsoft or to like some major company. They don’t realize that those companies are getting 3,500 I get it. The day after you explain the rules to them, the rules are one day less relevant. And so it’s true. You’d have to go to school every single day. Well, yeah. You lifelong learning. You do have to do lifelong learning. Like there is this lifelong part of the rules is lifelong learning. That is actually one of the rules which is the only consistent is change. It sounds like you’re saying though that if we teach people the rules of business, then people will have more hope. And but but there’s so many people that I know like my my fianceé who she doesn’t she cares about something else much more than she cares about business. She cares about like she just started she set up Bali breath work and she was able right she was able to create barley breath work because well I said it not you she was able to figure out how to turn her passion into something that is commercially sustainable. But I’m just using her as an example cuz we did get that from the school system fundamentally. She maybe she got it in part because she has a dad who’s an entrepreneur. She has a explain the rules to her. Um she has the support network like she supports me, I support her. She knows how to enroll people into her success. All of that is called pitching, publishing content, creating a product offering. I only know one thing that I’ve seen work again and again and again and again, which is I teach people the people who learn the entrepreneurial method suddenly feel agency and hope. I I agree and I saying that’s for everyone. Yeah, but this is the it’s not for everyone. It’s for people like that had whatever mean you had in terms of like the upbringing, the luck, the whatever, the fortune. I’m not saying everyone’s going to be an entrepreneur. My answer to that question is entrepreneurial is the entrepreneurial tool set gives people a lot of hope. I get that and that one of the things that we have to acknowledge is that’s a certain type of person who has a certain type of goals. There are some people who actually just want to go outside and they don’t they want to work. Maybe they want to work one day a week or two days a week. Sure, I don’t want to do push-ups and I don’t want to do sit-ups and I don’t want to go to the gym. But if you ask a fitness professional, how do you improve your body? How do you feel good? Right? The fitness professional says, “Hey, these are all the things that I’ve seen working for a lot of people about going out and getting fit.” And you might not want to do them initially, but actually the people who do these things, the hope the people that do those things might have an inherent privilege, right? Wait, the world’s not fair. Like the world’s not fair. Some people are born on I just know your answer to the same question. I think we we need to have vital democracies that manage economies in ways that are optimized around human flourishing and not capital efficiency, not capital accumul accumulation. That we live in a world, you completely grew up in a world where the highest good was capital efficiency. the capital efficiency and godliness were the same and we have organized society in this way. We in the United States it we literally have a norm and a set of regulations around maximizing shareholder value for corporations. Right? This was invented out of whole cloth in the 1970s. This whole idea that the purpose of the corporation should be merely to enrich shareholders. And the evil of that idea isn’t what they weren’t saying was screw the poor. What they said was if you maximize value for shareholders, it will be good for everybody. And that was the lie because it wasn’t good for everybody. It was good for a tiny minority of people. And the lie was that when you do that, growth rates will go up, GDP will go up. We’ll have a rising tide. And the tide didn’t rise, it fell. And what modern economics says is that we can have a different construct. We can have a different society that purposefully includes people in a robust way, whether they’re a worker, whether they’re a small business. And if we do that, everyone will benefit. The economy will grow faster. People will be paid better. Prices will be lower. We will have more innovation. This is within our grasp. We just have to decide to do it. You should go into politics. I am in politics. Well, I I hear that. One thing I don’t like is waiting for the world to change. And I like I like personal agency. And at Nick’s level that he’s playing at, I love the fact that he’s in politics and he’s he’s using his wealth and his power and his influence to change the system. For most people, waiting for the world to change does not feel empowering. And and I guess what where I’m coming from is like yes, tilt towards this because that’s the political movement that’s required to make sure the world includes more people in capitalism. And I love that. Um, and while that’s happening, take personal accountability, personal agency, figure out what is your next move. Watch all the episodes of Diary of a CEO, learn from people and, you know, and and figure out Yeah, subscribe. Right. Do me a favor, subscribe to the channel. But if if that if that is done, like people people who do that end up feeling hopeful because hope comes from having personal agency. And personal agency is knowing your next move that’s going to benefit you and move you forward. I agree. I agree. And I real I’ you know, the older I’ve gotten, the more I realize my own privilege. And my privilege isn’t necessarily that I built a business and that I have money now and all those things. My privilege is something happened when I was young from the point of maybe where my parents feel guilty about it. I don’t feel guilty about it, but it just has allowed me to see my own bias and to realize that I have this unknown unknown. Unfortunately, that’s growing by the day because I’m getting more entrenched in my own privilege. And what I mean by this is like I play out the scenario theoretically. My dad left my mom and my mom um still struggles to read and write and she would have had like four kids, can’t read or write, can’t really get employment. She worked at St. League hospice as a volunteer and I go, “God, if that one thing had happened, how different would my of life have been and and so that’s like a privilege that I I’ve never even acknowledged because I it’s kind of inherent. It was like built into my life.” And then would I be sat here now? Would I be be the person I am today if that one little thing had happened? No. Would I be ambitious and optimistic about the world? Or would I be theoretically could I be resentful? Could I be like some of my other friends who came from the same city where I came from who didn’t have a father who may I’ve said to some of my friends I said to one of my particular friends back home if you would just get a job for a couple of months I will pay your rent for years didn’t happen can’t get a job at his subway for for 3 months so that I would pay his rent for years I ended up helping him anyway but I it just I remember saying that 10 years ago it just highlighted to me that there’s a real deep inherent privilege that I have that I’m like not even aware that I it sometimes it’s trauma my DNA my brothers are all very smart naturally um and what if I didn’t what if like I didn’t have those two parents and what if I didn’t have the whatever genetic composition I had like then would the advice apply that then would the advice I give to the world would it apply so I I I I mle that and go it’s got to pass that lens for it to be broadly applicable and therefore I think effective advice I I love your level of compassion and empathy for people and the fact that you’re having that self explo exploration means you’re an incredible type of person with each individual. Each person wants to do the most with what they’ve got. I’m saying that if I was to visit a small town that had a thriving 10, 15, 20 businesses in there, there were enough entrepreneurs to create optionality for people. That would be a good town to go to, right? And if I go to a town where there are no entrepreneurs and there are like everyone feels downtrodden and there’s one big Costco and that’s the only employer in town, that’s going to be a [ __ ] town. So all I’m saying is you need a critical mass of people who have uh agency and that lifts up the like having a few do you know in in Japan they call it the Shogun family, right? and the Shogun family lifts up that that little community and that around that Shogun family you end up with lots of other businesses and lots of other like it it it flows out. But when you have one monolith in the world that is the only company in town and it is the only place that ships stuff to your door and it’s the there’s only one place to get your CDs and there’s only one place to get your Netflix then pretty much everyone else is just reduced to being a consumer. What do you think, Nick? I again I’ve said it before I I I agree with this sentiment 100%. I am an entrepreneur myself, but I expect that operating in empowerment applies to it will no doubt apply to a high percentage of the people who watch your show, right? Lots and lots of people who watch this show are entrepreneurial, want to be entrepreneurial, so on and so forth. But I suspect you’re talking about less than 5% of people on planet Earth that fit that paradigm. And I want to create a paradigm that works for everybody. And you’re saying if you hit those 5%. Well, even in the UK it’s 6 million self-employed people out of 30 million workers. It’s not it’s not tiny. It’s a pretty decent percent, right? It it is a major opportunity that more people than ever could take part in. If you asked a health professional, how do you get hope? Go to the gym, go for a run, all that stuff. You’re asking an entrepreneur how do you get hope through personal agency? I’m going to tell you what’s worked what’s worked for me is the entrepreneurial method. Yeah. So maybe we need to ask a broad group of people. Yeah. But I suspect that what they will come back to you with is the quiet miracle of a normal life. If you want that, that’s great. I I want that and I want that for everyone. That’s gone away. It’s gone. Houses are unaffordable. Sorry. Local jobs don’t exist. No one’s paying healthy wages. Like all of that stuff that I want as well. It’s great to sit there and want it, right? But that doesn’t give me hope. That gives me disappointment that it used to exist, right? My the family home that most people would love to raise a family in, it’s 1.2 million now, right? And if you want to fix that, you have to enact this. Yeah. You have to do that. Most people What is People are going to wonder what’s in that piece of paper. So th this is, you know, I mean, the the the main body of my work is coming up with a different economic paradigm, a way of understanding economic cause and effect that leads to the world that Dan prefers, that I prefer. I think I don’t know, but I sense it’s the world that you prefer. And what you have to do is you have to rip down the existing economic framework and replace it with a 21st century thing that inclines policymakers to make good decisions not bad ones. And the booklet itself that that can can you show the booklet? Yeah. So this booklet is 21st century economics. Now this is aimed at policy makers and professionals but but if you go to uh marketsbuilt forhumans.org org. You can download this for free and that is merely an expression of the paradigm itself. Going from believing that uh we should just increase uh capital efficiency to human flourishing. Going from understanding human beings as homoeconomicist to homo sapiens. Going from understanding the economy as a parto optimal equilibrium to a complex to an ecology all this stuff. But when you understand it in a new way, you come to very different conclusions about how you should organize the world. And that is the starting point for global transformation. I love it. He’s already a billionaire. He’s got time on his hands and he’s got money to fly around the world doing it. Do it. And while he’s doing it, all I need is for people like you to help me explain it. Yeah. And and like I I love it. I’m not against it. I’m just saying what will give most people hope is taking agency over their life where they can do something this week to improve their life. So, next time I see you, there will be a test and and download download it, give it to your law makers. Well, so what I’ll do then, I mean, we’ve got different reading materials people that are listening can uh can pursue here. Um, we’ve got Dan’s books here, which I’ll link below. Dan, is there a particular best book to start with in your opinion? Um, the most recent one is called the lifestyle business playbook and it’s basically how to get started with a small business and a business that will give you more fun, freedom, and flexibility. And I like the idea of supporting anyone who’s trying to create a better economy. Some of the most miserable people I know are waiting for the system to change. And I don’t want you to be that person. I want you to be doing something in your own life. And then over here, I mean, I’m going to link all of your books below as well, better. Yeah. I mean, I I just think that um a starting point for global transformation is under look, economics is the operating system of the world. If it’s the wrong operating system, you end up with a very bad circumstance. I and in economics is invisible to most people. They don’t even understand it’s the it’s the water they’re swimming in. They don’t understand that policymakers are making decisions that affect their lives based on a particular understanding of how the economy works. And if that’s wrong, then you’re going to make some terrible decisions. If you believe that prosperity trickles down from the top, you’re going to enact a certain set of policies. If you believe that growth is built from the middle out, you will make an entirely different set of uh uh uh policies. If you believe that the middle class is a consequence of economic growth, you will go one way. If you believe that the thriving middle class is the cause of growth, you will do a completely different set of things in terms of policy. All of them aligned with what Dan wants. But but that’s where you have to start. That’s that’s the meta those are the meta questions that you have to answer and then you and then you deduce logically to all of the things that Dan prefers. But you have to start up here. You have to start with the set of ideas that govern how people see economic cause and effect. And that is what this is.

    I shall link it below. Thank you so much. We’re done. Thank you. You aren fantastic.

  • 06/22/2026 – Archaeology Warning – They May have secretly found antarctica 300 years before us – Graham Hancock

    This could be the last time that I speak about myself, my work, because there’s a chance that I might not make it off the operating table this month. And a journalist who has very bad blood towards me has been trying to publish a story on me for more than 2 years now, and it will come out in the next month or two. And I didn’t want that to be the last word of my life. What do you want the last word of your life to be? I’m here to communicate about the possibility of a major forgotten episode in Human Story. I’m talking about a lost civilization. So, most people think civilization started 6,000 years ago. Yes. But you believe there’s strong evidence that there could have been a previous civilization 20,000 years ago. And I’m going to present the evidence for that here, Stephen. And it suggests a golden age where there was no violence, no cruelty, where great healers and sages were at work. They’re extremely sophisticated. However, if you follow the myths further, as I’ve done, you find something odd happens. We find that they stepped away from the original purity and become a culture that begins to impose its power on others around the world. And then sewn into those myths is scientific information which record a gigantic cataclysm all but wiping out the human race. If what you’re saying is true, what does that mean for our lives? I guess also our future. Well, there’s always this feeling in the myths that we brought this upon ourselves. And when I look at our civilization today, I see a civilization that ticks all the mythological boxes for the next lost civilization. And that we are most likely to be the cause of that cataclysm ourselves. Unless we wake up, Graeme Hanok, what will you care about on your last day?

    Most of all, Graeme Hanok, I guess the first question I wanted to ask you is, what is it you’ve committed the last more than 30 years of your life to understanding? What it is is a a puzzle. I’m puzzled by aspects of the human past. There could be, and I think there’s a lot to suggest there was, a major forgotten episode in the human story. That’s why I refer to us as a species with amnesia. When I use that phrase, I need to give credit to Emanuel Velikovski who wrote a book called Mankind in Amnesia. I think we are a species with amnesia. I think we have forgotten something very important in our own past. And when I turn to the experts, I find much of what they say very interesting and very useful, but some of what they say extremely unsatisfactory and and not responding to the problems that that I have in the past. And that’s led me to to take my own approach to the past to look at that and and to offer uh readers because I’m mainly an author occasionally make TV shows to offer them an alternative point of view which is rational and and and solidly based but which is contrary to key aspects of the mainstream narrative. We only have decipherable written scripts from the last 5 a half thousand years maximum. Before that, we don’t have any any writing that we can at any rate read, go back 10, 12, 15, 20,000 years. All you can base it on from an archaeological point of view is what they can dig out of the ground. And I think what they’re missing, the ancients did leave us memories of what they went through. We have myths and traditions and scriptures from all around the world which record a gigantic cataclysm affecting the human race and all but wiping out the human race. Everybody knows the story of the flood of Noah. Of course, the flood of Noah is just an one example of hundreds like that of stories from around the world. Uh archaeologists pour scorn on Plato’s story of Atlantis. Uh but Atlantis is another of those stories that remembers a global flood that wiped out a former era of existence, leaving only a few survivors. And the archaeological response to them is there was a local river flood. They exaggerated it. It was a big deal for them. So they said it happened to the whole world. And I’m sick of archaeologists saying that. This is the memory banks of our species. This is the record, the only record we have of a period before 6,000 years ago. And we shouldn’t despise it and scorn it as primitive superstition. We should say, what can we find in here that we can coordinate with scientific facts that we’re aware of? Let’s see if there’s something to this rather than just dismissing it. Many of these myths contain imagery and a series of numbers. A very important academic study published in the 1960s, a book called Hamlet’s Mill by Giorgio Dantilana, professor of the history of science at Massachusetts Institute of Technology and Hera Vondesin, professor of history of science. This is not me speaking. This is major major historians of science in the 1960s. They found encoded in those myths numbers and imagery that could only relate to one thing and that’s an obscure astronomical phenomenon called the precession of the equinoxes. I’m not going to go into the technical details, but to observe it and to record it and to predict it, to predict its effects in the future involves very precise astronomical observations maintained over a very long period of time, hundreds and hundreds of years at least. So here we have myths of a global cataclysm. There is just so much else. There are ancient maps that show the world as it looked during the ice age, again dismissed as just total coincidence and not significant by archaeology. I feel that archaeology has failed miserably in providing a nurturing satisfying answer to the questions we all have. So when you say global cataclysm what does that mean? Means that some something hit the planet there was we were wiped out. Yeah there there there are a number of options and again I need to stress this because because there’s so much propaganda in this business I’ll be immediately accused of lunatic fringe. The solid science that’s been done on this uh is twofold. One aspect of it, the one that I think I find most persuasive is called the younger drius impact hypothesis. And this is a mainstream hypothesis, but it is severely criticized within academia. The hypothesis is that about 20,000 years ago, a very large comet came in from deep space and went into orbit around the sun. This would be a comet of a diameter of 100 kilometers, maybe 200. Comes in, gets captured by the sun’s gravity, goes into an orbit. That orbit crosses the orbit of the Earth. While you’re dealing with one large object, the chances of getting hit are extremely low. It would be very bad if you did, but very low. Trouble is, nobody disputes this. Once comets are caught by the gravitational field of a very large planet or of a sun, they start to break up into multiple parts. And this is what happened to the younger dryass comet. Instead of being a single bullet, it became a shotgun blast. It became thousands and thousands of objects of which we’ve cataloged quite a lot. Numbers of them, comet Enki is the best known bit of that former comet. Many of the academics who look at this think that comet Enki which is about 6 km in diameter and which does cross the orbit of the earth they think that that was the source comet but whereas the other team are saying no that’s a bit of the source comet there were many other bits as well and 12,800 years ago 12,860 approximately the earth went into a storm of these fragments none of them big enough to compare with the object that wiped out the dinosaurs 65 million years ago but all over the world. The earth is turning. This stuff comes in. They found it in the west coast of North America. They found it in Belgium. And they found it as far east as Syria. So, it’s like the earth turns and this stuff is just coming in. Most of it is blowing up in the air. It isn’t even hitting the ground. But an air burst from an object that might be 100 m in diameter is equivalent to a very substantial nuclear blast. So, their argument is the Earth was hit by a comet storm. And this they then argue, and I think they’re right, uh, explains what happened then because 12,800 years ago, we were still in the ice age. Uh, but the earth was coming out of the ice age. In fact, for about a,000 maybe 2,000 years before that, the earth had been getting warmer, getting quite nice. And you would normally expect that to continue. But then suddenly, 12,800 years ago, give or take 60 years, there’s a huge interruption. There’s a radical change. The earth instead of warming, it suddenly goes back into a massive deep freeze. And this is the time when all the famous big animals of the ice age, the megaporna are wiped out. The the woolly mammoths, the mastadons, the giant sloths, these things like 14 ft tall, you know, they’re all they’re all wiped out in that window around about 12,800 years ago. And most important of all, there’s a very mysterious sea level rise that occurs then. This you would not expect when the earth is entering a cold phase. Normally when earth enters a cold phase, ice accumulates on the existing ice caps. It doesn’t melt and go into the sea. So the next thing is how do we explain this sudden rise in sea levels at the beginning of younger dries. It shouldn’t have happened. The comet theory explains it perfectly. the the the mass, the impact, the heat, the air bursts, that would have been enough to send the ice sheets into meltdown and to cause this pulse of melt water. Then the freeze sets in, you have about 1,200 years of freezing, desperately cold conditions. And then again, 11,600 years ago, womph, it suddenly warms up. I mean, these are radical climate changes. They’re beyond anything that’s happening now. And uh I I think explanations are needed for them. because 12,800 years ago may sound a long time ago, but it’s really yesterday in the human story. Uh, so something very big happened to the Earth and happened to our ancestors 12,800 years ago. If it wasn’t a comet, another theory that’s been put forward is a radical change in solar activity. This might have been involved with it as well. I don’t find that as persuasive as the younger drius impact hypothesis. And you know maybe some other explanation will come up but what nobody disputes is that the younger dus was a catastrophe. Uh it was global uh and and it had huge effects. You um you chose intentionally to come and have this conversation today. Why today? Well I’ve been quite unwell really noticeably unwell since uh January February uh this year particularly very very short of breath. It’s it’s because the one of the failed valves in my my heart is um causing blood to regurgitate inside the heart rather than pumping it through the body. And that means that oxygenated blood is not getting to my lungs. I probably would live another 2 or 3 years without the surgery, maybe maybe even five, but the quality of life would be very low. I I can’t even walk up three stairs without being being exhausted at the moment. So, I’ve definitely decided to to have the surgery. Why am I doing this interview now rather than postponing it until after the surgery and I’ve recovered? Well, there’s a tiny chance, absolutely minuscule chance that I might not make it off the operating table this month. Yeah, this month. And if that were the case, uh this would be the last time I’ve spoken about myself, my work, my life, challenges I faced, uh in an open forum like this. And and and I I I choose to do that. And I’m going to say specifically why without giving without mentioning names. I choose to do that because a journalist uh who has very bad blood towards me has been trying to publish a story on me for more than 2 years now. Uh and it will come out in the next in the next month or two. And I didn’t want that to be the last word of my life. That’s why I’m here. Stephen, what do you want the last word of your life to be? I would I would hope that people will come to understand that I’m not the person that a very small minority of archaeologists have mobilized social media to present me as. I’m not a grifter. I’m not a hoaxer. I’m not a con man. I’m deeply committed to this. I’ve devoted my life to it for more than for more than 30 years. I’m passionate about it. It matters to me. And I think again I’ll be laughed at for saying this, but I feel called to do this. I feel I I feel it’s my obligation and my responsibility to do this. How is that disputed? Cuz I I guess I need to understand human history to understand why the the the fundamental belief that you have that there was a civilization that we aren’t talking about. I’d like to be clear. It’s not a belief. Um this is another is a mistake that my that my critics of often make. They they think that I’m dealing with some sort of belief system or some sort of cult here. No, I’m not. I’m I’m just puzzled. I’m just puzzled by the past and I’m puzzled by the memories that have been passed down to us. And I’m puzzled that those memories concur all around the world on a serious cataclysmic event. What is it that the your people that aren’t puzzled and are certain belief? Yeah. They think that glacial lakes in North America gradually grew in size and overspilled the ice dams that held them in place and that the um water from those lakes, some of it went into the Atlantic Ocean and cut the Gulf Stream. I don’t dispute that glacial lakes were involved, but those lakes were filled up at a massive speed. Nobody disputes that the Younger Dryus was a cataclysmic event. It’s just the the degree of the cataclysm that’s disputed and what caused it that’s disputed. But everyone agrees that humans are 300 15,000 years. I mean at present when I started on this quest back back in the late 80s early 90s it was felt that anatomically modern human beings had not existed for more than 50,000 years. Very recent really. But this turned out to be complete rubbish because anatomically modern humans are much older than 50,000 years ago. We have 196,000y old anatomically modern human remains from Ethiopia. And then finally 315,000 years ago, a recent find in um Gimlier Hood in Morocco. Uh again anatomically modern humans. So we can say that if we define ourselves by our anatomy, uh, brain size, capacity of the skull, if we define ourselves in those ways, we’ve been around for at least 315,000 years and probably much longer. That’s that’s just an accident of discovery. And that’s one of the things that puzzles me. If we’re anatomically modern, if we’ve got all the modern kit, if we got the same brains, we got the same neurology, everything is there. Why do we wait more than 300,000 years to establish something recognizable as a human civilization? Why do we wait so long? We got all the kit. There’s evidence that that our ancestors were aware of agriculture, just chose not to use it much, much much earlier than that. the complex of events that leads to a city-based civilization, which is the kind of civilization we have now all over the world, that you can only really trace that back to 6,000 years ago. Yes, you can say that before 6,000 years ago, there was buildup to what became the high civilizations. But my question is why not much earlier? Why why did we wait until that moment? And and I don’t find a satisfactory answer to that question, except perhaps we didn’t wait. Perhaps we’re missing part of our story. And when I say a lost civilization, I do not mean a civilization like ours. I do not mean an industrial civilization. I don’t mean they had cell phones or flew to the moon or any of that [ __ ] I think they were very different civilization from ours. But they had conquered a number of peaks and one of those peaks was navigation and ocean seafaring. Hence the survival of maps which show the world as it looked during the ice age. And another was astronomy. Uh and another really important breakthrough evidenced by by the ancient maps particularly a category of maps called the portalos um is accurate relative longitudes. This is the Arantius Phineas map. It shows Antarctica uh right there. Uh and and um this is interesting because this map was drawn in 1531. Uh the problem is that our civilization didn’t discover Antarctica until 1820. So its appearance on a map drawn in 1521, particularly when we know that the map was based on older source maps. And the map maker tells us in his own legend that he has uncovered material previously hidden in darkness. When we find that uh we have to begin to wonder what is what is going on here. Had somebody found Antarctica long before long before we did uh and mapped it with extremely accurate relative longitudes. And that’s important because our civilization didn’t crack the longitude problem until the mid- 18th century. What that meant was that if you’re on a vessel sailing west or east, uh you might be 300 miles closer to a coastline than you think you are and suddenly you’re on it in the night and you’re dead. Once you’ve got longitude work out, you know exactly where you are. We didn’t get that until 1750, 1760s, thereabouts with Harrison’s chronometer. So finding good longitudes on very ancient maps is another puzzle that I don’t think archaeology solved. So, you think there could have been a civilization 20,000 years ago which was before this young dryest moment where um I mean I’ve got this photo here which I’ll throw up on the screen. Yeah. I think you say is evidence that something took place. It is that that’s that’s the younger dry boundary. Uh and I’m with Alan West who’s one of the scientists from the from the comet research group who are working on the younger dry hypothesis. And our hands are on that black stripe running through the middle of the drawer. And that is soot. That is evidence of wildfires burning. Uh it’s full of nano diamonds, tiny little diamonds, microscopic size, which are a classic product of comet impacts. Uh microspherules, some platinum, some iridium, all signatures of a cometry impact. And there it is. It’s about 5 in thick. That layer is the younger driest boundary layer. It dates to 12,800 years ago. So for anyone that can’t see, it’s just like a slice of earth. And there’s this black line going through through the earth. We’re in a draw here where a river has cut a channel and it’s exposed the sides of the channel and on the sides of the channel we can see this black stripe running through and that is precisely the younger driest boundary and the current hypothesis is from a lot of archaeologists is there wasn’t a human civilization before this point 12,000 years ago but you believe there’s strong evidence that there could have been. Yes. So civilization then in your definition of the word how do you define that? A group of people gathering and working together. Fundamentally, it involves it involves the willing organization or the unwilling organization of labor. If you look at a site like Gobeklite in Turkey, we have it on our timeline here somewhere. It’s 11,600 years old. Uh this is really an extraordinary site. It’s a it’s a very sophisticated site. It’s very large. It consists of large T-shaped megaliths that can weigh up to 20 tons. There are precise astronomical alignments in it. Uh this was not done by two or three people working together. This was well that’s the GBCI today covered by a a modern canopy to keep uh fair enough to keep the the weather off it because it was previously deliberately buried by its builders. Um but of course there’s much more around. Hundreds and hundreds more pillars are still underground. We know they’re there because of ground penetrating radar but they’ve not been excavated yet. So so this was a major project. And interestingly the people who built Gobeclet at that at the time Gobeclet began there was no agriculture happening there they were all hunter gatherers. Mhm. Nevertheless they did something that archaeologists used to say hunter gatherers couldn’t do. They organized themselves. They made a huge project. They implemented it and they delivered it. And Gobeclet is not alone. It’s one of dozens of sites like that all over Anatolia in in in Turkey. This was a highly organized, sophisticated huntergatherer civilization that was involved in making this place. I’m I’m a little bit confused. So, if the Ice Age ended 11,700 years ago, Yeah. and Gabbeck is 11,600 years ago, that means there’s a 100redyear gap between the end of the ice age and something as sophisticated as Gabbecki. Not exactly. Because because dates in this frame, they’re not spot-on accurate dates. Some will say the ice age ended 11,600. Some will say it ended 11,700 years ago. But the fact is that in this window, the world was warming up again. It was getting better. And that’s when this project was was created. And the mystery is mystery for for archaeologists anyway is that it was hunter gatherers. And archaeologists are now having to come to terms with that. You see the idea was you had to have an agricultural community first in order to create projects like this because that allows people to become specialists. What if you generate a food surplus that you can rely on then you can take people with certain skills and say focus on that become an astronomer become an architect become an engineer and we’ll support you in doing that. That was the idea and that was why it was felt that something like Gobeclet couldn’t be built until about 6,000 years ago when there was widespread agriculture. But that turned out not to be true. Uh it was built by hunter gatherers but within a thousand years of it being built, agriculture becomes present in that whole area. Origins of agriculture are definitely earlier than we’ve than we’ve been taught. So it’s funny cuz I don’t know a lot about the ice age, but humans survived the ice age. Oh god, yes, we we we did. It’s just it’s just um where do you want to be during an ice age? That’s the question. What are my options? If you were a rational being, which most human beings are, you would immediately exclude Northern Europe. Absolutely no point in being in that frozen, miserable wilderness. You’d immediately exclude the northern part of North America, too. No point in being there. It’s just horrible at that time. Siberia, pretty rough. No, you’d look for the tropics. You’d go you’d go down close to the equator. you’d go to the places that weren’t affected by the ice age, that were actually the best real estate on Earth. That’s where you’d go. That’s why uh if we are looking for a missing episode in the human story, we’re wasting our time looking for it in Northern Europe or North America. Uh we should be looking for it in Mexico. We should be looking for it in India. We should be looking for it in Indonesia. we should be looking for it uh around Papu Nu Guini. All of these areas that were that were really great places to live during the ice age. That’s that’s the kind of place that the sort of civilization I’m talking about could have thrived. What is the difference? You know, cuz on here it says the earliest known humans were 300,000 odd years ago. Yeah. What is the difference between these humans 300,000 years ago and the civilization you’re describing 20,000 years ago that you believe existed? Apart from what is perhaps wrongly described as a slight refinement in human features, natural selection operating on what humans perceive as beauty, I don’t know, but otherwise the same. The same the same. Yeah. Yeah. And again, that’s not that not disputed. Nobody’s saying that jibblehood human beings were somehow different from us. They’re anatomically modern humans. But how did they live um versus your definition of ai civilization? They lived a simple hunter gatherer life. Okay. in small groups. Yeah. But somehow around 11,600 years ago, people started accumulating monuments that can only be made with large groups and organized organized labor. You’ve got to you you have to have a system. You have to can’t build something like Gobeci without planning out in advance. You got to draw it out somehow. There has to be a plan. It’s not something you just wing. Uh so so there has to there’s a missing background to all of that which bothers me. And again, so most people think civilization started what 6,000 years ago. Yes. That that would be when civilizations become archaeologically visible. So you have uh ancient Sumer, Mesopotamia, uh which roughly 3,500 I’m going to use BC because everybody’s familiar with that. roughly 3,500 BC, which is 5,500 years ago approximately, we start seeing cities being built. We start seeing the beginnings of writing taking place around about the same time. The same thing is happening in Egypt. Maybe a couple of hundred years later, but the new work that’s being done in Egypt is pushing Egypt much closer to to Sumer, narrowing that that window. Effectively, you can say that these two civilizations become archaeologically visible at the same time. And uh they’re not alone because on the other side of the world in Peru uh there’s a civilization now recognized called the Karal Sup civilization which built pyramids uh which also goes back 5,500 years. Uh and and this is one of the mysteries I’m I’m looking at now is is why we have these apparently coincidental emergence of high civilizations in the same window uh all around the world. Indisparali civilization roughly the same 5,000 years old. Yeah. We’re looking at Carral here I think. Yeah. Yeah. These classic these the feature is these circular plazas in front of them and then the pyramid with a and and uh you know these were not and not expected in Peru. When archaeologists think of Peru they tend to think of Machu Picchu the Inca civilization. That’s what gets all the coverage. And that’s 600 years ago. That’s 600 years ago. as yesterday. Whereas these Karal Sup pyramids, Karal, Asparero, Bandura, Peniko, these ones are much older, thousands of years older. They’re extremely sophisticated. They built with an earthquake proof technology. They instead of using blocks, they put small stones in in textile bags and those allow a certain amount of shifting so the thing doesn’t collapse in an earthquake. And this is 5,500 years old getting on. So again, not an agricultural civilization at that at that time. They’re a hunter gatherer civilization. So So archaeologists are having to confront a reversal of their model at the moment. Then I think there’s room in that reversal of the model for a forgotten episode in the human story. Tell me about this forgotten episode in the human story. Yeah, it’s uh it’s remembered it’s remembered all around the world as a golden age where there was no violence, no cruelty. um where great healers and sages were at work where powers that are scorned in our society today such as telepathy and telekinesis which are regarded as completely non-existent by our scientists uh were regarded as a matter of fact of life in in in this ancient world. That’s uh a civilization that emerged out of shamanism uh and made something good. But then if you follow the myths further as I’ve done, you find something odd happens. You find that they’ve stepped away from the original purity. That they’ve become a culture that begins to impose its power on others around the world. And that’s always given as the reason for the cataclysm in the myths that that we angered the gods. It might have been with our noise. It might have been with our irreverence. We angered the gods and they sent a flood. They weren’t happy with their creation. They wanted to start again, wipe the slate clean. And so there’s this there’s always this feeling in the myths and it’s and I can’t explain it. I don’t know what what it comes from, but it’s always there is that in some way we ourselves brought this upon ourselves. Is this those people not understanding the forces of mother nature and trying to sort of justify it as or perhaps a deeper understanding of the forces of mother nature? Maybe perhaps the way that human beings are operating in the world today um should be included amongst the forces of nature. We we are a geological force. Uh, and worse than that, we’re a psychic force which is full of anger and hatred and suspicion and and and mutual destruction. That’s not going to be good for nature. That’s that’s going to be disturbing. We’re an integrated system in my view. We we’re not separate. Human beings are part of all of this and what we do affects all of that. And that’s what the ancient myths seem to testify to. So, if I may finish on that, when I look at our civilization today, I I don’t want to go off on a rant, but when I look at our civilization today, I see a civilization that ticks all the mythological boxes, every single one, for the next lost civilization. And I envision a situation 10 or 15,000 years from now when we will be a myth, a fantasy that our our ancestors actually could speak to one another on opposite sides of the planet, that our ancestors they could fly to the moon. Uh you know, they could go to the depths of the ocean. The archaeologists of that time will say complete fantasy, just made up, never happened. But it did. We’re that lost civilization. And we don’t need a comet and we don’t need solar activity because if we’re so psychically messed up as a species, we’ll probably end up doing it to ourselves. That’s what nuclear weapons are about. Mass species suicide

    and the mental processes that drive that very dangerous very effective of the world we live in. Hatred is a psychic force and uh the way it’s being generated around the world at the moment and mobilized and focused is um it’s got to be bad for all of us especially when we have such powers to self-destruct. It’s terrible. This this is what drives me nuts is is looking at the low consciousness level of the so-called leaders on this planet. When I look around the whole bunch of them, I just see very low consciousness individuals who define everything in material terms. Uh who who are who are who are focused on this also gets me into trouble, but I I think nationalism is something that humanity needs to grow out of. We need to grow out of nationalism. It’s just an extension of tribalism. We need to grow out of it soon. And let me be clear, I am not talking about world government. I don’t want anything like I don’t want any government. I’m an anarchist basically. And that’s what anarchy means. It means without government. I don’t want any government at all. But we have to get past this notion that by accident I was born with this particular skin. You know, the notion is that this these accidents of birth define us. that we must somehow massively respect and love people who look like us and and and kind of hate and fear people who don’t look like us. We have to get past that. We have to get past that as a species. It’s really important. All human beings everywhere, all the same fundamentally. Of course, we’re vastly diverse. We have we have incredible different gifts. I value and appreciate the differences in different cultures all around the world. This is wonderful. But it doesn’t have to come with and we are better than you. Uh and we’re going to kill you because you don’t share our ideas. This is insane. It’s crazy. We’re not a mature species. We’re we’re a childish species. And leading our species are leaders who have the mentality of um deranged teenagers. We elected them. Yeah, we did very unfortunately. which shows how easy it is to manipulate uh the narrative in the world today. Today, who wins in elections isn’t the best person, isn’t the good person, isn’t the person who’s going to do good, it’s the best communicator who wins. So, this um ancient civilization that we could have theoretically forgotten. You were somewhat implying that maybe they were right that their own actions caused the great flood as they say they they talk about in mythology. I floated that notion. Yeah. Yeah. They might they might have been, but it’s enough to say that that’s what they believed because that’s what all the myths say. The Noah story is prefigured in ancient Sumer um with um an almost identical flood myth. The gods are angry. A great flood is going to be sent. The intention is to wipe out humanity, but this this god who’s called Enki says to Atraasis, “I’m going to save you. Build a boat. Build it now. A big one. put into it the seeds of all things that you will need. Bring each animal of every kind into your boat. This is this is a kind of survival arc which is exactly the same as Noah. Noah’s arc is just copied on that. It’s just borrowed from that. And to people that say, “Well, these are just stories. These are fictions that someone wrote and then they passed them down and there’s no truth in these things at all.” They’re welcome to say that. Uh I I I just happen to think they’re not. And and my job has been to make that case. I do not claim that I have proved there was a lost civilization. Any archaeologist who says Hanok claims he’s proved that is lying. I don’t claim that. I claim I’m puzzled and mystified. And I’m going to I’m going to complete that journey as long as I can. I’m going to carry on investigating and looking into all aspects of this because that’s what I’m here to do. And that lost civilization, you said they were seabbearing potentially. Seafaring. Yeah. Yeah. Which means they had boats. Yeah. Yeah. We know for example that anatomically modern uh human beings reached Australia 60,000 years ago. That those involve significant sea journeys. They reached Cyprus in the Mediterranean 14,000 years ago. Again, they involved sea journeys, not engine boats, not metal boats. You can do it on quite simple craft. Look at look at the Polynesians. Look at the vast distances that they explored on outrigger canoes. Uh so yeah, boats, but not our kind of boats. Hm. I just don’t understand how if they’re traveling the seas and boats, how they’re they aren’t classified as a civilization. Well, because according to the mainstream model, which I am trying to provide an alternative to, they never existed. There was no such people. They never did these things. The maps are just coincidences, irrelevance, just odd. They put Antarctica, they put a a land mass in Antarctica because they felt it would balance the world. That’s the theory that’s given. And it’s just to me it’s not it’s not satisfactory doesn’t it just doesn’t add up. These things need to be explained. And it’s why it’s why in every society which wishes to make progress uh mavericks people who go against the grain no matter how much [  ] they have to take are needed. They’re needed in our society to provide a balance to this overwhelming mass that science now occupies. Science has now come to occupy the space that religion occupied in many people’s minds. And again, I need to emphasize I’m not against science. Science. Science is about to save my life. I have major heart surgery coming up in two weeks time. I’m not against it at all. But I think it should be one weapon in our armory, not the only weapon. One of the um things I was super curious about because I was actually there last last week is this place, Giza. Pyramids of Giza. The great pyramid of Giza. Here we look at it attributed to the pharaoh Kufu who was a pharaoh of the fourth dynasty. What is the mystery here? So again, pyramids are this big stack of like concrete blocks in Egypt. What is the Why is it so mysterious? Well, first of all, they’re not concrete. They’re they’re hu limestone um and granite. Uh first of all, it’s mysterious for the sheer size of it. Look, so you got roughly 750 ft along each side. Okay? And they vary in length by only fractions of an inch. They’ve got it just about spot-on exact on the side length. And you want that in a pyramid because if you get it wrong, you’re going to end up with a corkcrew rather than a pyramid. If you get it wrong at the bottom, those errors are going to magnify and they’re going to get worse and worse and it’s not going to be a pyramid at the end of the day. Secondly, weight calculated at about 6 million tons, more than 2 million individual blocks of stone. I’ve climbed the pyramid five times. Once I climbed it, when there was an event taking place on the Giza Plateau, picnics basically and and a lot of Kyne just decided to climb the pyramid. As I say, I’ve climbed it four other times without other people there, but this time there were hundreds of people on the pyramid. That’s when I realized how difficult this thing is to make because the biggest danger was the other people. Once you’re up two or three courses, you fall, you’re dead. It’s uh it’s a 52° slope. There’s no way you’re going to stop. You’re going to come down and still every year people die on the Great Pyramid. That’s why they’ve made it illegal to climb it now. So, there’s that. Then there’s the almost perfect alignment of the Great Pyramid to true north. Not to compass North, which is about 10 or 11° off true north, but to astronomical north, real north. The Great Pyramid is aligned within 3 60ths of a single degree. I put it that way because degrees are divided into 60 minutes. So, 3 minutes of arc. The Great Pyramid is aligned to that level of precision, 360ths of a single degree to true north. And they’ve done that on a 6 million ton monument, which is 481 ft high if you take account of its original height, which has a 52° slope, which is filled with internal corridors and spaces, Grand Gallery, the ascending, the descending corridors. All of this is extremely difficult to do. It is it’s not impossible to do because we see it there. Uh could our civilization do it? Yeah, I think we could. Uh but would we do it? No, I don’t think we would. Uh the motive wouldn’t be there. People say, “What the why? I mean, why do you want to align it perfectly to true north? It’s enough to ask me to build a 6 million ton monument, but you want it aligned to true north as well. Come on. I mean, that’s a really difficult specification. We’d find that hard.” um a kind of artistry was put to work on the Great Pyramid as well as skill. Let’s get rid of any notion that slaves were involved. They were not. There there wasn’t slavery in the Old Kingdom anyway. But this is a work of love from the first to the last stone. It’s a work done with great skill and care. It’s a beautiful and extraordinary thing both inside and out. It sits almost exactly on latitude 30 which is 1/ird of the way between the north pole and the equator. And uh it incorporates the dimensions of the earth on a scale of 1 to 43,200 in its own dimensions. So if you take the height of the great pyramid and multiply it by 43,200. I’ll explain why that number matters. Multiply it by that number, you get the polar radius of the earth. Measure the base perimeter of the Great Pyramid. multiply it by the same factor, 43,200, and you get the equatorial circumference of the Earth. Archaeologists know this. They say it’s a coincidence, total coincidence, just by chance. However, I could agree with them actually if the scale was not 1 to 43,200. But the fact that it’s 1 to 43,200 changes everything because that belongs to a sequence of numbers that is found in ancient mythology all around the world. And those numbers are all multiples of the number 72. And I mentioned at the beginning of our discussion the book by the great historian of science deant professor of the history of science at MIT. He was the first to identify that these numbers and the imagery that go with them derive from a phenomenon called the precession of the equinoxes. I better explain that a little bit. The procession of the equinoxes. Everybody’s heard the song we live in the dawning of the age of Aquarius. I’m sure you’ve heard that. Uh no comment. We live in the dawning of the age of Aquarius. That’s astrology at the moment. And for the last 2,000 years on the spring equinox, the sun has risen against the background of the constellation of Pisces. That’s the age of Pisces. We live in the age of Pisces. It’s not an accident that the early Christians used the fish as their symbol. The next constellation on the zodiac when you go backwards around it is Aquarius. And the procession is actually caused by a wobble on the axis of the Earth. I’m going to pretend that this is the Earth. Okay. And instead of just doing this, while it’s doing that, it’s also doing that. It’s wobbling. Mhm. And that affects the rising time and season at which particular stars rise. It affects two things noticeably. One thing it affects is the pole star. At the moment, the pole star is Polaris. The pole star, this is astron astronomical north. It’s the star towards which the extended north pole pole of the earth points most directly. Okay. At present, it’s Polaris. It hasn’t always been Polaris. 4,000 years ago, it was Thuban in the constellation of Draco. That’s because the Earth’s axis is doing this. At the horizon, it does the same thing with the zodiacal constellations. We shift gradually through each constellation lasts about 2,000 years in each constellation. The great year where we come back to square one is just under 26,000 years. 25,920 years is the convention that’s applied in ancient mythology. So, the fact that one of those numbers is the scale used to encode the dimensions of the earth in the Great Pyramid cannot be accidental in my view. It’s a deliberate choice. If it was 1 to 57,000, I wouldn’t pay attention to it. If it was 1 to 21,000, I wouldn’t pay attention to it. But 1 to 43,200, that’s the number of syllables in the Rigveda, for example. You find this all over the world, everywhere. So, what does that imply or suggest? Uh what it suggests is that incorporated into the building of the great pyramid was knowledge that was not supposed to have existed 4 and a half thousand years ago. In fact, knowledge that was not supposed to have existed until 2,000 years ago. Hypocus of Alexandria is the Greek who was supposed to have discovered procession. Uh but the incorporation of procession in the structure of the Great Pyramid says to me that that knowledge is much older. It was already old then. I really want to make sure I’m clear on this procession thing because I’m not not super clear. Um, what does it what does it mean procession? It means that there’s a certain star pattern that we see once every 20,000 years. It it it it precesses. It goes backwards. The direction through the through the zodiac is is forwards in the normal year, but in the long term year because of the wobble, the sun rise against the background of the spring equinox. The sun rises perfectly due east. It always does. It also rises perfectly due east on the autumn equinox. On the summer solstice, the sun rises in the northern hemisphere north of east and south of east on the on the winter solstice. The key moment for the ancients was the equinox. It was considered to define the character of the year and what defined it was the constellation that housed the sun that was the house of the sun. Okay. So the star pattern. Yeah. a zodiacal constellation. These the constellations of the zodiac lie along what is called the ecliptic, the path of the sun. Okay. Okay. The earth, the moon, we’re all on the ecliptic within a few degrees above or below it. And and therefore, these are constellations that we can see the sun against the background of. Constellation like Orion, you’ll never see the sun against the background of it. You’re only going to see it against the background of the zodiacal constellations that lie on the so-called path of the sun. And those are the 12 familiar constellations of the zodiac. And as I say, we’re living in the age of Pisces right now. And uh according to ancient astrology, we’re going to be making the transition into Aquarius within about the next 150 years. The sun will have left Pisces and will be rising in Aquarius. So actually the song is true. We do live in the dawning of the age of Aquarius. The only question is whether that means anything or not. The ancients thought it did. Uh we think it doesn’t. Uh I’m not sure who’s right. So I’m going to repeat this back to you to check if I’m I’ve got it correctly, but I suspect I might not have. Within the design of the pyramids, there was a number which you said was 43,000. It’s a scale. It’s a scale. It’s a scale that’s used for the height and the base perimeter of the Great Pyramid. Base perimeter, measure four sides, add it together. height, the actual height of the Great Pyramid, its true original height, it lost about 30 feet in an earthquake in 131, but you can calculate the true original height from the angle of the of the sides. Oh, yeah. Right. Um, and when you take that height and multiply it by 43,200, you get the polar radius of the Earth. You get the radius of the Earth. That’s from the center of the Earth to the edge of the Earth. It’s not the diameter of the Earth. The diameter is twice the radius. Mhm. It’s the it’s the polar radius. Okay. A key dimension of the Earth. Measure the sides and you get on the same scale 1 to 43,200, you get the equatorial circumference of the Earth, what the Earth measures at its equator, its largest its largest measure. Um, and and that uh is either a coincidence or it’s deliberate. And because of the number chosen and because that number is all over ancient mythology, I think it’s deliberate. That means that they must have known the circumference of the earth. Yeah. It means that they knew the circumference of the earth and it means they chose a place to put the great pyramid which also was relevant. Uh this isn’t latitude 23 or latitude 37. This is just a fraction off latitude 30° north. So therefore 1/3 of the way between the equator and the north pole. It’s a it’s a re it’s a significant relevant. What it’s telling us is this monument speaks to the earth. This monument is locked into the true north of this planet. This monument gives you the dimensions of this planet. This monument is speaking to this planet. How could they possibly know the circumference of the earth 4,500 years ago? Because they’re a lost civilization. Because the the knowledge comes down from a former time. I don’t think the Egyptians knew it. I think it came down I think it was inherited knowledge from what I’m here to advocate for and to speak for the possibility of a major forgotten episode in the human story which could be 20,000 years ago. And they’ve passed it down in in myths and stories. Yes. Passed it down. But not only in myths and stories. Um, this is something else that I will I’ll just hint at here that I intend to get into in the new book is that there appear to have been organizations in each of these civilizations. In Egypt, they were called the followers of Horus. In Sumer, they were called the Akcaloo. They served as advisers to kings. They were called sages. There’s a reference to them. Many cultures refer to them as the seven sages. They provided advice to kings in the historical period. And I’m wondering whether we’re looking at some kind of longived organization here which is carrying down information looking for the right time to switch the engine of civilization back on again. I know it’s sounds extreme but uh that’s what I do. I explore I explore extreme ideas and see whether and see whether they fit or not. And I’m beginning to find this idea does fit it. It fit it fits with a whole range of information which will be in the next book. A sage that reports to the king and totally reports to the king that advises the king on what? On everything on what to do. Oh okay. Yeah. The Akcaloo in the ancient traditions of Sumer they existed in the pre-duvian world. They were there in the world before the flood. Then there and and they taught mankind knowledge then. But the flood came, the cataclysm came, they were wiped out. But some of the abcalu survived and they appear after the flood as advisers to the earliest historical kings of Sumer. And I’m just wondering whether you know there are there are religions in the world which have maintained traditions and maintained offices priesthoods for example for thousands of years. I don’t see why the same shouldn’t be true here. Why there shouldn’t have been some driving motive at the end of the ice age to preserve in a way what they knew and to find mechanisms to pass it down. One mechanism is to embed it in wonderful stories that will go on being told. And another mechanism is to set up some kind of secret society which is operating behind the scenes to guide and steer society. I’m not going to present the evidence for that here, but it’s an avenue I’m pursuing. If I if I don’t find it a satisfactory avenue, I’ll abandon it. But at the moment, it’s looking very interesting. Then where did all this information go? You know, because if the people who built the pyramids of Giza had this information, where did the sages go and with their information? Yeah, it’s very it’s very odd actually what what happens after Giza is fascinating. Um because once you once you leave the fourth dynasty period, get into the fifth and sixth dynasties, pyramid building collapses. The stuff they’re making in the fifth dynasty, like the pyramid of Unas, fifth dynasty pyramid in Sakara. Inside it’s stunningly beautiful. Beautiful tomb chamber, stars on the ceiling, incredible hieroglyphs on the side. It’s magical. But outside it’s just a pile of dust. It’s a mess. It doesn’t even you could hardly recognize it as a pyramid. And it’s true of all those. So this is odd in itself. Normally when human cultures create something they continue to work on it and it tends to get better and better not worse and worse. So it’s odd what happens to the pyramids that they get worse and worse in Egypt. It’s like job done that move on. And that’s there and that’s going to speak to human beings not just for a generation, not just for a hundred years. It’s going to be there speaking to us for thousands of years. It’s going to be sitting there on the Giza plateau like an enormous question mark calling towards it those who don’t see it just as a heap of stones but actually see it as something wonderful and magnificent and mysterious calling them to and saying learn about me figure me out and in the process of learning about me you’re going to learn so much else well in learning about the great pyramid I find that it is encoded with astronomical information that should not be there if the current model of the history of science is correct. I think the current model of the history of science is wrong. I think this information was known much earlier and it’s encoded in the Great Pyramid. Once I know that, then I have to start thinking what else does that mean? And what else it means to me is a big forgotten episode in our story again. Why? Because they had intelligence that they’re not credited with having at that time. Yes. Because it’s there. because there should not be a monument of this scale which incorporates into it information that was not supposed to be available to human beings for another 2 and a half thousand years. So they must have got it from somewhere. Yes, they must have got it from somewhere. And and uh the fact that it’s there is is just a fact. All that’s left for us to say is either it’s a coincidence, complete coincidence, or it’s the result of a deliberate decision. And if it’s the result of a deliberate decision, that weighs much more towards a deliberate decision because of the scale chosen because the scale is part of a system that is found all over the ancient world. It’s not a random number. It’s a very specific number. uh and it’s a number that is derived from a motion of the earth itself from the precession of the earth’s axis. It is derived from that. So I’m situated at a significant latitude. I’m oriented to true north and I incorporate the measurements of your planet on a scale derived from your planet itself. That’s what the Great Pyramid is saying to us. And it’s saying figure that out. Do you think there’s something underneath it? Oh, there’s definitely something underneath it. Cuz we think of it as a sort of like building with the with tunnels inside it. But yeah, when you go into the Great Pyramid now, you go in through what is what is called the robber’s tunnel or Mammoon’s hole. The Khalifa Mammoon had a notion that there would be a entrance to the Great Pyramid in its northern face. Other pyramids had been found with entrances in their northern face, but at that time the Great Pyramid was completely covered with perfectly smooth limestone facing stones and nobody could see the entrance. They came off later in that earthquake in 131, but when he broke in in the 9th century, they didn’t know where the door was. Apparently, there was a place you could almost literally press a switch and open that door, but they couldn’t find it. So, they broke in with sledgehammers and chisels and they smashed their way into the Great Pyramid. And then at a certain moment when they’re about 60 or 70 ft into the Great Pyramid, they hear something dropping in a hollow space. A big something has fallen in a hollow space. They head towards that sound. And then they enter the original corridor system of the Great Pyramid. And that’s the way we all go in now. We go in through that robber’s tunnel and then we go up the Grand Gallery, but we can also go down. We can go down to the subterranean chamber which is 100 ft vertically beneath the base of the great pyramid deep in the bedrock. I actually think that was the original sacred site on that monument is that subterranean chamber. I don’t advise anybody with claustrophobia to go down there. You’re very conscious that you got a 6 million ton monument sitting right above you and it place that has earthquakes. um it can be quite oppressive, but that’s just a hint of what’s under the Giza Plateau. That’s just that’s an accessible bit. Uh but it’s it’s it’s already obvious that there that there is so much more. Some of it’s been picked up with ground penetrating radar. And I’ll take this opportunity to say that the hysterical reaction of mainstream scientists to the announcement by Filippo Byondi, uh what is he saying? He’s saying that there are enormous structures under the second pyramid that not the great pyramid under the pyramid attributed to Kafrey Kufu’s successor. The the structures that go hundreds of feet deep under there structures that involve spiral kind of stairways. The reaction has been overwhelmingly dismissing this. Archaeologists have not they won’t look further. They say it’s impossible and they won’t look at it. And I think that’s shameful for people who imagine they’re scientists. They should be looking further. I’d like to see the technology trial in Turkey. There are underground cities in Turkey. Kyaki for example. We know every room in those underground cities. Run this technology on them. If they accurately reproduce what we already know is there, then we can be pretty sure they’re accurately reproducing what’s under the Giza pyramids. We need to do a lot more work before dismissing this. So I’m I remain open to the notion that a huge underworld awaits discovery under Giza. And the ancient Egyptians themselves felt that way. They felt the Giza the ancient name for it was Rosttow. It was an entrance to the underworld. They saw it as an entrance to the afterlife realm. It makes sense that there would be much much underground structures there. And you’ve been alone in the pyramids. Being with large groups in the pyramid is difficult in the sense that the pyramid to me feels like a personality. When I’m in there with a large group, I I feel the pyramid withdrawing. It it it’s like it doesn’t want to speak to you anymore. It’s the place becomes a dead space. But but if you can be in there with a very small group or be there alone and just be still, let the silence descend. Sit in that silence in the very low lighting that’s in there. just pause and remind yourself that you’re in the last surviving wonder of the ancient world and it’s an incredible privilege to be there and just let it speak to you. And it does. This is of course my critics will say another proof that Hanok’s a lunatic. Uh but uh I’m just telling you what what what what happens to me. It’s a I I think it’s a monument that communicates. What did it say to you? It said to me go further. very much so. I I I I feel in a weird way validated by the Great Pyramid. I think it’s um not only me, others as well, who’ve devoted big chunks of their lives to the Great Pyramid, like Robert Poval, who is a great man by the way. The Orion correlation, the recognition that the three pyramids on the ground are laid out in the pattern of the belt stars of the constellation of Orion makes radical and important changes to our understanding of ancient Egypt. Again, that’s another thing that’s been leapt upon by the archaeological mafia uh because they want to destroy every new idea uh rather than spend a bit of time thinking about it. If what you’re saying is true around the, you know, the first civilizations being 20 plus thousand years ago, what does that mean for us, for our lives? Oh, it’s really important meaning for us because because it will finally remind us and tell us once and for all that we’re not what it’s all about. It’s not all about us. The whole human story is not about us. It’s not inevitable that it comes to this and that we are temporary like every other civilization. We are so filled with arrogance and pride right now in our technological achievements, our great abilities, our great powers and uh the arrogance that comes with that. The Greeks used to call that hubris. It’s ultimately ends in nemesis. Ultimately brings you down. Arrogance arrogance is not a good thing. It’s not a good thing in an individual and it’s a terrible thing in a civilization. It also means that a lot of the things that we’ve dismissed as you know conspiracy or you know hocus pocus whatever might not be. I mean you talk a lot about like astrology and stuff like that and yeah I think we should keep open to to systems that the ancients used which we’ve dismissed like which might be very astrology is one of them. What does astrology ultimately say? It ultimately says that we these beings, these humans aren’t isolated but are connected to the universe and are affected by everything that happens in the universe. And it’s and it’s recognizing that there may be patterns in that and instead of instead of just rubbishing that or doing a few investigations, I think it be maybe worth looking further into that, worth looking further into telepathy too. My friend Rupert Sheldre, a serious scientist, one of the very few who’s doing serious scientific work on issues like telepathy and like telekinesis, being able to move things with your mind. Mainstream scientists, most of them will just laugh at that. Absolute rubbish. Yeah, go away. You’re a lunatic. But why are we lunatics to look into those things? It’s really interesting and it’s really worth investigating. We re should realize that we have a heritage of hundreds of thousands of years and I believe it’s even older than 315,000 years. We do not have a heritage of a hundred years which is the heritage of modern science. Well, let’s let’s be generous. Let’s put modern science even back to the Greeks in a way. But it doesn’t become what we would recognize as science until the 19th century really. So it’s a very young thing on if you take the human being as the as the heart of this and and and you were to find a little pimple on the nose of that human being that would be science. It’s a pimple on the nose of hundreds of thousands of years of human experience. Why should we be so arrogant to dismiss those hundreds of thousands of years of human experience in the favor of 150 years maximum of so-called science? I mean, one of the interesting things is uh I actually did go to the Amazon rainforest in Peru. Um, and they’ve discovered these like big square things underground. I’ve been involved in that. What is What is that? Well, the the name that’s being given to them is uh is geoglyphs. Geoglyphs? I think I know this one. Nobody knew they existed at all until about 40 years ago, really. and uh because the Amazon rainforest is a rainforest and and densely covered with uh canopy. However, it’s constantly being settled. This is a problem in itself. It’s constantly being settled. The Amazon is being cleared and it’s being turned into farms. It’s the clearance of bits of the Amazon initially that exposed these huge geometric structures. Mhm. Under the rainforest, no longer under because they cleared the rainforest. Now with LiDAR, I’ve been involved with Marty Parsonan. In fact, he was on my Netflix show. He’s a archaeologist from Finland and and with Alteo Ramanzi, a Brazilian geographer. Um, what they’re doing is a dense lidar survey of the whole of Array Province in Brazil. This is in Array Province as well, the areas that are still under canopy rainforest. And LAR can see through the canopy and it can see raised objects underneath and it can actually give you the shape of that object. Then they can go in low u you know low impact just a few of them go in check it out see what’s there and then begin the archaeology on the site. I mean this is a prime example. I’ve got um I’ve got a list here of things that we used to believe and things that how those beliefs have changed. And one of them was that we used to believe that the Amazon was an untouched wilderness. That’s right. But in the 1970s, we discovered what, a thousand of these structures at least. They’re confident now from the LAR work that they’re talking of thousands, 3, five, 6,000. There are also roadways that run for 100 km plus. Uh there’s absolutely no doubt that the Amazon once supported a population of millions with um extraordinary clever management of rainforest soils by creating a man-made soil that they call teropa. It’s still used in Brazil today. We are having to completely reconceive the Amazon. It was thought of as a pristine rainforest which a few human beings wandered around aimlessly in hunting whatever. Now, we know that it was the homeland of a very large population who lived in city-sized communities um who joined those communities with long straight roadways. It’s it’s as though the veil is being pulled back and we’re beginning to see a completely untold story in the Amazon. And these geoglyphs very precise rectangles, triangles, circles, squares, all of these. It’s geometry. It’s geometry. What what’s it what’s it doing there in the Amazon? And and when I when I talked to a local shaman about this, and I did on on camera in the in the in the Netflix show, um he talked to me about how important these places still are to him, that these places were made by their ancestors, that they’re places for shamanic gatherings, places for shamans to use specifically to contact the world beyond. Let’s be clear about this. All civilizations, including ours, although we may deny it, all of them emerged from shamanism. Shamanism is the essence uh of the human adventure uh and and all civilizations emerge from shamanism. And this one was shamanism. Yes. Shamanism being the system of using altered states of consciousness to gain direct access to other levels of reality like psychedelics. Yeah, psychedelics or you can fast for a month. Uh that will give you some visions too. Uh there there are there are other ways but but psychedelics are the most efficient way to enter the altered state of consciousness and shamans are masters of the use of plant medicines everywhere in the world but particularly in the Amazon rainforest. This is this is where you you see it most strongly and DMT the active ingredient of awasa is very fast acting in the way that it’s normally consumed. Okay. It’s normally vaped or smoked. Uh it produces a 10-minute journey literally to the other side of reality. Uh and there’s not much you can do about it once you’re in there. But then you’re out again. Iaska is a very clever technology. The Iaska brew contains DMT. DMT is not orally active. So you can drink a tea made of with loads of DMT in it and it’s not going to do anything to you because there’s an enzyme in the gut that destroys it. The iawaska vine contains a chemical that shuts that enzyme down and allows the DMT to be absorbed orally, producing an experience that can last for hours. They can be physically very uncomfortable. Um, what they’re doing at Imperial College is they’re giving them DMT by intravenous infusion using basically anesthesia technology to constantly top up the dose to keep the individual in the peak state. And unlike other psychedelics, there’s no tolerance with DMT. So you can keep on dosing people. When you you’ve taken OAS 80 times, something like that. Something like that. Um it’s not just it’s important to be clear about a number of things. First of all, all psychedelics are extremely serious matters. They are not to be taken trivially. They are extremely serious with uh experienced use of Iawaska. One of the very common reports is this moral dimension that you are presented with your own life with what you’ve done with your own life with the pain that you may have caused to others and suddenly that pain that you caused to another person which you dismissed as they just deserved that they just deserve those words. You suddenly get it from their point of view. You feel the agony that your words caused that person. and you and you find yourself, did I do that? Did I say that? You suddenly see what you are. You can’t go back into your own past and change negative and useless and pointless things that you did. You can’t do that. But you can avoid repeating them in the future. And it’s that teaching of a moral lesson uh that I find most valuable in Iawaska. It’s helped me to come to terms with my tendency to swift anger. I’m I’m very aware that that’s a problem I have and it’s something I need to do something about. And I IO’s helped me with that. I’ve become gentler and and softer. Not gentle enough maybe. It’s a journey. It’s not a it’s not an overnight transformation. Not a magic pill. Uh the main work with Iawaska comes after the medicine. The main work comes with what you do with the experience. How you integrate it into your life. That’s where the work begins. People say, “Oh, it’s so easy to take a a brew.” Well, it’s actually not that easy cuz you’re going to vomit and have diarrhea, but but easy. Um, but that’s where the work begins, not where it ends. And that emotion is that does that stem back to your relationship with your parents? Because I was reading about your early your Look, we’re all frail human beings. We’re all messed about in lots of ways. We all have we all have issues in our lives. Um, you said regret. Regret. Yes, I I do regret saying hurtful and unkind things to a number of people uh over the years. I do I do regret that very much. I do regret very much that I wasn’t I wasn’t mature enough to realize why my parents were so difficult. Uh that I never really forgave them for that. I never really forgave them for the stranges of my childhood and and uh the various things that that that that happened. I never really saw it from their point of view. My mother lost three children aside from me. I’m an only child, but her first child was carried to term before me and born dead. Then I was born. I lived and then the next two both died at the age of a year. Well, I know now as a father I know I know what what quite a catastrophe that is for a person for a for a mother to to lose three children like that. You said weird childhood. Yeah. So this is me. This is little Graham here with my mother and my father. I was it was 1954 that we landed in India which my father was a s consultant surgeon and so he went as a missionary surgeon to India to a place called the Christian medical college in Velour in South India. Um and we lived in a tin hut but he was following his faith. He was doing what was what was right for him. He was giving his skills to help to help people. I I I realize that now and a lot of resentment I have towards him I probably you know shouldn’t have. Um he was an odd guy. He was very eccentric. He used to take me in to watch dissections. Um there were still hangings in India at that time and he would dissect the prisoners after the hangings. He had me in there watching it. Um he took me later on. What age? Uh uh five. You were watching bodies being cut up at five. I was. Yeah. Absolutely. very strange. See, it was presented to me as completely normal. Um, but but it was it it it was strange. Fundamentally, he was a good man, I believe. But I think allowing a four to 5-year-old child be to see those things is deeply traumatic in a way that you probably don’t recognize until later. I I agree. It’s it’s come home to me more and more as the years have gone by that what happened to me in those years in India scarred me deeply. It wasn’t just the operating theaters and the dissections the dissections. It was the gloom and the misery and the despair that settled over my family at that time and I don’t think I ever really recovered from that. Did you have nightmares? Yeah. And what were those nightmares? Um, usually nightmares of loss. Usually nightmares of suddenly I’m alone. I’m in a I’m in a I’m completely isolated, lost, alone. The reason I ask these questions is there’s only ever been one other guest who I sat here with a couple of years ago who I believe’s dad was a surgeon. Mhm. And his dad brought him in to watch operations and dissections when he was young. Yeah. And it scarred him in a way that he didn’t realize until later. And he told me about the nightmares of waking up in the night and seeing those bodies of those people around his bed on a predictable basis. And told me he he’s actually the guy that um coached Michael Jordan and then um Kobe before Kobe Bryant um passed away. And he told me still as an adult those bodies join him at night time. So he’ll wake up at night time and he’ll see them around around his bed. Well, thank you, universe. That didn’t happen to me. I I I do not have I don’t remember having gruesome nightmares. I remember a feeling of loneliness and abandonment. That’s what I remember. Loneliness and abandonment. Mhm. I’ve always felt that way. I was always an outsider at school. Uh everywhere I’ve been all my life. That’s what I’m for. I’m here to be an outsider. I’ve come to that conclusion. and and uh I need to do that well. I need to provide an alternative point of view on the past. There’s a real cost to being an outsider. Oh yeah. But there are also some benefits. You know, we are what we are. And and for me, I was always strange. I had this childhood in in in India. I didn’t fit into the British school system. I was a total failure at school. I could not connect. I could not connect with any of it. It seemed I just didn’t get it. What was this about? and and and the cruelty, the viciousness. My my dad went to a boarding school and had a good experience. So, he sent me to a boarding school in Durham in the north of England. It was the crulest place. Beatings going on. I I was repeatedly beaten about the bare buttocks by a sadistic headmaster with a cane. I couldn’t fit in with the other kids at school. And uh I don’t feel victimized for being an outsider. I feel I feel it’s a privilege. I feel I’ve been given I’ve been given an opportunity to take a different view of things as a result of being an outsider. Are there words unsaid here with these two people in your life? Yes, there are there are so many words unsaid. I’d like to go back to my mom and say, you know, I understand why you were so obsessed with keeping me alive and making sure that I did something with my life. And I’d like to say to my dad, look, you you were pretty crazy, but you you did at least inspire me to be eccentric. It’s a funny thing getting older. I’m 75, 76 in August. One of the things it does is it you realize how collapsed life actually is. I remember being a teenager and I remember being a young man and and I remember being middle-aged. And the feeling is you’re immortal. It’s going to go on forever. Everything’s going to go on forever. And it’s long. It’s long. Lots of time to do the things you want to do. I have a message. No, it’s not long. There is not lots of time. If there’s things you want to do with your life, start now. Start right away. Don’t wait. Otherwise, you’ll not have the opportunity. Life is very short. It’s a beautiful, beautiful gift that the universe has given to us. We are responsible for returning that gift by as far as possible within the circumstances that the universe has given us, living a full life and contributing something worthwhile to that life. Not being a robot, not being commanded what to do, not We we need to learn to think for ourselves. This is something that is so easily forgotten. It’s a miracle that you and I are sitting here at all that I’m here, that you’re here, that we’re here together. It’s absolute miracle. It’s a result of billions and billions of years of processes in the universe which had nothing to do with us randomly bring us together at this at this point. It’s it’s really quite a miraculous situation. To be alive, to be born at all is a miracle. Um I think it was Voltater who talking about reincarnation uh who said um it’s no more extraordinary to be born twice than to be born once. Uh and I think there’s a point in that. Are you religious? You believe in a god or I would say that I am um that I pay attention close attention to what I would regard as the spiritual non-physical side of life. Um but I do not belong to any organized religion. One of the things I don’t like about organized religion is that your relationship to the divine, whatever you call the divine spirit world, whatever you want to call it, your relationship is mediated in some way. Some priest or rabbi or müller teaches you how to mediate that relationship. And I I think what’s important in for me anyway in in the spiritual inquiry is a direct relationship, a direct experience. Rather than being taught something, I want to experience it for myself. And that’s why I found Iawaska very very valuable. Um because it has enabled me to experience something that is absolutely impossible to experience in normal everyday life. We’re so plugged in. We’re so plugged in to the physical world and we have to be we’ve got to be we’ve got to obey the laws of physics. We got to deal with the economics of our circumstances. You know, we have to make our way through life. All of those things we’ve got to do. Um, but if they become our total focus, we become shut off from everything and anything else that may exist. And what the big psychedelics can do if they’re taken into right circumstances with the right advice with sincere intention, what they can do is get you out of your own way and allow you to connect to that wider realm that normally you cannot connect to. And yes, I do believe that a wider realm exists. uh just in the same way that uh you you know before the invention of the microscope we had no idea that there were bacteria I think I’m right about that we start seeing these tiny little things swimming around gosh major discovery well they were always there we just didn’t have the kit to see them and I’m suggesting that what psychedelics can be and certainly what they used as shamans by for is a technology a device uh for getting you out of your own way and allowing you to connect with other levels of reality that in daily life it doesn’t serve you to be connected with. The interesting thing about DMT in particular is when you speak to people who have done DMT, you know, I spent about a year working in a quite a big psychedelics company just to I got really fascinated. I’d left my company. I didn’t have anything to do with my time. So I started this podcast and I also uh on YouTube and I also started working at a psychedelics business cuz I found the studies on mental health and psychedelics really interesting. So I have quite a deep understanding I guess higher than average of IV gain and Iawaska and DMT and my partner um is very very spiritual and has done all these things as well. So one of the fascinating things is how similar people’s experiences are on something like DMT. the funnily enough your description of these creatures saying you’re you belong to us now is almost verbatim what what one of my friends described two weeks ago that they were teleported into this like 4K realm where these creatures that are like slightly animal in their anatomical structure maybe slightly a little bit human as well basically was like had had taken hold of him and they were very curious and inspecting him very colorful realm and then they kind of sent him back or at least you know after that and and it does make one wonder. I think one of my conclusions was if if inhaling a small chemical can completely take me to another place then and and if you from a reasoning perspective it’s just a it was an in one inhale of a chemical then it goes to say that my current perception of reality is just is as fragile as an inhale of a chemical like me thinking that I’m here with you now is as fragile as inhaling one chemical So to think that this is base reality when the difference between this and being with some grasshopper people in 4K exactly is literally in it just that for me I was like oh wow okay it’s an extraordinary realization when that comes and it causes us to question the nature of reality itself and this is um this is what’s really important about these medicines first and foremost you’re right the these um psychedelic medicines are proving incredibly effective as therapy therapeutic tools and that’s great. I I I really think that’s incredibly valuable, but there’s another level to go which is to the inquiry into the nature of reality and the inquiry into what consciousness is. These medicines are very effective means to conduct that inquiry and that’s why I applaud what they’re doing at Imperial College in London. They’re also going to be doing trials at the University of California, San Diego. Um they’re going to be doing trials in Costa Rica. Uh a whole range of places now are looking into this cuz it’s really interesting. People coming back and reporting the same experience when they haven’t compared notes yet. How do we explain that? Because it’s in a vision and people say that at the moment the default mode is to dismiss it and say that’s just rubbish. Don’t waste time on it. Our preconceptions about the nature of reality should not limit our inquiry into the nature of reality. And at the moment still unfortunately there are preconceptions about the nature of reality which is that it’s materialbased that there’s nothing else to it really. Everything is reduced to matter. Even consciousness is reduced to matter. It’s reduced to the physical matter of the brain. We don’t know that for sure. We don’t know what’s going on. consciousness is absolutely not understood. And so when we have mysteries like people who are injected a small dose of a chemical like DMT and go off into a completely other reality, that’s really interesting. And it’s it’s it’s it’s at least as interesting, if not more interesting than exploring other planets right now. I think we need to I think we need to explore ourselves first. We need to We’re not in shape as a species to start exploring the universe. We don’t want to export our toxicity to other parts of the universe until we’ve overcome it, until we’ve grown up as a species, which we haven’t done yet. We need to know ourselves. Psychedelics are one way to do that. Not used irresponsibly, but used responsibly in a structured, careful, thoughtful way. They can be very helpful in knowing ourselves. That’s the journey we need to do first. Go to Mars by all means, you know, go to the moon. We’re going to go even further, but do this first. Know who you are first before you start doing those bigger and wider investigations. Get all that sorted out because we’re hardly sorted out anything on this planet. And we’re talking about exploring other planets. Well, I’m all in favor of exploring other planets, but I’d like to sort out things on this planet first. That’s where the resources should be going. And we should stop kidding ourselves that we can just escape this planet and make a complete [  ] hole of it, leave it, and go and live somewhere else. No, we can fix this. We are capable of fixing this. We’re capable of fixing everything. Human beings have enormous potential. We’re just using a fraction of 1% of it at the moment. The question I, you know, I mean, the obvious question that comes to mind is how see, you know, maybe I don’t know, maybe some kind of leader comes along. Could be. Um, I think we need to need to move past leaders. I just don’t know how else humans would change without some kind of leadership. It’s very difficult to see. I agree with you. It’s very it’s very difficult to see how it happens one person at a time um slowly through through word of mouth, through experience. But look, everything in the garden is not all flowers either. There’s a lot of very wrong behavior going on there. People are exploiting that medicine. Basically, drug dealers are exploiting that medicine and offering it irresponsibly to people in groups of hundred or even more. that that that’s that’s actually really really stupid to do that. I Iaska is an intimate experience and it needs to be done in a very small group, not a very large group. So it’s not it’s not all roses. I’m not, you know, I’m not trying to paint these medicines in a in in a false light. They have their downsides. They have their problems. They are extremely serious. We should always research and investigate before any experience with psychedelics, but they have a part to play and it’s an important part and thank God we’re seeing its effects. Psilocybin effect on long-term depression, very important. Post-traumatic stress disorder, very important. These therapeutic breakthroughs hopefully will open the door to further inquiries into the kind of work that’s being done at Imperial College. What does this really tell us about the mystery of consciousness? What does this really tell us about what we think is real? Through your journey through um ancient civilizations, what have you come to learn about what this consciousness thing is, if anything at all, or at least what people believed? Yeah. Um and how those mythologies were similar? Yes. I’ve partly I’ve partly come to this through the ancient texts. There’s a very specific uh scene in a number of the ancient Egyptianerary texts. It’s called the judgment scene. And what you see is you see the deceased entering into a hall into a room at the end of which sits the god Osiris enthroned. And uh the deceased is led into the hall by the goddess Mart. She’s recognized by a feather that she wears in her headdress. She’s the goddess of truth, justice, and cosmic harmony. He enters the hall. There’s a scale in the hall. In one pan of the scale is an object that represents his heart, oblique, his soul. Heart and soul were the same thing for the Egyptians in that sense. And in the other pan is the feather of mart, the feather of truth, harmony, and cosmic justice. You do not want your heart to outweigh the feather at that moment. You want at the very least to be in balance. And in order to be in balance then comes into question the whole way that you’ve lived your life. Up on the wall of the hall, there are 42 little figures. They’re called the 42 negative assessors. Each one of them is going to ask you a question. Did you steal? Did you kill? Well, actually the ten commandments are all in there and a lot more as well. Ideally, you should be able to answer no to all of those questions. But the ancient Egyptians always understood how frail human beings are and that we can always make mistakes. The question is, what do we do when we make a mistake? Do we learn from it or do we keep on repeating it? And what I read into that is you were given, you deceased, you were given an incredible opportunity. We allowed you to be born in a human body. You could have a range of experiences that no other physical form on your planet could have. You you you had this huge brain. You had this enormous capacity. We gave it this to you. What did you do with it? Did you use it well or did you squander it and waste it? And at that moment, you’d better be there with some answers about how you used it well. So, as I come towards the end of my life, I look very carefully at my life. I and um I try to undo wrongs that I have done in the past if I can and I try to make sure I don’t do any more in the future. I want to be a nurturing and positive and useful person to the people around me. The the health situation you’ve gone through has clearly made you quite introspective, probably more so than you you might have been 10 years ago, I’m guessing. Oh yeah, absolutely. I was still immortal 10 years ago. M listen each and every one of us, every single human being on this planet could die in the next minute. Life is that fragile. It’s that sudden. You can never predict you you how long you’re going to live. But what something like this does, it focuses the mind and it does make me wish more and more that I can leave this life with as few regrets as possible and that I can feel that I played a useful and positive role in the life of others and that I even played in some way a useful and positive role in the life of the species to which I belong. Are you happy? I am very happy in a lot of ways. I’m blessed to have lived the life I’ve lived, to have traveled the world, to have the adventures that I have had. I’m blessed with a beautiful and wonderful wife and companion, my wife Sam. You got this wonderful picture of her. Yeah. Glazed. That’s me and Samantha. We met when we were about 40 years old. And um I don’t think we’ve been apart more than 4 days in the entire 30 plus years uh since then. Wow. Uh we do everything together. We travel together. Samantha’s a photographer. Brilliant photographer. And and and uh I do not have a great visual eye. So we work together. I do the words. Sa does the pictures. We have the adventures together. We did the scuba diving together. Samantha nearly lost her life twice in intense currents scuba diving. She’s brave. She’s an adventurer. Well, she’s a wonderful mother. This is so important. Samantha and I have six children between us. Samantha brought two from her previous marriage. I brought two from my first marriage and two from my second marriage. So, six children from three broken marriages is a potential disaster. Santa brought them all together into a group of loving, deeply committed siblings who care for one another, who are constantly in each other’s lives, who are there to support one another. Sala did that by just being a brilliant loving person. So I’m very happy to have such a great partner who’s stood by me through thick and thin and who’s brought out these wonderful characters in in in our children and now our grandchildren. You know, nine grandchildren, six grandkids, all of it’s down to Santa. It’s remarkable that through all the wonders of human history and all the things we talked about that love like this kind of romantic love is so central, so important, so central to our happiness. I just thought, oh, it’s it’s just a wonderful reminder of um how easy it is to get caught up in the material and and all the toxic whereas, you know, so much of it comes from just the simplicity of falling in love with someone. Love is what it’s all about and and love is love is giving. It’s giving yourself for somebody else. It’s putting the other person. Sorry, I’m going to end up crying. This This is what my wife does all the time with everybody. She puts other people first. And uh others benefit enormously from that. I’m very fortunate. I think I think if I hadn’t met Samantha when I did and we hadn’t formed this joint life, I think I would have made nothing of my life. Nothing at all really. I think it would have just gone down the tubes. I needed a loving steering hand at that point. Anyway, very lucky. I I I am happy. There are things that make me unhappy, of course, just like every every every other human being. I I don’t understand why those who are bitterly opposed to my work want to try and present me as some kind of fraud or grifter. But I suppose it’s a easy way to lazily dismiss somebody else. Uh another thing that has been used is because I’ve considered the possibility of a lost civilization having an influence on other known historical civilization. Uh I’ve been accused of racism as well that I’ve been I’ve been accused of taking away the authenticity of indigenous achievements. Um and and that again has been without without any receipts. It’s not been it’s just thrown out there as an accusation. Now for me with with a multithnic family uh that racism abuse that has been thrown at me constantly uh is extremely hurtful and extremely painful. It’s one of the few things that have been thrown at me that I actually cannot forgive. It’s unforgivable to use that lazy easy dismissal in a society where a lot of people don’t read anymore. You can pretty much guarantee people who hear that on the internet, they’re not going to go and read the books and actually find out what I said. They’re just going to take it as face value. So, that does hurt and it does make me sad. But generally, I’m blessed. I’m lucky. I’ve lived a fantastic privileged life. I’ve explored the world. I’m surrounded by love and onwards and upwards as far as I’m concerned. Well, you know, Graeme, I think at the end of the day, the thing that endures is the impact, the curiosity that you’ve you’ve provoked in people, allowed them to wander beyond the narrowness of our lives, which is quite miserable. A narrow life is feels quite like a miserable life where you can’t be open-minded and explore. And and that’s why I love these conversations. It’s not to say that I that I always accept when I have these kind of conversations everything to be 100% true, but the net benefit for me is just expanding my mind to possibility. Absolutely. And like please don’t rob me of the opportunity to expand my mind to possibility. What would my life become without possibility or hope or all these things? And and actually when I look at graphs like this that show how our beliefs uh and scientific understanding has changed even in recent times as as recent as 2017 on this particular graph. I go well I have some arrogance to assume that I know it all today. Totally things things are constantly changing. You know every turn of the spade in an archaeological dig can change the whole story. Change the whole story. This is not limited to archaeology. This is found in all fields where there are specialists that they they tend to get locked into a particular reference frame and actually defend it in a territorial way. It becomes like a war and they they they feel absolutely responsible to defend that territory against all covers and will use any dirty tricks that are needed to be used in order to defeat the enemy. So you asked me a straightforward question. Am I happy? Yes, I am happy. And I honestly argued you that there are certain things, particularly the racism assaults on me, that do make me extremely unhappy. What else do I need to know about the the possibility of an ancient civilization that might inform how I think about myself, my life, and I guess also our future. What I found so fascinating is especially we’re in a moment of this AI revolution where you’ve got these sort of big forces of you’ve got nuclear weapons over here. You’ve now got this advanced intelligence. There’s humanoid robots on the horizon. And if there was ever a moment where the word, you know, existential is being used in a in a way that is probably appropriate for me, it feels like now. Yeah, feels like now to me, too. Uh this is uh no doubt uh our species is poised on the edge of an abyss right now. Uh our technology has outgrown our mentality. Uh and we are not uh we’re not in good shape to deal with the challenges that lie ahead. I I un unfortunately the chances of a nuclear exchange are just higher and higher. That’s just a realistic assessment of the way the world is with these maniacal leaders. So what could we learn from the past? We can I I I believe we can learn that there’s another way to live that we don’t have to do it this way. I I that’s that’s something I believe. Okay. Believe that’s something I don’t know. Okay. I guess I’m optimistic that human beings have made it through all these centuries, all these thousands of years, all these hundreds of thousands of years that we’ve made it through. We’ve made terrible mistakes, done terrible things. I mean, look at the Second World War. God know how many people were killed there. I mean, 20 million Russians alone, if I remember correctly. It’s just horrific. Absolute horror. It’s only when I was born in 1950, the Second World War was only 5 years away and at the end of it and it hung over us. You know, you our our generation were aware of that. But it seems to me people today aren’t aware of the horror of global war in the way that they were and and and uh that adds to the to the danger that we will emulate ourselves. I think a new approach to the nature of reality is really vital. I think we we need to begin to understand consciousness better. Uh and what I would wish for the human species is that we understand we are actually all one. Incredibly diverse, full of creativity and differences, but but all one and a mother in the middle of subsahara and Africa and a mother in New York City. They love their kids in exactly the same way. They hope for their kids in exactly the same way. There’s no difference between them at all as long as we’re as long as we’re indoctrinated into this notion of divisive differences. I’m all in favor of differences between human beings. That’s part of our creativity as our species, but divisive differences. That’s what’s going to kill us off. Uh and that’s I think the message that comes down from the past. Whether it’s a correct message or not, the message is we a former civilization made a terrible mistake and it resulted in a cataclysm that brought us down. I think we need to realize that can happen again. Uh and that we are most likely to be the cause of that cataclysm ourselves. Uh there may there may be a danger of further comet impacts. the younger drius comet fragments. It’s called the torid meteor stream. The earth passes through it twice a year in June and in October, November. Uh there are hundreds of deadly objects in the torid meteor stream. It could happen, but I think a much more likely way that we’re going to bring our civilization back almost to the stone age is nuclear war. We’re going to do it to ourselves unless we wake up, unless we become more conscious of what it is to be a human being, of the privilege and the gift of being a human being and how that privilege of gift belongs to every human being, not just to us. But I don’t know how that’s going to be done. I I I do think psychedelics can play a role. I’ve said many times and I’ll say it again. If I if I had the power to do so, I would insist that every world leader has at least at least a dozen sessions of Iawaska before they even apply for the job because you believe that would give them the same feeling of oneness that I think most of them wouldn’t apply for the job at all. Oh, really? And those who did would would probably do a much better job because they’d understand themselves better. Graeme, what is the most important thing we haven’t discussed as it relates to our past and what it might teach us or you know how it might inform how we choose to live our lives today um that we haven’t discussed? Look, the most important thing as far as far as I’m concerned is independent inquiry. We need to start thinking for ourselves and that’s true of the past and it’s true of everything else. uh to the to the extent that I that I do get positive feedback from young people and I do a lot that feedback is thank you for being an example to question everything. It happens that what I’m questioning is the past but that can be a model for questioning everything. I I feel that that very poor journalism being used to smear my name because I asked questions and because I asked them vigorously and because most important of all I reached a large audience. That’s it really. They won’t sneer your name if you don’t reach a large audience. You’re not worth their trouble. I know the feeling. Yeah. But I think you do. But you know for me my thing has always been that um all it’s done has made me clearer like you know you have a bigger platform more people um watching you etc and talking about you all it’s done for me is made me clearer on my principles and what I believe and I’m actually really thankful for that in a weird way. Yeah, because you’re forced to, you know, when you hear so many things said about you, written about you, whatever, it does focus one minds on like who am I and what matters? What am I where am I uncompromising in terms of the conversations I want to have the way I want to do it? And that’s given me a huge amount of clarity and one of the things that I’m really I really want to make sure is that it doesn’t make me um bitter or resentful in any way. Very important. And you can see how it happens. Yeah, I can I can absolutely see how it happens because you you have to live with a sort of um injustice potentially or being mischaracterized or whatever. So, it’s easy to see how one can slip off into bitterness and resentment into that’s a that’s a big part of the work I’m doing on myself at the moment. I I’m confident that I am doing the right thing with my life. I’m doing no harm to anyone and I’m putting ideas out there that are worth thinking about. I’m confident of that. I have no I have no doubts about that. And what will you care about on your on your last day? Most of all, the love of my family. That’s the most important thing to me. And um I don’t know, the feeling that

    I did my best. I did the best I could to carry out the task that uh fell upon me quite by accident. I didn’t I was a current affairs journalist in the 1980s. I had no idea I was going to go down this rabbit hole into the ancient world. It was a series of accidents that led to it. But having gone down it, I feel very, very, very committed to it. It’s interesting cuz one of the ways that I um I’ve always chosen to conduct my interviews is just to um judge people as I find them. I remember once upon a time I had Brian Johnson coming on my podcast and you know, he’s quite a he’s a he has some radical beliefs about living forever, etc. He’s the longevity guy. And I remember one of my team members walking up to me beforehand and saying before he had arrived and saying, “What do you think of him?” And I remember saying, “I have no idea. I’ve not met him yet.” Yeah. And then I sat down with him, had this interview, and he said this thing to me at the end of the interview where he goes, “Thank you.” And I go, “What do you mean?” He goes, “Thank you. This is the first time I’ve done an interview in my life where the interviewer had like no preconceptions of me.” And he goes, “It meant that I was relaxed and able to be myself and blah blah blah.” And I and I say that because my opinion of you is someone who is really curious about about humanity and has this interesting idea that is really expansive for one’s mind about what could have happened. And um again the net benefit for me of that is just expanding my mind in a way that makes me empathetic to other people. Yeah. Makes me feel like me and you aren’t different. Yeah. like I’ve met you today, but we’re probably, you know, we we we go back a long way. Maybe consciously we’re the same, but in our history and our lineage, we are we are one of the same. And um it also gives me a huge amount of respect for other living things, including my ancestors, in a way that you kind of think of your ancestors as these like monkeys that lived in trees potentially. But actually hearing some of these stories makes me go, “Oh my gosh.” And actually, it gives me a huge sense of responsibility to leave this planet and this earth in a way that’s going to be good for, you know, the future the future kids that will live 20,000 years from now in the future and that will probably look at our um fossil records and wonder. I I think I think those of us who have a a platform do have a responsibility very very very definitely. I mean, we’re living in this strange new world. This this world was inconceivable even in the beginning of the 1990s. this this this world of communication that we live in now. And there’s no doubt that that um this is where influence can be applied and and if that influence is encouraging all that’s good in the human race, then that’s really great and it’s a wonderful thing. And if it’s encouraging all that’s dark and negative and cruel and unkind and vicious in the human race, because that’s also out there on the internet, then it’s not so good. Graeme, we have a um closing tradition on the show where the last guest leaves the question for the next not knowing who they’re leaving it for. And the question left for you is, is there a danger of us sleepwalking into worshiping a machine god? You want me to answer that question? Yes. We’re already worshiping a machine god. As I said earlier in our discussion, uh in the minds of many, science has already been elevated to occupy the space that was once occupied by religions. That is a belief in a machine fundamentally that’s taking place there. Science should be seen as a tool, one amongst many tools that we as human beings have at our disposal. It should never be the only tool and it should never be woripped. I don’t ever want to hear the words trust the science. The words for me are investigate the science. See whether it’s right for you or not. See what else is available in the in the in the situation. Don’t just routinely without thought, without question, trust the science. Don’t do that. That’s that’s betraying science as well. One of the fundamental ethics of science is not to trust the science, is to question and challenge the science. That’s what we should be doing with the science. And yes, we are in danger of creating a kind of multi-dimensional machine which reaches into all aspects of human consciousness and and controls us. Yeah. We got to stop worshiping science. That’s for sure. We got to put it in its rightful place as an incredibly valuable tool which which can do great things for human beings but which can also do terrible harm and damage. Because when we trust science, there’s something we stop listening to. Well, when you put your trust in anything, you better have good reason to put your trust in it. If I if I’m going to trust another human being with my life, I I really want to know that I can trust that person. I’m not just going to say, “Oh, you’re a doctor, so I trust you.” No, it’s not that’s not enough. I want to know more about that doctor and uh in in indeed I have pursued that just recently. Science is great. Science is really useful, but we’re not we’re not being what we should be. We’re not living up to the potential that the universe gave us if we just go around trusting everything all the time. We’re here to ask questions. That’s what we got these enormous brains for. for and this incredible connectivity is to ask questions. Anybody who says don’t ask questions is doing a great deal of harm. Well, I hope my audience are very curious. Um, and I think they must be by now if they’re still hanging around uh on this platform because we’ve had lots of very curious conversations and hopefully expansive. I this acronym DOAC obviously stands for Draio, but also we think of it as like being for dreamers and open-minded people, which is the O, and the A being about expanding awareness and the C really being about feeling more connected. Brilliant. like hearing your story and about your partner and your journey and your parents all makes me all, you know, I think there it makes us look spiritually connected in a way that’s increasingly rare. If people want to learn and read more from you, Graeme, where do they go? I mean, you’ve written so many wonderful books. You’ve got another one on the way. I’ll link all of these books you’ve written and the others that aren’t here below. Okay. Um, very briefly, the the the book that put me on the map was Fingerprints of the Gods. Yeah. And that’s the book where I really investigate begin to investigate the possibility of a lost civilization. Before that came the sign and the seal which was which was about Ethiopia’s claim to possess the lost ark of the covenant. It happened that as a reporter in the 1980s I spent a lot of time in Ethiopia and I came across this tradition which is fundamental to all religious life in Ethiopia. uh and and um ended up writing a book about it that put me on the track of a lost civilization led to fingerprints of the gods. Then after fingerprints of the gods, there’s a book that’s not here, which is keeper of genesis that I wrote with Robert Baval underworld. This was 7 years of scuba diving that Santa and I did all around the world following up tips from local fishermen, local divers. they’d seen something interesting, something that looked man-made at a depth of 30 m just offshore there and they would take us and we would find it. Uh so underworld is about all those flooded continental shelves. 27 million km of continental shelf were flooded at the end of the ice age. That’s 27 million square kilm. That’s Europe and China and a bit more combined. Uh were the best real estate on earth uh 20,000 years ago and are all underwater today. And and there’s signs that there was life there. Oh yeah, absolutely. Absolutely. Civilizations then. Yeah. Well, we found very large structures underwater. Um so that’s that’s uh underworld. Then after underworld, I wrote supernatural, which is that one there, which has been reissued in America under the title visionary. And that’s where I went deep into the shamanistic medicines, the the iawaska, psilocybin, and and and the whole notion that cave art, the art that we see in the painted caves is an art of visions, that this is shamans who had entered deeply altered states of consciousness. They’d remembered what they’d seen, and when they came back to the everyday state of consciousness, they painted their visions in caves. is the best explanation for cave arts and why cave art is so similar all around the world and so similar to the visions of Iawaska shamans to this day. Grant thank you so much for all that you do. I won’t repeat every all the reasons why, but you’ve you’ve blown my mind open in a way that’s just driven curiosity. And um I think that’s maybe the start of all inquiry is deep curiosity. And that’s what you’ve done for not just myself, but the hundreds of millions of people that have watched you over the years um all over the world. And I hope long may it continue and good luck with your heart operation. And hopefully we’ll be back again to continue this conversation soon. Absolutely. Thank you very much. Appreciate it. Thank you. Really good to meet you. Thank you so much. That was pretty.

  • 五角大廈FBI檔案:釋迦穆尼的佛國,來自400億光年的Korendor文明,六神通都是真的!

    大家好,我是尼卡拉塞昂。最近我深入研究了一下五角大楼的449号大案,又被震惊了。这个大案里讲了1961年FBI接到举报,说有一种自称为Corindaurian的外星人,正在通过无线电联系人类。我看完这份FBI的报告,全身都起了一层鸡皮疙瘩。这个大案中记载的Corindaurian外星人,他们的科技能力还有对宇宙的理解,根本就是释迦牟尼在《长阿含经》《法华经》里面讲的佛国的翻版,一模一样。很有可能他们就是佛经中提到的天人异族。这种科幻加外星人、玄学加佛学的理论在五角大楼的这个大案里出现,真的是让人相当惊讶。

    今天我就给大家讲一下这故事。事情发生在1960年代,当时整个世界处于冷战最紧张的年代。有一天,FBI接到举报,说有一个18岁的少年,自己在研究无线电和不明人士通话,里面的语言充满了反对越战、反对美国政府的信息,所以爆料人员怀疑这是苏联级别的渗透。FBI一听不得了,赶紧立案调查。于是这些探员们就开始调查,但这一查他们全都懵了,因为这件事太玄幻、太科幻了。因为这个18岁的年轻人说,和他通话的无线电不明人士是来自400光年以外的外星人,叫做Corindaurian,他们的领袖叫做Master Callanlee Rutan。这个Master大师不但给他解释了宇宙文明,还安排他去了母舰聊了很多外星科技,其中还提到宇宙宗教等等。这些都是些不着边际的话,让FBI探员非常无语。

    被调查的年轻人叫做Bob Reynolds,他从小就对无线电非常感兴趣。在60年代,全世界、美国都没有什么手机,没有网络,美国年轻人玩的都是业余无线电。这在当时相当于今天最厉害的极客高手。1961年7月初,Bob在自己的房间里用自己组装的无线电探索全世界的节目时,突然扬声器里就传来了嗡嗡的声音。一开始Bob觉得这些杂音是他自己DIY电台里出问题了,于是就开始检查、换频段之类。但是每次换都有这个嗡嗡声,而且越来越响。这个时候他反其道而行,不躲了,反而把频率精准地一点点往这个噪音源对上。接下来的震惊就来了:在他把频率严丝合缝地对准噪音的一瞬间,嗡嗡声、哔哔声突然就停了,无线电里突然传出一句话:“Bob,我们希望你能在这个频率上多停留一会儿。”

    Bob说这个声音是一种柔和、温暖、像水晶一样清澈的女生,说的是英语,而且在无线电里直接说出了他的名字。Bob愣住了,大脑一片空白。接着女生就说:“我是Lin-Ely,我和我的伙伴来自一个叫做Corindaur的行星,我们现在就在你们地球上空几万英里的飞船上,正在和你通话。”在档案中记载,Bob说这个女人说话的声音就像唱歌一样,有一种美丽的音乐感,非常有节奏。她的描述非常诡异,因为《华严经》里面就讲“梵音微妙,令人乐闻”,梵天的声音都是非常微妙的,听了让人非常快乐。在《佛说大乘菩萨藏正法经》中记载“迦陵频伽微妙音声”,这迦陵频伽是什么?它就是佛经中的天人,经文中记载他们生活在西方极乐净土,声音清婉,因天人紧那罗一切鸟类所不及,这鸟叫的声音都像音乐一样,非常有节奏。

    我之前讲过梵语的秘密,还有海奥华人的秘密,里面都提到过,除了那些什么小灰人之外,对人类友好的外星人,说话都像唱歌一样有节奏,柔和,有一种咒语般的音韵美。那个外星人Lin-Ely就解释说:“我们算准了像你这么对科学有好奇心的年轻人,一定会去寻找杂音的源头。”所以Bob被震惊了,说这给我当头一棒,重重的一击,我惊呆了,这种震惊持续了整整一分钟我才回过神来。

    接着这个外星人Lin就开始向Bob解释他们为什么来地球。她说:“我们不是来侵略地球的,我们一直在观察你们。我们联络你是因为我们有强大的读心和远程心理探测技术,在对你观察一段时间后,发现你对其他星球的生命有着强烈的兴趣,内心深处渴望世界和平以及人类的美好未来。我们需要寻找一个地球上的平凡代言人来传递宇宙中的和平和博爱。我们迫切希望看到人类在和平中生存下去,而不是像一个正在玩火快把自己烧死的儿童。”

    从Lin的话来讲,还有之前我讲过的外星人档案,我们会发现为什么外国关于外星人的记载从1950年开始变得特别多,而且除了小灰人绑架人做实验的故事外,和人类友好的外星人都在传递让人类放弃战争、渴望和平的信息。这个是有历史大背景的:从1945年美国成功试验核弹,8月投了两颗原子弹在广岛和长崎,之后从1947年飞碟目击案件就开始增多。到了六七十年代,就是Bob生活的年代,美苏进入冷战高峰期。当时核军备竞赛已经到达只要稍微差一点错,整个地球文明都会消失的阶段。当时美国和苏联天天疯狂测试核弹,有在海里爆炸的、天空爆炸的,还有核弹超越大气层在近太空核爆的。当时美国最著名的一次核试验叫做“海星一号”(Starfish Prime)。1962年7月9日,美国从太平洋用雷神火箭把一颗当量大约140万吨TNT的核弹送到离地400公里的近太空点燃核爆。爆炸瞬间产生强力电磁脉冲,夏威夷的电力和电子设备全部出现电磁故障,而且天空直接炸出了人造极光和人造辐射带。

    在这个之前,1958年美国还搞过一个叫做“阿尔戈斯行动”,专门测试核爆能不能在地球磁场里造出人工辐射带,目的就是为了干扰、摧毁卫星和地球通讯。所以苏联一看美国这么干,它也没闲着,开始了一个核实验计划叫做“K计划”。从1961年到1962年,前苏联从卡普斯京亚尔发射了无数导弹飞向哈萨克斯坦方向,并在高空引爆。最吓人的一次就是在1962年10月22日,就是古巴导弹危机最紧张的那几天。这次核实验在高空核爆产生的高强度电磁脉冲,直接就破坏了哈萨克斯坦境内所有的电力线和通讯设施。所以就是在1962年前后,美苏接连的核爆,整个地球的海陆空甚至太空都放出了核爆烟花,外星人都看不下去了。从1947年开始到70年代,超多外星人联络地球的档案记载都是劝人类不要再玩火了,要不然地球真的完了。

    在很多人类接收到这个信息的时候,这个事情也非常巧合:1943年之后,美英苏就签署了部分禁止核试验的条约,把大气层、外太空和水下的核试验都给禁了。1962年之后,到了1963年还出了一个大事,就是美国总统肯尼迪被刺身亡。在63年的档案中记载,Lin和Bob接触之后就说:“你们的参议员除了少数几个,都是照本宣科的机器人。你们的总统不幸只是他们需求的一枚棋子。肯尼迪先生所遭遇的命运,因为他出于伟大的人道主义,不愿为这军工产业这‘八爪章鱼’牺牲自己的理想,最后他为人类付出了最高的代价。”不知道她为什么提这个八爪章鱼,这八爪章鱼就是漫威里面的九头蛇,它的标志就是一个骷髅和八爪鱼,所以外星人就是暗示肯尼迪被杀是美国体系内的深层政府的神秘人干掉的。

    以上这些信息一开始都是Bob和外星人Lin用无线电进行通讯。在一两次后,Lin就开始教Bob把无线电和电视连接起来,魔改成可视电话。1962年1月6日凌晨2点,Bob戴着耳机盯着他改装好的电视屏幕准备测试。当他打开电视的一瞬间,一个环形的房间形象显示出来,中间坐着一个绝美的金发女郎,蓝色眼睛,看起来大约18到20岁左右,穿着好像滑雪服那种柔软的两层套制服,头发上还系着两条蓝色丝带。这个金发的“外星人”就是我们以前讲过的Hyperborea(海波利安)北欧型金发外星人。佛经中的北俱卢洲人、上古人类和外星人混血的雅利安人,都是他们的后裔。雅利安人是不吃肉的,现在印度的高种姓信的印度教,当年婆罗门大祭司们的后裔,他们也保存到古代的习俗,都是不吃肉的,每天就是吃咖喱蔬菜和碳水。

    Lin介绍说他们这个种族Coreandaurian人是整个宇宙行星联盟的最高行为准则。他们对宇宙所有的生命都有着爱,在他们的伦理观里,任何形式的暴力、剥削、杀戮都是极其原始的,违背宇宙法则。所以他们也不吃肉,Lin说他们吃的是一种非常完美的合成食物,可以通过原子复制机直接打印出完美的营养合成物。Lin说他们的星球叫做“克雷多星”,在牧夫座的方向,距离地球大约400光年,有一个恒星叫做“克雷娜”。他们的行星有四个月亮,他们说的语言叫做“加林瓜语”,而这种语言是人类最原始的语言,地球上所有的语言都来自他们的加林瓜语。Lin说在人类《圣经》中创世纪记载的巴别塔都是真的,当时的人类用非常先进的技术创造了一座巨型高塔,但是因为它太重了,最后引发地质塌陷倒塌。而且也说这个之前的“大洪水”也是存在的,是彗星引发的气象灾难。

    然后Lin又解释说:“你们的人类文明是地球历史上第三代了。之前地球上曾经出过两个极其辉煌的文明,就是你们传说中的亚特兰蒂斯和利莫里亚文明。根据他们的档案记录,就是在最后的恐怖战争里把自己彻底炸得灰飞烟灭。”他暗示这两次文明都开发出了核武器,然后进行了核大战,也许他说的就是《摩诃婆罗多》里面记载的各种事情。

    接着Lin跟Bob爆了一个大料。她说:“你们人类崇拜了2000多年的耶稣基督,其实是宇宙行星联盟派来的一位高度进化的星际大师。他来地球只有一个目的,就是向野蛮的地球人传达宇宙的兄弟情义和和平的信息。”这个我以前也讲过,在UFO圈流传的一个计划,就是美国政府1950年进行的一种叫做“水瓶座计划”里,就提到过说处女玛利亚怀孕、耶稣、天使报喜等等,都不是神话,是一场被称为“基督生成计划”的星际基因和道德挽救实验。耶稣也不是地球人,他是统治某宿星团的第12位最高长老之一,他的星际间真名叫做“本·约瑟夫·约舒亚”。他们在地球身体诞生之前,就和释迦牟尼一样,都是宇宙的智慧先知。他们在地球诞生之前就出现一些光球、白象入胎、鸽子之类的,就是伟大的先知的意识从外星直接传过来的。大家可以看一下我以前讲过的“师尊诞生的秘密”,他曾经就是天界最高的大师叫做净光菩萨,就是从天界一束光直接传到了地球,然后摩耶夫人白象入胎。耶稣也一样,除了天使报喜之外,在1970年荷兰画家阿特德戈尔德画了名画《耶稣受洗》,他就完美记录了一束光给耶稣带来了新的智慧,天空中出现了一个巨大的UFO向地面的耶稣垂直发射出激光之后,耶稣一下就醒了。这个非常有意思,大家要相信光啊!

    五角大楼这个档案里还记载,在1963年和1964年,Lin又联系了Bob,还把他带到了宇宙飞船。第一次是进入了一个侦察飞船,第二次侦察飞船就把他带到了距离地球5000英里的太空,进入了一个巨大的母舰。在里面见到了克雷多星球的长老级大师Aklim Vesta Antidi。这个大师就给Bob介绍了一些更高级的概念:第一个就是“宇宙星际联盟”,说在宇宙有一个联盟,包含了银河系内外一共有5000多个文明的星球。他们一直想把地球纳入进去,但是发现地球的科学技术是接近达标了,但是社会与道德水平严重不合格。说地球是一个充满种族歧视、民族国家仇恨、自私自利并且时刻毁灭自我的一个文明,所以绝对不允许这种文明进入一个没有战争的宇宙联盟。如果他们进入的话,肯定会发动战争。所以宇宙人必须等地球人在精神上和宇宙人达到万物一体、全种族皆为兄弟的觉悟才能加入。

    之后,大师还给Bob介绍了他们宇宙人的能力,这解释了我之前一个非常大的疑惑:为什么说这个佛啊、观音菩萨会不断的变换自己的身体大小,还能变化出无数的形象在地球上救苦救难?这个大师就说,不管人类还是宇宙人都有心智,也就是意识。而这个意识分为五层:无意识、潜意识、意识、超意识,一直到最高的意识叫做All Mind(全意识)。宇宙里所有的物质、所有的能量、所有生物的心智,在最高层All Mind全连接在一起,成为一个巨大的无形网络。克雷多大师就是说这个宇宙里的巨大意识网就是造物主,就是上帝,万事万物都在这个All Mind里面。他说这个概念就和释迦牟尼讲的“阿赖耶识”,又叫做藏识,都是一样的。他认为是宇宙万法的总根源,一切的现象都从这里面产生。印度教也讲这个事情叫做Brahman(梵),说这个Brahman就是遍布一切、超越一切、万物归一的终极存在。

    大师还讲,如果你的意识可以达到All Mind这一层,那就可以将你的物理身体和宇宙最高的能量网络连接在一起,获得无限的知识。并且强大的精神力可以直接下达命令,这个All Mind就会在原地将你的肉体直接转化为纯能量,或者是把身体分解成最基础的原子,然后在宇宙的另外一端,用那里的游离原子瞬间把你重新拼装起来。这个非常玄幻,但这一下子就解释了为什么释迦牟尼说他自己成佛之后就获得了六神通,一下子就连接到了All Mind了。其中一个就是“神足通”,在《摩诃摩耶经》里面记载,释迦牟尼经常这么一个意念,刷了一下就去了忉利天给天人说法,还给自己母亲摩耶夫人讲法。释迦牟尼是怎么去的?估计就是这么一个意念过去。

    这个宇宙大师说,要呼唤All Mind达到最高的超意识,必须达到一个特别的宇宙频率。这个频率就像宇宙共享的公共广播一样,宇宙人的大脑非常发达,他们都可以接入这个频率,随意的开启和关闭。当你成功激活这个超意识之后连接到宇宙频率,你的心智和最高层的All Mind直接就产生了共振,这个时候你的网络就已经接通了,就可以像释迦牟尼一样看到过去一切的因缘,这就叫“宿命通”;还有什么看到一切“天眼通”、听到一切“天耳通”,还有瞬间移动“神足通”等等。

    大师就说,地球人如果掌握这些随意调频、呼唤全新的这种智能,必须从出生起就开始培养,如果地球人到了五岁以上再去尝试要激发这种能力,就变得非常难了。按照他的理论,说这个世界上也不存在一个像基督教里面那种白胡子老头一样的神。这个神其实就是这个宇宙中的All Mind,宇宙中所有的物质、能量结合在一起的巨大统一体。它记录了所有的过去,但是他们有一个问题,就是他不知道未来,这个未来是动态的。所有的未来都掌握在拥有自由意志的人类和宇宙人的手里。这个All Mind只能向智慧生物提出建议、进行引导和指引,但是它无法强行控制人类或者宇宙人的自由意志。

    而且它有一个特点,就是所有拥有自由意志的人类和宇宙人,它都可以反向控制这个All Mind。所以这又解释一个问题:为什么地球中古老的经文都要写做人要向善、要诚实、要和平?因为如果全人类、所有宇宙人都陷入了对战争、恐惧、仇恨这种庞大的负面集体意识,就会驱使这个All Mind将地球甚至宇宙导向毁灭。相反的,如果所有的有意识的生物都渴望和平、渴望博爱,这种集体的念力就能直接改写宇宙的最底层代码,强行把这个太阳系、银河系和整个宇宙的未来通向爱与和平。这个就非常有意思了,可能这就是为什么耶稣、释迦牟尼都说要爱、要和平、不要战争,“God is love, love is God”,神就是爱这种话。

    最后这个宇宙大师还给Bob讲了一个非常厉害的月球的历史:月球曾经被毁灭过。他说在几百万年前,月球上面是有完整的大气层、有适宜的温度、有植物也有生物,也有一个非常高等的文明叫做“Lunares”(月球文明)。他们都城就在哥白尼环形山里面。但是几百万年前的一天,有一群未知来源的更高级的远古外星种族降临了(是不是阿努纳奇异族不知道)。一开始这个月球人还把他们当作神,修建了巨大神庙给这些外星人做基地,但后来月球人的科技不断发展,慢慢发现这种远古的外星种族也不过如此,也不是什么神族。于是就想让他们赶紧离开,“滚蛋吧”。但是这个远古外星人就不离去,双方就产生了分歧,结果就发生了大战,而且是核战。不知道哪一方用了某种粒子核弹头,瞬间就把这个首都炸到气化。这种能量强大到它把大气中的所有原子直接转化为纯能量,于是整个月球就从他们首都哥白尼环形山这个地方,逐点形成一组巨大能量的狂怒火墙。它像巨大的涟漪一样从爆炸中心慢慢扩散,不到一分钟的时间,整个月球就从绿色的、有生机的星球一下子就变成了死寂的灰色废墟。按照他的说法,这个月球和地球当年都是绿色的,都有生物存在。

    这非常有意思,因为按照日本最早的物语文学《竹取物语》来说,他们就记载了一个从月球下来的人叫做“辉夜姬”。而这个辉夜姬,她就来自“月之都”。当时日本天皇还拜访辉夜姬,他们之间相爱,天皇向她求婚,但是辉夜姬拒绝了,说“我不是你们国家的人,我来自月之都,必须返回月球返回我的族人身边”。之后她就准备和人类分别,于是大家就看到了天上有飞行物下来,然后带着辉夜姬刷一下升到了天空中。他们升空的地点就是现在的富士山,富士山在日语中念作Fujisan,它来自另外一个发音叫做Fuji,在日语里这个是不死的意思。辉夜姬离开的时候就留下了一种药,叫做长生不老药、不死药。这个故事也非常像嫦娥的故事,嫦娥好像也是跟不死药有关。Fuji这个就非常有意思了。

    最后五角大楼大案里面就记载,洛杉矶分局探员听完之后就面面相觑,不知道发生了什么,怎么这么玄幻。所以在报告中他们就总结:Bob Reynolds在之前从未参与过任何被官方认为激进、颠覆、间谍或犯罪的活动,他是一个普通的美国公民。FBI洛杉矶办事处在1966年10月3日呈报给局长约翰·埃德加·胡佛,在备忘录中直接下达了结论:不对此事采取进一步行动。

    这个就是今天的故事,非常玄幻,竟然可以在五角大楼档案里面出现,真的是非常不敢想象。也许我们的宇宙就是这样,我们真的是要好好修炼提高自己的意识啊,打开阿赖耶识,最终和宇宙的All Mind连接起来。说不定现在的释迦牟尼就在这个All Mind的里面。我现在真的是觉得这个佛经里面讲的非常非常有道理,大家都好好研究一下。

  • 06/21/2026 – Stock Market Crash or Rally Incoming

    Hey yo, what’s up everybody? What’s going on folks? Welcome, welcome to the True Training Group live stream. Hope you all had a wonderful weekend. I want to give a big huge massive shout out and a happy Father’s Day to all of the TTG dads out there. I hope you guys had a wonderful day spending the time with family, with friends, but most importantly, family. That’s what this day is really all about. So, gentlemen, I wish you all a happy Father’s Day, and there’s no better way that I could think about showing my appreciation for all the teach dads out there than to prepare you guys to make some money this week. And that’s something that obviously we’re all here to to figure out how to make money, right? It’s why you guys are on this live stream. That’s why you’re not, you know, getting the popcorn ready for uh House of Dragons like my wife is um going nuts over that show or watching the World Cup matches or whatever it else it is. Or maybe you’re still sitting outside with a cold one smoking a cigar. Maybe you’re over the grill. Whatever it is, we’re all here to make money. And on a day like today, being Father’s Day, uh I am recently a new dad myself. I have a two kids. They’re both under two. My daughter is not even two years old. My son is three, almost four months old. My son will be four months old in just a couple of days. Um, so I’m a new dad. I’m a new dad. And I got to tell you, man, the my entire life has changed over the course of the last two years. And in in the best way possible, my entire outlook on life has changed. my perspective, the things that I care about, my priorities, and my sense of purpose and meaning in life has completely changed. I’ve made, you know, changes in my own personal life um as a as a result of this. And you know, I think it’s pretty I think it’s, you know, as we sit here and it being Father’s Day, I just think to myself about how lucky and how blessed that I am to live the life that I do and to be able to provide for my family. And it makes me kind of think more about, like I said, ever since I had kids, it really made me comp think about life differently. And I want to start this live stream off by sharing something with you that I’m never going to forget. I was watching an interview with two very successful two very successful gentlemen, two fathers. One is is a billionaire and the other is a couple hundred millionaire. So two guys that money is not is not a is not a thing to them, right? There is no amount of money. There’s no something that they can’t buy. There’s nothing that they can’t do. And the person that was interviewing these two gentlemen asked them, “What is success to you?” Because obviously it can’t be a number like how do you gauge your life and success within your life? Because it’s not reaching a number in your bank account for obviously for for those guys. And the two responses are something that really stuck with me and really hit home personally and I want to share it with you guys because it kind of gives I think a perspective on life and then we kind of bring it all together and talk about how we’re going to make some money this week. Trust me, it’s all related. It’s all tied together. The first guy responds with saying, and I don’t remember which one responded with which, but the first guy responds with, “Well, success to me.” And he says, “Is having my children want to hang out with me as adults?” That was his response was, “Yeah, obviously when your kids are young, they all want to hang out with mom and dad.” And yeah, right. Everything’s everything’s great, but when they become adults, do they still want to hang out with mom and dad? And that was um that was success for for that for that person and the next guy. And that hits home for me because I’m very very tight with my my parents. I’m very tight with my sisters. Um I see my family, you know, several times throughout the course of the month. I was with my family obviously all day today. Um so that kind of hit home for for me because I still hang out with my parents all the time and I obviously want my children to want to hang out with me all the time. But the next guy’s response completely changed my outlook on life. And the next guy’s response to me was or to this question was and again if you’re just tuning into the live stream the question was what is success to you? What is having a successful life? Because obviously it’s not a number. The guy’s a billionaire and the other guy was worth a couple hundred million or a few hundred million dollars. And the billionaire guy or the I don’t remember which one gave the response says success is you lived a successful life if your children lived a better life than you did. That is the definition of success for him. And that kind of really really hit home. And for every single person that is out there watching this live stream right now, for every father, for every mother, for everyone who just has children, just in general, success is not defined by a number or you reaching a particular net worth. It is defined simply as did you make good choices throughout your adult life that allowed your children to live a better life than you did. And if that answer is yes, then you are providing a generational leap to your children that you did not have. And then hopefully your children will be better set set up into their adult life than you were. And then they could make sure that their children then lived a better life than they did. And that is the process of building generational wealth through time. And if each generation continues to live a better life than the prior, then you continue to live a successful life. And I I share that with you because it was something that really changed for me because when I first had when I had my children, it completely changed, you know, my whole outlook on life, my my whole perspective and my priorities have changed. And I share that with you because, you know, I know how much of an impact it had on me and I want you guys to think about life and that means as well. And then it brings me to what we’re doing here today on this live stream. And it brings me to what we’re doing here just in the markets in general, like being a market participant, not even just being on this live stream, so we can figure out how we’re going to make money this week. And if you guys are new to the stream, trust me, stick around. You guys are in for a hell of a treat. I share with you my exact detailed game plan, what stocks I’m looking at, where I’m getting in, where I’m getting out, what I think the market’s going to do. I’m not a Monday morning quarterback. I’m not going to come on this YouTube channel on Friday and be like, “Oh, look at what we did this week.” No, I’m going to come on on a Sunday on Father’s Day and I’m going to tell you exactly what I think the market’s going to do. I’m going to stick my neck out there. Listen, I’m not going to be right all the time. I don’t have a 100% win rate. I’m right a lot more than I am wrong, but I’m wrong sometimes. I’m not perfect. I don’t claim to be the world’s greatest trader. I don’t think you should listen to the things that I share on this YouTube channel because I claim to be the world’s greatest trader. I’m a damn good one. I began my career working at a hedge fund in New York City, my first job out of college. I received a trader of the year award back in 2008 when the stock market was crashing and we had the great recession and the big, you know, housing crisis and everything else that we had during 0809. It was actually one of the years I received the trader of the year award. So, I didn’t have to figure this stuff out on my own. I didn’t have to watch YouTube videos. I didn’t have to sit in Discord chats. I didn’t have to scour the depths of Reddit. I was trained by professionals right from the jump. And now, fast forward, I’ve been doing this for 19 and a half years. And I’m the co-founder and head trader of True Trading Group. We have 11,000 members from 114 countries all throughout the world. We are the recipient of the Benzinga Fintech Award for best AI analysis tool. We have partnerships with u the NASDAQ, with Benzinga, with DataBento, Unusual Wales. We work very closely with OpenAI to build out the the fintech platform that is True Trading Group and then TTD terminal that that is the the whole suite of trading tools that we have on this platform that are customized to you the individual user that integrate AI into everything it is that we do where we have actual deterministic algorithms that can help build trading plans for you all the way through um you know an active trader mode session that can actually where our AI can manage trades for you and so much more that we can get into a little bit later on in this live stream. But, you know, that is what True Trading Group really is all about. It’s not just me. You know, there’s seven other professional traders that are live with you every single day that share their screens, that answer questions, that trade in front of you live, that provide their analysis and commentary, and of course, all of their trade alerts, which they’re fantastic. Okay. Our mods maintain a cumulative win rate of just around 80% now going on roughly the last six years or so. All of our buys, all of our take-profits, all of our stopouts, our greens, our reds, our break evens, it’s all tracked. It’s all there for you guys. Full transparency. We’re a complete and total open book. Okay. So, yes, do we have the trade alerts? And the courses, of course, we do. Yes, they’re fantastic. But TTG is much more than just a chat room with alerts. It is an entire trading terminal and entire trading software system for retail traders that genuinely gives them an edge and an advantage over other traders that don’t have access to these tools and these data points. Because at the end of the day, retail never really had a fair chance against professionals. Professionals have Bloomberg terminals, they have all these different data um points, all these different analytics, and all these different tools that retail traders just never had access to. It was never a fair fight. Not Not only do they have faster executions, more information, more amounts of money, they actually have physical tools and data that retail doesn’t have access to. We change that here inside of True Trading Group with the TG terminal and all the tools and resources that we have on our platform that actually give our members a distinct advantage over other traders that simply do not have access to these things. Okay. Um, and when I say here, let me actually just ask real quick. Members of True Trading Group, just type the number one in chat real quick if you guys feel like you have an advantage, you have an edge over other traders that do not have access to the tools and resources that you have at your trading group. So, if you feel you have an edge, if you feel like our tools and our platform, our whole system gives you an advantage, I want you to go ahead and type the number one in chat right now. And for anyone that’s new to this channel, pay attention very closely to the people you’re about to see comment because these are real traders. These are real members. These are people that were once viewers on a live stream, just like you are now, telling you that they have a distinct advantage over other people that don’t have these tools.

    That’s what you’re seeing. You’re seeing people from all over the world. 114 different countries from all walks of life. 82% of our members have a full-time job. So there’s no excuse on why you are not going to be able to do this and use this platform successfully like all of our members are.

    And when I and when I sit here and I tell you when I say our me look you can see all these people that are typing number one telling you that they have that they have an edge. And it brings me back to what I was talking about before about having about what is a successful life and living a successful life, making sure that your children live a better life than you did. And that could be in a in a lot of different way that that means different things for different people, right? The reality is life is not fair. The reality is not everybody starts from the same starting point. This isn’t this isn’t the Olympics. This isn’t a race where everybody gets to line up and everybody starts from the exact same distance from that finish line. Life’s not fair.

    Somebody gets to start sometimes much further ahead than you got to start and some people get to start much further behind where you got to start. So, it’s not fair to compare yourself as far as did I live a successful life if not everybody is starting from the same point. But if you make the right decisions as an adult, and when I say make the right decisions, I’m specifically talking about financially. I’m talking about investing. I’m talking about getting involved in the stock market. I’m talking about becoming knowledgeable in, you know, what are actually good stocks that you should buy? What are, you know, a what’s a good long-term portfolio look like? How can you day trade and swing trade to supplement your income to generate extra income so you never have to necessarily worry about what’s what are you going to do? How’s your family going to survive if you ever get laid off? if there’s ever another recession, how are you going to make ends meet? Not having to worry about those type of situations. Not having to be relying on somebody else for you to live your life and provide for your family. Having a job is not security. Being able to actually make money on your own terms, that is security. Because as long as the stock market is open, we have a job. As long as the economy is booming, you have a job. But the reality is that next week somebody that you’ve worked for for the last 15, 20, 25 years could decide that you know what, costs have gone up, inflation, margins are compressed. We got to lay some people off. And just like that, it doesn’t matter how many times you showed up to work early. It doesn’t matter how many times you stayed at work late. It doesn’t matter how great you completed that project or that task. It doesn’t matter how reliable you are, how much your boss could depend on you. The reality is you are replaceable. And at any given moment, that security could be taken from you. Not because you did something wrong, not because you made poor decisions, not because your actions were terrible, but because somebody else above you decided you were worth removing. That’s not security.

    Security is knowing whether the stock market goes up or the stock market goes down. As long as it’s open, we can make money. And it’s what we’re going to talk about here on this live stream. I’m literally going to give you my game plan of how I plan on making money this week.

    But I hope that everybody that is on this live stream right now, and this is a real gut check moment. I’m being as as genuine as I possibly can. I’m not I’m not making a joke. I’m not being sarcastic. I’m not exaggerating. I hope that every single person on this live stream is ready to take this serious. If you’re here just to look for some, oh, tell me the next yolo stock that’s going to, you know, short squeeze small flow, whatever it is, or give me some kind of yolo, zero DT option play, tell me where Tesla is going to close on Wednesday evening so I can buy a call or a put tomorrow. If that’s what you’re looking for, then True Chinub is not the place for you. But if you are motivated and dedicated to ensure that you live a successful life, by which I mean have making sure your children live a better life than you did, then this is the this is the very best place you can possibly be at 8:25 p.m. Eastern on a Sunday evening. I promise you that. Because my entire life is now dedicated to make sure that my children live the very best life they possibly can. And I bring that all together because Father’s Father’s Days mean something different to me now. Father’s Days two years ago was all about my father and appreciating everything he’s done for me and my sisters and my mom and for our family. And I still appreciate that. I still am I thank God every day to bless me with a father that that that I have. And he is the epitome of of a man and father and and a dad. And I couldn’t ask for anything more. And I just hope that I am half as good of a father to my children as he is to me. I’m very lucky and I’m very blessed for that. Not everybody’s not everybody can say that, but I hope that every single one of you are as motivated and dedicated to make sure that your children go on more family vacations than you went on. That your children are able to get a car when they have their driver’s license. That your children are able to go to college. That your children are able to go to the college that they want to go to. That your children are able to wear the pair of sneakers that they want to wear on their first day of high school. That you may not have been able to do. You might have had to wear a hand-me-down from your older brother. I hope that your children have enough money set aside for them when they decide it’s ready to start a family of their own. They have enough money in an account because you made good investment decisions when they were children. That they have enough money in account now for a down payment on their house that they don’t have to worry about, well, what’s going to happen if dad loses his job? And if you are motivated and you are dedicated to achieving that level of success, then you are in the right place. And I am I’m so glad to have you guys here because those are the type of people that I want part of True Trading Group. Yes, it’s all about making money, but the dollar number is not necessarily the mark of success.

    It’s supplementing your income. It’s making more money. It’s providing for your family. That is the definition of success. And that definition means something different to everybody. But we all share that same goal. That same goal is to make money. That same goal is to provide. And it’s exactly what members of True Training Group do. And I’ll prove it to you. Don’t just take my word for it because I’m some guy on a YouTube channel. Okay? Don’t just take my word for it because I have a cool painting that hangs over my head. Or maybe you’re a Yankee fan like I am. Don’t just listen to me just because you’re a Yankee fan. Listen to members because they’re the ones that are living it out day in and day out. Members of True Trading Group that are on this live stream right here, right now, I want you to type the number one in chat. If you are making money and you are becoming a better trader because of True Trading Group, because of this platform, if you are getting closer and you are reaching that level of success, I want you to type the number one in chat right now. If you’re making money, you’re becoming a better trader because of True Trading Group. And for everyone that is on this live stream that is not yet a member that you’re new to the channel or maybe you’ve come to this channel, you maybe joined me on these live streams before but you’re still not a member or maybe this is your very first time. Pay attention to how many people you see type number one because these are your friends, your family members, your co-workers. If they can make money, there’s no reason why you can’t. They are not luckier than you. That’s for sure. And they really don’t have more time than you. 82% of our members have a full-time job. 11,000 members from all over the world, from all walks of life. If they can do it, so can you. There’s no reason why they can and you can’t. And as much again, as much as I would love to tell you that the reason why all these people are successful because I’m the greatest trader to ever walk the earth. I am not. I’m a damn good one. Don’t claim to be the best. But our platform, our tools, our data, our analytics, Mari, which is what that’s our AI system is the damn best that I can say that I will say because I use it personally in my trading every day. I see the success that our members have with it every single day. That’s how I know it’s the best. You’ll never hear me say that I’m the best, but you will hear me say every single damn time anybody asks that our platform and our tools is the best in this business. And for anybody that’s on this live stream right now that is not part of this community. I am going to give you a chance to prove me wrong, I’m going to let anyone that’s not a member, happy Father’s Day. I’m going to let anyone that’s not a member join this platform for 90 days to try out all of our tools, try out all of our systems, become part of this community, and make money with us. I want you to use our holy grail trade plan generator, which actually can generate a trading plan for you by typing in a ticker symbol, by typing in a trading style, you want a day trade, a swing trade, uh you want a a scalp, okay, you can just type it. It’ll give you a trading plan with an entry, a stop-loss, take-profit targets, with a win rate over 70% on almost half a million trading plans generated.

    Yes, I’m going to let you use all of these things. All you need to do is go to trueradinggroup.com990.

    Again, that is trueradinggroup.com990.

    You guys can sign up for our trial for 90 days for 90 bucks. It’s going to cost you a dollar a day. Forget about an annual membership, right? True Training Group is an annual membership. I’m not even going to talk about that. Forget about the longer term commitment. Forget about the higher upfront investment. I’m going to give you 90 days for 90 bucks to join this community. Use these tools and make money with us. Get on board. Join the family. Get motivated. Get determined. And start seeing progress. Start having success. There’s a reason why we have 11,000 members here that have been part of this community for years. Guys, do me a favor. Type how many years you’ve been a member inside chat. Just like type the number. You’ve been a member for three, four, five, six. Just type how long have you been a member of TTG. Just type the numbers in chat. And this is how you really know. This is a testament to just how good the community and the platform really is. Because if these people were not making money, they’re not going to stay. Would you stay? If you joined and you didn’t, let’s say you joined for an annual membership and you you you spent the whole year with us. You didn’t make any money. Worse, you lost money. Are you gonna stay? Look at this. Six years, five years, five years, seven years, two years, three years, four years, five, five, five, six, five, six, five. Just just look at the people that are typing in chat. There’s a reason people have been here for five, six, seven years. It’s because they’re making money. It’s because they’re having success.

    This is This is not a hey, trust me, bro situation. Oh, our tools are great. Sign up for a whole year and use. No, no, no. Use them for 90 days, make money with them, then join. because I I’m confident that if you use them for 90 days that you are going to have success that you’re going to make money and then you’re going to want to stay with us for the whole year. So, it makes it makes sense for us as a business. Don’t get it twisted. Chuch Chenn Group is a business. We have over 30 employees. We have 11,000 customers from all over the world, right? I’m not just doing this out of the goodness of my own heart. This is a business and it’s a good business move on our part to let you try these things out first, make money with them because I’m confident if you do use them that you’re going to want to join and stay with us for the entire year and then you will one day be this one of these people that are typing four years, five years, six years, seven years, you will be that person. I am confident and I can sit here and tell you with a straight face that if you try this stuff out, fast forward a couple of years, you’re still going to be here. You’re still going to be with me. You’re still going to be with the mods. You’re still going to be with the family of 11,000 people from all over the world, all striving towards and getting and seeing progress and becoming successful. All you have to do is go to trueinggroup.com990

    and you guys can sign up for the trial. If you have any questions or you need any help signing up, just send a text message to the phone number you see at the bottom of your screen. The phone number is 1888-621-2127.

    Again, it’s 18886212127.

    The phone number is right there at the bottom of your screen. Just text that number. You’ll talk to a real person. We’ll help you guys out in any way that we can answer any questions, clear anything up that you’re uncertain about, or maybe you just need help checking out. whatever it is, text that number and we’ll help you guys out. Otherwise, you can go right to trutetraininggroup.com990

    and you can join us for 90 days. That’s the deal. That’s the offer I’m willing to make to anyone that’s on this live stream that’s not yet a member. Try this stuff out for yourself. Try it out for yourself. Happy Father’s Day.

    Now, with that said, I’m going to take a sip of water. We’re going to talk about futures because futures are selling off. We’re going to go over some really key levels in the market. We’re going to go over what I think the market’s going to do this week. We’re going to talk about some key economic data that we have coming out. And I’m going to go over my watch list, the exact list of stocks that I have focused on. I got it right here written down in my notebook with entries and exits. I’m old school. I still have a pen pen and notebook.

    Okay, with that said, let’s shake, rattle, and roll. Let’s sit on futures real quick. Let’s check it out. Oh, we bounced right off the support level. My goodness, TTG fam. See, I haven’t looked at futures in the last 35 minutes because I started the live stream. So, I haven’t been looking at futures. I’ve been talking to you guys and as you can see, I’m I’m I’m really really passionate about this stuff. I really really am. Um, you know, I got really passionate there. I got a little emotional there. Like I said, you know, today’s a today’s a special day for me. Um, and I hope it is for for many of you that are watching at home. Um, but the markets did bounce. And the reason why I’m laughing about the markets bouncing, and members of TTD will know this, is because we bounced right off of the exact support level from last week. So, we took a long on Friday, uh, excuse me, on Thursday. Friday the markets were closed. We took a long on Thursday. Okay. And the support level that we went long off of on Thursday, we drew that line right across. It’s the mid the mid740s on the spy. It’s right into that 7500 zone on futures. We got right at the 744 745. That’s the support level. And that’s right where we just fell down into. Okay. In the futures market and then bounce. So that’s why I’m that’s why I’m laughing as soon as I went and I took a look because that level held yet again. So here you guys go. I’ll draw this line right across my screen and we can just show you guys this. Now, if you’ve been if you’ve been a viewer of my live stream for the last couple weeks, then you know about this level because we’ve talked about it a lot. We placed not one, not two, but three different trades we placed over the last two weeks off this level. The first two trades we placed off this level were shorts and those were these days. And then on Thursday, we placed a long. And then there you guys can see again a beautiful support level right there against the area that what once was resistance now acting as support. And on Wednesday when we had the Fed day, we very deeply tested that support level. It almost looked like the level was broken. But then we had the big gap up day on Thursday. I posted a video on my socials about, you know, me thinking that the markets were going to kind of rethink the weakness that we had on Wednesday from the Fed and I thought we’re going to have a bounceback day on Thursday. So, go ahead and follow me on on X. If you guys do not follow me on X yet, I’m always posting content and analysis and stuff on there. My Twitter, my X handle, Mike Edward_TTG. Again, it’s Mike Edward_TTG. So, you guys go ahead, give me a follow there. You guys can even check out the video that I posted last week on my analysis of the Fed meeting. I posted that analysis on Wednesday after the Fed meeting. And you know, we talked about looking for a bounceback day on Thursday and we got it. We caught that trade long, but the long was off of this support level. Okay, this level that used to be Oops, I didn’t mean to delete that. But this level that used to be resistance, okay, now acting as support. And this level is exactly where futures just bounced off of. Okay. Exactly. And that level is 7515.

    Okay. 7515 is right where we just bounced. Okay. 7515 is right where we just bounced from. But now rolling back to 7540 as we’re taking back a good portion of the early open selloff here on futures. Okay, now that takes me to the analysis and the thought process here for this week. As we get into this week, this level is going to be very, very, very crucial for me in my analysis. If this level you see on my screen now, if you’re trading the spy, if you’re trading options on the spy, that level is 744. If you are trading futures, that level’s more like 7500 to 7515, 7510. It’s really that that zone. Okay? If you’re trading futures now, we trade everything at TTG. We trade stocks, we trade options, we trade futures, we even trade some crypto. Okay? There’s something literally for everybody here at True Trading Group. We day trade, we swing trade, we scalp, we cover long-term portfolio investing. There’s literally something for everybody. So this level is going to be really important and it even more so the price action that we just saw on futures more so even confirms just how important this level actually is because now not only is that level the Thursday low but it’s also now your overnight future session low and that level is going to be now just marked if you get underneath that level this week, then I think you have to be short. Okay? If that level breaks, the only support level that’s after that would be 740 on the SPY, and that’s going to be the lows from the Fed meeting. But I don’t think that’s a big enough support level. I don’t think it would be able to hold. I think the SPY would drift back down into the low to mid730s this week if that level breaks. So again, draw it across on your screen. 744, that’s a level on SPY. It’s right around 7510, 7515. If you guys are trading futures, if that level breaks, I would be short. I would stay short until you run into the 50-day moving average, which if you guys are looking at my screen, that’s this dark blue line that was support, okay? During this this brief pullback we had there in early in early June, right? And now you can see this fifth the dark blue line’s curling its way up. So, if you break underneath this level, I’ll just draw the candles. If this level breaks, okay, if you get underneath it, I would expect more downside to take us into that dark blue line and get into that 50-day moving average if that level breaks. Okay, but for now, that level held. It was tested right now off the futures open and it held. So now as long as that level is it holds, we have to talk about what are some stocks that were strong on Thursday that we can look for a little bit of a bounce play. If we wake up tomorrow morning and the futures are green, you wake up tomorrow morning and futures are green and we took this thing all the way back up. We have to be looking with a long bias come tomorrow. We wake up tomorrow morning and the futures have retraced all the way back down to that level of 744 on SPY, 7515 on futures. I would be very very very cautious with the long early. I think that bounces would probably be faded if you opened off that level and then look that level to eventually break and then move it to the downside. So, we’re going to start off with some long ideas and some short ideas coming into this week because that level is going to be a big one. And at least now you guys have an idea of, okay, that’s going to be the mark. We open above it, we’re going to look for the long. If we open green, we’re looking for the long. If we open red and we’re opening right back down into that level, we’re going to look to short the first bounce, break the level, and then be short, stay short, and we’re going to target the 50-day moving average. Okay, everybody good on that? That’s going to be the way that we’re going to play this coming into the week. All right, let’s talk about some individual stocks here first. Now, part of the reason why we had futures moving to the downside was what’s going on. We have some talks going on. There were actually in-person discussions happening over the weekend with the United States, Iran, you know, France and Qatar and Pakistan. There’s a lot of different delegations that have all gotten together um in in a neutral site to kind of go over and to to try to talk things through and get through into a larger peace deal. There were some bumps in the road during those discussions and that got oil prices bouncing over the um over this weekend and that’s got equity prices moving a little bit to the downside. So let’s actually go and talk about oil. Let’s go to the USO. Now the USO is not the price of oil, but it is an ETF that tracks oil futures. And what I’m thinking about here with oil, oil is a very is in a very interesting place right now. The reason why oil is in a very interesting place is because obviously we are well off the the conflict highs. You know, oil moved all the way back down into the 70s and before the Iran war started, oil was at like $67 a barrel. We got as low WTI got as low as the low 70s. I think now we pushed back up to around 78. Trace, we’re tracing back a little bit off that back to like 76.

    But oil oil itself has some record high straight direct short interest. Now the it almost seems like the entire world is betting that a larger peace deal is going to be had between the US and Iran within the next couple of weeks. And they believe that if Iranian oil then also comes back onto the market with the shared fermoose opening up and the US naval blockade drops that the price of oil is going to fall back beneath the price that it was at prior to the conflict starting because the amount of short interest that is on oil right now is some of the highest short interest on oil on record. Now that can be a good thing. It could be also be a bad thing. It could be a bad thing because if the if everybody is betting on one particular outcome that means there is not enough position on the other side of that trade where if there is some type of scenario where talks break down and you know military con military conflict resumes then you could have a massive short squeeze in oil. Now, I’m not sitting here telling you that that’s what I think is going to happen. I’m just telling you the mechanics of what happens in the market when you have such a large short position and everybody is betting on one particular outcome. If that outcome does not come true, the unwind of that one-sided trade could be a very vicious and volatile move. You could have a short squeeze. The way that I think this is going to play out though is any type of bounce in oil that comes from just a tit fortat kind of arguments and theatrics of this delegation walks out of the negotiations. This delegation they’re not happy. This individual person posts this on on X or or the president posts something on True Social and the other side doesn’t like what we said and we don’t like what they said. All of that like playground little kids stuff back and forth high school drama. Any bounce you get in oil from that I think is fadable. I think you should fade those bounces. The only play where I think you need to be very careful shorting oil is if there’s a complete breakdown. If there’s a complete breakdown, you have to be very careful because oil can go back to the 90s. It can go back to 100 like that. if there’s a complete breakdown of talks. But the little tick for tat, I wouldn’t try to continuously be long. I think that the bounces on that would be faded. And what I’m actually looking for here on USO is I’m looking for USO to bounce back to 120 or maybe a little bit higher and then fade back off of that again. So here’s your levels here on USO. If we draw lines out here on USO, you will see a real nice support level here around 110. 110 is going to be support back here from March, support back there in April, and support there from Thursday’s low. Now, with what you were getting right now, oil is bouncing a little bit. So, that should take USO back up to here or so come tomorrow and get a nice little bounce back that takes you up into this region. But then you have this 9 EMA, this teal blue line you see on my screen that is coming to the downside. I believe that teal blue line will come into play here. Will act as resistance and then you will get a fade off of that area. So we’re looking for a bounce back up here to USO that takes you up towards 120 and then look to fade that back to the downside and get back down into that 110. And if talks were to continue or if there was to be progress in those talks, you can eventually break 110 and fall down into like a 10 I don’t know like I think 107 or so is going to be a really big support level. I would probably just take that short off there. I don’t think you should hold USO like down to like 95 or so. I think it would take some type of a real serious breakthrough in talks and a real, you know, progression towards a longerterm peace deal that would get the USO down to, you know, 95 to 100. 95 to 100 is a massive support level. If you get there, I would assume you should look for a bounce play. And I’ll probably look for a bounce play off that level if we get there. But I don’t think that that level is in play this week, so we don’t have to talk about it all that too much. So, we’re going to look for a bounce back up here in USO up towards 120. And then we’re going to look for a short off of that 9 EMA and off that 120 resistance zone to get back down towards 110. Okay, that is USO.

    Next, we’re going to take a look on over at Bitcoin. I’m not going to trade Bitcoin, but there’s going to be a play here we’re going to look at. there’s such a massive support level at 60 and we tried to bounce off of it, you know, a week and a half ago and then failed. Um, if we fall back down toward if if you get Bitcoin back underneath 62K, I’m going to be taking shorts on some of these crypto names. Um, but the way that I’m going to play this crypto idea is I’m going to play this kind of two sides. I’m going to play one long position in a cryptoreated equity and one short position in a crypto-related equity. I’m going to place uh most like I’m going to place a hedged position and then I’ll release the position that’s not working and let the one that is working ride for a much larger move. That’s probably how I’m going to play this. The stock that I’m targeting for the short side is Circle. Okay, Circle has had this base support line around 78 for the last three weeks and every time we have bounced off of this level, you’ve run into this 9 EMA up here around 86 and you have sold back to the downside. Now, on f on Thursday, we briefly pierce 78 support and then closed back above it. Now, when you get a pierce of a support level like this and then you reclaim and close above, typically that’s a buy signal. But I’m just not convinced yet. I’m not convinced yet that this candle that we just got on Thursday, I’m not convinced that that’s a buy signal yet. If circle tomorrow morning, if circle is red, tomorrow morning you wake, you wake up and circle is at like 78 and a half, I’m going to short it with a stop loss at 80.

    If you wake up tomorrow and circle is green, if circle is above 80, I’m not going to touch that thing short. I’m giving you very specific price action. I’m giving you triggers on when to enter these trades. I’m not just giving you, hey, I like this for this direction. I’m telling you very specifically if this, then we’re going to do that. So, if you wake up tomorrow and circle is red, it’s like at 79 or 7850. I’m going to short circle stop loss around 80. We’re going to look for Thursday’s low to break and we’re looking for circle to fade into the low 70s. You wake up tomorrow and circle is above 80. I’m not going to touch it. Okay? So, that’s going to be the idea there for circle. Now, the long-sided idea when it comes to on the cryptoreated name, if Bitcoin were to rally is going to be if Coinbase reclaims 165, if you wake up tomorrow and Coinbase is above 165, I’m going to go long Coinbase with a stop loss around 163 and look for Coinbase to push up into the mid70s. I’m also going to look at Robin Hood. Robin Hood has a beautiful support level around 103. And we’re going to look for Robin Hood. This used to be support back here in November of last year. Then it was support in January. Then you broke it, sold off to the downside. You had this yellow line, which is the 200 day moving average come into play. You broke above it on Wednesday. The stock then pulled back in on Thursday, retest that level, and it held support. So, as long as we are above 103, I like Robin Hood long. So, just continue to try to be long Robin Hood. Anything above 103, stop loss would be under 102. and you’re just going to look for Robin Hood to give you more upside over the course of the next couple of days. And that’s going to be how we can couple this this trade idea as it relates to to crypto in general. So, if Bitcoin bounces, we look for Coinbase and Robin Hood long. If you see Bitcoin south of 62K and you see Circle of 79, we’re going to take that trade short on Circle. So, Circle’s the one to short, Robin Hood, Coinbase would be the ones we would go long if that setup gives us the confirmation. Get it? Got it. Good. Fantastic. That’s Robin Hood. Next up, we are going to talk about Madna. Madna broke above an absolute massive resistance level last week. And that resistance level is between 58 and $60. So, here’s that line drawn on my screen. Now, you can very easily see, it doesn’t take a master, you know, technician or chartist to see that this level was resistance on Madna. But it’s not just from February and May. If you pan this back, you can go all the way back to 2023 when Madna found support down there around $60. And then you can go all the way back to 2020 and see when Madna found support right around $58 $60. That level was finally broken in October of 24 and then it became resistance before the stock really got just destroyed over the next year. Well, this year you’ve rallied back up to that resistance level and now you finally broke above it. And now that we are above it, we are going to look for this level of 6061. We’re going to look for that to become support. Any pullback that you get in Madna that takes you back down towards 61K, we are going to look for that to hold support and look for the stock to then bounce back off of that level and give you some type of a candle that looks something like this. Okay, we are going to look for this level to hold and we’re going to look for now a new a new uptrend to form on Madna. I think Madna has room to $80, $75, $80, depends on how long you want to hold on to this position for. It’ll take a few weeks for the stock to get there. But as long as we are above $60, as long as there’s no piece of news about a drug trial that I can’t foresee coming, right? If there’s a piece of news and the thing gaps back underneath it, you got to forget about it. Right? There’s a news about a drug trial. There’s nothing I can do about that. But as long as we’re above 60 from a technical standpoint, we’re going to let this 90 EMA come up here, get into 60, hold support, and then let that thing push up into the 70s over the course of the next couple of weeks. I like Madna, not just for the day trade, but I like it also for the possibility of a multi-week swing trade as long as it stays above 60. And then last, but certainly not, well, not last, I got two more actually. I almost forgot. UAC. UAC is one. I like UMAC for the long. UMAC has a gorgeous support level here at 23. You guys can take a look here. 23 was the previous all-time high back in 2024. We then tested it again here in March of this year. Then we gapped above it in the end of May. We pulled back down in early June and we stuck that support level not once, not twice, not three, not four, but five times. We have now held that support level. We are going to now look for UMAC to start to push itself back start to push itself back to the upside after successful test and hold of this support level. Okay, the stop loss here is obviously underneath $23. You’ve gotten as deep as 22. Okay, but we’re going to look to see if there’s a gap up on UMAC. We’re going to look for that to bounce back up into the high 20s. And then now, last but not least, probably the ticker symbol that you have all been waiting for, and it is SpaceX. I think it is time for us to then now go back long SpaceX. We caught a gorgeous long on SpaceX off the IPO using our um our institutional flow monitor that we have inside of True Trading Group that actually allows us to make a distinction between an institutional order and a retail order. We able to identify where all those large institutional buy orders are clustering together to identify support. We caught really beautiful longs on SpaceX last week and now we got a nice little shakeout here on Wednesday and Thursday, but that shakeout takes you right back into a massive support level around 175 and it held support there on Thursday. We are now going to look for SpaceX to bounce. Okay, we’re looking for SpaceX to give us a nice bounceback play. We’re looking for SpaceX to get back into the high 190s probably as early as tomorrow. And I’ll take this into a threeinut chart just to show you guys the level that I am referring to. And here you guys can see as we look back on IPO day, the high of the day from the IPO and then you had the early initial morning highs from day two of the IPO. And all the whole time that you see this resistance here on the IPO day and the morning after, we saw massive institutional sell orders clustered around 175 176. We saw it on the IPO day and then we saw it on the day after the IPO and then we finally broke through that level and then it pulled back in and it held support and then you got the huge rally. You dropped back down into that level on Thursday. The stock held and then rallied into the close. As long as SpaceX is above the mid70s, I like it for a long. You also have I don’t know I don’t know how much we can trust this this trend line because it’s only been a couple of days, but you have a really beautiful downtrend line here on SpaceX. You can see high of the day from the 16th, high of the day from the 17th, high of the day from the 18th. Really nice downtrend resistance line. And then you have this beautiful support here at 175. And that is why we are looking for SpaceX to now give you a nice little move back up there to the upside. So, we will be looking for SpaceX longs. Um longs on SpaceX will probably be in the low to low to mid 180s and we’re going to look for us to push back up into the 190s. Resistance levels will be actually I’ll draw them for you. Resistance levels will be actually 190 even. Okay. Minor resistance at 194. heavier resistance at one at a at 200. So these are going to be kind of and then you know what? We’ll just draw this. We’ll split the difference here to give you the gap fill. So here’s going to be our resistance levels on SpaceX. Okay. So if we play this right, we’re looking for longs probably somewhere around 184 185. All right. Stop loss can probably like 178. We look for take profits at 190, 192, 194, and then 200.

    Okay. Okay, but I do like SpaceX to give us a little bit of a bounceback play this week. Okay, nice little nice rally, nice shakeout. I think it’s time for us to get a nice green candle tomorrow. Okay, so that’s it, folks. That kind of wraps things up there. That’s that’s my game plan for for this week. We have PCE inflation data coming out this week. That’s going to be really really important. Um, we want to make sure we’re paying attention to that inflation data. That could be that could obviously move the markets, but I think that we’re in a really good position. Futures are rallying. We’re actually back to that. We’re at new high. We just made a fresh new high on futures. We’re now down only a quarter of of a point. We got down to we were we were down almost 75.8% at the lows. We’ve now rallied this thing all the way back. We’re down only a quarter point. This is a new high on the session. Um, we’re still red. We’re at a quarter point, but we are making a fresh new high. So, as it stands right now, we are looking for those bounce plays. We are looking for those longs. We’re looking to short short the oil pops. We’re looking for longs on Madna. We’re looking for longs on UMAC. Looking for longs on SpaceX. And we have that hedge position with Circle and Robin Hood/Coinbase. That’s how I’m going to start off my watch list coming into the week. Obviously, I’m gonna add some stocks to my watch list as the week goes on and there I see what the news is and everything else. But that’s my game plan to start off the week, guys. So, once again, if you’re not part of this community yet, I’m giving you guys a chance to join this platform for 90 days. Try it out. Try our whole tools, our whole suite of tools, make some money with us, and then we’ll talk about you guys becoming an annual member. If you want to join the 90-day trial, you can go to truetradinggroup.com990.

    That’ll allow you to try out our platform for 90 days for just 90 bucks. Okay, join the trial. Don’t be shy. Don’t be embarrassed. Communicate, ask questions, learn from the group, talk to the mods, and really use the tools. Talk to your onboarding concier. All of our trials, you guys get an onboarding concier. Their job is to just make sure you know exactly how to use our tools. You’re getting the most out of it. Their job is to help make sure that you guys make some money while you are with us for those 90 days. Okay. So again, truerainggroup.com990 to join that trial for 90 days. You have any questions, don’t hesitate. Send a text message if you need help with anything. 1888621-2127.

    The phone number is right at the bottom of your screen if you guys um need to to take a look at it. 1888-621-2127.

    Okay, so folks, that’s it. That wraps it up. Again, I wish all my teach dads out there, I wish you guys a very happy Father’s Day. Hope you had a wonderful day. I hope you have a wonderful evening, but I hope you have an even better week because I plan on this being a big green week. So, get your butts in chat. Let’s get ready to make some damn money together. I’m excited for the setups that we have, especially that I really like that SpaceX setup. I like that Madna setup. I like that circle setup. Oil. I really like these setups. I think it’s going to be a really great great week. Truegroup.com990. I’ll see you guys there. Subscribe to the channel. Smash that like button. Show some love if you haven’t done so already. Have a wonderful rest of your evening. I’ll see you guys bright and early tomorrow morning as we always do. Take care, folks. Have a good one.

  • Unique AI Method, Outreach and Pricing for 4 PROVEN AI Services Clients Can’t Refuse

    Guess it would help if I did have sound. All right, I apologize for that. So, I was talking for a whole 60 seconds and none of you can hear me. Uh, so hopefully you guys are as excited uh for this session as I am. Uh, we have a lot to cover on this session. Uh for starters, uh the sneak peek of a huge huge uh update that we are just about ready to release uh to our existing uh customers. And there’s many uh uh people who are going to be one of the first ones to get access to this and beta test it. Um and then like I said in my email, the uh we’ll be going public with it on July 7th. Okay? So you guys are the first ones to be able to see this in action and this is truly going to change the game for a lot of you. Okay, we’ve simplified uh what is easily uh the number one thing that everyone of you on here will need uh to start landing some clients quickly. Okay. Uh we have absolutely streamlined it. We’ve pretty much done it for you so that all you guys have to do is take what I’m about to show you, plug it in with what we’re going to teach you on this call and the recipe for being able to land a client in the matter of days uh is a no-brainer. Okay. Uh so hopefully you guys are excited for that. Give me a two in the chat box uh if you guys are uh waiting with anticipation to see what we have created. Give me a two.

    Uh Bruce is saying, “Does that mean we have seven?” Yeah. So, anytime you come on my uh on one of my sessions and you see a countdown timer, that’s just a countdown timer to when I will actually come on uh and start the session. So, I usually always start the session 10 minutes before just to let everyone jump on and um you know, and get settled in and then right at the top of the hour, I kick things off. So, bunch of twos coming in. Awesome. And just to start things off, I’m going to go ahead and give uh 50 bucks to Russ uh for uh let helping me out with the sound. So, we have a ton of you on here, and you guys know that I like to have fun. I like to give away prizes, and Russ is officially uh the first winner of a $50 prize pack. So, $50 to Russ uh and I will send you I think Russ has won before, too. So, you probably know the pro protocol of how to claim your prize. Give me one second. And you guys know that I love when you guys interact. Um, and you know, it just makes for a much better session. Um, sorry, I had a phone call coming in. Oh, someone says, “Should get a should should give away a free full product.” Well, awesome. Uh, well, everyone on here will have the opportunity to get a free product of mine as well towards the end. So, um, you will definitely have that choice. Uh, sorry to ask you, but there wasn’t a bonus you offer for those. Yes. Yes, Paul. So, uh, you will be part of that group that will get beta access to this. So, we’re working on a few uh final tweaks and then you guys will be uh will be have have access to that. All right. So, are you guys ready? Type in ready in the chat box if you want me to jump right in and uh show what we’ve been working on. Ton of there’s a ton of you on here as well. So, there’s a bunch of questions. Uh so, those are getting, you know, buried with uh everyone typing in ready, but don’t worry. um we will be on here as long as we need to be able to uh answer your guys’s questions. Perfect. So, let’s go ahead and jump right in. So, many of you know that we have uh our uh agency valet platform. Okay. So, this is our uh top uh top platform for you guys to be able to come in here and find leads in any location, in any niche. Um, sorry, I don’t know why I’m getting a bunch of phone calls right now. Let me set my stuff to do not disturb. Um, is that here? I think that’s here.

    It is on. So why are the calls still coming in? All right. So Agency Valet is our platform that you can use to come in here. You hit this plus sign right here and you can find uh leads in any niche, any location, and it’s going to pull back not only their contact information, but also uh any problems that they have. So if I come in here to one of these here, um I can show you what I’m talking about. So you’ll run a search. This is for HVAC uh companies in the Warster, Massachusetts area. Uh it comes back with the name of the business uh their website uh their email address, their physical location numbers, but also here on the right hand side you see that they have uh different types of problems. So this is what separates us from every other lead uh app out there that the moment uh our our app finds a lead for you. Uh it comes back with the problems that that business has. So you could see here there’s a problems tab and on here it runs an initial check of what of all of these options that you see here. So, if they’re using a free email provider, if their website actually connects, if they have social media profiles, uh when the last uh when they last updated their website. So, sometimes you’ll find businesses on here who haven’t updated their WordPress for well over five, six years, which obviously is a big security risk and just a whole bunch of other kind of worms that can uh that can be opened by having an old WordPress on there. this particular uh business doesn’t have an SSL certificate. Uh you can find businesses that don’t have a claimed Google listing. Uh if they have click to call on their website, if they have a video on their website, if their website is mobile friendly or not, if they have a chatbot, all these different options. Okay. And then one thing that we recently added as well is their LLM friendliness score which pretty much tells you if they are doing any sort of AEO optimization right now as well which we all know that’s where search is going. That’s why we released Serling because uh all businesses will have to do AEO optimization at some point because uh that’s just where people are going to start doing uh their searches and doing their research. Uh and and if you’re not doing AEO, you’re being left behind. Okay. Uh now a couple of updates uh that we’ve added on here uh just for some of you that may not have uh uh received those messages. But uh here we also now are able to find businesses that are currently uh running ads. Okay. So what we check for is if they have any sort of tracking uh code on their website, any tracking pixels. uh so that you know that if they’re at some point they’re either currently paying for ads or at some point they ran ads because when you’re running ads uh you want to have those uh pixels on your site so that you can properly track your advertising. So this is one of the things we added. Uh another thing that we recently added uh is the ability for you to u manually add a business. So if you’re out there and you are talking to a business in person, you write down their website URL. You can come back to your dashboard when you get home, put their website in here, add them to here, and then it’ll run a check for you uh just like this, and it’ll tell you what problems that business has. Uh again, this is an initial check. This is kind of the most vital things that you can quickly uh use and charge for um you know, things that you can fix. And then you can also always run a deep audit which will turn their website completely upside down and find all the issues that they have. Okay. Now the biggest oh well also on top of this when you’re running um a search you can now create a fully custom uh search as well. So you can come here and just hit create and then now you have a fully blank list and then you can just manually add uh a list of businesses. So many of you are out there probably going to networking events collecting business cards or you have a stack of business cards that you may have just collected over you know over the years uh and you want to start checking to see if you can help those businesses. You can always create a custom list. I myself am always I always have my my marketer’s hat on. So whether I’m driving around um or I’m just walking around the mall or whatever it may be, I’m always it’s just something I can’t turn off that anytime I see something I’m analyzing a business’s marketing. I’m analyzing uh you know uh vans that drive by me and just, you know, see if they’re, you know, if they have a website on their van, if they have a phone number on their van. Uh here in Miami, businesses are very lazy with their marketing. So, uh, it’s not uncommon to for for you to be in traffic and a worker van, uh, pull up next to you and they have a business name on there, but there is no call to action. There is no website on there. There’s no phone numbers. Uh, there’s misspellings. Okay. One of the craziest things I saw recently was um a um it was a fab a fabric company, I believe, or they that they replace fabrics on seats, on boats. I forgot what it’s called. Um, but they just come by and they’ll replace uh any old fabrics on uh either your bolt seats or your couches, whatever it may be. And then I tried to go to their website uh there while we were stuck in traffic uh and their website wouldn’t load. And then I looked at their business name. I looked at the website that was on their work van and they completely misspelled their website URL on their uh on their truck. So, I’m like, man, you know what it is to pay easily anywhere from $500 to $1,000 to get your work van wrapped in graphics for to advertise your business and you misspell your website URL. Uh, so I took a picture of it and I reach out to the guy right away and I’m like, “Hey, look, I was next to you in traffic. Um, and I noticed this and this and I went into the whole I even sent him a text with a picture.” Uh, and that’s just the way my mind works. Um, you know, I’m always, uh, out there trying to find opportunities of how, you know, I can help other people and obviously charge them for my help. Um, so that is, uh, just another update that we added. But the biggest thing here, and hopefully all of you guys are ready to see this, is this new feature here on the left hand side called directory. this and we’re probably g I’m probably going to change this uh instead of directory to pretty much done for you leads because that’s what we have done. We have eliminated the need for you guys to come in here and run searches. Okay, so in version 1.0, 0. You come in here, you run your search, uh you wait 5 to 10 minutes, and agency valet will pull back anywhere from 20 to 100 leads for you in your specified niche and your specified location. We have now gone a step further and eliminated that process and created here, which instead of calling it version 2.0, You know, I’m calling it version done for you because now all you have to do is come here to this businesses tab and this will have leads that are ready to go for you every single day that you can come in and start reaching out to right away with everything already done. You can see we activated this I would say about five to seven days ago and this done for you database has already brought back uh just under 26,000 leads. Okay, just today alone uh it found 2600 leads and this week we’re 3 days into the week and it’s already added 18,000 businesses into this database. And you guys will be able to log in and have access to all of this right away. And you can it might be a little bit hard to see here, but at the top you have we have a breakdown of the different countries that uh we have leads in. So you can see here it says US uh it has Britain here uh Canada Australia, Italy, uh Denmark, New Zealand, France and you can see here there’s other here with 1,500 leads in other areas. Uh and you can see here the recently uh found niches as well is roofers in Nottingham, gyms in St. Lewis, dentists in in Albany, contractors in Gladstone, pest control in Bologona, which I believe is Italy. Hopefully I said that correctly. If there’s anyone from Italy here, don’t don’t you know, don’t come after me. Uh, logistics companies in Los Angeles, roofers in Orange, I would believe that’s probably Orange County, I’m assuming. Uh, or maybe there’s a a city called Orange. Uh, plumbers in Sevilla. Okay. Sevilla, Spain. So, we now have leads being constantly added to our database for you. And all you have to do is come in here and set your filters to uh filter out exactly what leads you want. So, you can come here by business type. Okay? If you just want to target uh attorneys, if you just want to target uh aviation, if you just want to target barber shops, if you just want to target bars, you can see we have just about every niche you can think of in here. dentists, uh, e-commerce, uh, electrical, electricians, engineers, uh, Hback is in here as well, gyms, general contractors, handymen, hair salons, healthcare, uh, home improvement, home services, hotels, HVAC, uh, insurance agents, landscapers, law firms, lawyers, logistics, manufacturing, mechanics, med spas, every single niche you can think of. pest control, plumbers, pressure washing, uh uh pressure washing, sorry, property management, real estate, real estate agent, realtors, restaurants. Okay, if any of you are out there uh promoting the FICA uh tax tip refund, restaurants, solar companies, travel agencies, just about every niche in here. And all you have to do is just come in here, choose the one that you want. So, we’ll do HVAC. You can niche down by area if you want. Uh but then down here is where things start to really get exciting. Okay? Because just like uh when you ran manual searches, it brought back uh the different problems that uh you can uh reach out to these businesses for, you can now all you have to do is just set your filters. Okay? So you can uh number one find businesses that have a website. F find businesses that don’t have a website. This is a little bit hard to reach for you guys because it’s kind of grayed out. Let me see if I can zoom in a bit. Um, you can see here has a website, doesn’t have a website, whether you audited it or not, because you obviously you can do a further audit like I showed you guys, whether it has a email address, it has no email address, whether it has a phone number, no phone number, uh, address, no address, whether it has a Google listing or doesn’t have a Google listing, if they have WordPress or not, uh, a specific zip code if you want to target it. Uh, the different metrics of their Google reviews. So if you want to offer reputation management, you can obviously filter down based on how good or bad their reviews are, where their Google uh ranking position is. So obviously if you are targeting businesses that are on page two, you can offer SEO uh uh SEO uh to them to push them into the first page. Uh how many problems they have. So if you want to target businesses that have a specific amount of problems, you can do that. And then obviously the problems tab is down here. where you can really get uh specific with what you want. So, let’s say that you want to target uh businesses that have no social media. You can just tick this on and uh target and offer uh social media services to these businesses and and obviously with AI nowadays, you can automate the process of uh you know, social media creation and posting, especially if you have a go high level account. uh if you don’t have a go high level account, stay tuned uh for the rest of this presentation as well. Um uh if they have an unclaimed Google listing, if their domain is not registered, if they have uh an if they don’t have the HTTPS on by default, if they have an invalid SSL certificate, uh not mobile friendly, no click to call. Uh so essentially, it’s what all the options that you see uh on the manual mode, but it’s already done for you. So, let’s say you want to offer an AI chatbot. This is a super hot service right now that uh you can fulfill with AI as well. Um, we’ll go ahead and turn that on. Click apply. And now, let me see if I can zoom out now so it can you guys can see this a little better. Now, we have all of these HVAC businesses that do not have uh a chatbot on their website. Look at that. There, man. I don’t know if you guys can see this, but there is over just under 1,200 HVAC companies throughout all the countries that we have in here um that do not have a chatbot on their website. So, you can offer a chatbot. This is uh I’m not even going to pretend to know where this is. Uh IE country of IE. Let’s see. Oh.

    is uh swars. Oh, Italy. Okay. No, Dublin. Yeah. County of It’s a county in Dublin. So, Ireland, I.e. is Ireland. Should have probably known that. All right. Um, so if you’re in Ireland, all these businesses, HVAC businesses in Ireland that don’t have a chatbot on their website. If you want to filter this down and target just businesses in the US, you can do that. Okay. So, we’ll do that. Click apply. And now we have 483 HVAC businesses in the US that do not currently have a uh chatbot. And again, this is from just running about I would say about 7 days. And this is going to continue running, continue growing forever, okay? Because we have turned the switch on. As I said in my uh in my email, we have already turned this switch on and it’s going to find uh anywhere from 2600 uh and we can, you know, scale it up a bit and take it up to 3 4,000 leads a day. Uh you’ll be able to come in here and um filter out as much as you’d like. And on top of that, you can click this option here, add to short list. And the moment that you do this, it now gets pulled from the the stream and it’s now added to your specific short list. So now that it’s added to this short list, uh no one else can see that business. Okay? So now that business has kind of become your exclusive lead that gets added to your uh to your account. Okay? Uh and this is switched over to Britain for some reason. So, let me go ahead and switch back to the US. I know if I clicked something uh there accidentally, but let me go ahead and hit apply. Um, and there you can see all these businesses again that don’t have chat bots. And you can continue to do this for any lead uh any time you want. Anytime you you’re you’re missing leads or you need leads, you come in here and you now have an unlimited supply of leads that you can get access to. And the best part about the way that this works is remember guys with these problems here, we’re not the way that I like to do my outreach is that I’m not targeting uh I’m not doing mass targeting. Okay? Even though we have thousands of leads in here, we’re not doing mass targeting. I’m doing specific targeting. So, I have a campaign that offers social media services to businesses that don’t have social media. I have a campaign that offers uh AI chat bots to businesses that don’t have an AI chatbot. All right. And like I’ve mentioned in the in previous videos of mine, there are three main services that many of you on here can go out there and start profiting with right away, especially now that you have access you’ll have access to something like this. Uh the three services are offering chat bots, offering social media services, and offering a website to businesses that don’t have websites. Those three services right there, if you focus on nothing else, can take you to a six to seven figureure agency because these are foot in the door services that then uh allow you to upsell to other recurring services. Okay? Uh so give me a two in the chat box if you guys are excited for what I just showed you. The ability to have leads at any time in at your disposal, okay? and with with not letting too much out of the bag. Uh but give me uh put uh a G in the chat box if you guys have a go highle account.

    All right, perfect. then you guys are really going to love this because imagine being able to uh not only shortlist uh any one of these businesses but immediately push it into uh your go highlevel account with all their contact information on there and your pipeline and your triggers and your workflows all kick off automatically. Uh and you know go high level starts doing your outreach for you automatically. All right, I don’t want to let too much out of the bag. Uh, but again, I’m most likely going to delete uh this uh portion of this session because uh just to give you a bit of a a look into the future, we will have be having that ability where you can just click one button and push that lead directly to your go highle account so that your automations can kick off and do your outreach for you. Okay. Um, and a few other things that we’re going to be adding as well, like um, you know, if for some reason, um, uh, our AI doesn’t initially find some contact information on here, we have an advanced AI that will go out there and track down the contact information for you. So, very, very exciting things that we have uh, in the pipeline. That’s all, again, this is all going to be uh, open to the public on July 7th. Uh, and I can’t wait for uh the beta testers to get in here and help us uh test this out, iron it out, add any additional features, fix any additional features, um, and, you know, just really be the number one go-to done for you lead source uh, with targeted leads that have actual problems that you guys can help them with. And I think that’s the main thing that separates us from everyone else is number one. Now we’ve completely automated the entire uh lead generation process where it’s done for you. You just log in, pick your leads, push them to your go high level and you know let go high level do its thing. Um and um number two uh we you can find businesses that have actual problems. So, like I mentioned, if you have a uh a pipeline in uh go high level that pitches uh AI chat bots, boom, you push that lead to your AI chatbot pipeline. If you have a pipeline that uh offers websites and you find businesses that don’t have a website, boom, you push those leads directly to your GoHigh level account. So, uh I mean, this is really going to take things to the next level for everyone on here. And now I want to kind of switch gears and show you guys how to take these leads and offer them services, proven services in a new unique way that I’ve never seen done before. All right. And the good thing is that I have a good friend of of mine on here uh by the name of Jason uh Bell who is a fellow Miamiian. He’s a fellow South Florida South Floridaian. Um, and we actually got to see each other a couple of months back at a live event here. Um and he is one of the top people uh that I know that successfully runs his own uh AI marketing agency and you know overall uh marketing agency working with clients and he is always uh creating and using and deploying uh different strategies to not only land clients but uh unique ways to pitch services that truly make it a no-brainer for the uh business. Uh, and when he showed me what he’s been up to lately, uh, I was absolutely shocked because I have not seen anyone being able to pitch uh, AI services to local businesses the way that he’s doing it, the type of businesses that he’s targeting, the way that he’s uh, uh, targeting uh, those businesses, uh, how he’s pitching uh, the services, the type of services that he’s uh, promoting, uh, and more importantly, the way that he’s pricing it. Okay. The way that he’s pricing his uh services right now is unlike anyone that I’ve seen before. And the way that he’s pitching it as well just makes it a complete no-brainer. Uh so that’s going to help you guys with what I just showed you as well. It’s going to help you even more to take be able to take these leads uh that you will now have access to and uh offer it uh offer the services the way that Jason does because again, I’ve never seen anyone else doing it doing it the way he’s done it. uh and really uh take your agency uh to the six to seven figure level or if you don’t have an agency yet uh be able to um really uh start one and get to six figures uh quickly. Oh, and one one again guys, this is just a sneak peek and I am planning to do a whole uh uh uh demo on this when we go public. Uh, but one quick thing is as well, I think someone asked about this, but you’ll be able to suggest a search for us to add to the stream as well. Um, so that’s, you know, the way that we started this off was we analyzed uh what are uh the average of the most searches that our users uh do and that’s where we started because we want to give you guys what you are already searching for. Uh, so we started with um pretty much adding in uh what the majority of our users search for. So I just saw a question come in and I wanted to answer that. But let’s go ahead and now bring on Jason. I know he’s excited to be on here. I’m excited to be on here and what he’s going to show you is going to help you guys. I’m telling you, no one’s doing it the way he’s doing it. And be prepared to be blown away. Get ready with a pen and paper and and be ready to take some notes. So, Jason, if you’re there, let us know. There he is. Hey, what’s up, Joshua? How you doing, man? Good, good. All right, we’re gonna come on camera. Let me see if my if my office is messy. It doesn’t seem too messy. So, I will turn on the camera, too. No, I I figured I’ll come on here for just a moment. You know, the the internet is one of those spaces where it’s like, is this live? Are we doing this? Are they real people behind the computer? Absolutely. Yeah, man. Um, dude, this is good stuff. Um, I’m currently, if you all hear a little bit of an echo, they are doing all kind of crazy construction right outside my office window. So, I’m in our conference room right here, but there’s nothing in here. So, it’s kind of the the audio may be a little bit interesting, but um, we’re going to have some fun today. We’re going to actually have some fun today. So, I’m excited. Yeah, we got a great crowd on here. Um, ready to go and I think everything is going to fit perfectly with what they just saw and the ability to get access to those leads and what you’re going to show them. I think it’s really going to going to work perfectly and it’s just going to connect and align perfectly. And again, if you don’t have agency valet, stick around to the end. Um, and you may have that chance to get it for free. and it’ll be the last time I offer that uh the ability to get that for free because again, we will be going live with this new version uh on July 7th. So, uh stay tuned. Uh take note. I’m going to be taking notes because Jason always just comes out and just shares so much information, so many strategies of how he’s doing things. Dude, I want to comment really quick on your software. Like, well, well done. Phenomenal job, man. But what stood out and I think everyone on this call who’s going to get this off if you already have it is the the bot aspect like that is gold man. So you all are going to see how to turn that feature in to money today and I want you to look for that. All right. So nice. I’m so I’m going to turn I’m going to I’ll turn my camera off because it seems like I’m lagging a bit and I don’t want to lag down the the session. Um, but whenever you’re ready to go, man, let’s go ahead and jump into Okay, that sounds good. So, what I’m going to do is I uh can you see my presentation? It says how to run AI workers.

    Um, not yet. Let’s see. It looks like it may be showing. There we go. Perfect. Yes. Yeah. And is the screen bigger now? I’m still learning the new GoTo Webin. All right. Thank you. All right. So, to kind of, you know, tag to to what Joshua was talking about, one of the things that you’re going to see today, especially with the the newer updates and uh of the systems that he has, is how you’ll be able to leverage those to provide AI services, which we’re going to cover today. So today’s training and topic is how to rent AI workers to local businesses for $500 to $1,000 each. Now I know everyone on this call has been hearing everything about AI, AI this, AI that. And what you’re going to see today is a way that you can leverage AI in a way that in in essence almost productizing something that typically is very customoriented work. You have to be technical. None of that applies today. All right. And really what’s happening when you kind of zoom out and in the marketplace, small businesses are adopting AI faster than ever before. The US Chamber reported 58% of small businesses say they use AI generative generative AI in 2025 is up 40% from 2024 and 23% in 2023. And then 40 billion went into small businesses just in 2025. And the and and apparently the small business association is granting loans faster than ever before. And translation is small businesses are investing and AI services helped them turn that investment into growth. And what does what does this mean for you though? Business owners are getting more comfortable with AI. Like gone are the days of I don’t need this in my my business or they’re using it for just simple tools. So the conversation is no longer like what is AI? The conversation now is how can I actually use this in a way that actually helps my business grow? And that’s a more specific and intentoriented question more than just creating pictures or memes or graphics which hey that’s valuable as well but businesses are using AI businesses using AI are seeing revenue impact. Salesforce Salesforce found that 91% of small businesses using AI say it boosts revenue. That’s humongous. And I can give you stats all day long, but the main question that you probably have is how do you make money with AI? Like I think it’s become this overly used hype and buzzword that has just led to a lot of confusion. You’re probably wondering, well, what service or services do I actually sell? Right? And really quick, this is the only time that I’ll give you insight on who I am. I think it’s important to know who’s behind the computer. U I’ve been in the local space since 2013. I actually left my 9 to5 in 2013, been a full-time entrepreneur since. And we’ve worked with at this point hundreds of small businesses to uh franchises, multi-state franchises across different u across multi-states from Wingstop, Mr. Gaddy’s to Denny’s to you name it. And what that started to happen is it led us to identifying kind of holes in the marketplace with solutions that were out at the time. And in 2014 is when we started creating software. And we’ve created multiple software since then. And that’s what our company does at my local agency. We support agencies by providing tools, software, and systems to help you grow your business faster and easier. And I’ve been able to help thousands of agencies all around the globe while living a pretty pretty good life. And um that is my wife at the left here at the top. I was at a I think a mastermind event. In the middle here was my wife’s birthday at Kosamoy. Never been there. Beautiful small beach uh area island in uh Thailand. And then at the bottom right are my daughters who are 16 and 11. So um today what we do as a whole as a company is we build AI operating systems to help agencies and businesses land clients faster and easier. So basically we build AI machines for small businesses, luxury, real estate, high-end niches down to the local mom and pop and then we create those systems, the same systems that we provide the businesses um to agencies. So that’s enough about me, but you may be wondering what AI service do you sell? Well, my deep dive started a year and a half ago. And as I mentioned, you know, the way my mind works and how I operate, I like creating systems. If if if I’m able to get a result, the next question I ask myself is how do I repeat this? And then how do I scale it? And then uh where are the efficiencies at and where are the bottlenecks and how can we streamline this process to build an SOP and a structured process around it. So my deep dive started a year and a half ago and I started buying all the AI tools just probably like you know we all do and seeing all the cool tricks AI can do and what it can automate and I don’t know if we’re anything alike but it just kind of became confusing in a lot of ways just a lot of noise and I then started seeing a lot on AI workers also synonymous for AI employees and these are AI powered workers ers are employees that help businesses in a multitude of ways. like you you’ve probably seen you know this wave from you know make.com to the automation experts to now people are coding in cloud and using MCP servers and even that has become confusing in a way because there’s just so much out there and I realized my interest and quest to learn all of the best AI that positioning and framework was all wrong during this investigative process. process and contrary to what your favorite automation expert guru that knows all about how to connect MCP servers and use cloud code to impress you and I built all these 50 AI agents and a lot of it is just what they call AI slop and working with APIs and burning up tokens through the night thinking you’re building something but does it actually make money and create impact businesses don’t care about any of that you all they don’t so what do they care about. And I know I may seem overly simplistic what I’m what I’m about to say, but it’s very very important that you understand this. They care about outcomes. They care about how can the service or offering system that you’re providing me actually help me get meaningful outcomes, right? They care about solving their problems, but let’s be more specific, right? They care about making more money. And businesses have a lot of problems. Businesses have a ton of problems. Calls get missed all the time. Leads sit far too long. Especially if you have a business that is advertising on the radio or billboard or on on Facebook ads or on Google, right? When a lead comes in, you want to respond to them very very fast. people do not get followed up with fast enough and then questions go unanswered which are sales opportunities and then old opportunities get ignored and this is what I call where revenue leaks happen. Okay, so when a business misses calls or responds too slow or fails to follow up or ignores ignores old leads, this is what happens and here’s the impact. The hot leads go cold. The appointments do not get booked. Ad dollars get wasted. Staff stays busy, but revenue does not grow like it should. And then good opportunities go to competitors. This happens every single day. And money si already sitting in the business never gets collected. Meaning businesses who never uh interact and communicate with their existing database to generate more revenue like selling to their existing database is unrealized revenue. And so many businesses do this every single day. And the reason why this is important, you know, outside of just, you know, AI this, AI that, these are leaks that directly affect revenue. And this is most important when it comes to what service do I sell, what AI service do I sell. You want to sell services that are tied to money. Like a person calls, nobody answers. That could have been a customer. Or a new lead comes in from Meta on Facebook and nobody follows up fast enough. That person just contacts the other business that they were looking at on Google with decent reviews. That could have been an appointment, a job, a booked estimate, a call, an old estimate, or past lead never gets reactivated. They’re interested, but they didn’t follow up fast enough or maybe right now wasn’t the right time. That could have been more easy revenue recovered. Or a prospect gets confused and drops off. that could have been a sale if their questions were answered, but maybe it was after hours and the business couldn’t get to it. So, the reality is businesses pay good money to fix revenue leaks because one missed call, one slow response, or one neglected lead can easily be worth a lot more than the monthly cost of the solution. All right, hear me where we’re going with this now. So, what are the AI workers to sell then? Well, you sell the workers again tied to revenue. So, this is what I call are the core four and these are the core four AI workers backed by data, statistics and context in the marketplace of on a universal scale. These are the type of systems and workers that universally every local business needs. All right. So, at the top left, we’re going to go a little bit deeper, is an AI receptionist. An AI receptionist is here to answer calls for a business so it never misses a call, to capture lead details, to help book appointments. It can be the source of being able to never miss a call. But even now with technology, it can even engage an outbound call. And that’s a little bit more advanced, but the core of it is never miss a call. And then you have speed to lead. This is an AI worker that you can latch on to a business. I’m going to show you how. And the whole goal of speed to lead is to follow up faster, right? So that lead does not go cold so it can turn in for more to maximize the amount of leads to customers, right? And we leverage you can leverage AI systems and different processes to lead to an effective system where a lead is contacted and communicated with within 60 seconds of a lead coming in. And then AI concierge which this is what what was mentioned in regard to the the lead scraper there is the AI concierge you know you can think of this as a bot where it is programmed to all of the workings the services the information of that business and it’s designed to answer questions route requests and create a smoother customer experience and then AI revenue recovery this is an AI worker you can latch on to a business that the whole goal is to reactivate old leads, revives missed opportunities, and then turn dormant contacts into revenue. These are workers tied to money. So, let’s dig deeper into the AI receptions. So it helps business answer inbound calls, respond to common questions, capture lead details. And the problems it solves is a lot of businesses miss calls, let calls go to voicemail, answer inconsistently, rely too heavily on front desk to hold everything together. And that cost them appointments and revenue. And what you’re going to see here you all as we kind of go through this and I’m going to give you the deeper you know details on areas but whenever you can shine a light like imagine you had a flashlight and you’re shining this light on a relevant right now problem that a business has that they can clearly see the impact of that problem because it’s tied to money is costing them money. Right? Whenever you can shine a light on a problem that’s tied to revenue, it makes it easier for you from a foundational standpoint to land clients. And the outcomes it achieves is more calls answered, fewer missed opportunities, better lead capture, more appointments from inbound demand, improved customer experience, and less dependence on staff availability. So, let’s kind of go over the the impact of this. And I’m just going to just kind of go over this as an example so you can conceptualize like, all right, whoop DJ. Who cares about a a phone call? Well, it’s it’s massive. So, somebody uh somebody in the question box just just give a random niche. Just give a random niche. And let’s just put a niche in here for instance. And can you all hear me just fine? Someone said they lost sound. Okay. Med spas. All right. So, what would you say an average med spa job is? Like, just give an example of med spa. That was the first one that came up. It was okay. $500. That’s that’s legitimate, right? And they may get a maybe it’s a couple’s massage or a Botox treatment or something, right? So, let’s say this business misses just 26 calls a week and their close rate, this means that every missed call, let’s be realistic, will not result in a a sale. But let’s say they close 30% of those calls, right? And the average customer job is in this case 500, right? So from this standpoint, you can show a business with their own maths. Yes, I put an S on that. Their own maths that based on they’re missing 113 calls a month, 26 a week, which average business misses 38 to 50. That’s 34 loss opportunities. And that is a potential loss of $17,000 in revenue. Now, just with having a receptionist that answers those calls, follow-ups, captures the lead, they can recover $13,600 of it. Right now, the impact of that is $24,000 that is lost just by these missed calls. This is the invisible revenue that businesses don’t see. like this is the invisible losses that’s that’s hurting them without them even realizing and knowing it. So before I continue, just just put a put a put a yes or a one in the question box uh if this makes sense. And I see some people asking about where can I get that calculator. I’m going to I’m going to show you where you can get this calculator. Matter of fact, uh you stick to the end. I’ll be providing you with some good stuff. Yeah, I I was I was wondering about that too, man. Because this is I mean, talk about being able to grab a client’s attention. This is I mean, this is what businesses care about. This is, you know, you show them how much they’re missing out on and there’s no better way to grab their attention and kind of uh you know, punch them in the gut at the same time. Like, oh man, I’m losing out on how much. That’s true, man. I like to uh I coined this phrase a long time ago, Joshua called smart selling. And it’s like, yeah, you know, there’s there’s there’s many levels of selling. Like I can tell you about my service, but anytime that you can demonstrate it and use their own numbers, you know, against them or for them where they’re in the driver’s seat and they see the impact of it, it’s the most persuasive sale you’ll ever do. Like just this calculator alone shows the impact, you know, and um and the reality is like let let’s say the results were half the amount, right? To to help a business, you know, uh save what what was the number here just on them. To help a business save, let’s say it’s only 50% of that, right? And okay, now you’re going to help a business save $7,000 or you know $6,500 $6,000 $7,000 a month, right? They they’ll make that back. Do you think a business will part ways with three to 500 $1,000 a month all day long? All day long because they can see the impact of it. All right. So next, let’s talk about speed to lead. All right. And speed to lead is important. And I think you all have seen like there’s been stats I think one of the most recent stats remember Alex Arosi said is that if you contact a business I think it’s within 1 to 5 minutes you have a 371% chance or higher likelihood of converting that lead into a customer. And there’s a lot of stats floating out there. But the general consensus is the faster you follow up with the business or with a customer, a potential customer, the greater likelihood that you’ll convert that lead into a customer. So what the speed to lead worker does is it follows up with new leads immediately after a form field, a call or an ad lead or a chat inquiry or an inbound action. So the business reaches people while interest is still high. And the problem that it solves is most businesses don’t lose leads because the leads were bad. They lose them because they responded too late, followed up too weekly, or let hot leads cool off. So the outcome that it achieves is faster faster first response, more conversation started, higher contact rates, more booked appointments, less wasted ad spend, and better conversion from existing lead flow. So basically, you’re helping businesses convert more of the leads that they’re already paying for. And this is one of the easiest AI workers to sell and position because it attaches directly to their existing demand. It attaches directly and creates impact immediately, right? And I’m going to I’m going to go over that and give you some examples in a moment. I just want to touch on this topically before we get in a little bit more in depth. So AI concierge, you know, it’s a I call it a concierge because it’s it truly is like an assistant. You know, it’s it’s an AI worker that you can quickly program um a business’s services, hours of operation, anything you can think of about that business. And it works around the clock even when staff is gone. And it is positioned in the form of a chatbot on a website. So this helps guide prospects and customers, answers questions, routs them to the next step, handles simple requests and reduce confusion during the buying journey and it solves a lot of problems because you know a business lose lose people because prospects are unsure what to do next. They may not be able to get a clear answer or they get stuck in between interest and action and that friction kills conversion. So this outcome creates a smoother customer journey, better lead routing, drop opportunities, more qualified conversions, and basically you’re helping a client reduce friction so more people move forward instead of bouncing, waiting or disappearing. So like to kind of give you an example um we we use this in real estate and so uh this is more of an in-depth example but you know for like a luxury real estate um agent you know we we’ve programmed not just the current listings of the agent but the area that they operate and farm in. So someone comes to their site and they want to know about the schools or they want to know about the area, they want to know about the safety, they want to know about the nightife and the restaurants and all those things that the potential mover or a relocator or a renter or even an investor. You can program those areas so that it is able to answer those questions. Same thing with the restaurant, right? this maybe on a simple scale of you know the menu items for the day and the pricing and it can book appointments or make reservations. So this is an example of um what I mentioned of what the the chatbot would be and you all have seen this like you look in the bottom right here you know this is uh for a fictitious roofing company here but it says never lose another roofing lead again. We use this for prospecting. But this is what the AI concier is. It’s like a bot, right? So the next one is AI revenue recovery. And this is another AI employee that you can provide. And I’m going to show you how this all comes together as well. Okay, I just want to kind of cover the things from a thousand foot view so you have understanding and then we’re going to dive deeper. Okay, so revenue recovery activates old leads, misestimates, no-shows, dormant prospects, inactive customers. And the reality is most businesses are sitting on money inside their database, but no one is consistently working it right from past opportunities, follow-ups, um people that that are not followed up with properly. And the outcomes this achieves is more reactivated leads, more book follow-ups. The reality is you can help a business like when you latch on this AI worker make more money immediately and this is a service that doesn’t cost them anything and based on how you position this type of service is outside of a typical retainer basis. This is something that you can charge on a performance basis. And this is what makes a a speed to lead in an AI revenue recovery AI worker so lucrative and such a lowhanging opportunity because a business can give it a go or give it a trial for a couple of weeks to see if it helps them. And there’s a lot of ways that you could position this outside of the typical retainer. So these are the money machines that are tied to revenue. Done for you AI workers that run, sell, and generate revenue for local businesses. These are the ones that are most tied to revenue, which increases your likelihood and chances of getting clients faster and easier. So the AI reception is speed to lead, AI concierge, and AI uh revenue recovery. So before I continue, just uh just put a put a yes in the question box if this is making sense here.

    Let me know if this is clear. Thank you. Thank you. Thank you. I appreciate that. I think there’s some emojis in there as well that I’ll go to. So if you want to give an emoji in there, you can do that as well. Good stuff. Nice. Nice. Lots. Okay. I’m glad everything is clear. Good. Good. Good. All right. So let’s continue here that you now that you understand uh more of a foundation and the bottom line is whenever you can help a business recover and make more money you’ll you’ll always be paid always. So now that you have an understanding of the core four workers let’s talk about how to sell these AI workers and and this is what I call the AI landlord model. So, this is how to rent AI workers to local businesses for $500 to $1,000 each. And the exact math that makes business owners happily pay the rent month after month. And you’re probably wondering like, why do you call it the landlord model? It’s because the way we’re going to do this is you’re going to rent these workers to businesses. All right? You’re going to love this. So, imagine a roofing business that’s advertising on Google or Meta. Like it’s just a randing random roofing business. And the goal of this roofing business is to generate the most amount of leads that turn into the most amount of customers for the least amount. Right? That is the quintessential goal of advertising. Right? So this company hopes that it the leads turn into more estimates and then now they get ultimately more roofing jobs. Right? The problem is and what you convey to a business is that hey you’re already running ads but the leads are slipping through. So the problem is not always more traffic is what happens after the lead comes in. So if you look at the bottom left here where the lead comes in and then this is so common the response is delayed which means it lowers the opportunity likelihood. So what you’re able to do and what we do is now when someone goes to an a a free estimate form as an example this is you know for a roofer niche. Now what happens instead of a call not happening or maybe happening in a few hours now instead of delayed a response or miss call or miss message which is a lost opportunity we follow up immediately. Okay. So we follow up with a text message. We follow up with an outbound call. We follow up with the the lead qualification process. So the solution is provide them a system that helps them turn more leads into customers faster. So basically they plug their ads into your system. So if you’ve ever worked with businesses as an example that you know they use different tools like well does it work with House Call Pro or does it work with these specific CRM? The way that we do this you don’t have to worry about any of that. Like just imagine they just route their traffic into a into your system and your system does all of the work and takes over. So it’s a very seamless process that requires no integration. So they plug into your speed to lead system and that handles the followup automatically and that leads to instant response that leads to automated followup and then ultimately depending on the the out the intended outcome a booked estimate or an appointment. So traffic in followup on more opportunities captured and you’re selling the outcome right more estimates more booked jobs more appointments. So, this is a a AI worker that you plug in. It’s a plug-in conversion system for businesses that are already running ads. And that and you can monetize this in two different ways. So, the optional monthly retainer, you know, that’s predictable, scalable, and then you can do the pay per lead, right? That’s performancebased. So, based on the appointments booked or qualified lead or once it’s been followed up. So, you’re selling a faster path to more business and how that this operates and and here’s the simple pitch. We’re not an ads company. We are the system that helps your ads convert better. That’s it. You know, we have an a tool, an AI powered tool that helps you to convert more leads into customers faster. So, what does a business owner actually need from you, right? nothing, right? Just a little bit of information. There’s no CRM replacement. There’s no complicated setup. There’s no extra work on your end. You just route your leads through our system. And what you tell them is we help you get more jobs, more estimates, more appointments. So, simple offer, clear outcome, easy for local businesses to understand. Now, I probably know what you’re thinking right now, like how do you actually do that logistically? How do you actually set such a system up if it can be done? Well, I’m going to show you. So, but I just want you to understand how it works so you understand the concept. And speed to lead works to lead fast, right? You know, the goal is a lead comes in, we have AI instantly reply, nurture, and qualify. That lead is qualified. It brings them through an automated follow-up process that leads to an AI that books the appointment on their behalf. So, this is how that works. And you don’t have to replace their whole business. We’re talking about simply latching your system onto what they’re already doing. So, I’m showing you this as a uh the speed to lead as more of the model as to how all of these AI workers operate and you’re just plugging them in, right? So, what you add is you route leads into your speed to lead system. Better landing page, instant follow-up, add the receptionist. I’m going to show you how all this works, but you don’t need to replace anything. You just latch on the system to what they’re already doing. All right, make sense? I know I’ve kind of beat that point home a lot here, but let’s let’s talk about the money here though that you can make just as a if you only were to provide speed to lead. So when you even look at, you know, a a roofing job for instance, we’re not even talking about the average roof replacement according to Home Advisor is $9,541. So 10K and that’s really on the low end, right? So flat fee. So one extra roof job is $9,500. easily charge $9.97 a month because if your speed tole system helps a roofer roofer generate just one extra job a month that value is obvious. It’s 10 to one, right? So it’s it’s not more so what you charge, it’s the outcomes that you’re able to help them achieve. Two extra jobs can help a business generate over $19,000 in roofing revenue. Right? It’s amazing. paper qualified lead, right? At a 25% closing rate, one qualified lead could be worth $2,385 in expected revenue. So, you’re easily able to charge $125 to $200 per qualified lead. And just 20 qualified leads a month, just providing this one service for a niche, especially roofers. This can be for any niche that runs offers, Google ads, or leads, but in this niche specifically, that’s $2,500 to $4,000 a month. Simple, performance-based, easy to explain, right? And you can even do by book estimate as well. So, you’re probably wondering like, well, how do you how do you even achieve this? This sounds, you know, pretty good. So I told you I’m a I’m a researcher and I we build systems and this is how my mind works. So I went on this deep investigative process of learning everything possible the last year and a half and the most effective lead process that converts the most amount of leads to customers in the fastest time possible. Right? And I sought out to build a universal framework that could be quickly and easily plugged into any business that would guarantee that they’ll generate the greatest output as a result of how this system is structured. So we decided to build it and I’m not going to go into the the nitty-gritty details right now because it can be kind of technical. U if you have some time at the end if you have questions we can go over that. But but here’s how it works from a thousand foot view. So our system basically operates like this. There’s these different rooms, okay? And the first room is the intake router. So it basically says, “All right, a lead has just come in.” All right. So then we listen for an immediate response. So we’re trying to solicit an immediate response. And this is when the engagement router has its ear to the to the second door saying, “Does somebody respond yet?” So the moment there’s some sort of engagement and this is all AI powered um we leverage AI to go through a qualification process that’s done by AI. So it knows the niche whether it’s a med spa or a roofer or carpet cleaner or a restaurant and it knows to ask specific qualifying questions that determine that this lead is a good fit for the service. Some of these questions from a structural standpoint are um what are you looking for? So the service need the second is the urgency. When would you like to get this done? So timeline and then the third is once those first two are established the next best step whether it’s a phone call or an appointment or an estimate. We then have contingency plans in place where there’s a no reply cadence that if a lead comes in and our first attempts are feudal, they don’t work. Then we’re able to deploy a no reply uh cadence as well. Um and then we have a next step push once a lead is qualified and that leads to the booked appointment. There’s mis call recovery and and then there’s estimate follow-up and reactivation. So, we have created a universal plug-and-play system that works for any niche immediately. It’s it’s amazing. So, here’s kind of how it works. So, new lead is captured, instant response, we qualify the lead, next step sent, appointment confirm, we do miss call, no show recovery, estimate follow-up, leads to more clients and revenue. So, really quick before before I continue, I know that was that was kind of a a mouthful there. Um, just uh just just give me some info. Give me a yes or a one if this is clear and it’s making sense so far. Mhm. Yes. Yes. Yes. Good, good, good, good, good. All right. All right. Thank you. Thank you. Good, good, good. Thank you for the emojis. Thank you for the uh Brent, the yeses, the cast in Ken. Good. Nice, nice, nice, nice. All right, so now let’s continue. We’re building. We’re building here. So the thing is local businesses need AI workers that help them capture more leads, book appointments, answer more calls, and recover more revenue, right? We’ve established that. However, something you’re you probably noticed which caught my attention immediately is is the bigger opportunity. And this is just how my mind works, right? And the bigger opportunity is understanding how these workers all fit together because when they fit together, you’re no longer selling AI, you’re selling a revenue system. And this is this is the key here. So pay attention. You become the person that wires revenue into their business. Let me say that again. You can become the person that wires revenue into their business. Let me kind of give you a visual here cuz if we’re anything alike, visuals help. Okay. So on here on this particular site here you can see that um let’s just say most businesses um they need their foundation is a website right so as you see here the smart site plus AI workers so some businesses don’t have a a good-look website at all or their website is not helping them to make money So just on a foundational level, a phenomenal service that you can provide is helping them build a better website. We call it an AI smart site. But even if you don’t help them build a site and is decent, if they don’t have a chatbot, guess what? You can install that AI receptionist, as you can see here, onto their business. And maybe they’re running ads and they don’t have a a good follow-up sequence or process. Well, install speed tole lead and they respond to leads in under 60 seconds, right? And the AR receptionist helps them do the calls. AI speed to lead helps them follow up. And then now to answer questions, to install a bot, there’s the AI concierge that works 24/7 around the clock. And then this business eventually says, you know what, I do need to market to my database. And I never ever have put any offers or anything in front of them. So yeah, let’s uh let’s try this AI revenue recovery worker. So when you really look at this, the opportunity is not these just these individual stand on their own AI employees. These all work in a cohesive system that no matter where you start at, you can sell packages or eventually on the customer journey upsell these clients to these services and they’re all congruent. And this is how you can continually add more recurring revenue um by incorporating these these these AI agents that all work with each other. All right, give me a give me a one or a yes if that is that if this is becoming more clear here, if this starting to ring more true and you’re starting to see how all this operates. And you know when I talk about systems you know the most important thing is and you all have probably seen this right like I I I’ll try not to get on a tangent here but you all have seen this where you know all these AI workers are good and fine and dandy right and and you probably see the impact of them and how they can help you and help a business but the setup and the technical abilities that are needed and the skills skill set to build and set this up. That’s the headache. And my quest, not just the investigative process of building out the tools, we we we have set out on a quest to build these AI agents in a productized plug-andplay manner that you can easily latch on these workers just like I’m showing you here. All right? And that’s the magic. And the magic is to be able to install business operating systems. Like think about how valuable the person is that connects their entire technology infrastructure that guarantees them more money, right? You you are the most important person in their business and any advertising they’re running, they will get the most customers out of their ads because you’re the one that has a system to help them grow. And it’s not just businesses that do ads, but that’s lowhanging opportunities. Why I point that out? And you’re able to make more per client. This is how and I’m I’m sure you’ve seen this like I seen an agency recently um young guy too. He’s probably like I think he’s like just turned 20 or 21 is charging agencies $15,000 a month. 15 to 20k a month to put together these robust systems. And it’s and you may wonder like that is insane. Like how? Well, if you have a business that has $500 to $1,000 of cost per customer and you have systems that gener that turn more leads into customers faster, right? You make well more than that for the business. And this is minuscule because you’re helping them leverage AI that’s tied to revenue. So the real questions you’re probably thinking though is how do you actually sell this, right? How do you position it and how do you get clients interested? Because again, there’s a lot of uh AI hype out here, right? And then once they say yes, how do you actually install it without building everything from scratch? And that’s why we built Smart Agency OS. And Smart Agency OS, um, Smart Agency operating system gives you everything you need to land clients faster with smarter services and AI workers to help you grow and get clients faster. So, what we’ve done is we help you do three things. We help you get clients faster. We help you create offers faster and we help you fulfill faster. Now the number two is very very important and we’re going to talk on that in just a moment. Here’s how it works. So inside of smart agency OS you’re going to get something that we call the AI client getting machine. Now this is a client getting system that is built to help you sell AI workers faster and easier. So basically what this is the same AI systems that get you clients are the systems that you sell. So you are going to embody the actual AI systems that you sell. And this is what this system does. It provides your own AI smart site. It provides you an AI concierge bot that’s programmed to get you clients. It provides a speed tole system that turns leads into customers and appointments faster and easier. And you’re also going to get the smart site that this sits on top of. And this is more than just a site. It’s a system that helps you to sell these AI services, specifically the core 4. So here’s kind of an example of what one of the sites looks like. Very, very beautiful, nice, fulll looking site. And we sell this in the most effective manner of how to sell AI. And it all starts with a revenue leak audit because a business needs to know where they’re leaking revenue. And that’s the best place to provide as your lead offer, your lead magnet. But this is what starts the conversation and we have a whole process that lands these clients, helps you land these clients for you. We also have a funnel and this is the main one that we leverage here. And just so you see here, book more jobs, respond faster, stop losing revenue, book your free audit to see how it works. We take them through a structured process. And even on here, this is programmed to sell AI services for you. It takes them through a a qual a qualification process to determine which AI worker that business may need based on the questions that they have. So beautiful, beautiful site. And then the system behind it, which is a speed tole system that we talked about that is latched on as programmed to help you sell this service for you. All right. And this is what we talked about. We installed the speed tole system to get you clients. Allows you to demonstrate the same system that you’re selling. And this speed tole is the the key here. Instant reply, instant smart followup. It qualifies and nurtures. It knows what to to book or convert um the client for you and is programmed to sell on your behalf. You can think of this as your own sales rep that has and knows everything about the AI workers. It’s ingested all of this information on how to sell it and it sells on your behalf. It’s powerful. You’re also going to get an operator’s manual because AI is one of those areas where, you know, you can get lost in the weeds and your eyes might cross over, but we one of the things that we pride ourselves in is is creating things that are simple to understand and simple to implement. So, the operator’s manual tells you how to install the machine. It goes over how to get you the clients, how to package it as as an offer and to sell the AI system as well. And this is where the sales playbook comes in that teaches you how to land AI clients um to find to pitch and to close with confidence. All right. So we have a master class in different sales playbooks. In addition to that, we also help you to sell faster. So, what do I mean by that? Well, I’ve realized that being in this space for a while, this is where a lot of people get stuck. They don’t know what niche to pick. They don’t know what to say or how to position the service or how to write the outreach. And they think they need to be an expert in every industry. And I think you and I know I mean if you’ve seen Alex Harmosi created a book called $100 million offers everything is with is in the offer. The stronger your offer to a business. The more they’ll listen, the more they feel it’s just for them and the higher likelihood it is that you’ll get appointments and land clients. So what we did is we created a simple framework that helps you to sell AI services faster and we call this the ROI framework. Now everything starts with ROI. You don’t ever start with the service, you start with the problem. So as an example, R stands for revealed the revenue leak. So you want to find where businesses are losing leads, missing calls, letting opportunities go cold or falling or failing to turn interest into customers, right? Then once you identify the leak because it’s tied to revenue, you then offer the AI powered solution. You want to match the right service to the right problem. And the result is the is is is is the result is what the problem solves. And then from there, you want to lock in your recurring revenue from that standpoint. So, reveal the leak, offer the solution, install monthly revenue. And and I’ll show you what this path looks like, and we’ll do it live. So, for instance, uh a clear path to sell an AI worker. And this is how this works. You want to pick one service, pick one niche, choose one leak, create one offer, choose one outreach path, whether it’s cold email and audit, Loom videos are powerful, social media, direct messages, and then you get into action. So although it’s clear and straightforward, it can be a lot of work to create the sales outreach and the offers and even doing the niche research. So, we decided to build you an assistant that helps you to sell faster. We call this our smart agency OS GPT. And this is a GPT that helps you to create offers faster. And what it does as a whole is it tells you exactly what to say. It reveals what those leaks are and the problem issues of that industry. It matches the right worker. It creates the offer. It writes the outreach. I mean, just elite level outreach communication. It builds the sales angle and in a manner that businesses can understand. So, if I were to go here as an example, this is our I’ll try to make this a little bit bigger. And this is it. And um I think we use Med Spas, right? So, I could say uh I’ll just put it in here. I’ll say create the full asset outreach pack and everything included in this GPT to go after med spas selling AI workers. Right? So, we have prompts that you can use, but basically this is going to populate everything on Med Spas. And and what’s so impactful about this is it’s important that you know the niches, right? It’s important that you know the niche that you’re going into and the problems of those niches and the language that those niches use. So what’s happening is it goes through everything. It researches it. It gathers the latest most impactful information on med spas and what’s working now as a sales approach to sell to them and it does the market research and it can tell it’s like thinking right now. And then what it’s going to do is it will populate everything inside um of this niche here. So as you’ll see here, it’ll go over the the four likely revenue leaks, right? Front desk is busy, lunch hours, why it matters, a consultation ready prospect may call another med spa, and here’s the best AI worker. slowly responds and it matches it to the language they understand. It does market research. It gives what the the best first leak is. For instance, speed to lead and then what med spots actually care about. So, this is really good because you can weave this into your marketing. more book consultations, higher treatment sales, better conversion from ads, problems they face, their current processes that they have, and then the frustrations with the current processes, the unasked questions that they’re thinking. When you can properly communicate to a business their core issues, man, you can really speak to them because they feel like you’re the best person to assist them. the desired outcomes, current way versus better way, um, leak to offer positioning. Okay. The best offer name, spa, med spa consultation response worker. So, we’re not just calling it the speed to lead. We we name it specifically, right? The mechanism name, what it helps spas to do, the best outreach method. Okay? So, we have Loom videos that it creates. We have um outreach messages, where to find them out on Facebook and how to reach out to them, how to reach out to them on social media, on Google, the first message stack. It does all the cold emails as well. It gives you the subject lines to follow up with. Here, hey, I was looking at meds by name and noticed you’re doing a good job getting people interested in treatments. One thing that maybe cost you consultations after someone submits a form, clicks an ad or asks a question is follow-up is a later those leads can go cold fast. So we have great effective outreach as well. We have the entire scripts that you can provide for a sales call for what we call Loom audits. It’s a very effective outreach method. Provides the entire scripts, provides the offer, it provides the discovery questions that you ask. This is your sales assistant. And this is a elite level GPT that we built to help you create offers faster, sell faster, literally in a copy and paste manner. So, can you see how having a a tool like this without having to, you know, prompt it a million times, waste time, you get everything at once. Can you see how having a tool like this, you can quickly and and and and reach out to prospects faster and more effectively. It allows you to go into niches faster and make offers faster. The more offers that you make, the more money you will make. So, super super valuable and we provide this as well. Excuse me. We also help you fulfill faster. And the way we do this because once a business says yes, you’ll need to install the thing, right? And this is where you could get stuck. So having to build these complex AI systems, we made the core for AI workers plug-and-play, meaning you can license our systems that are designed to be set up quickly and easily. And you get the entire system to quickly and easily install these done for you AI workers. So you’ll be able to license our AI receptionist, our AI speed to lead, our AI concierge, and our AI revenue recovery. And like I mentioned to you, we’ve created these workers in a manner that they are universal, meaning that you fill out some simple information and it automatically updates and launches those workers inside of their account. So we made these so it works for every niche without the manual customization that is often required to build AI employees. So you get to license these from us. And this is a fulfillment a turnkey system to help you install and sell AI workers faster and easier. And these are the workers that are tied to money. And this is exact exactly what you get that you could install today for a roofer or home service business immediately. In addition to that, what Joshua had mentioned earlier, um, in regard to high level, we call it a business control center. So, we’re going to provide you your own go highlevel account. This is a tw $1,297 value a year. And this is what you will use to manage your business. This is where your AI revenue system and site to acquire and get clients will sit on. This where your automations, your pipeline of opportunities, this is where everything is in one place. And we bonus this for you. So even if you have a highle account, that’s fine. We’re providing this to members who do not have a highle account. One year free. All right. So, the price for all of this, you’re probably wondering. Well, our current enrollment to join Smart Agency COS and license our systems is $1,497. So, $14.97. You can go on our site now and see. I think it’s open enrollment is closed currently, so you can’t join. But that’s our pricing for licensing our systems. You know, it took us a lot of time, effort, resources, money to to to put all this in a manner that is systemized in a done for you, plugandplay, ready to make money manner. However, you will not pay that today. And because you’re good friends of Joshua Zamora and part of his community, we are going to extend something pretty amazing to you all. So, when you use the coupon code machine AI and you’ll see this on the page, go to smart agency.ai/zamora

    and you will see and unlock a really really amazing deal here. And when you use that coupon code, you’ll unlock an amazing discount plus the fast action bonuses. So, I want to show you something really quick before you go here. Okay? Before you go here, it’s very, very important that you do this. All right? So, when you go down here to let’s say you want to opt in and join the system here, there’s a lot that you get. I’ll go through the offer in a moment. When you go here, after you enter your coupon code, and these are limited, make sure that you enter your company name. Okay? So, I’m going to put Machine AI and it’s going to unlock a really, really amazing deal. But make sure you put your company name because that gets your systems and your software set up. All right. So Mariah, if you could please put the the link or Joshua, if you could put the smart agency. Zamora in the question box, I would appreciate it. And let’s talk about, excuse me, let’s talk about your fast action bonuses and what you all get. So what you get inside of smart agency OS is you get the systems, the tools and assets to build, help you sell and fulfill AI services faster. So you’re going to get the client getting system to help you attract, qualify, and book more clients. You’re also going to get the revenue audit leakfinder and this helps you to identify the right AI worker, the smart agency OS GPT to create niche specific offers, positioning and outreach. You also want to be able to license and get access to our core four AI worker systems that work universally in any business type, whether it’s a franchise, whether it’s mom and pop, multilocations, doesn’t matter. And you can leverage these in in in any way that you want. The way that we sell this, so you know, is you’re probably wondering like, well, how do you actually set this up? What we instruct is that you install these systems in their in a business’s own highlevel sub account. So, this is like their own install. And the reason why you want to do this is it keeps it cleaner, it’s easier, and you can shut businesses off if you need to, but it also more importantly allows you to make more revenue per client as you add additional services. So if for those who already have a highle account that have access to multiple sub accounts, that’s fine. You’ll just use what you have. Our licensed systems are in the form of snapshots that you’ll be able to leverage as many times as you want for as many clients as you want. So you can think of these as like white label AI employees. Okay, white label AI employees. Now we also have within our ecosystem you can access um accounts through us and we we don’t think we charge like 15 bucks 20 bucks a month something really really nothing that allows businesses you to set up these systems inside those accounts. You get your own business control center to manage your account and then in addition to that um you’re going to get the done for you system. All right, that helps you the master class helps you to land clients faster. And when you think about this, you all just one client, right? One client changes the whole equation. And one client at 500 to a,000 bucks a month. Let’s say it’s at a,000 bucks. You’re providing a speed to lead, a receptionist, a revenue recovery worker. These are not ethereal services. These are services businesses are paying for now. businesses need and we use them in every so many aspects of our business. Like give you an example. Um we my wife is a luxury real uh realtor. You know, she’s she’s already she’s relatively new and has had already multiple million dollar plus listings. And a lot of it has to do with the systems that we’ve helped build and set up and the the nurture systems, the automations, the speed to lead. Um, we’ve done this on a local level just recently with a 9 by12 system of being able to sell an automated service via ads. So, we use this in our own business as well with clients. So, we’re talking about systems that you can not only leverage to sell to businesses, but it will help you also to land more clients because you’re incorporating the same services in your business that you’re selling to businesses. Make sense? Good stuff. And, you know, I see uh some questions. We’ll we’ll talk about those in a moment. And and some of the reasons um you know I always believe action is the agent of change. Action is the agent of change. Like nothing happens unless you take action in your life. And um and that’s why we like to leverage coupon codes and they are limited. All right? And um we don’t want you to pay full price for the system. And um you can get everything at a onetime price here. And because this is a launch and because we’re building our founding group as well, we’re also including some premium bonuses with the limited coupon codes. And these bonuses are only available while the coupon code is active. All right, so let me go over a few of these fast action bonuses. The first one you’re going to get is this good old calculator that uh that everyone was like, I like this. I want this. So, we’re going to provide you this calculator and show you how to actually hook this up. So, uh, who wants this calculator? Can you see how you can use this in your business? We’ll show you how you can get this added inside of of High Level. And, uh, we actually built this with a cool little tool called AI Studio. So, we’ve already done some really fun training on that and it’s awesome. Like you can legit create magic. Like we have some time towards the end. I’ll show you some of the magic. But literally this tool that you see was all created with high level and I have the code and everything. I’ll show you how to install it. It generates a nice report. You can send this to businesses as well. So you’re going to get that also as a bonus. In addition to that, you know, if you’re someone that like, you know, tech scares you. No worries because you’ll also get a a live implementation workshop. So, this is recorded. We did it live, but this goes over like shoulderto-shoulder, over- the-shoulder how the AI worker system, how how to install your um AI client getting machine. And it’s very very simple to do. All right. And we have um manuals and um systems, very clear training that you’ll absolutely love. And this helps you get your AI system up and running. Okay? And this workshop is really really awesome. You’ll you’ll love it. We did it together. And then we have a very quick and easy version as well. So in addition to that, you’re going to get another GPT that we created and this is called our speed to lead GPT. And this basically creates like some of the customized messaging for specific niches. You don’t really need this because our system based on the AI and how we have set this up does it all for you. but it can just create more punchier, crisp messages and it creates everything. So like it’s it’s amazing. In addition to that, um you’re also going to get the AI smart sites, the revenue install. Like this is this is the not just the website um but this is an entire system on how to sell smart sites as a foundational service. This is a course that we or a system we charge $997 for that you’re going to get for free when you come aboard and join the AI worker system inside of Smart Agency OS. And if you remember the graphic that I provided you here and wherever this was here and things start at the foundational level. This now equips you and empowers you to sell an additional service and how now to link and latch on all of these workers. So, you truly have a complete system. Like, there’s members that are charging 1,500 to three grand a month just for building them a smart site and then saying, “Hey, I notice you don’t have AI concierge. Let’s lash that on. I notice you don’t have speed to lead. Let’s lash that on. I know you don’t have an AI receptionist. Let’s lash that on. And based on the the new enhancements that Joshua has created inside of Agency Ballet, you all will be able to prospect so fast, so easy to sell these systems. So, phenomenal stuff here. And you’re going to get the complete AI smart site system for free when you join today. And here’s the thing, you all. AI is moving so fast. Like it just is, right? And it’s hard to keep up with and and things change and evolve and become obsolete fast. And and that’s why we created smart agency OS, right? I I like to think of this as applied AI that helps businesses make more money, save time, capture opportunities, and grow. And and this is why this exists like and we have calls also like typically um what what typically on Thursdays we’ll have live calls from time to time and we go over a lot whether it’s new tools or how to uh what’s working now leveraging different systems and training all our all what we talk about are systems tied to AI that are tied to revenue. So applied AI, not hype. And we built this to calm the confusion so it leads to more clarity. And this is why the the smart sites is so powerful. Like I like visuals and the smart sites is a turnkey system that acts as a foundation so you can sell and easier more of the AI workers. You can sell them together as packages of cohesive units. We teach you how to do it. All right. In addition to that, I have one more fast action bonus, but um before I go over that, um before I go over that, Joshua, I didn’t know if you wanted to come on real quick to uh you had any input on some things or Yeah. Yeah. Yeah, man. I mean, dude, I I I I I think uh number one, you definitely overd delivered uh with what uh you know, what I mentioned people people were going to see. Uh you truly broke down the entire process of how uh you know, what to what to sell, how to sell it, the best way to pitch it. That calculator is insane. Uh, and then you show this with the with the smart site and how people can plug it in and and and and just, you know, take it to the next level by just tagging on uh the different workers. Um, it’s just an absolute no-brainer. Uh, and I mentioned to you guys at the beginning that um you are going to get agency valet as a bonus. Uh so that will uh pretty much uh complete this for you guys and supply you with the leads that uh you will need uh to hit the ground running with this. Um and uh that again we’re going live with with this on the uh on the 7th. Um and this is the last time I’m going to offer it uh as a bonus. Um and I’m going to cap a hard cap of the first 25 people that pick this up. And easily over half of that is already gone. Uh so the first 25 people that grab it will get it as a bonus. Um and there’s already, you know, there’s already people in my support desk asking me for it. Um so I can I can tell you now that this is going to go very very fast. So, if you haven’t yet picked it up, go to the link in the chat box uh and the or the link on the screen and be one of the first 25 people. Unfortunately, this is the this is one where I can’t extend it uh again because we are going live with this on the 7th. Um and uh you know, you’ll be able to get it at that time and and you know, pay separately. this is the last time you’ll be able to get it uh as a bonus um and get instant access to all of those leads and it’s just going to continue growing uh between 2 to 3,000 leads u per day and you’ll be able to filter them out as well to be able to match exactly the service that you want to target. So if you want to target AI receptionist, you can uh you know target uh inside of agency valet businesses that don’t have an AI chatbot and then you can pitch them the AI chatbot and then you can pitch them the AI receptionist uh people without a website. You can offer them the smart site people, you know, and then you could just go in and target specific people for these services. Um and the first 25 people will get access to it. So, make sure you go in the chat box and and uh get your copy or if you have any uh questions at all, let us know uh so that we can get your questions answered. Awesome, man. Thank you. I’m going to um I’m going to just kind of go over this too and kind of share with you a little bit of a process of how your how their site that they get works. So, can you um can they see this? Can you see the blue site? Book more jobs, respond faster, stop losing revenue right now. Right now it’s still at the uh we also have one more fast action bonus uh slide. Okay. Yes. Okay. There we go. All right. I want to show you all this before I show you the the next uh fast action bonus you will love. So this is what you get and we make this so that literally you fill out a form and this site is is up and running and then you we teach you how to connect it with high level and everything. So, let’s say a business were to come to this site for instance and it says, “What industry best describes your business?” Right? Let’s just say um just going with the med spa. We’ll just go with that. And then what’s the biggest challenge in their business right now? Right? Let’s say um that’s not what I want to hear. Let me see here. Let me redo this. So, I don’t know why this has this question here. How do you usually respond to new leads within 5 minutes or 30 minutes as an example? What usually happens when someone calls, nobody answers? Someone answers most calls live, they leave a voicemail, we call back later, and then we identify clear revenue leak. How soon do you want to fix it? Let’s say it was within 30 days. So this when you were enter your info just as an example I’ll put uh 785 and this is just the lead. So med spa pros right and then from here what happens is now that lead gets followed up with and then here’s what this looks like. Your AI revenue leak audit request has been received. Now we look at where your business may be losing revenue through missed calls, slow response, weak follow-up, front office overload, and old opportunities sitting untouched. The goal is to identify the biggest bottleneck and show you which AI worker can help fix it first. That could be AI receptionist, AI speed to lead, AI concierge, or AI revenue recovery. Now you have two options. You can book a time now with an AI specialist and go over the fastest path to capturing more opportunities. Or you can wait for us to review your audit, then schedule a time to go over what we found. Either way, you’ll get clarity on where revenue is slipping, what needs to be fixed first, and how to help your business respond faster, book more, and stop losing easy business. If you want to move faster, book now. If not, we’ll reach out soon to review your audit with you. Pretty cool, right? So, we provide not just the the systems, but we also provide all of the resources as well. So, we have explainer videos for agents, voice receptionists, AI concierge, like everything you can think of like we we provide it for you inside of our system and um we make it very very um easy for you. So, in addition to that, let’s talk about this fast action bonus. And um I do got to be quick here. I think my time is up at at three in this conference room. So, it’s important that you embody what you sell. Meaning, if you’re selling AI services, make sure you have AI services in your business, right? In addition to us providing you an AI smart side and a done for you concierge bot that sells your services for you and a speedtole system that follows up automatically to turn more leads into customers and appointments faster. We provided all those things for you so that it’s not that you’re only just selling AI, but you’re selling AI and I use AI in my business myself. That’s very, very important. But in addition to that, what we’re going to hook you up with is a done for you AI receptionist and that sells your AI worker service for you. So, this is something that is brand new. We haven’t even released this yet, but it really goes handin glove with the system that you currently uh are about to get or for those who have joined already have access to. So, let me just kind of give you an example of uh what this what this kind of sounds like here. And you’ll Hi, this is Ava, the AI worker demo assistant for AI worker pro. I help businesses spot and fix revenue leaks. Can I ask a few questions? Sure.

    Thanks for that. Before we dive in, I want to grab your details in case we get disconnected. What’s your first and last name? Uh Jason Bell.

    Got it, Jason. And what’s the best phone number to reach you at? Uh 7864858952.

    Let me make sure I have that right. I have your number at 7864858952.

    Is that correct? That is correct. Perfect. And what’s the best email address for you? I’ll read it back to confirm. Uh Jason [email protected].

    Let me confirm that. I have your email as j a s o n v l12 g m a i l.com. Is that correct? That’s correct. Thanks, Jason. Just to make sure I have everything right. Your name is Jason Bell. Best number is 7864858952

    and email is j a s o n b l12 atgm a i l.com. Does all of that look good? Yeah, it looks good.

    Great. Thanks for confirming. Now, let me learn a little about your business so I can understand where you might be leaving the most money on the table. What type of business do you run? Uh, I run a med spa.

    Got it. So, you’re in the med spa space. That’s a great fit for what we do. What’s the name of the business? Uh, Med Spa Luxury Pros.

    Med Spa Luxury Pros. I like that. And what city or market do you mainly serve? Uh, Fort Lauderdale area mainly.

    Got it. So, you’re serving the Fort Lauderdale area. And what’s the main service you sell or want more customers for? Uh, Botox, injections, and uh, yeah, lip fillers, stuff like that. Botox, injections, and lip fillers. That’s a competitive space. Who’s your typical customer? Are we talking homeowners, local professionals, families, or someone else? That’s an odd question. I I guess it’s people that just want beauty work done. Makes sense. People looking for beauty treatments. And do you have a website I should note for your file? Yeah, luxurypros.com.

    Thanks for that. Now, I want to ask you a few questions about how leads actually flow into your business. This is usually where we find the biggest gaps and where the right AI worker makes the most difference. How do most new customers usually contact you? Do they call, fill out a form, message you, come from ads, use your website, or something else? Uh, usually via direct message on like social media like Instagram or Facebook or something. Got it. So, most leads come in through social media direct messages. What usually happens if someone contacts you after hours or when your team is busy? I mean, we just do our best to get back with them, you know, same day, maybe a few hours, something like that. That’s really common. How fast does your team usually respond when a new lead does come in? Like 6 hours. Same day, but about 6 hours. Thanks for sharing that. Do you ever miss messages or calls when the team is busy driving with customers or after hours? All the time. Appreciate the honesty. And what about older opportunities? Do old leads, past quotes, no shows, or past customers get followed up with consistently? Uh, no. We don’t really do a good job of that. Got it. Last question on this. And this helps me focus on what matters most for your business specifically. What would be more valuable right now? More booked appointments, faster followup, fewer missed calls, more website leads converted, or reactivating old opportunities. Uh, probably just more leads to customers overall. Yeah. Okay, that was really helpful. Thank you for walking me through that. Based on what you told me, it sounds like the biggest revenue leak may be missed messages and slow follow-up, especially from social media and after hours inquiries. In plain terms, that means some of the opportunities already coming to your business, may not be getting answered or moved to an appointment fast enough, and that’s usually where the money is quietly slipping out. The first AI worker I’d look at for your situation is speed to lead. It responds the moment a new lead comes in, asks the right qualifying questions, and pushes them toward a booked appointment before they lose interest or call someone else. Want to hear a quick example of what that could actually sound like inside your business? I can walk you through a short roleplay so it’s not abstract. Sure.

    Let’s say someone fills out a form on your website or messages you about Botox injections. AI speed to lead says, “Hey, this is Ava with Med Spa Luxury Pros. I saw you just reached out about Botox injections. Happy to help. What are you looking to get done and how soon are you hoping to move forward? Here’s why that matters. The AI starts the conversation within seconds so you don’t lose leads while they’re still interested. Can you see how something like that could work for Med Spa luxury pros?” Absolutely. Yeah. What stood out most to you about that? Uh, I I guess just the way that you can follow up and and speak to my leads and book appointments without me and my staff. That’s exactly the kind of thing we map out in the AI revenue leak audit. It’s where we connect the dots between what you’re already doing and where the AI could step in. Would you like me to help get that on the calendar? Sure. You can book this appointment for me. No problem. I can take care of that right now. All right, I’m going to stop there, but give me some emojis, some money emojis, or or heck yeah, if you see the power and the benefit of being able to have a self-selling AI receptionist that sells and demonstrates AI for you while using AI. Dude, that’s insane. Absolutely insane. Crazy, right? Crazy. This uh this entire system, I think somebody said it’s like inception. It’s like like u like the dream within a dream. Like we’re selling AI, but we’re using AI to sell AI. So, it’s like we’re eating our dog food, so to speak. I don’t know where that phrase came from, but I think everyone understands it, right? So powerful, right? Powerful. All right, real quick. We’re almost done here. Who’s in? give me an end so we can congratulate you and welcome you. This is hot off the press. This is brand new. My existing smart agency members don’t even have this yet. So, they’re probably going to be hitting up our support desk saying, “Where the heck is this? I want this.” It’s coming. It’s coming. Amazing. All right. All right. Good stuff. I’m in. Welcome. Welcome, John. Good stuff. I see a lot. We’ve got a ton of people that have jumped in. Nice. Welcome Josh. Welcome Dana. Welcome Rebecca. Phip is in as well. Yeah. So you all um really quick and we’ll answer a few questions. I do got to get out here in just a little bit here. So is with the coupon code this 597 um there is a $97 a year onetime licensing fee. It just keeps all our automations and different versions updated all the time cuz we always are up enhancing updating our stuff. So, it’s $97 one time a year and that’s that’s all that is. Um, you may also see I don’t know if it’s if it shows you this or in the email on the next page, we do have a membership club and basically that’s like a dollar trial. You you don’t have to join it at all, but that gives you access. our software is in different AI systems past this. So, you don’t need to do that, but if you if you see the benefit of it, hack a board. But, um, that’s what we have here, folks. And we try to make this a no-brainer. So, if you’ve been trying to figure out like really how do I sell AI? What AI services to sell and you’re not technical or maybe you are but you just are timestrapped and you don’t want to have to take the time to figure all this stuff out and you just want to go and capitalize and make money because businesses are paying for AI. This is for you and you’re going to love it and it’s only getting better. So, um, I’ll take a few questions really quick that you all have and, um, and then we’ll kind of go from there. Okay. So, uh, as far as high level, you all are responsible for your own usage. All right. So, some of the usage is text message, emails, it’s like oneoff services like if you buy a domain through high level, I think it’s like 16 bucks or something. But text messages and email, you’re responsible for that. In addition, um, a a high level also has something called summer of AI. So, right now it’s like prime time. You can get all of their AI suite. That’s their studio for free this summer. And outside of that, I think it’s like 99 a month, but you can get it for free right now. to kind of give you an example of uh some of the things that you can do like if I were to go to here when I told you you can create magic like you can create some really amazing things like this is uh this is what we’re using here to prospect that site I told you to create a done for you system that sells to roofers on the benefit of AI workers and then this is the calculator that I had built and I even have a more robust one as well. But um lot of good stuff that you can build inside of here. We even built a um for those who know about the 9 by12 method, we built a whole system that people can actually buy the spots all from online. But yeah, we have training on how to leverage AI studio, ask AAI, but this is such cool technology now that when you enable the summer of AI, the ask AAI is something that it will actually build out all of your systems for you like everything. It’s it’s phenomenal like um and I provided this really robust prompt that will automatically build any AI receptionist for any niche. So, we’re providing you everything that you need to succeed in a very simple and easy manner. So, um all right, what questions do we have before we get out of here? Um let’s see. Let’s see. Let’s see. Uh it’s just 97 a year, Josh. That’s all it is. Your sub account’s going to be 97 a year. So, amazing. And and guys, uh remember that we are going to be also adding that integration with agency valet to go high level. So you’re going to be able to push your leads from inside of agency valet directly into um your go high level uh sub account. So um amazing just connection there that you get with this and then you can just deploy all the rest of the automation from there. So um the spots are going fast. uh make sure you do uh grab it before there’s still a ton of you on here. So, uh number one, you either have some questions and you haven’t purchased or number two, you already purchased and you’re sticking around. Uh or number three, um you know, I don’t know what you’re you’re you’re waiting for to purchase. So, um the the link is uh there in the chat box. I’m going to post it one more time. If you have any questions, uh let us know. There again there are a lot of you still on here so um let us know let us know what questions you have and we may have missed uh your question again there’s a lot of you on here so um let us know uh someone is asking do we have to pay monthly for go high level uh no you do not you’re you’re getting access to it I think it said 97 uh a year yes and you and you do pay for your own fees so the way it works is you will hop in your sub account, enter your your credit card or whatever payment method and whatever you are whatever you pay for like uh what you your usage basically text messages, emails and we don’t do any type of markup like that’s not where we make our money at. So um you pretty much pay what we pay for it and you’re just responsible for your own fees. So that’s it. And then someone asked too um what is uh what What was the question here? Um, oh, do we separate or sub account? Um, I see a split pay. We will see about that. Um, where do you start to to get your first client ASAP? Uh, when you hop into the course, go to module one where it says start here and you will see right here, you know, of course, watch these few couple of videos. It’s It tells you everything works, but then fastest path to clients and the quick client playbook in your first seven days. This right here, it gets you everything that you need to know, my friends. All right. Then we have some cool bonuses inside of here waiting for you as far as our GPT. And you’re going to love this client code book. This like this is this is fun. You’re going to love this. Reminds me of those video games back in the day, like Super Nintendo would create, you know, those video game magazines that tells you all the codes of the video games. This this helps you get clients in some very unique ways, but you want to go to the start here is where you want to start at. All right. And you’re It doesn’t get any clearer than that. So, Philip, that’s for for you as well. If uh Philip, he was where to start to get your first client. Boom. He just showed it. There’s a few of you asking about that as well. Where to get started first? Boom. Right there. Yes. Where’s that start here? Uh Kofi asked, “Can we track the amount of traffic flowing through the system from client?” Yes, absolutely. You you see all that inside of high level and that and that’s the beauty of high level. Like you literally can do anything in there, anything. And right now you all um so they do have what they call the unlimited AI. So the AI that high level provides I think it’s like 97 or 99 a month but you can get it for free for three months but that allows you to do the AI studio that I shown you the ask AI it actually builds campaigns and systems for you and then it gives you access to all the AI agents. So that’s how that works. Another question someone had is um if we don’t have a highle account but we have multiple sub accounts how do we get them through you all my local agency? So we charge 20 bucks a month or 97 bucks a year. Basically that grants you a sub account that you can use only for the purpose of setting up a client. You have to use it for a client because it’s lower than the uh the threshold. But the the loophole of that of per terms of service with high level is it has to be used for a client. Okay? So if you don’t have your account or your own highle account, no worries. You can you can get through through us. So, um, Josh says, “The quality of the AI agent demo was amazing. Sounds very human.” It’s Thank you. And it’s only getting better. Like, the thing about it is the these these AI agents get smarter, Josh. Like, you can change the voices and everything. We just make it so it’s easy for you to to to kind of set it up. So, um, yes, I see some questions about split pay. I will talk to Mariah, our operator, about that and we’ll see what we can do. and uh we’ll work that out. But um you all are you excited? Did you see some value today? Did you see did you hopefully seen a clearer path on how to sell AI services in a simple manner? Let me know. Let me know. I’m excited for you.

    Yeah. And you guys you guys can got a sneak peek of the quality that Jason puts out just from being on this call. I mean, he showed you absolutely everything, the whole strategy, you know, from start to finish, especially leveraging that calculator. I mean, just just using those strategies alone uh can help you guys land some clients. Absolutely. Yeah, man. This is uh this is this is what we do and this is this is our newest system. It’s only getting better and uh we love this stuff, man. This is y’all are going to absolutely love it. Our support team is great. So, if you ever run into any questions or or anything, we’re here for you. And also, too, for those who may be strapped for time, we also have a concierge service just as an FYI that we can set up all of your system and everything for you. Just need a ping support and uh because you join like we we charge a very very inexpensive price for that. But you all may not need it at all. But just letting you know that for those who don’t want to deal with any tech, you just want to go and sell. But we make this really really simple to to get up and going. So all right, that’s all I have. Joshua, I I do have to go. If there’s any final questions, please let me know now cuz I know you’ve been hanging out with with us this amount of time and I’m appreciative of you. So, if I if I miss anything, let me know and I’ll do my best to answer before we hop out of hop out off of here. Yeah, sounds good. I I’ll I’ll stick around one more time and just kind of show uh the agency valet bonus one more time. Uh and then just go ahead and close it out. So, uh Jason, thank you for your generosity of being on here, the offer, the training, the value, everything that you put together and obviously for uh giving us your time as well. So, thank you and uh yeah, uh let me go ahead and take the screen back. Okay. I appreciate you, Josh, for inviting me out to the to your audience and everyone on this call. Thank you for coming out and and listening to me. And I hope I provided you some value and showing you a path to help you get more business. And uh I’m looking forward to to working with you and and being of service. And um we just it’s what we do at my local agency. We we take care of our customers in a major way. So, you’re going to love our community and um just like Joshua does at at his camp and his community, customer service matters and taking care of our customers matter a lot. So, you matter to us. So, thank you all. Yeah, absolutely. I’m going to get out of here, my friend. I’ll just leave, but I won’t end it. Sounds good. Appreciate you, man. Later.

    All right, guys. So, let’s go ahead and let me show you real quick.

    Uh, give me one second.

    Um, perfect. So, uh, wait, before I do that, uh, I’m going to go ahead and stop the recording again because I’m going to be cutting these parts out. Uh, so if you’re watching the recording, uh, grab your account below. Um, and, uh, yeah.

  • 06/21/2026 – Hermes Cracked – See an AI Agent Research, Create, Launch & Grow a Business Live on Screen

    Over the next little while, you’re going to watch a real business get built from a single sentence live on screen. And I’m going to show you how to own one just like it. Not a slide deck about it. Not a someday maybe a real income asset, a shop with products, with listings, with its own promo videos pulling people in, built start to finish by an AI agent while I sit back and approve. And at the very end, you and I are going to open the finished result together in a live browser. So stay with me all the way through. That ending is where it pays off. Quick gut check before we go one inch further. If you’ve ever felt like the AI you pay for just hands the word back to you, type yes in the chat right now. Just yes. I want to see it. Yeah. Look at those coming in. That’s almost every one of you. and I promise you’re in the right room. Now, quick on me because you should know who’s talking before you take any of this on faith. I’m Andrew Darius. I’ve been building and selling online for over 20 years. That’s not a typo. Two decades. In that time, I’ve launched more than 30 best-selling tools and sold over 200,000 products to tens of thousands of customers on JVZoo and Warrior Plus alone. That’s more than $7 million in sales. Those are my numbers, by the way, not a promise of yours. I’m telling you so you know I’ve actually done this for a long time. I was named marketer of the month in an industry magazine back in the early days. And just recently I was invited to speak at the world’s largest online AI conference about AI automation which is exactly what today is about. Here’s what I’m not going to do. I’m not going to show you my car or my house or screenshots of my bank account. Well, that stuff isn’t proof of anything and it’s not why you’re here. What I’m going to show you is real work, a real income asset built by a real agent on screen that you can go verify yourself. And one more thing matters. I did not build the AI agent I’m about to show you. It’s free. It’s open source. I don’t make a single scent if you go download. Keep that in your back pocket. It’s going to matter a lot in a few minutes. So, here’s the big idea this whole training is built on. Let me say it plainly. The AI you already use chat GPT quote whatever you’re paying for. Right now it just hands you answers. You ask, it tells you and then you’re back to doing all the work yourself. But that same AI could be building you something that actually works for you. Things you own, a shop, a funnel, a product. I call those income assets. Real things out in the world working for you. And here’s the whole idea. You can own income assets built and run by one AI manager you own. Instead of renting AI tools that rent you back. Sit with that for a second because it flips everything. Most people rent their AI. It lives on someone else’s computer. They set the limits and everything it touches belongs to them, not you. What I’m going to show you today is the opposite of that, owning it. And here’s the part almost nobody figures out. The agent itself is free. What almost nobody has is the system that makes it actually run a business. The free agent is powerful, but it doesn’t just go build you a shop on its own. The system is what turns it into a manager that does. You get that system today. So, here’s exactly what I’m going to prove to you today. Free secrets that turn a free AI agent into a business you own. Secret one, why the AI you pay for every month will never build you a business you own. and how the one agent that costs nothing does the exact opposite. Secret two, why I’m not technical is the wrong thing to worry about. And the strange reason this takes less of your day than the AI you already use. And secret three, the one hidden danger that’s about to burn almost everyone who tries this. And why isn’t it too late? Isn’t it crowded? Is exactly backwards. I’m going to prove our free to you live on my own screen. And secret free is the one that decides whether you actually pull this off. So stay with me to the end. Miss it and you miss the whole thing. And one last thing before we dive in, a reason to stay all the way to the end beyond just secret free. For everyone who’s still here at the close, I’ve got a free gift. The exact one sentence prompt I’m about to use to build today’s business, plus a couple of starter prompts you can point your own free agent at. I’ll put it right on your screen at the very end. yours to screenshot and keep no strings. So, don’t drop off early. Quick, type the number of the secret you most want the answer to. One, two, or three. I want to make sure I hit yours.

    We’ve got a lot to get through, so settle in and stay to the end because that’s where it pays off. The build I told you about, it’s already running. Let me show you where it started. Here’s the exact sentence I gave it right there on your screen. launch a new product line in my shop, pick the niche, make the designs, get the listings live, and make the promo videos. That’s the whole thing. I didn’t pick the niche. I didn’t make a single design. I didn’t write one word of a listing. I handed it the goal in plain English, the way you’d hand it to a manager who actually knew what they were doing. And then I let it run. And keep the frame in your head. What is building from that one sentence is an income asset. A little shop with products, with listings, with its own promo videos pulling people in. Something that keeps working after the job is done. The kind of thing you’d want to own, not rent. Here’s what you’re looking at so there’s no confusion. This is not a demo. I rigged to look good. This is the actual run recorded on my own machine before we got on this call. You’re going to see the parts that worked and you’re going to see one spot where it got something wrong and corrected itself because that’s what real looks like. And I’m not going to hide it from you. Watch what just happened. The moment it has the goal, it writes its own to-do list. Every step of launching that product line in order by itself. That right there is the difference between a tool you rent and a manager you own. The tool sits and waits for your next click. This one planned the whole job, the whole asset on its own. Makes sense so far? Type yes if you’re with me because this next part is where it gets good.

    Let me make sure I’m talking to the right people. Type the number one in the chat if you’ve ever tried an AI tool that promised to run something for you and then just handed the word right back. One in the chat. I’m watching them roll in. Yeah, almost everybody. And I’ve been exactly where you are. Maybe you tried Chad GPT. It’s smart, but you ended up copying and pasting all day and you were still the one doing the work. Maybe you paid for some software that does one little trick and you don’t own any of it. Cancel and it’s gone. Maybe you went further. You install something like Open Crow. You saw the potential and then you hit a wall and it just sat there. Smart move trying it. By the way, most people never even get that far. Or maybe you’re still doing every piece of it by hand late at night after the day job. If any of that is you, take a breath because none of it was your fault. You were never shown the one piece that makes this actually work. The piece that turns all that AI into something you own instead of something you keep renting. You get that piece today. You with me? Good. Before I show you anything else, let me prove this isn’t hype because you’ve earned the right to be skeptical. and I’d rather show you than ask you to take my word. This is the public usage ranking for AI agents. The one we’re talking about today, Hermes, is sitting at number one, the single most used app on the whole board. More than the number two and number three apps combined. That’s not my graphic. It’s a public leaderboard you can pull up yourself. The second we’re done on GitHub, where developers vote with a star, it’s passed 170,000 of them. one of the fastest growing open projects of the entire year. And this isn’t one company patting itself on the back. Outlet after outlet has covered the same story. People switching to this agent in waves. These are public sources. The links are real. Go read them later. And these right here are regular developers in public saying they run it themselves on their own machines every day on their hardware. That word themselves is the whole thing. So type the word own in the chat for me. Own. Because here’s the whole point. The tool is real. It’s number one. People are pouring into it. But being number one is not what matters to you. Owning it is owning the manager and owning every income asset it builds for you. That’s what the rest of today is about. Type own if you’re ready for that. Beautiful. There they are. Hold on to that word because we’re going to come back to it. Real quick before we keep going, one quick note because I respect you too much to skip it. Everything I show you today is real and you’ll see it on screen with your own eyes. But the businesses and the income assets you’re going to see are mine. I’m showing them so you can see the system actually works, not so you’ll think you’ll get the exact same thing. Because look, obviously none of this is a guarantee. What you get out of it depends on the work you put in. Your market, a dozen things none of us control. No results are promised. You know that. I know that. So, take what I show you as proof that it’s possible and as a map you can follow to build assets of your own. Fair enough. Type yes. And let’s keep moving because that build is already running and I can’t wait to show you where it’s at. So, let me tell you how I got here because it’s probably a lot like where you are right now. I’ve been building things online for over 20 years. And when AI showed up, I thought, finally, this is the thing that gives me my time back. Type the word same in the chat if that was you, too. If you looked at AI and thought, this is finally going to take some of this off my plate. Yeah, look at them coming in. So you already know what happened next because for me it didn’t give me my time back. It gave me more tabs. One tool to write, another to make images, another to pause, and I was the one in the middle gluing it all together all day long. The AI did little slices of the work and handed the rest right back to me. I ended up busier than before I started. And every one of those tools I was renting a bit here, a bit there every month. I didn’t own any of it. The work lived on their computers. If one of them changed the rules or shut the doors, my stuff went with it. I was paying every month to build a land I didn’t own. And here’s the part that really got me. I’m supposed to be good at this. 20 years in. If it was wearing me out, what chance did a normal person have? Then I found the agent I showed you earlier. Free, open source, and the first time I ran it, I could feel it. This one was different. It didn’t just sit there waiting for my next click. It could actually carry a job from start to finish. And that’s when the real game clicked for me. The most used agent in the world, the one at the top of that ranking, is free. You don’t rent it. You own it. It runs on your machine. So, the question was never which AI do I pay for. The question was, what do I do with an agent I actually own? And the answer hit me. I pointed at building things I own. A shop, a channel, a product, income, assets in my name that keep working after the job’s done. Don’t rent the AI. Own it and own everything it builds for you. But I’m not going to skip the messy part. I downloaded this powerful thing. And at first, it didn’t do much. I’d give it a vague order and get back something half right. So, I spent weeks on it, set up, trial and error, learning how to actually talk to it, what to ask, how to point it at a real business instead of some toy task. And somewhere in those weeks, it clicked again. The agent itself was free sitting right there. But I didn’t have the one thing that makes it actually work for you. The system, the setup, the exact words that make it move, the loop that turns it from a clever toy into a worker that actually builds you something you own. Once I had that, everything changed. The same free agent that used to sit there doing nothing, now it builds, it rides, it posts, it sells. And the strangest part, I step away, come back, and the work was further along than when I left. Done without me sitting on top of it. And what it builds is mine, not rented, not on someone else’s computer. Mine on a machine I control. That’s the whole shift. Does that make sense? Type yes. If you felt that exact gap, the tool is powerful, but you’re still not getting the result, and you don’t own a thing at the end of it. That gap right there is the whole game. And in a few minutes, I’m going to hand you the bridge across it. So, that’s what today is. Not here’s one more tool to rent. You can get the agent for free, and I hope you do. Today is about the system that makes it actually work and about owning the whole thing yourself. the agent and the income assets it builds for you. And it’s not just me who sees what this agent can do. Let me widen it out. Here’s an independent reviewer. They put this agent head-to-head with Open Claw, the tool a lot of you probably started with. And their public verdict was simple. This one came out ahead. Better skills, better memory, a smoother ride. Their words, not mine. And it’s not just one review or other. The whole communities landed on the same thing. Read around for 5 minutes and you’ll see it everywhere. The people actually using this every day keep coming back to two things. It builds its own skills and it remembers. In a few minutes, I’ll show you another well-known voice in the AI world saying that second part out loud and it’s a much bigger deal than it sounds right now. Type the number two in the chat if better memory matters to you. If you’re tired of tools that forget everything the second you close the tab, hold on to that word memory. It’s going to come back in a few minutes. And keep this in your back pocket, too. This is the agent the whole field is moving to and it’s the one you can own, not rent. Okay, remember that one sentence I gave my agent right before we went live where I told her to launch a whole new product line, pick the niche, make the designs, get it selling. That’s not me renting a service to do it. That’s an agent I own building something I’ll own. While I’ve been up here talking, it’s been working and it just cleared its first big checkpoint. Let’s look. This is real of my own machine. Watch this. Before it made a single design, it did its homework. It went and researched the niche, what people actually want, what’s already selling, where the opening is, and it came back with a verdict. This one’s a go. And look, it didn’t just say go. It gave its reasons right there. That’s not a guess. That’s a decision backed by what it found. Think about what just happened. That’s the part you’d normally pay someone for month after month or skip and regret later. My agent did it on its own in about the time it took me to tell you my story. And the business is building. It’s mine to keep. Type go in the chat if you want to see what it does next because now it knows what to build. And this is the part I think is going to surprise you. So far, it’s planned the whole job and done the research. Next, it actually makes the product. Stay with me. This is where it stops feeling like software and starts feeling like a team that works for you. Okay. Secret number one, the first one I promised you and is the one nobody selling you AI wants you to think about. The AI you pay for every month will never build you a business you own. And the free one does the exact opposite. Here’s why. Watch what’s being built on screen right now. A shop, a channel, a product, those are assets. Real things out in the world that can keep working after the work is done. So here’s the only question that matters about an asset. Do you own it or are you renting it? Every AI tool you’ve ever used, you rent. Think about it. You pay every so often. You log into their website. You play by their rules. And the day they change what it can do or just shut the doors, it’s gone. And every asset you built inside it goes with it. You don’t own a thing. You were just renting the room it lived in. Type rent in the chat if you’ve ever lost access to a tool you depended on or watched it change until what you built inside it wasn’t yours to control anymore. Yeah, that’s the trap. The asset looks like yours until the landlord changes the locks. This is the opposite. The asset that builds the asset is free and it’s open source. That means it runs on your machine. The shop, the channel, the funnel, they live on your side of the line. Your data stays with you and nobody, not me, not the people who made it, not some company, can change the rules or switch it off and take your asset with it. It’s yours. Like something you built on land you own, not land you rent by the month. Now, I can already hear the worry. It sounds technical. I’m not a developer. Stay with me because this is the part that surprised me most. There are two ways to run it. There’s an advanced way for the techy folks, a little server, the command line, all that. And there’s easy mode, a regular app. You click open like any program on your computer. No code, no terminal, nothing to set up by hand. Let me just show you. That’s it. That’s the whole technical part. You open an app. It runs on a normal computer or a little mini PC the size of a paperback or a cheap server that costs a few dollars a month. Your choice. Either way, the asset it builds stays yours. And this isn’t some hobby project either. The people who make it show the desktop version at one of the biggest events in the whole industry, Nvidia’s GTC. It’s serious technology. You just don’t have to be a technical person to run it. One more thing, so you’re not boxed in. You’re not locked to one AI brain either. It’s what they call model agnostic. Plain English. You point it at whichever AI engine you want. A big name one or a free open one. Your call and you can switch anytime. The agent is yours. The brain is swappable. Nobody can take either one away from you. So here’s secret one. The whole thing in one line. The asset is yours. Not rented. Not on someone else’s computer. yours on your machine with your data building things you own. And once you really get that that you can own the asset and the thing that builds it instead of renting forever, you can’t unsee it. Type all in the chat if you’re done renting and you’d rather own the income assets and the thing that builds them.

    Speaking of the asset, let’s check on it. Remember, my agent’s been building that new product line this whole time. Last we looked, it had finished its research and given the go-ahad. So, the next step was the part I was most curious about. Could it make something people would actually want? Look at this. Real off my machine. Those are the designs. It made them from one sentence. It studied what sells in that niche. Then it produced actual finished product designs. Not clip art, not rough sketches, things you could put in a shop today. And every one of them is an asset that’ll belong to you. Quick one. Look at them and type the letter of the one you’d buy. A or B. I’m curious what the room picks. Hold that thought because a design isn’t an asset yet. It has to become a real shop people can buy from. Keep watching. That’s coming. Now, secret number two, the one that stops most people before they even start. Here it is. I’m not technical is the wrong thing to worry about because you don’t build any of this yourself, the system does. And once it’s set up, running it takes less of your day than the AI you’re already using. Let me show you exactly how. When I first downloaded this free agent, I was so excited. I thought, great, now it’ll go build me something. And then it kind of just sat there. I’d give it an order and get back something half right. I’d ask for the moon and get a paper airplane. No asset, nothing built. For a while, I thought maybe the hype was wrong. Type two. If you felt that, you got the powerful AI everyone’s talking about and it still didn’t build you anything. Look at those coming in. So, you know the feeling. And here’s what I finally understood. The thing that turned it around. The agent was never the missing piece. The agent is free. Anybody watching can grab it today, and I hope you do. But here’s the line I want you to keep. A free agent on its own doesn’t build you an asset. The system is what does the setup, the exact proven words that make it move, and the loop that turns it from a clever toy into a worker that actually finishes the asset and keeps it running. Hold on to that line is the whole game. Here’s the loop in plain English. You point it at a real asset you want built. It does the work. It checks its own work against what you actually wanted. And then this is the part that matters. It gets better at it. Not the same every time. Better. So the asset gets better, too. Two things make that loop real. And they’re worth understanding because they’re the difference between a toy and a worker that builds you something you keep. First, it actually gets better over time. It builds its own skills. So, it’s better on day 30 than it was on day one. Most tools are frozen the day you buy them. This one grows, which means the assets it builds keep getting better, too. Second, and this is the word I told you to hold onto earlier. Memory. Here’s a well-known voice in the AI world saying it plainly, most AI agents forget everything the second you close the window. This one doesn’t. It remembers your business, what you sell, how you talk, what worked last time. That’s the difference between starting over every morning and having a worker who actually knows your asset and keeps building on it. Pipe memory. If you’ve ever lost real work because your AI forgot everything the moment you close the tab.

    That’s the loop in action. One plain sentence in a finished piece of the asset out. No clever prompt wizardry. Just the system doing what it’s set up to do. Now, I don’t want this to stay theory. So, let me show you a real asset. The system built that’s running right now today on its own. This is a real channel my agent built and runs public. You could go find it. It posts a brand new video every single day. I don’t touch it. The agent makes them. The agent posts them and the views are real and they climb every day. That’s not a demo. That’s an income asset. The system built running while I sleep. Now, I want to be careful here because this matters to me. That channel is small and it’s new. So, I’m not going to stand up here and promise you money. I can’t and nobody serious can. But here’s what I can show you. This isn’t some empty corner nobody’s in. It’s a real busy category. Look at this lane for a second. These are big established channels doing exactly what my little one does. short faceless videos, no face on camera, posted on a regular schedule. They’re not mine, and they weren’t built with my agent. I’m showing them for one reason, to prove the category my channel is in is a real busy going concern, not some dead end. I’m pointing you out. People watch this kind of video by the million. The lane is wide open and active. What you build in that lane is up to you and how you work it. I can’t promise you a single view, but the category, it’s real and it’s alive. But step back and see what secret 2 really means. The agent is free. The thing that turns a free agent into income assets you own. That’s the system, the setup, the proven words, the loop, the memory. That’s the whole game. And that’s the part I’m going to hand you. And here’s the other half of why I’m not technical is the wrong worry. Because the other thing people picture is babysitting, sitting at a keyboard all day, typing clever instructions, fixing what it gets wrong, becoming some kind of prompt engineer. And if that’s the deal, that’s not owning an asset. That’s another job. Type three. If that’s the fear that you’d basically have to babysit the thing all day for it to work. So here’s the proof. It isn’t. That’s not how you run it. You don’t prompt it all day. You operate it in about a tap a day. There’s a difference and it’s everything. An asset you own should work for you, not turn into a job. Let me show you what a morning actually looks like. That’s it. That’s the morning. You open one screen. You see what your agent has planned for the day. You see what it already did while you slept and what’s coming next. You see what it spent. You nod. Maybe you change one thing and you go live your life. That’s not coding. That’s not prompting. That’s managing. You’re the manager checking in on a worker who already knows the job, not the worker doing it. You read a board once a day. The agent does the work and the asset keeps growing. That’s the whole of secret two. The system does the building and you just run it. Less of your day than the AI you already use. Type board in the chat. If checkerboard once a day sounds a whole lot better than learn to code.

    And speaking of building an asset, let’s check back in. Last time the agent had the designs, so the question was, can it turn those into an actual shop? A stranger could buy from. It wrote the listings itself, the titles, the descriptions, the tags, all of it, and it pushed them live. So, this isn’t a mockup anymore. The shop is a real asset. It exists right now. A stranger could land on it today and buy something from one sentence I typed before we started. an income asset built by the system that belongs to me. Type live in the chat if you want to see this asset get in front of actual customers because a shop nobody can find doesn’t sell anything. Marketing is next and that’s where most people quit.

    And secret number three, the one I saved for last because it’s the one that decides whether you actually make it. Two things people get wrong and they pull in opposite directions. There’s one real hidden danger that it’s about to burn almost everyone who grabs a free agent. And at the same time, the thing everybody’s scared of, isn’t it too late? Isn’t it already crowded? Is exactly backwards. Let me show you both. Now, I have to slow down and tell you about the one real danger in all of this because if I skipped it, I’d be setting you up to get hurt. And this is also the part that answers a question. I know some of you are thinking right now, the agent’s free. Why couldn’t I just grab it and figure the rest out myself? Here’s why. This one piece is the answer. As your asset grows, you’re going to want to add new skills to your agent, new abilities. And the great thing is there’s a whole world of skills other people have built that you can just plug in. That’s also the danger. A skill is a little bundle of instructions and code. And a bad one can be built to do things you’d never agree to. Quietly slip in instructions that grab your passwords, your login, your keys, and hand a complete stranger access to your accounts, your shop, your email, your money, and it can be hidden on purpose, dressed up to look completely normal. Here’s the part that should stop you cold. You cannot tell a safe skill from a dangerous one by reading it. A trustworthy looking name tells you nothing. The code looks fine to a normal person. And here’s the part people don’t expect. I can’t tell either. Not by eye. And I’ve been doing this for 20 years. Nobody can. That’s not a you problem. That’s just how this works. Type risk in the chat if you did not know a single bad skill could quietly hand someone the keys to your accounts. So, the only safe way to use skills at all is to never trust one by eye and to x-ray it first. That’s what this does. You point it at any skill, one you built, one a friend sent you, one you found online, and before you ever install it, it reads what the skill would actually do deep down with the kind of security engine the pros use. Then it tells you straight, safe, be careful, or do not install like this one. Big red do not install. I would never have caught that by reading the name. And now I don’t have to. So sit with that because it’s bigger than a nice feature. Without a scanner like this, you’re choosing between two bad options. Never use community skills at all and give up half of what makes the agent powerful or install them blind and prey. That’s the real catch with going it alone on the free agent. Not that it’s hard, that it isn’t safe. A scanner that X-rays a skill before it ever touches your accounts isn’t a bonus for anyone actually running this on real assets is the only way to do it safely at all. And it’s one click. And you’re not doing any of this alone either. Hundreds of independent developers around the world are improving this agent every week. It’s not some app that gets abandoned. It’s getting stronger while you use it for free. which means the thing building your assets keeps getting better and you didn’t pay a scent more for it. So that’s the first half of secret free. It’s safe. The one real danger, the skills is handled in one click. A scanner that X-rays a skill before it ever touches your accounts. Takes the one place you could get burnt right off the table. That’s not a you problem. It’s handled. Type safe in the chat if I can add skills and know they won’t burn me. Is exactly the part you needed to hear.

    And there’s one more outside worry I want to handle before we move on because I know it’s there. If the agents free and everyone’s grabbing it, isn’t this about to get saturated? Aren’t I already too late? Here’s the thing, and it matters. A popular tool is not a crowded market. Millions of people own a camera and that never crowded out a single photographer because each one picks their own subject, their own style, their own people to shoot for. Same here. You pick your niche, your angle, your audience, the shop, the channel, the asset you built. That’s yours and it stands on its own no matter how many people downloaded the same free agent. And here’s what surprises people. Most folks who grab the free agent never build a thing. They poke at it for an afternoon and quit because they don’t have the system you just watched. The ones who actually built still a small room, the fields wide open and it’s open right now. Type lane in the chat if you can see it. Your niche, your asset, yours alone.

    Okay, last check in before I show you how to get all of this. The shop is live, so the agents onto the path where most people get stuck and give up getting it seen. Watch what it does. It made the promo videos and posted them by itself. So, look at what just happened. Start to finish. From one sentence, it researched the niche, made the designs, built a live shop, and now it’s marketing it hands off. That’s not a tool helping you with one step. That’s an entire income asset built and run for you. Type done. If you just watch an entire income asset get built, research to marketing without anyone touching a keyboard.

    There’s one last thing left to do with it and I saved it for the very end. I’m going to open the whole thing up live right in front of you so you can see the asset is real. Stay with me for that. So those are the three secrets I promise you at the start. Secret one, you can own it. Secret two, the system does the work. You just run it in a tap a day. Secret three, nothing out there stops you. It’s safe and the fields wide open. Put them together and they add up to one thing. Income assets you own, built and run by one AI manager you own. Here’s the part that’s hard to figure out alone. The part that took me months. The agent is free. The system is what turns it into income assets you own. The owning, the setup, the loop, the operating, the one piece that keeps it safe, the free secrets. So the free secrets leather up to one thing. You own income assets built and run by one AI manager. You own the asset is yours. The system builds it. You operate it in a tap a day. Which means the question on the table is then does this work? You’ve watched it work live all this time. The only real question left is this. How fast do you want your own income assets being built exactly like this? So, let me ask you straight. If you want the whole thing, the agent, the system set up the way you watched it work today. Building assets that are yours, type yes in the chat, just yes. Look at those. Okay, then let me show you exactly what that looks like and how we make sure you actually get there. Look at all those yeses. Good. Then let me show you exactly what you get and how you own it. Here’s the turn we just made. And I want to say it plainly so it lands. For the last while, you didn’t watch a course. You watched a real business get built. Research, designs, a live shop, the marketing, all of it from one sentence on a free agent. That part’s real. You saw it. So, this next part isn’t me selling you a stack of videos. It’s me handing you the whole machine that did that. The system that turns the AI you already pay for into income assets you own. And let me be plain about what you’re buying. You’re not paying me for the agent. That’s free. You’re paying for the system that makes it build a shop, a channel, a funnel, a product, real things out in the world working, and they belong to you on a computer you control, not rented on someone else’s. And here’s how I’ve set this up. There’s no menu to puzzle over. Know which one’s right for me. It’s one complete system. Everything you need to run this for yourself. and everything you need to get paid to run it for other people in one package. The whole client ready thing. Let me build it in front of you piece by piece so you can see every part you’re getting. So before I show you the first piece, type ready in the chat. If you want to see exactly what’s in it, just ready. Beautiful. Let’s go piece by piece. This is everything you just watched the agent do. Hand it to you as a system you own. And I’m going to put a real number on each piece as we go. Not a madeup normally number. What it will actually cost you to build it yourself or hire it out. Watch the total build in the corner. Start with the whole system. All 10 business models. I showed you a piece of the shop, the faceless channel, the web tool, the books, the lead pages, a full month of content, and more. Each one walk through end to end the exact way I run them. plus my swipe file of the proven prompts I give the agent yours to reuse cheat sheets for the whole operating loop and the install walkthrough zero to a running agent today on its own that’s about $2,000 of value the amount of trial and error I went through handed to you skipped and it comes loaded first the two apps built right in skill forge describe the skill in plain English and it writes it for you clean and ready and skill x-ray the one you genuinely couldn’t do yourself. It reads what the skill actually does before you ever trust it with the kind of security engine the pros use and tells you safe, careful or don’t install. Make a skill, check a skill, install it. Both apps, another couple hundred of the peace of mind on top of it is free. Then the offline operator run your whole operation completely offline if you want to. Zero in AI fees. your data never leaving your machine. We benchmark dozens of open weights models so you know exactly which one to run on your hardware and the step-by-step setup about $300. The easy cloud path still works out the box. This is just there the day you want it. Then 6 months inside agent insider the private room where you’re not doing this alone. Hit a wall, you ask, you get an answer including your client work questions. a couple hundred dollars of value and a bonus by the way, not a subscription. It just ends unless you decide to stay and you get me live. The live implementation workshop I build a real income asset start to finish with you in the room then stay on and take your questions. Can’t make it live? The full recording is yours to keep and it never expires about $300 and land your first free clients kit, the targetless playbook, the cold outreach swipe file, a fill-in proposal and a pricing one pager and a 14-day sprint to land your first paying client. So the very first question, okay, but where do I find someone to pay me is answers in your hands day one about $300. You with me? type system if everything packed in around it is already more than you expected.

    Now that’s everything bundled in around the system. Here’s the heavy machinery, the operator console, your helmets dressed as a command center, the whole operation on one screen, your entire day in free one-tap commands, 10 operator skills, a ready to go board for every model. The publishing stack wired in the morning that runs itself, the one you watched earlier, that’s this on its own about $3,000. Then the business builder. Six of my real businesses documented end to end. The faceless channel, the print on demand shop, a live web tool, a low content book, the local lead machine, the content multiplier. For each one, the walkthrough, the playbook, and the ready to load board. You don’t copy advice, you copy bills. About $3,000 of value. and the vault. 100 plus done for you skills in groups, research, content, publishing, outreach, tracking, automation, plus a pack built for each of the 10 models. We wrote most of them, pick the best of the rest, and run every single one through Skill X-ray. So, your agent works like a veteran the day you install it, not a year from now. That vote on its own should run you about $4,000. Paying a freelancer to build and safety check 100 working automations runs well into four figures easy. Now, most systems will stop right there. But I didn’t just want you running this for yourself. I wanted you able to get paid to run it for other people, too. And here’s the piece that makes that real. the biggest one on the page, the commercial rights, the agency license to run this whole system on client work for up to 100 clients, the console, the vault, the playbooks, both apps. You’re clear to use them for people who pay you, plus the agency playbook and the client onboarding kit. This is what turns my business into your service business. And on its own, that license is worth almost $8,000. Commercial rights to run a system like this for clients are the kind agencies pay four and five figures for type clients you’re getting paid to run this for other people is the part that’s lighting you up. Clients

    now look at the total in the corner. Add every piece up and what each one is actually worth on its own and it comes to $21,232.

    That’s not a fake normally number. That’s what these 10 pieces cost if you bought them one at a time or paid the team to build them for you. $21,200 of real client ready value owned once on a machine you control. Type me in the chat if you can already see yourself running this. Just me. I want to see who’s with me.

    Okay, $21,232 of value. That’s the honest total. You just watched it add up piece by piece. So here’s the only question left. What does the whole thing cost you today on this launch? Watch the screen for this. Don’t just listen because this is the part that’s a little crazy. It’s not 21,000. It’s not 10,000. It’s not 5,000. It’s not even $1,000. Look at the number on your screen right now. That that’s the price of the entire client ready system today on this launch. A sliver of what it’s worth. Let it sit right there next to that value, $21,232.

    And let the gap land on its own. And here’s how you grab it. And I’ve made this dead simple. Look at your screen. There’s the link right there with the price and a countdown next to it. That link is going to stay right there on your screen for the rest of our time together. You don’t have to go hunting. You don’t have to remember a web address. Any moment you’re ready, the link is right there in front of you. Click it and you’re in. One honest thing about the countdown next to the link. The launch price you see is locked while the timer is running. When it hits zero, I can’t promise it stays. That’s just what’s true right now. While the timer is running, the price on your screen is yours. And the link to lock it is right there on your screen. Type in if you can see all three on your screen. The value, the price, and the link. Just in I want to watch the room fill up. The link’s right there and ready the second you are. And if you want two more reasons, this is an easy yes. Watch this. Here’s the first one. Partha, what’s in that system is the layer that gets you paid to run this for businesses. And I’m not going to ask you to take my word that there’s demand for that. I’m going to show you that businesses are already paying for exactly this kind of work in public right now. One thing before I put these up so we’re clear. Every figure you’re about to see is what businesses pay to get this work done. What the service goes for. None of it is what you would earn. And I’m not promising you a dollar of it. I’m showing you the size of the demand. Watch. Look at the freelance marketplaces. This is a public search for AI automation specialists, independent people whose public profiles show 20,000, $200,000 built to clients over time with nearperfect job scores. Their public profiles right there in the open. That’s businesses paying for the work, not mine, not my clients, and not a forecast for you. And it’s almost exactly the kind of service the playbook inside the system teaches you to offer. Type one in the chat if seeing that real money, real businesses paying for this work in public makes the demand feel real to you. Just one. Yeah. And it’s not one lucky profile either. Scroll that page and it keeps going. Page after page of people getting paid for this and businesses lining up to pay them. And it’s not a fad and it’s not going away. This is ongoing every month work. Businesses already pay people to run their content, their outreach, their automation month after month. That’s not a one-time gig. It’s the kind of steady recurring work the agency layer inside the system is built to help you land. The demand is sitting right there in the open. Makes sense why I wanted you to see this. Type yes if this is starting to look like real demand, not a maybe. Yes.

    Now, let me be clear about what that is and isn’t. Every figure on the screen is what somebody else’s business paid for the service. Real public profiles, real public posts, all dated, all compiled from public sources. They are not my clients. They are not typical. And not one of them is a promise of what you’ll make. They’re not your earnings. They’re the market spending. What they prove is one simple thing. Businesses are already paying for this work today out loud. The demand is real and the system you’re getting hands you everything to go offer it. Now, the second thing I promised, remember the one sentence the very start of today before we went live. I gave the agent one line. Launch a new product line in my shop. Pick the niche. Make the designs. Get the listings live. Make the promo videos. One sentence. You watch the pieces come together all along. Here’s the whole thing live right now. That’s a real shop. Those are real listings live, ready to take an order, wired to print and ship on their own. And that’s its own channel with the promo videos the agent made and posted by itself. Nobody touched the keyboard to do any of that after the one sentence. So, look at what that one sentence became. a live public income asset from one line of plain English run by an AI manager. Now, picture that being yours. You go to bed and this is working. The listings up, the video’s posting, and in the morning, it’s all just there, finished while you slept. Something you can point at and say, “I built that.” Something nobody can switch off because it lives on your machine. That’s the operation. And this system hands you the exact machine that did it to point at your own goal and own what it builds. Like, wow. If seeing it open live, just made it real for you. Wow. Yeah, that’s the whole point of today. One sentence in a business you own out, your time back, and something running for you that you actually own. Now, here’s how I take the risk of you completely. You get a full 30 days. That’s real time to actually try it. Not a rushed weekend. Get in, set your manager up, install the vault, open the console, load the build, come to the workshops, put it to work. If it’s not everything I showed you today, one email, and you get every dollar back. A full 30 days, every dollar, no hoops. The risk is mine, not yours. All you have to decide is whether you want this for yourself and to get paid to run it for clients. The trying it part is completely safe. Type safe in the chat if knowing you’ve got a full 30 days makes this easy. Save.

    One more thing, and this one’s a reward for moving. Now, if you get in while the countdown on your screen is still running before it hits zero, I’m adding six extra maps of AI Junter Insider on top. That’s six more months in the room getting your questions answered, your client work questions answered free. order while the timer is running and it’s yours. And here’s the deal with that timer. There’s the countdown right next to the link on your screen. While it’s running, two things are locked for you. The launch price you see and that six month bonus. So, here’s exactly what happens at zero, no spin. That six-month bonus might be gone. And that launch price is guaranteed until the countdown hits zero. After that, I can’t promise it’ll still be there. The only window I can promise the launch deal in is the one that’s running right now. So get in while it’s open and lock it in. Type go if you’re getting in while the timer is still running. Just go.

    So that’s it. That’s the whole thing. The link to grab it is right there on your screen. There’s no menu to figure out. It’s one deal. The whole client ready system at the launch price while the timer is running. Everything to run it for yourself. everything to get paid to run it for clients. Six months in the room and a fast action bonus on top. All of it one payment owned for good. Grab the whole system at the launch price while the timer is running and you’ve got your AI manager owned on your machine building this weekend. Income assets that are yours that nobody can switch off on a computer you control. Click the link on your screen and grab it. I’ll see you inside and I’ll see you live at the workshop. Okay, the cart’s open. The whole thing’s one click away. The link’s on your screen. And I know what’s happening right now because I’ve sat where you’re sitting. You’re almost in. And a handful of little questions are holding your hand back from the button. So, let me just answer them out loud. The real ones quick type your number one question in the chat. Whatever still in the way for you and watch. I’ll bet I hit it in the next few minutes.

    First one, and it’s the big one. Andrew, I’m not technical. This isn’t for me. It is. And I built the answer to this right in. There’s easy mode. It’s a regular app. You click it, open like any program on your computer. No code, no terminal, no setup by hand. If you can open an app and read a screen, you can run this. The techie folks get an advanced way too, but you don’t need it. You watched the complete business get built today and the operating side is just checking a board once a day. That’s it. So, if I’m not technical, was your reason to sit out? It’s actually the reason to get in because this was built for you. Make sense? Go ahead and click the link on your screen next. Okay. But what’s it going to cost me to run this every month? Fair question. This is the one people get burned on. Here’s the answer. The agent itself is free. It’s open source. You own it. There’s no monthly fee to me or anyone for the agent. It points at an AI engine to do the thinking and you bring your own. A cheap one runs the whole thing for pennies. We hand you a cheat sheet for keeping that bill tiny. And it gets better. One of the bonuses in there is the offline operator. It lets you run the whole thing 100% offline on your own machine with zero in AI fees. No bill at all. Your data never leaves your computer and you’re not paying anyone by the month to run your own business. Type pennies in the chat if runs for pennies or nothing just took a worry off the table. Either way, the link with the full breakdown is on your screen.

    Big one. And a lot of you are typing it right now. Wait, is it just one option? What exactly do I get? Let me make this that simple. It’s one deal. The complete system at the launch price. Everything is in it. You can run it for yourself, your own shop, your own channel, your own funnel income in your name. And you can get paid to run it for clients. The commercial license, the agency playbook, the kick to land your first clients, all included. Same one package both ways. So there’s no menu to figure out. One decision, get the system now. That’s it. So tell me, typing in the chat if you’re getting the system. No menu, no homework, one deal. Then click the link on your screen.

    Next. Is this a subscription? Is something going to keep charging my card? No. It’s one payment. You pay once. It’s yours to keep. The system, the training, the apps, all of it. Nothing rebuilds. Nothing renews. There’s no monthly anything. Now, you do get some months of the insider community thrown in as a bonus. And I want to be clear about how that works. Those months are a gift on the house and when they’re up they just end. Nothing turns on. Nothing charges you. You’d have to come back and choose it yourself on purpose if you ever wanted to keep it. So, one payment owned for good. That’s the whole deal. Go ahead and click the link on your screen. Here’s one I get a lot and it’s a good one. If it does all this, why is it so cheap? What’s the catch? Here’s how it actually works. I’m not selling you the software. The agent is free. It’s open source. Anyone can download it today, including you. So, I’m not charging you for the thing that does the work. What you’re getting is the system that makes that free agent actually get up and build income assets. You own the exact setup, the proven prompts, the loop, the 10 models walked through end to end. The part that took me months and a pile of wasted weeks to figure out. That’s what’s waiting behind the link on your screen. The agent’s free. What you’re buying is a system that turns it into income assets you own. and a small piece of what it cost me to draw that map. Type system in the chat if that clears it up. The agent’s free. The system is a part worth paying for. That’s why the number on your screen is what it is.

    Next, I already installed Open Claw. Do I even need this first? Good on you. Genuinely, if you went and set up Open Claw, you’re already ahead of almost everyone watching. You saw where this was going before most people did. I’ve got nothing but respect for that. Here’s the thing though. A lot of people who started there are moving over and not because Open Claw is bad, but because this one’s the number one most used agent out there more than the number two and number three combined. It remembers your business between sessions and it gets better at your work over time. And switching isn’t some painful project. It’s one command that carries your setup over and if you don’t like it, you go right back. Nothing’s burned. So you don’t have to throw away what you built. You just pointed at something stronger. Type switch in the chat if you came in on open claw. I want to see how many of you are here. And if that’s you, the moves are oneliner and the links on your screen.

    A few of you are still on this one. If the agent’s free and everyone’s grabbing it, isn’t it about to be saturated? Am I too late? We hit this earlier, so I’ll keep it short. A popular tool is not a crowded market. Everyone can own the same camera. They don’t all shoot your photos for your people in your lane. You pick your niche. The asset you built is yours alone. And most people who grab the free agent never build a thing because they don’t have the system you just got. Your lanes wide open and it’s open right now. So click the link on your screen and claim it. And the last one maybe the one that really matters. Come on, Andrew. Does this thing really run by itself? Or am I going to end up babysitting it? I’m not going to just tell you. Let me show you the one I’ve shown you once already because it’s still true right now. This is a real channel my agent runs. It’s public. You could go find it. And look at the upload history. A brand new video every single day. I don’t write them. I don’t make them. I don’t post them. The agent does every day like clockwork while I’m doing something else entirely. That’s the whole promise in one screen. You set it up once with the system and then it just runs building and posting day after day without you on the keyboard. You’re not babysitting it. You’re the manager checking a board with your coffee. The agent does the work. Remember secret two. The agent is free, but the system is what makes it run like this on its own. The system is one click away. The links on your screen. Type daily in the chat if it builds and posts every day while I sleep is the part you want cuz that’s the part you get.

    So let me bring this home. After everything you watch today, it really comes down to two paths from here. Two ways tonight goes down the first path. Nothing changes. You close this and it goes back to just being you. You and the AI you already pay for that still just hands you answers and hands the work right back. Or you keep renting some agent on someone else’s computer and you already know that feeding somebody else’s switch, somebody else’s rules and the quiet worry that one day they flip it off and your work goes with it. Or you keep doing every piece of it yourself late at night after the kids are down and the day is already taken everything you had. The work still lands on you and a year from now, same desk, same hour, same tired, you’re right where you are tonight. Plenty of good people will pick that path. There’s no shame in it, but you’ll know. Or the second path, you click the link on your screen and inside a single weekend, you own it. Picture it. It’s Monday morning. You open your laptop and something you built is already done. A bunch of designs finished overnight. A new video posted to your channel while you slept. A listing live in your shop with your name on it. And you didn’t touch the keyboard once. Your AI manager did the work all night and it’ll do it again tonight and the night after that. Nobody can switch it off. Nobody can rebuild you for it. It runs on your machine. Your data stays yours and it answers to you. And there’s a feeling that comes with that. I want you to actually sit in it for a second. It’s the quiet pride of looking at the real thing out in the world and getting to say, I build that. That’s mine. Not rented, not borrowed, not someday. It’s the night you close the laptop early because the work’s already finishing without you and you get that hour back with the people you actually started this for. That’s not a feature on a page. That’s your life a little more yours. A shop, a channel, a funnel, real things out in the world working and they belong to you. Built and running this weekend. You’ve seen it’s real. You watched it get built from one sentence and we open the Finnish thing together live. There’s nothing left for me to prove. There’s only which path you take. So, last one. Type the path you’re taking. Type on if you’re done renting and you’re ready to own the thing that does the work. I want to see the room light up. Yeah. Look at all of you. That’s it. That’s a move. Go click the link on your screen. There’s no menu. It’s one deal. The whole client ready system at the launch price. The link takes you straight to it. Get in while the cart’s open and the timer still running and you’ll have your own AI manager up and building this weekend. Own the manager that runs your work and everything it builds. Don’t rent it. Click the link on your screen and I’ll see you on the inside. So, before I let you go, first the free gift I promise for staying all the way to the end. Look at your screen. That’s the exact one sentence prompt I used to kick off today’s build, plus two starters to point your own free agent at your first one. Screenshot it. It’s yours free just for being here. And thank you really. You gave me your time today, your attention, and you showed up in the chat the whole way through. That means a lot. And I don’t take it lightly. I hope you got what you came for. You watched a real business get built from one sentence and you saw exactly how to point one at a goal of your own. That part’s yours now. Whatever you decide next. And if you’re ready, the link’s right there on your screen and the timer still running. Click it and your AI manager is up and building this weekend. I’d love to see you on the inside. Either way, thank you for spending this time with me. Go build something that’s yours. I’ll see you soon.

  • Start a 1 Person Business with Claude – 4 HOUR COURSE 2026

    If I were to right now and graduating college, I would feel like the luckiest kid in all of history. Why?

    Wake up. AI is here. And if you assume any rate of improvement over any reasonable time period, learning how to use AI should become your number one priority. I think it is possible now to start a company that is a oneperson company that will go on to be worth more than a billion dollars. The New York Times just ran a story about a guy who built a billion dollar company with AI. We all knew it would happen. One person creating a $1 billion company. You have access to tools that can let you do what used to take teams of hundreds. And you just have to learn how to use these tools at home with a great idea. You probably heard it about a thousand times. Oh, AI is going to make you rich. Oh, I just made Claude code wipe my or I just replaced my entire family with Claw Code. There’s a bunch of those videos out there and they have taken the internet by storm. And I know what you’re thinking. No, another one of these drop shipping NFT get-richqu schemes. But that is not what this course is about. And if you’re looking for the next get rich quick thing, then you might as well just click off this video cuz this video is not for you. And I know that because I actually thought the exact same when I got into this space a little over 3 years ago. If you don’t know me, my name is Elbert and I am by no means the smartest, but I still somehow managed to build two AI companies that combined have done over a million dollars, which is weird cuz I don’t have a university degree in computer science. I actually never went to university. So, I’m kind of on my what, like seventh gap year or something. The only reason that this was possible was because of AI. And I give full credit to Chad GBT and Claude like 100%. I couldn’t have done that without these tools. But let me show you how this was even possible. You might have seen this graph going around. Each dot on this graph represents 3.2 million people. So in total, we have 2,500 dots, which amounts to 8.1 billion humans. And what this shows is how many people in 2026 that have even used AI. And what you will find is that 84% of people, 84% which is 6.8 8 billion people have never used AI in their life. They have never even given chativity a regular prompt, which is hard to believe because if you’re like me, you see AI everywhere. Every time you open your phone, you hear AI news, but that is because your algorithm knows that you’re interested in that stuff. 16% of people have used free chatbots. So that is free chat GBT or free claude. That is 1.3 billion people. But if you are just a little into AI, you know that the free models, you almost can’t do anything with those. And then if we zoom in, we have the people that pays $20 a month for AI. That is 25 million people represented by these small yellow squares right here. 0.3% of the population. And my guess is that’s probably where you are right now. Or maybe you are part of the 0.04% which is the max users. So the people using the most powerful models like claw code and codeex that is only 3.6 million people or 0.04%. The reason that I’m showing you this is that I want to show you how far behind the world still is when it comes to AI. Many say that AI is going to be the greatest productivity boost that the world has ever seen. And even then after AI has existed for a couple of years now, 84% of people has still never even used it. I hope you see how this creates a massive opportunity because this allows us, the 0.04%, to provide services to the rest of the 8 billion people that don’t know how to use AI effectively yet. To these people, your AI services is going to seem like magic. And the reason that I’m dropping this full course right now is that the world is finally starting to understand AI. When I started providing AI services 3 years ago, the only real markets that we could go after was the US and Canada, the UK and Australia, every other market simply wasn’t ready yet. But because of the mass adoption that’s happening right now in AI, all of a sudden most other countries are starting to pick up as well. And this opens up markets like South America. Europe is one of the biggest upand cominging markets in AI right now. Countries in Asia like India is also starting to pick up on AI which means that companies are ready and they know that they need AI implemented into their business and it’s not going to take long before the entire world is at the same wavelength. You might be thinking well AI companies already implementing AI I might be too late but I showed this to you to make you understand that it’s not too late yet. And by the end of this course when you stick around you will 100% be in the 0.04% 04% of AI users that will actually be able to capitalize on AI. But don’t get too excited yet because if you’ve ever tried to start a business before, you might know or definitely have felt the excitement curve before. When you’ve just heard about a new business model or you want to start something or a new project or a new business, you’re going to be extremely excited. Your excitement is going to be through the roof. You’re going to be thinking about all of the good things. So, for example, with building an AI business, this would be, “Oh, I can automate my entire product delivery. Oh, I can get unlimited clients. Everyone’s going to be interested in my services. I’m going to be rich.” That’s the thoughts that are going through your head when you’re just starting out. And the reason that I told you right at the start that you shouldn’t expect this to be a get-rich thing is because your excitement will then drop. This is 100%. All of a sudden, you realize all of the problems that are in the business, that it’s actually not easy to get your first client, that you have to get really, really good at what you do. You need to watch videos like this. You need to learn before you can actually start selling these services, and that you probably won’t land your first client the couple of weeks after starting. That is the reality of every single business model. There are always issues. There are always things and things are never as easy as they seem. So you reach a low of excitement. And this right here is where 95% of people give up. They don’t want to go through the pain of figuring out, okay, how do I actually land clients? They don’t want to spend all of the time learning the skills that it actually takes in order to provide good AI services. So they do one of two things. Either they say, okay, this AI thing, scam, onto the next. They try dropshipping or NFTts or crypto or some other thing. or they simply just stop business altogether and they go back and just focus on the regular thing that they’re doing the 9 to5 or whatever but a small percent of people 5% or so are going to work through the excitement drop and it’s not a steep curve it takes time and all of a sudden they fix a couple of issues and then they land their first client so it might go up like this but then they realize okay it’s actually not as easy as I thought providing the service so it stalls again and then they maybe figure out okay how do I actually provide at the service. So, it goes up a bit again and then their first client drops and all of a sudden they’re back with no clients. But as they keep working, this curve starts going up and all of a sudden they crack how it works. And after long enough time, they’re going to be very excited. They’re going to know, okay, this is how I actually scale this business. This is how I do it. But getting to here takes an immense amount of time and work. I’m setting these expectations right now because if you’re not ready to do this, then it doesn’t make sense for you to spend hours watching this. you can just click off the video. But if you’re actually committed to do this, if you are the top 5% that does to give up, then you are the person that I made this video for. The worst thing you can do is to get stuck in this loop of trying a new business model, getting very excited, getting the drop in excitement when you actually try it and say, “Okay, this doesn’t work.” And go on to the next one. because all of a sudden you get stuck in a loop of just trying stuff but never actually committing and going all in and actually staying with it, which is what it takes to get success in anything in life. I hope you’re ready to put in the work. And if you are, then good. Listen up. These are the things that we’re going to go through in this full course. Don’t worry if you are a beginner in all of this claw stuff. We’re going to start all the way from scratch designing and building our AI operating system from nothing. So, if you’re just starting out, this is the perfect video for you. Most other guides on YouTube show you how to build the tech, but they actually never show you how to land your first client. So, that’s actually the first thing that we’re going to do in this course. We’re going to focus on getting clients, getting clients, getting clients, because that is really what matters and really what moves the needle when you’re just starting your AI business. The best way to land clients when you’re just a beginner is to do something where you can reach out to a lot of people, but do it very cheaply. So, I’m going to show you how you can set up cold email campaigns, and I’m going to show you how you sign up to Upwork to get your first couple of freelance clients. Then, I’m going to show you how you take those interested leads that we got from cold email and Upwork, and how you book them in on meetings and how you close them. And I’m even going to show you a secret trick for how we can get Claw to listen in on our meetings so it gets the context for exactly what we need to build and can even start the building process before we even end the meeting. So, stay around for that cuz that’s absolutely going to blow your mind. Then I’m going to show you how you actually do the service delivery. I’m going to show you how to build websites, automations, mini apps, and the process that I use for basically being able to build anything with no university degree where Claude Code does the heavy lifting for us. And then we’re going to go over a very important step which a lot of AI business owners, they miss. We’re going to take the cool things that we have built and we’re going to show them to the world. We’re going to post this on LinkedIn. We’re going to post it to YouTube. And this will have a compounding effect where people all of a sudden see the proof of the stuff that you have built which is going to get a ball rolling to get you even more clients. And at the end I’m going to show you how not only to automate your clients businesses but also how you automate your own business so you truly achieve the one person AI business using Claw Code. This is probably going to be the most valuable thing that I’ve ever released and I’m releasing it for free. So I’m very excited. Let’s get into it. The beauty of Claude Code is that we can manage our entire business with it. So, let’s set that up, shall we? If you have already set up plot code inside of Visual Studio Code, then you can just skip to the next chapter of the video. But let’s set up Plot Code the right way. The first thing you want to do is to open a browser. Then you want to search for Visual Studio Code, click the top link, and then download it for your computer, either Mac or Windows. Visual Studio Code is what’s called a code editor. But don’t worry, we basically not going to create any code ourself. CL code is going to do absolutely everything for us. We then click on the installer. Then we drag it over to the applications. We let it install. And now we can open up Visual Studio Code. You’re going to land on this page right here. Before we do anything inside of here, let’s create a folder that we can work within. Damn. Excuse the mess on my desktop. I promise you we will get that cleaned up. I’m going to create a new folder and I’m going to call it shiny which is the name of our agency. This is going to be where our AI operating system lives inside of this folder. So call it something that you can remember. Then head back under Visual Studio Code and click this open button right here. Then go to wherever you saved the folder. I saved it on my desktop. So I’m going to open this shiny folder. Click open. And there we go. We’ll then click yes. I trust the authors. and we can close down this welcome message. Now we are inside of our code editor and we are ready to start setting up clawed code. What you want to do is that you want to open the terminal. So I’m going to write click inside of this space and click new terminal. And this is going to open up this terminal view right here. Don’t worry, this is going to look a bit technical, but you can just watch exactly what I do onetoone and it’s really not going to be that hard. You don’t need to be that technical for this. Then I’m going to open a new tab. I’m going to search for claude code install. Click the first one that’s called quick start cla code docs. And then we have three commands right here for installing it on Mac or on Windows. So I’m going to choose the Mac install that fits with my computer. Then I’m going to paste in this command and that’s going to install cloud code on our computer. And there we go. It now says setting up Claude Code. Installing Claude Code native build latest. It then says Claude Code successfully installed. It shows the version. It shows where it was installed. So now we can write clear. That’s going to clear our terminal. When we now write cla, you can see it’s going to say welcome to clawed code. And we can choose what style we want. The way that we navigate is with the arrow keys up and down. And I’m definitely going to want dark mode. So I’m just going to hit enter to dark mode. And now it gives us three options. Either a cloud account with a subscription or using an API key through the console. I’ll definitely recommend you use claw with a subscription. either pro or max. I’m personally on the max plan right now because I need that bit more usage. But if you’re just starting out, then I recommend that you start on the pro plan. So just go to claude.ai, sign up to the pro plan, and you can see that gives you access to Claude code directly in your codebase. When you’ve signed up with an account and you have the pro plan, you now go to Claude account with subscription and you hit enter. And this is going to ask you to authorize with your Claude account. You can see it says Claude code would like to connect to your Claude chat account. So, we just click authorize. Now, it says build something great. How fitting. And you can see it says login successful. Press enter to continue. So, that’s what we’re going to do. We’re going to click enter. And then we’re going to hit enter again. And then claude is asking us if we want to use recommended settings. I’m going to hit enter. And there we go. Now, we’re inside of cloud code. And then we can write just claude like this in our terminal after we’ve installed it. That’s going to open up Claude code on our computer. It says quick safety check. Is this a project you created or one you trust? So, I’m going to just hit enter. The way that you navigate inside of these options is that you can use your arrow keys up and down to go up and down. I’m going to click yes, I trust the author, and then hit enter. And there we go. Now, we are inside our claw code view. And we have successfully installed clawed code. The next thing we’re going to need is some clawed skills. Inside of our completely free group, you can grab my clawed skills. I’ll leave a link right below this video. And then you can find those under classroom and then go into AI learning hub. Scroll down until you find claw skills right here. And this gives us this drive folder with all of our claw skills. So I’m going to click claw skills right here. I’m going to click download. And now you can see it’s downloading all of these skills in a folder. Claude skills are basically portable skills that you can give to claude code. So inside of these skills, we have some documents that explains how to use something. It’s basically just a list of instructions. But by having the right skills and having the right instructions, you can make claude code even smarter than it already is. So if we go back into cloud code and we then doubleclick on the zip file that we just created, this gives us our claude skills. I’m now going to write exactly this inside of my folder Claude Skills 2. This was the folder name, right? The folder name is Claude Skills 2 in my downloads because it’s inside of our downloads folder on our computer. I want you to install these skills in this project folder. And then I’m going to call the folder shiny where we are right now. Then we’re going to write exactly this. I want you to research the documentation for installing claude skills in a project. Please research that and install these skills in this current folder. Hit enter. And now what we’re basically forcing Claude to do is that we’re forcing it to go out and research first before we have it do anything. And that is also how you usually work with Claude. Sometimes it doesn’t have all of the context that it needs. So by telling it to go out and find that context, we’re going to get much better results. That took about well exactly 43 seconds. And if we go inside of thisclaw folder that was now created on the left hand side and inside of the skills folder, we can now see all of the skills that we have inside of this folder. What you want to do now is that you want to write clear inside of cloud code. Then we can hit Ctrl C, which is basically just going to stop cloud code. And then we’re going to force it to restart. After installing skills, you need to restart the session for the skills to actually be enabled. If I now write slash and then front end design, you can now see we have a front-end design skill right here that creates distinctive production grade front-end interfaces with high design quality. Use this skill when the user were asked to build web components, pages or applications blah blah blah. So now we have a front-end design skill and we have all of these other skills as well like composio or customer support or research or scalability or security etc. All of these skills are now inside of this. Claude folder inside of our workspace. The next thing you want to do is that you want to be able to save this to the cloud. Right now, all of this information, all of these skills are living on our computer, but we want to have a copy of this in the cloud as well. That way, if I smashed my computer and for some reason it was destroyed, we would still be able to recover our workspace, which if you have been working in a workspace for, let’s say, a couple of weeks, you definitely don’t want to lose that workspace and all of those skills. Let me show you how to do that. Go back into your browser, then search for github.com, and create a user if you don’t have one. After you’ve created the user, you’re going to land on this page right here. Then you want to click new. And I’m just going to call this shiny workspace. I’m going to choose myself as the owner. And then I’m going to make it not public because we don’t want everyone to be able to see our workspace. That is a high value asset. So I’m going to choose private. And then click create repository. This will basically create a folder inside of GitHub. And with GitHub, we can basically publish our code that allows us to save a version of it in the cloud. The next thing you want to do is that you want to copy this URL. Paste this in and say, “Please push this current folder we are in to this repo.” And now what Claude is going to do is that it’s going to take these claw skills, which is everything we have inside of the repo yet. And it’s going to take all of that and push it into the cloud. So again, if something happened to our computer, if we lost access to it, we don’t lose our workspace. Very important. My GitHub account is already connected to my computer. When you’re doing this for the first time, it’s going to pop up and ask you to authorize with your GitHub account. So, just make sure to do that when you’re doing this for yourself. You can now see it says the push was blocked by an auto mode classifier. That’s because we have clawed in auto mode right now. What I’ll do is that I’m going to set it to just like default mode, right? Try again. And then we just have to accept that it actually takes this workspace and pushes it into the cloud. Do we want to proceed? I’m going to go down and say yes and don’t ask again. Hit enter. And this will now be pushed into the cloud. pushed successfully to Alberta shiny shiny workspace main branch 52 files. If we go back into GitHub, you can see this is what a blank workspace looks like. If you now hit a refresh, we’ll be able to see our claude skills right here. This is the exact same files that are inside of this folder right here. Now, they’re just also in the cloud. Great. Congratulations on having all of this set up. Now comes probably the most valuable part of this entire course, and it’s really what no one else is showing you on YouTube. Everyone is talking about the tech, but the hard part for almost everyone is, okay, now I know how to build stuff. How do I actually sell it? How do I go out and actually land clients? A wise man once said that you have to get good before you can get rich. What do I mean with that? What you’ve probably seen on Instagram and all the other socials as well is people saying, “Go out, learn how to build websites, and sell your first one for $10,000.” And while it is true that you can sell websites for this much, is it realistic that you’re going to go out and close a 10K deal as your first one? Well, probably not. And that is also what I mentioned earlier when we talked about expectations. It’s probably not going to go that way. Why is that? Well, there’s a couple of reasons. The first one is that you have absolutely no trust. And how do you build trust? Well, you need testimonials and you need previous experience. So when you hop on a call with someone that you actually know what you’re talking about that you’re actually certain in yourself that okay you can help this person get better results. In this course I’ll show you how to get both of those things. And what I’ll also show you is the next part that you’re lacking which is skills. For some reason these days people think that you can just go out and learn something in 5 minutes and all of a sudden charge thousands of dollars for it. I’m sorry but that is not reality. You’ve got to understand that what people are paying you for is the time and effort you’ve put in to gather skills. Skills that this person that are paying you doesn’t have themselves. If it was easy, the thing that you’re doing, the thing that you had learned, then no one would pay you for it. So, you have to do exactly what it is that you’re doing right now when watching this video, you have to go out and you have to learn, you have to build these skills in order to get paid. And that’s exactly what I mean when I say you have to get good before you get rich. And of course, that’s also the entire point of this video is to get you to build those skills. When I started my AI business, it didn’t take a week. It didn’t take a month. It didn’t take two months. It took four months before I closed my first paying client for $400. And guess what I did before that? I did not charge $10,000 for a website. I actually did free work in order to actually build trust, to gain experience, and to gain testimonials. And by doing the free work, I also gained the skills that I could later monetize and actually charge for. So if you’re thinking right now, okay, I’m going to go out, I’m going to learn this, and then the next week I’m going to sell a 10K website, leave this video. This video is not for you. Understand that you have to build the skills before you can charge anything. And understand that this takes months. The way that I think about it is that there’s kind of like three different levels to what you can be building when you’re just starting out. The first level that I would recommend that you start with is AI generated websites, specifically with cloud code. It’s extremely good at building websites. And let me show you something very, very interesting. If I head over to Claude and I ask how many small businesses still don’t have a website, while I then drink my coffee, Claude is now going to research the web and find out the number. And now we can see that roughly 27 to 30% of businesses in 2026 have no website. So roughly one in three small businesses still don’t have a website. So if you learn that skill of building websites, all of a sudden you can provide services to that 30%. And that 30% does not have a website. You can also build better websites and sell it to the rest of the 70% if you provide something that’s better than what they currently have. So I can write, okay, so if it’s 30%, how many businesses in that? in let’s say the US just to put a number for how many potential businesses that you could actually be working with. I’ll take another sip of the coffee while Claude is researching. So in the US there are 36 million small businesses and 30% of that is then 10 million businesses without a website and that is in my opinion the best place to start. Now you have millions of businesses that you could service with your skills. They don’t know how to build websites with something like cloud code. They are not going to learn it. They are focused on their craft. So when you in this course is going to learn how to build websites, all of a sudden you can service all of those businesses and provide a valuable service. That is level one out of free. The next thing we’re going to take a look at is the step up. Now you’re not only building websites, you’re also automating their business with automations and agents. This requires some more knowledge into integrations and APIs, but don’t worry, you’re going to be learning how to do that as well. And I would say the final level is building out full AI systems for businesses that not only integrate into what they already have, but also where you are collecting all of the automations that you have built from level two and then maybe creating a dashboard or somehow building it into a full AI system. But of course, we don’t start at level three. We start at level one, websites. And stay around because later in the video, I’m going to show you exactly how you build those out in just a couple of minutes. I wanted to go over these three levels so you know what to actually sell because in the next part of the course, we’re going to go into, okay, how do I actually land clients? One of the biggest mistakes I see beginners make is that they focus all of their time on building and not enough time actually outreaching and talking to clients. We’re going to flip that on its head. So, before you even know how to build anything, we’re going to start with the outreach because that means we can have the outreach running while we are then building stuff. So, let’s get into probably the most valuable part of the course, how to actually get clients. Let’s get into it. to do our outreach and actually build up the marketing system. We will of course also be using Claude Code. We’re basically going to be using Cloud Code throughout the entire video and Claude Code will probably do 90 to 95% of the work in this business model that we are building up right now. I’ll be showing a bunch of cool stuff that you can do inside of Claude Code. If you’re looking for a full guide to Claude Code, then I’ll definitely recommend that you check out the Claude Code masterass inside of our close community, the 1% in AI. This is also where you can get help directly from me. You have a full master class in absolutely everything inside of Claude Code that takes you from a complete beginner to a master in AI coding models. This community is also where you can get help from me. I answer every single post inside of this community. If I click on these icons right here and then go to new, then you can see that I answer absolutely every single post in here. This right here is my face and you can see I have commented and answered every single post inside of this community. I can actually see a post was just made 1 minute ago and just now. So, let me answer those right quick. That was one. Let me answer this as well. There we go. And the best thing about this community is that right now we are running the 30-day AI challenge. What this is is basically 30 days of videos. And when you finish those videos and stay consistent for 30 days, then you actually get your first month completely refunded. So, if you’re consistent, you can start the 30-day AI challenge that takes you from a complete beginner to setting up an agency in 30 days. And then you can get to try all of this completely for free because when you finish, then you get all of your money back. If that sounds interesting, then watch this video right here. This explains everything. I’ll leave a link right below this video. All right, let’s continue with the course. Let me show you how you can actually get clients. All right, let’s get into it. This is how I’d recommend that you get your first couple of clients and how you build trust and how you build testimonials. The first ones are always the hardest. It’s like rolling a big stone. It’s going to require a lot of force when you’re just starting out. But as soon as you get the ball rolling, then you can use the momentum and it will start rolling faster. It’s the exact same when it comes to landing clients and building the business. The first couple of months, the first couple of clients are an absolute pain. But let me show you how I recommend that you get your first couple of clients. To do this, we are going to use Upwork. If you don’t know what Upwork is, Upwork is basically a freelancing platform that allows you to post yourself as a freelancer to say, “Okay, I can help with these things.” And then businesses will also go to the platform and say I need help with these things. So this platform basically connects freelancers with actual businesses. The good thing about Upwork is that you can find leads directly that need your exact services. So if you’re building websites then you can find people that need something improved on their website. If you’re doing AI automation system or go high level or inn you can find people that are specifically looking for that service. This doesn’t mean that Upwork is just like free clients and that you’re going to get a client as soon as you sign up to Upwork. There are really levels in the game when it comes to Upwork. How you build your profile, how you send your applications to post, but I’ll cover all of that in this module. So stay around because there’s a high chance that this I’m about to tell you right now will get you your first couple of clients. First thing you want to do, go to upwork.com, click the top right corner, and click sign up and then sign up as a freelancer. I’m then going to use my Google account to sign up. There we go. I write in my first name. I write in my last name. And then I choose the country, which is going to be Denmark. Then I’m going to check this box right here and click create my account. And there we go. Congratulations. You have been signed up. Now we need to create our profile. So I’m going to click get started. I recommend that you write I have some experience right here. Click next. What’s your biggest goal for freelancing to earn my main income? Click next. Then check both these on and check this right here and click next. Create a profile. Here you can do a couple of different things. If you have a LinkedIn that already now shows your experience, then you can connect your LinkedIn already. So that’s what I’m going to do. I’m going to click import from LinkedIn. Then I will go to LinkedIn. Go to my profile. Click these three dots and click save to PDF. That basically creates a PDF of our LinkedIn profile. Then I can click upload. You save LinkedIn PDF. Choose this. And this will now upload our PDF. So Upwork gets all of our information from our LinkedIn. Don’t worry if you are not set up on LinkedIn yet. If not, just click fill out manually right here and go through the process. But for now, I’m going to click continue editing your profile. Now you’re choosing what kind of work we’re in. I’m going to go inside of IT and network. and then choose database management and administration and CRM software right here. This is what best fits like a classic automation agency. Now we click next. Add your skills. Now we need to add a couple of skills. We could add CRM software already here. We could add our platform that we’re working like in for example. We could add cloud. We could also add things like marketing. If you’re doing Facebook ads for example, you could choose Facebook advertising. You could choose things like Google ads. You can choose things like building websites. You can always change this later, but for now it’s good to show, okay, these are the things that you are usually working with. You can also choose AI agent development and sometimes it’s also good to choose some coding languages like TypeScript, Python, etc. That can sometimes help you get some jobs. You could also choose things like Savia for example. This can help us as well. So basically like the automation platforms also choose make.com. And there we go. Now we have added a bunch of skills that shows what we can offer. We can then click next and add a profile title in our professional role. We can write something like this. AI agents and savior go high level make in it in AI consulting and implementation. Then click next. Add your experience. You can see it has found that I’m co-founder of shiny AI solutions. You can click edit right here and then we can add more information like the location for example is in Denmark. Click I’m currently working in this role. Click save right here. Now we can add our education. Then you can add it right here. For now, we’re not going to do that. Now we’re going to click skip for now and then add languages. I’ll definitely recommend that for languages that you choose native or bilingual right here. You then choose all of the languages that you know. I’m load Danish for example. I know a bit of German and I know a bit of Swedish as well. I can then write next. Write an overview. We’re going to come back to this later. I actually already like the this AI version right here. As a co-founder with four years of experience in tech landscape. We can change this in AI automation and AI agents. I specialize in developing solutions that drive efficiency and productivity and solve real world problems. And then we end it off with if you need someone who is an expert in automation. I am your guy. This one I probably want to leave. You don’t want too big of a description. I like this one right here. It’s also a good idea to write in the tools that you use. So I specialize in developing. I’ll change that to building. I specialize in building solutions. specialized in building helpful solutions that also made it improve real world problems. I use tools such as go high level savior make inn like this if need someone who’s an expert in automation I’m your guy we can even also write claw code I use tools such as go high level savior make inn and plot code /c if you need someone who’s an expert in automation I am your guy there we go now we go next set your rate I’d recommend not charging too much in the start what you’ll see the expert on Upwork charge is something around like $50 an hour. For now, you just want to go out and land your first couple of jobs because those are going to show the success rate is going to show on your profile. So, I recommend that you set this to something like $15 an hour. The service fee, you cannot change that, which means you will get $135 more. Now, we click next. Add your photo and location. For the profile photo, you want to add a professional photo of yourself like this one right here. So, I’m going to click upload photo and then upload this photo of ourselves right here. Click attach photo. Then you want to write in your birthday, your country. Fill out all of this information and then review our profile. There we go. Agents and Savior go high level make and then consulting and implementation. Set our hourly rate, set our skills, set our work history, and then submit the profile. Now, Upwork is asking us to buy some connects. I’ll definitely recommend that we do do that on one point. For now, I’m going to click browse without bidding. And we’re going to go to this page right here. And you can see we are 60% complete. Now, we still want to add a bunch of stuff to our Upwork profile. It’s important that you fill all of this information out as much as possible because this helps build trust with Upwork, which will help you land more jobs. So, inside of profile settings, I’m going to set myself as an expert in the space. We can link our accounts. Like, if you want to link our GitHub, we could do that. Going to click authorize. There we go. Then, I recommend that you complete this working style right here, which is basically just a small quiz. I click start assessment. Just fill out these questions with what you believe. stay organized. I like to communicate my schedule. When scheduling my week, I usually plan detailed steps, block time. When I deliver work to a new client for the first time, I usually double check every part before sending it out. When timelines are tight, I prefer to focus on the key task that ensures quality. Before submitting work, I usually review the brief. I confirm it meets the client’s intent. When collaborating with other freelancers, I usually cross check shared work for consistency. When project deadlines change suddenly, I talk with clients to confirm what’s most important to finish first. I feel most productive. When I’m creating solutions, when I’m faced with something new, I usually start by brainstorming. When I need to make a decision, I typically make the call and take responsibility. Ling the golden key so I can make like this. Before I start to work with a new client, I prefer to identify potential challenges early and plan the way to handle. There we go. Clear communicator is now visible on our profile. All of these things basically just helps you build trust with both Upwork and people looking at your profile and all of these are really important. The next thing you want to do is verify your identity. You do that by clicking this button right next to your name. Click on portfolio and then you can add a project title like a solar sales AI agent that I’ve done for example reactivation of old solar leads. This can literally be anything. Also, if you had a previous job, write in what you did and what you accomplished. Then I have this picture right here from our website. Let me take a screenshot of that. Now we can add images. I also have a picture right here of a completed booked calendar that I write done. I can write book calendar book by an AI agent. I can add more images like this one booked in a month. Next preview. And there we have it. So my sales agent developeration leads the next thumbnail. Let’s choose this as the thumbnail cuz that’s probably the most catching picture. And there we go. Our portfolio is published. Now you can see we are 75% done. We could also create a video introduction if you wanted to. We could add certifications. If you have any certifications that you’ve done that are slightly similar to what it is that you’re offering now, make sure to show that on your Upwork profile as well. Including an employment history is also smart. So, if you have a previous job, include that, too. Basically, fill out as much information on this Upwork profile that you can. One of the things that can make or break your Upwork profile as well is the location right here. So, you want to make sure to go inside of profile settings, go inside of contact info, and then change this to a location that people know. Right now, I’ve set it to a city called for expand Denmark. I’m going to get better results if I set it to something that people know like Copenhagen. Then, we can click update. And now, you can see it says Copenhagen, Denmark, and people know what Copenhagen is, which one sparks new conversations, and two, builds credibility, which is what all of this is about. But we can improve this up profile a whole lot more. And of course, we need to use cloud for that. Let’s get into it. Before we continue, let’s take a look at the people that are absolutely crushing it on Upwork. Like this guy, for example, Vipa D. Total earnings a million on Upwork, 2,000 hours worked. And if we take a look at his profile, we can see it says, Turkey, you know, a capital big city that people know. 98% job success and top rated. And the great thing about these Upwork profiles is that they are 100% public. So, we can just go in and steal what we want. You can see he’s offering a consultation first and he’s showing some work history with his reviews. You can see that he has a bunch of languages right here that he’s showing. He’s ID verified. I’ll show you how to do that later as well. It’s showing education and then showing a bunch of reviews. It’s showing his portfolio of things that he’s already worked on. It’s showing certifications, employment history. You can see he has a very stacked Upwork profile. The most important thing for an Upwork profile is this job success right here. And also this text right here that says available now for the job success. We literally just need to get some jobs done. And that also means that we don’t go after the $75 an hour jobs just yet. If we can get a job for $15 an hour, even if it doesn’t make us much money, it’s still a massive win because it’s going to show on our Upwork profile. Let’s move on to this guy. You can see also available now 100% job success. He’s charging $62 an hour. He also has a booger consultation. So there’s definitely a pattern here. He has worked 4,000 hours in total. He has perfect reviews, a portfolio, a bunch of skills, and a project catalog. Same with this guy. Also available now. 100% job success rate, $57.63 an hour, 200k earned, also book consultation. So, we should probably add this. And then a bunch of work history, and a bunch of things that he has already worked on. It’s always important when you’re starting something new that you look at the people that are actually crushing it to steal all you can. What I’ve done is that I’ve actually taken a bunch of these high performing Upwork profiles. I’ve given them to Claude and created a Claude skill which means that we can literally just pass in our own Upwork profile and Claude can improve it. Let’s do that. So now we can head back into Claude code. The Upwork skill should already be installed for you from all of my skills. Just write slash upwork and then we want to go to our own Upwork profile. Basically just Ctrl+ A to copy everything and say improve my Upwork profile. Paste this in. And because of the Upwork skill that is already trained in the best performing profiles in our space, CL can now take that as a reference and then improve our Upwork profile. Of course, your Upwork profile should be with whatever you want to sell. I’m selling AI lead follow-up systems. So, I’m going to copy this one. Actually, I kind of like this one. AI automation engineer. Let’s change this. Insert one of these as well. AI automation engineer lead follow-up systems and go high level. Instead of only lead follow-up systems, we can write AI agent systems and go high level and make. Click save. Now you can see that claude is auditing our description as well. This is probably pretty good. I like this. So let’s copy that and insert it.

    Click save. This is a pretty good call to action. Message me with whatever it’s leaking. So let’s include that at the end. I like this. And I’ll tell you in 24 hours if I can fix it. That’s like kind of a call to action on our Upwork profile. So we can write message me with your project and I’ll tell you in 24 hours if I can help. Great. I think our Upwork profile is looking a lot better. Another tip that you want right now I just set the price to $15 an hour. You want to be more precise. Like let’s set it to $16.73 an hour for example and click save. The reason for that is that if you just set it to let’s say $16 straight, it doesn’t seem like a precise price. It’s just like thrown out there. When you set it to something very precise, it makes the human brain think, “Okay, there’s a reason that it’s this precise, which can build credibility.” Awesome. Our profile is starting to look a lot better with the help from Claude. Now, it’s time to sign up to some jobs. Before we do that, you need to know about the two plans inside of Upwork. Right now, we are on the basic plan, right, which is the free plan. And here, we get 10 connects per month when we finish our Upwork profile, which if you are serious about building out your Upwork profile, probably won’t be enough. They have an offer right here though. You can see the plus plan right now is $20 a month. But if you go to your profile, then you can actually get 50% off right here. Get freelancer plus for 50% off for one month. So that’s $10 for to try it for one month where you get a 100 connects instead, which is very very worth it. So I’m going to go and click upgrade now to the plus plan. Let’s get started with that. And there we go. You can now see we are on the freelancer plus plan. And the first thing you want to do is that you actually want to have back to your profile. And then you want to verify your identity. This was something that we didn’t have before with the standard plan. And this basically just builds trust with both the Upwork and also with our clients. And this also cost 35 connects right here. Right now we have 150. So that’s definitely worth getting this done. So I’m going to click verify identity. And now we scan it with our mobile device. And then we have to verify with some ID. I’ll be back when I’ve done that. And there we go. That took about 5 minutes. So now you can see right next to my name, we now have a verified badge that says this freelancer’s identity has been verified through a government ID check and a visual verification. Nice. On the left hand side of your profile right here, you also have the availability badge. That’s the thing I showed you before where it says available now, which cost 14 connects per week. I would also say that that’s very worth it. So I’m going to click turn on. You’ve added the badge and now we can go to our public profile. We can see how it looks. You can see now it says this available now automation engineer $1673 an hour. There we go. The skills, the employment history, and the only thing that our profile is now missing is some jobs cuz that is really what matters. The thing that people really take a look at is this right here. Top rated plus and 98% job success rate. And then also total earnings, total jobs, total hours. And that’s also why we set our price very low compared to these other people. You can see they’re charging $62 an hour. We are only charging 1/4 of that. It’s because we want to get jobs first so we can have 100% job success rate. Nice. It’s time to go out and actually start bidding on jobs, which is what we’re going to be using these connects for. So, let’s get into that. All right, let’s start actually applying to jobs. If you go to the find work tab right here and click find work, then it’s going to show you the jobs that Upwork thinks that you will be interested in. We can see our connects right here. And the way that connects work is that we are basically paying a little bit every single time that we apply to a job. What does this mean? Well, it means that we need to be cautious with what we apply to. We cannot just apply to every single job. There’s a couple of rules of funds. Like if a post, for example, has 50 plus proposals, it’s probably not the best job for you to reach out to. 20 to 50 is in a much much better range. And it’s really a speed to lead game. When someone makes a post, you want to be instant there. You can see this was posted yesterday. Posted yesterday. You want to be there instantly. This one, for example, right here was posted 3 hours ago and the proposals are 5 to 10. This one would be a great one to reach out to. So, what you want to do is that you want to commandclick on this. So, it opens in a new tab. And you can see this opens up the job right here. We’re looking for a skilled AI automation specialist who has hands-on experience with go high level. That’s us, Cloud AI, and AI agent development to help streamline business operations, improve client communication workflows. There we go. This seems awesome. Remote, freelance, potential, long-term opportunity. There we go. There we go. This one seems like a really, really good job. And you see they are payment verified and phone number verified as well. And they have a 98% higher rate with 910 jobs posted. And again, what we’re trying to do now is not to make the most amount of money. We need to build up our Upwork profile before we can do that. So, if we think we can do this, which we can, we can click apply now. You can see that this proposal requires 11 connects. And when we submit it, we have 103 left. How do we want to be paid? I’m going to choose by milestone. And then we can choose maybe something like 25 25.

    And we can do initial audit implementation.

    Verify that everything runs smoothly. And you can see when we do this, we are going to be making $67 like this. How long will the project take? Probably less than one month. And then right here, we can add our cover letter. And this is what is important to add. This is basically our application. What I’ve done is that I’ve taken some of the best proposals that I’ve seen. And I’ve created an Upwork proposal skill like this one. Write a high converting Upwork proposal for a job post the user provides. So let’s write / proposal inside of our AI workspace. And again, you’re also going to have access to this skill. It’s inside of the old skills folder. We’re then going to take this post right here that was submitted 3 hours ago. I’m going to Ctrl A everything so we can see what it looks like. Going to paste this in and then say write a proposal, please. This job might not be the best one. You can see right here it says $10 as a fixed price, but I think what they’re trying to do right now with this post is literally just to find someone that they could maybe hire. You can see they’ve spent in total 9.3K. This is also what our skill flags. You can see $10 fixed price. Client’s average hourly paid is $7 and they have 67 open jobs. They’re probably just using this for a hire. That’s actually a good flag by claw. So, this is probably not the best job to spend your connects on. You can also see what country these people are making the postal from. Nigeria right here, which might not be the best type of client. You can see this one might be interesting. This is high level automation fulfillment partner. So, this is more of like a long-term job. You can see they’ve spent $50,000. It’s inside of go high level as well. So, let’s apply to this one instead. Maybe we can click apply now. Then we can copy this entire thing. I’ll write clear here to clear it. And then choose the Upwork proposal generator again. Paste this in and say build a proposal for this. And now it’ll ask for some information about yourself since it doesn’t have any saved facts. Have you built highle voice agents before? Yes, high level. I know everything about go high level and I have built a lot of voice agents in 11 labs not only in English but also in many other languages.

    Do you actually use high level and it ends today? Yes, all the time. Pricing approach. Do you want to quote each service line by line? Blah blah blah. On hourly, one hourly rate is fine.

    Your unfair advantage angle for fulfillment partner. The US time zone overlap pri fulfillment experience in-house de custom calculators. Sign off name Albert. Yes. Your unfair advantage. Let’s come up with an unfair advantage. prior agency fulfillment used to run my own agency. There we go. We give Claude some context and it’s going to build out this entire proposal for us. We don’t want to paste this in one to one. I’m going to copy this right here. You can see this would cost 27 connects schedule a rate increase. Let’s do never for that. You can always tell that later if you want. And then a quick tip is that you can write this is not written by AI. Then I don’t think this is good. will just write I used to run my own automation agency so the usell I fulfill model the fulfill is not that good so I’ll just write so I so I know the usell I fulfill model and when it comes to these proposals you want to educate them so I’ll write it’s important that we do good onboarding flow snapshot deployment sub account hygiene flows and snapshot deployments and then add some information that they might not know already we can actually use the go high level API through something like make it in to auto deploy sub accounts in both go high level and 11 labs. How start? Let’s first order your current highle setup. Then we built the reusable template that also deploys through Nad and go high level and 11labs through the API and then take over all let’s do like this this not like what I would write take all then I take over all clients world plus two close deals rate $16 an hour of quote fixed per client when I see The current onboarding process maybe just like current onboarding. This is a pretty bad question. There’s also some weird spacing right here. Let’s remove that too. One question. Is it custom build per project? Is it custom or do you sell productized

    services will help me to plan it out? Albert like this right here. Then we can add an attachment like we can for for example add that calendar right here that is completely full. And there we go. This is a really good upwork proposal. What really can make it better is that if we also at the end right here, right, made a loom as well that describes how we can set this up. And then in this loom, you want to showcase that you actually know what it is that you’re talking about. Let me let me show you an example of what loom we can create for this. For example, I’m going to go to loom.com and then I’m also going to go to make.com, which is probably what I’ll be using to set this up. And again, this is becomes very easy when you already know what it is that you are doing. And again, in these proposals, you kind of want to educate them on what is actually possible for them to do. So, what I’m going to do now is that I’m going to make a loom video right here. Very important that we show our face. So, we can click record a loom. We turn on our camera right here. There we go. Make us as big as possible. That’s a good idea. So, they see, okay, we are an actual person, not an AI. There we go. Make sure to make yourself big in the corner. And then click start recording. Tire screen. Sup, guys? Just wanted to elaborate a bit about what I explained in the proposal. What you want to do is probably use either make.com or inn. It’s possible in both, but many don’t know that inside of go high level. And this is actually make specific. This doesn’t exist in inn. You have this API call right here that says adds an account. And what this basically does is that this adds a sub account automatically. So you don’t have to create one inside of um inside of go high level. And then what you can also do after you’ve used this is that you can use the go highle v2 API this one right here. And you have a an account update right here. So you can basically do anything you can do manually inside of go high level. You can do this through the highle API not something that’s inside of actual make. You would need to create an https request like this uh make a request but then you can basically do all of these things. You can update every single thing inside of high level. You can connect with uh other services as well. We can basically automate the entire thing. So, uh so yeah, just want to make sure that you guys know that this exists. And uh yeah, let me know if you need help in setting it up. There we go. That was what a 1 minute 15 second loom. Just copy this link right here and then paste it at the bottom. This is a perfect proposal. This is not written by AI. I used to run my own AI automation agency. So the usell model. So I actually really like the UCL model. It’s important that we do good on flows and snapshot deployments. We can actually use the go high level API through something like M.N. to also deploy sub accounts in both go high level and level apps. How start? Let’s first order your current high level setup. Then we built a reusable template. It’s sometimes good as well to write that we have a loom down here at the bottom. This not written by AI made a loom below that explains but I used to run like this right here. You want to make it seem like it’s not written by AI and all of a sudden we have changed a lot about it ourselves. But this is a perfect proposal. We have added an image of a screenshot of a book calendar. We don’t want to bid contacts. And then we click send for 27 connects. There we go. Submit. We can even see if it has been open yet. So far there’s 19 proposals, six open, 13 unopened. And all proposals are at $25 an hour. The top rated one is also at $25 an hour. So, we actually have a real shot of landing this job. That’s just what you want to do. You want to apply to a bunch of jobs and you want to stack up on connects. And you might think, well, I’m going to have to keep buying connects all the time. And that is honestly true. But there’s no other platform really like Upwork where you can find so many interested hot leads. And honestly, it’s very, very cheap. If you had to run Facebook ads, for example, for these type of leads, you’ll probably paid $100 or $200 per lead. Right now, for 10 connects, we’re paying $1.50. So, make this your routine. go out, send a bunch of requests, actually make them good, spend some time on them, spend at least like 10 to 15 minutes on proposal. And of course, at least when you’re starting out, and then when you get better, you of course going to be able to do it faster. Make a Loom video to every single one. This will help you land jobs. And you might think, Albert, well, already to this there was 20 applicants already. No one is going to choose me. Let me tell you why that’s not the case. And the best way to show you that is actually not to hop on my freelancer profile right here, but to hop on my buyer profile because I’ve also spent thousands of dollars on freelancers on Upwork. So I know what I like to look for when it comes to freelancers. Let me show you that perspective as well, so you actually know what your profile looks like and what buyers think about when they look for freelancers. So right here is now from my other profile. So from my company profile, not from the freelancer account, but from the company profile. And I made a post a couple of weeks ago about finding a video editor to basically cut up videos. And you can see I got 11 proposals on this post. And you can see who actually signed up. One from Pakistan, another one from Pakistan, a third one, fourth, fifth, sixth, seventh, one from Nigeria, one from India, one from Pakistan, another one from Pakistan. And the reason that your competition is not as good as you think is that a lot of the freelancers already on Upwork are from third world countries. Which means that if you are from western countries, you definitely have an advantage. This doesn’t mean that if you’re from India that you cannot do it. You’re just going to have harder competition because there’s a lot more freelancers from those countries already on the platform. And let’s take a look at the actual proposals. You saw how I reworked mine to not sound like AI. But what you’ll find is that almost everyone right here just has basic proposals as a top rated plus video editor with over six years of retention retention focused end to end YouTube postp production like it just sounds AI made then he has inserted a bunch of videos that doesn’t really concern us in terms of AI it’s a core part of my workflows I use tools like JBT I’m working in EST we can discuss the monthly rate that’s it I love to connect blah blah blah blah you can see very AI generated not very personal this one as well portfolio at the end of the process like this is just like a template. You can see that it’s a template. It’s not personalized to the actual job. That’s just to show you from the buyer side as well how it actually looks. So you know, okay, this is what I should write. This is how it should catch their attention. The most important part of your cover letter as well is this part right here that we wrote, right? This cover letter because this is the thing that they see and determine, okay, am I actually interested in this person? And it also shows how important it is to actually just land your first couple of jobs on Upwork. And the thing is, when you’re just starting on Upwork, you’re going to have to do more effort, right? You’re going to have to make a better cover letter. You’re going to have to make it more personalized, send more looms. But what you can see right here is that this is definitely what moves the needle like the job success rate, how many jobs completed, total hours, and also money earned. The bias on Upwork, they definitely look for that. And then to set some expectations, building an Upwork profile can take months, if not years. It’s not a get-rich quick thing by no means. It also takes long work. But what you’ll find out is that these clients that you work with on Upwork, all of a sudden they refer you to someone else and someone else and someone else. And Upwork, even though it is a freelancer platform, it’s the perfect place to start. Awesome. I showed you this just to make you understand that the competition on Upwork isn’t really that bad. And Upwork, even though that it’s a freelancing platform, is in my opinion one of the best places to start. And here’s why. You build experience. It’s what I mentioned in the start, right? Get good before you get rich. And this by actually doing the work is the best way of getting good. And what also happens is that all of a sudden you have clients, you talk to people and you will be referred to other clients. It’s a snowballing effect. And all of a sudden when you have a bunch of clients, you can automate a lot of the work with cloud code. And boom, you’re running a one-person business with clawed code. So if you want to do any type of outreach, I recommend that you start with Upwork. And just to set some expectations, it might take a couple of weeks before you land your first freelancing client, but it’s still going to be so worth it. However, if you want to speed that up and get even more volume, then I’m going to show you something insane that we can do with Cloud Code in the next part of the course. Let’s get into it. Great. To be clear, now you just want to send as many connections as you want and land your first couple of jobs on Upwork. That’s why you have the highest likelihood of getting your first client the fastest. If you want to push that further and send out a bunch of connections to every new job that is posted on Upwork that you’re interested in and you want to do even more than that, then this part of the course is for you. If not, that’s completely fine and you can skip to the next part of the course. Do you remember when we talked about this map right here where all of these countries marked with green, they are getting very very used to AI, especially like chat bots and voice agents. All the other countries however are a bit behind. So that is South America like for example South Africa is a very booming market. It’s especially Europe and then also many parts of Asia. If you live in one of the blue countries then you should especially listen up in the next part of the course. This will also work in the green countries but it will have lower reply rates. What I’ve seen is that this next method is absolutely insane in the blue countries right here. And what we’ll be doing is something called cold email. You have probably heard about it, which is where we can send a lot a lot of cold emails out to a lot of qualified prospects and then the people that are interested will reply back and we can automate this entire thing. My favorite code emailing software is instantly.ai. I’m not sponsored to say this. That is just my favorite platform. If you want to set this up and you want to support this channel, then make sure to check our affiliate link right below this video. Again, I’m not sponsored, but I’ve just created an affiliate link through their affiliate platform. But why is this software so good? Well, it allows us to get a bunch of email accounts very very easily and then send a bunch of bunch of emails to qualified leads and then they have an MCP that allows Claude to do 90% of the work. So, let’s set that up first, shall we? The first thing I want you to do is actually search for the Claude desktop app if you don’t have it already and then download it for whatever computer you have. So, I’m going to search Mac and then download Claude right here. Download for Mac OS. That’s going to download the installer just like this. The next thing we want to do is actually not go inside of Claude code, but then go inside of the Claude desktop app that we have just installed. The reason we do this is because that’s by far the easiest way to add MCPS. If you go in the bottom left corner right here and then click on settings and then go inside of connectors and then click this customize right here cuz they have now moved it. We can see all of the connectors that we have. So I can now click add connector right here. Add custom connector. call this instantly which is the platform and then what we need to do now is to go back to instantly. So now’s the time if you haven’t already then sign up for an instantly account again. If you want to use my affiliate link then that would be very appreciated. We can now click on the bottom left corner right here go to settings then click on integrations and then click on API keys right here. And now we want to create an API key. This is what allows claude to basically have access into instantly. So click create API key. I’m going to call this claude. I’m going to select all so I can do everything it needs through the API. And then we click create. And this is going to create this API key right here. So let me copy that one. And then I’m going to go to this docs right here. I’m going to leave this docs right below this video. But that’s basically the MCP URL that we are using for instantly. So you can see it says your API key right here. You will copy this, change it with your own API key. And of course I’m going to rotate this API key after we’re done. I can now copy this entire thing. Go back to plot, add it right here, and then click add. And there we go. The instantly MCB has now been added. I can now just go back if I wanted to test it right quick. Go into cloud code, for example, and just ask it right quick. Do you have access to the instantly MCP? Now, this is just to verify that it actually has the access that it needs. You can see it says yes, the instant MCP is available. And I can see tools like blah blah blah blah. There we go. I’m also just going to ask it right now, can you pull campaigns just to check the connection works. This is to ensure that it both has the MCP. We just added that, but that it also can list all of the campaigns. You can see it’s using this right here. List campaigns. Let’s see if it returns. Connection works. One campaign returns blah blah blah like this. Great. The reason we installed the MCP inside of the claw app is because that makes it much much easier when we go to claw code. I’m going to click Ctrl C right here a couple of times. That’s going to close down cloud. I’m going to write clear again and write cloud again. And that’s basically how we restart cloud. Now I can write slashmcp. Hit enter. And under cloud AI, we can now see the MCPS that we have added. And you can see right here cloud.AI instantly is connected with 38 tools. I can hit enter on that as well. I can hit enter to view tools. And then we can see all of the tools that it has access to which was what 38 tools, right? They can basically reply to emails, list emails, create lead list. They can do it all. And you can see the status is already connected because we added the API key right here. Cool. We can write clear. That clears the claw code session. And then we can basically get FL to create these cold email campaigns for us. Before we do that, we need to do a very important step, which is we need to go into instantly and get some email accounts. Email accounts are basically the emails that we are sending from. And there’s two different ways that you can do this. I can click add new right here. You can either choose pre-warmed accounts, which is basically accounts that instantly has warmed up for us. These accounts don’t have our own name. You can see it’s Arthur, it’s Charlotte, and it’s using these interesting domains right here. But they are pre-warmed, which means that when we send emails, it will have high deliverability. And those are the ones that I recommend that you start with because usually you would have to warm up your own domains, which takes a lot of work in 30 days. Here we can just pre- buy them. You could also connect existing accounts if you want to, but for now we just going to choose the pre-warmed accounts. We can click go. Now we can select some domains. We want to find something that seems very uh professional like land aiimag.org. That’s probably pretty good for an AI agency, right? I’m just going to choose landi imagine. It’s $15 right here. And here you can see we get five emails. You will set the forwarding domain. And this is very important that you set it to your own website because if people then go to this website, it will go to your own. So I’m going to go to my own website, shiny.ai. AI and to paste that in right here where it says enter valid URL and then click place order. And now we just need to check out right here. You can see it’s $65 to get these domains, but that is very very worth it. It’s $10 per domain. When you have bought your email domains, it’s going to look like this. Now, you can see we have five email domains right here from this domain right here, frivegateway.com. And we can see the health score right here next to them. You can see 100% health score. Each of these, you can see it says email sent can send up to 20 emails a day. So when we have five emails, then we can send 100 emails a day, which will be plenty because we’re going to take a more targeted approach with our cold email. We want to get this right. So after you have your domains and after they are at 100% health score, we’re ready to start and create our campaigns. And of course, we’re going to be using Claude code for that. And I’ve actually already created a skill that’s based on ours most high performing campaigns that you of course also have access to. So let’s get started with that. Before I show you how to set it up with Claude, I wanted to show you this campaign right here, which is what you should strive towards. And this is also what the Claude skill is based on. You can see this campaign right here is going out to dentists. And we are 60% through. We have sent a,000 emails. This is both initial emails and then follow-ups. Follow-ups in cold email is very important. And from that, we have 50 people that replied with a 5.1% reply rate. 5.1 is extremely high in cold email. Usually when you send code email campaigns, you maybe get a 0.5% reply rate with a lot of people that say [ __ ] you or I don’t want to hear from you. But from those 50 replies, a lot of them will also take me off the list or don’t talk to me again. That is just a part of cold email. But from those 50, we have six interested leads. These are people that said yes, I’m interested. Let’s hop on a call. Let’s talk more about this or asked a follow-up questions that we can then answer and start a conversation with. And you can see if you can send let’s say a 100 emails a day, you get five that replies that means that every other day you get an interested lead which is extremely good and you can run a business on that. So let’s get into it. Let me show you how we create this campaign. Awesome. If we open a new Claude code chat, write instantly campaign like this. This is the instantly campaign creation skill. We can then write I want to create a campaign for let’s do Rufus in Sweden. And if you are from one of these blue countries that I showed earlier, then usually what a lot of beginner do is that they still go after the English markets. So after the US, the UK, Australia, but because AI is being adopted so massively everywhere around the world, I would actually say that it’s a much better advantage that you speak some unique language. For example, if you speak Swedish, please go after Sweden. Just make sure that it’s legal to reach out with cold email in the country that you want to go after. But please go after those countries. Why? Well, you’re going to have a much higher reply rate. For example, I don’t really speak Swedish. I understand a little bit, but someone that speaks Swedish have an unfair advantage over me by knowing the language. Same if you’re from Greece or from Portugal or from Belgium, then you speak a language that not the entire world speaks, which basically just means that you have way less competition. So, just to do it as an example and to show you that Claude is going to do all of the creation of a campaign for us, I’m going to create a campaign for roofers in Sweden while not speaking Swedish, only understanding a little bit. And that’s all we need to write. Now, we hit enter and Outlot code is going to build out the campaign using the instantly MCP that we have connected it to. And you can see it says, “What are you selling to Swedish roofers? Describe the offer in one paragraph. What’s what does it do for them?” Let’s do new website just to show you how it looks. What’s the primary pain? Slow quoting loses jobs, few Google reviews. Let’s do few Let’s do a couple like few Google reviews, ranking on SEO, and also missing out on leads because they don’t have the right information. What tangible asset will email free offer? This becomes the main subject line. Let’s do the lost revenue calculator so they can see, okay, how much they’re saving. What should the campaign be called? This doesn’t really matter, but let’s just call it roofer Sweden. And then submit answers. And now P code is going to build out this entire campaign for us. And here we go. We have a draft that goes over everything. This means I was thinking about calling, but I wanted to write to you first. And then saying right here that I’m thinking that you’re losing jobs because your website is not showing high on Google. Is this something that you would need some help for? I really like this. This all absolutely awesome. So I’m going to approve. Let’s create campaign. And now plot is going to build out the instantly campaign for us. We don’t have to do a thing. Now you can see it is calling instantly. If I click control O, we can see what it does. It’s making this request right here with the information. There we go. Campaign is created and called Rufus Sweden. If we go into instantly right now, hit to campaigns. We can see that the new campaign has now been created. If we click in on this, we can go to sequences, which is basically where we write the emails. But it looks completely blank for some reason. It looks completely blank. I don’t see the emails. Let’s see what happened here. Oh, I just had to refresh it. Do a hard refresh. Shift command R. That half refreshes the page. Now, we have the entire campaign inside of instantly that we just wrote out. So, we need to make sure that we click save. There we go. Click save on everyone. Now, we have our campaign ready to go. The last thing we need is just leads to send to. and I’m going to show you the fastest and what I found to be one of the cheapest way to get really qualified and verified leads. Let’s get into it. To get qualified leads, we’re going to use a platform called Apollo. But don’t worry because Apollo itself is actually extremely expensive. I’ll show you a cheaper way to get the same quality leads as Apollo, but using a different site. So, let’s say we want to find roofing and building companies in Sweden, for example. We then make sure to go to people right here. We go to location and we search Sweden. Then we go to industry and keywords and we could search for that will probably be construction. Let’s maybe also do real estate. If it’s like home builders, then real estate is probably also going to fit. You can see now we have a 102,000 people. You probably want to narrow it further. So you can also do things like job titles. you of course want to do go for someone like the owner of the business or the founder of the business. Add a lot of keywords to people that would fit your description for your ideal client like CEO, founder, CEO and founder. Add all of these because you can see that increases the list size right here. You could also exclude titles if you want to. But now you can see we have a list of around 3,000 people right now. What’s very important that you go into email status and then make sure to click this verified right here. That’s going to get you the best quality of emails. And you can see our list is now at 2.1,000 people. You can also choose if it should be B2B only, B2C only, if it should be e e-commerce companies, fintech companies, nonprofits, SAS, consulting. You have a bunch of things to choose from inside of here. This one is also one of the most important filters. You can choose what range you want to reach out to. So, how big the company should be. If you’re just starting out, you’re probably not going to close an enterprise deal right off the bat. That would be insane. We could probably choose like from 1 to 10 to 11 to 20, maybe up to 21 to 50. And that gives us 1.8,000 people that we could reach out to. That way, we leave out the biggest companies because you can reach out to those in the future, but you need some experience first. And there we go. Now, we have a bunch of Swedish companies and we can access all of their emails. But usually, if you’re using Apollo, you do it directly through the Apollo platform, which is extremely expensive. What you can do instead is that you can use this platform right here that’s called trustedleads.io enterprisegrade B2B lead list starting at 0.005 per lead. So go in there, create a user. Again, I’m not affiliated to say this and then you can click new order right here. Here you write in your name, your email address, write in a phone number and then you want to choose the Apollo URL right here and the number of leads that you want to scrape. Very important that you turn on the verified leads that I showed you earlier. Otherwise, you’re going to get bad lead quality, and you’re going to be paying for leads that are not good enough. So, let’s say a total of how many do we want to scrape? Like 1,500 of these leads. And you can see that’s going to cost us $25, which is 67% less of what we would use on Apollo. So, now we can click continue. Now, we want to take this URL from Apollo right here and paste it in. It says that the email is not verified, but I’m almost 100% sure that we set it to verified. You can try and refresh this page just to make sure that you have the newest URL like this. Let’s copy this one. Paste this in and see if it says now. That is fine. Let’s just verify that we have the right search. We do. Then click continue. You could if you wanted to pay additional to actually verify the emails, but I’m going to show you a better way of doing that. So, we’re going to click no additional verification. Do a signature and then click proceed to payment. After you’re done with that, then it can take a couple of hours, but then you receive an email like this. Your order is ready. Thank you for your order of B2B leads. download the lead lead list right here. And this is a previous list that I bought and this is actually 10,000 leads. You can see how many leads we have right here. When you buy leads from inside of here, it is very smart to do it in bulk. You can see here we have a lead list of 10,000 leads. What I’m going to do now is that I want this as a CSV file. So I can click file. I can click import. Click upload. I can upload this CSV file right here. That’s going to take some time cuz it’s a very big file. Replace spreadsheet and import the data. And here we go. Here we have our big list. We have to do one more step. For now, I don’t need all of the rest of these leads. So, I’m just going to delete those like this. This is just to show you how you import those into instantly. I’m going to call them leads and maybe just the date May 16th. And I’m going to click file, click download as CSV. And then before we put those into instantly, we want to run them through million verifier first. This is basically finding all the emails that are old. When you’re sending out cold email campaigns, you don’t want to send to email domains that doesn’t exist. That’s like a tell that you are spamming with emails which the email providers don’t like. Instead, you want to run it through something like million verifier. First, you click select file and we can select this one right here. And you can see we’re going to be using 969 credits for this. And we’re going to be removing the duplicates. We click start verify. And this will now create a job right here. You can see it says takes 15 minutes. And this is basically going to find all of the duplicates and it’s going to remove all of the old emails. It’s basically verifying the emails to make sure that they are good to send to. You don’t want to skip this step. That’s very important because if you skip it, then you’re going to be sending emails and your domains will instantly be backlisted and then you’re going to have to buy new domains. So, make sure to use Million Verify as well. Again, you can find links to all of these platforms in the description of this video. There we go. That took around 10 minutes. And you can see now we have a total of 64% of emails that were good emails, 17% that are risky, and 18% that are bad emails that doesn’t exist anymore. You definitely don’t want to be sending to these bad emails cuz those emails are going to bounce and it’s going to hurt your domains. Risky emails you can sometimes send to, but I would still not recommend sending to these inboxes. And then we have the 64% that are good emails. Those are the ones that we’ll be sending to. I can now click download report right here. And I want the good emails only. So I’m going to click right here. That’s going to give me this file right here of only the good emails. There we have it. And now it’s time to add these emails to instantly. I’m going to go back into instantly. I’m going to click on the leads tab under my campaign. I’m going to click add leads and then from a CSV file and then I’m going to choose the CSV file that we just downloaded which is this one right here from millinverify.com. And you can see we now have to map the fields with first name is going to be first name, last name, last name. Title is going to be job title, LinkedIn URL, email, all of these we don’t want to import. Let’s see if there’s any one we need. Probably not. Company name we want. website. We want industry probably not. And we don’t want to verify our leads because we just did that ourselves. Now we can click upload all. This will upload 625 contacts to your campaign. Let’s click yes. And now you can see all of our leads are uploaded to this campaign right here. These emails I got done probably a couple of months ago. So we of course not going to send emails in Swedish to these US leads. And then when we have our leads, last thing we need to do is go inside of options and then just add our email accounts like this. You can see these email accounts right now are inactive, but when you’ve just gotten them, they’re going to be good to go. And then you can click launch and publish like this. When you have your sequence in place, when you have your leads uploaded, when you have your pre-warmed email accounts, then you can click start campaign up here in the right corner, and that’s going to send out all of these emails. Another thing that you can change if you want to, you can see this is set from 7:00 a.m. to 400 p.m. by default and the time zone right here. This is a pretty good window, but if you wanted to change that, you could of course do that. You can also send on weekends if you want to, but I probably wouldn’t recommend that. Do it in business hours. And here’s what’s going to happen. When you start sending out, you’re going to start receiving replies. And if you’re sending to these countries that only you speak the where you speak the language and not that many else do, then you’re going to get a very high reply rate. If you have made a good campaign with a good offer, you’ll find those responses inside of Unibox. You can click on interested and then you can see the responses that are interested. And you can see this is from a real campaign that we sent around a month ago. And what you can see is that we are receiving interested responses. This says yes, I’m interested in a conversation. This person right here says that they’re interested in an offer to see what we provide. And in this campaign, we have only sent to 278 leads. So, I hope you start to see the power of cob building, especially to countries where you speak a unique language. If you want to absolutely maximize so you get as many clients as possible, I recommend running Upwork as your main priority every single day. Go out and send connection requests because those are the hottest leads. And the easiest way to gain that initial experience, which is so crucial. And then if you want to maximize, then also run a campaign in the background cuz this is just going to be running sending out emails as you go and probably book you a couple of meetings a day if you have a good offer and offering an interesting service in your market. These two things when you’re just starting out is the highest leverage thing that you can do. But I honestly recommend getting started on that right now. But you of course also need to know how you can actually convert meetings and how you take this information that you’re getting on meetings when people are actually interested in proceeding. how you take all of this information and give that to Claude so Claude can build out and do the majority of our service delivery. This is going to be extremely valuable for you to watch. So let’s get into it. Great. Now you have outreach going out on both Upwork and on instantly. The next part of this course is one of the most important because this is where most beginners they mess up and they mess up in three places. Both before the call, under the call, and after the call. So, let’s go through some ground rules that you need to understand before you start booking meetings and closing clients. The first one is that you never, and I mean it, never mention price before the call. And here’s the reason why you don’t do that. If you mention the price, let’s say that the client asks for, “Okay, what is the price before I hop on a call?” And you say, “Well, it’s $2,000 a month.” What then happens is that the client judges you on the price and not the value. The client doesn’t know enough about your service. They don’t know what work you’ll be doing and why it’ll give them a bigger return than the price that they’ll pay. So, when they hear a $2,000 price, what they think about is, “Okay, do I want to pay $2,000 right now?” Probably not. I’m going to stop replying to this guy. And the only reason they do that is because they don’t know your value yet. You only mention the price after you’re on a call with them, after they know how you can help them. because it’s a way better equation, a way better thought process if you show, let’s say, $10,000 worth of value and then show the $2,000 price point. All of a sudden, that becomes a no-brainer deal. So many beginners make this mistake and they throw out a bunch of meetings because they don’t understand this key principle. That is rule one. Rule two, that you always want to send a confirmation and reminders. It happens more often that you think that people simply just forgets that they book a meeting with you and then they get kind of like embarrassed that they forgot the meeting and you never hear from them again. You always want to send both a confirmation and reminders to every single call that you hop on. So the process looks like this. You have people interested either over cold email or over Upwork. You decide to okay, let’s hop on a meeting. And then as soon as they have agreed to a time, you send them the confirmation. Right? This is 400 p.m. Monday. This is where we meet. And you send this on as many channels as possible. So if you have them on email and their phone number, then you send it on both as many channels as you can. You do this instantly. And then depending how long the meeting is out in the future, you then also send reminders. I recommend that you send reminders at least every 3 days up to the meeting. Then do it one day before and then do it 1 hour before and then do it 5 minutes before. And the way that these messages look is basically just like, “Hey, first name, just reminding you that we have our call tomorrow. Excited to see you there.” If you’re doing like a demo for them already, it’s a very good idea to mention that you’ve also put worked in before the meeting because that then makes them feel guilty if they don’t show up. So, if you build a demo or a test website for them or something ahead of time, then say, “I’ve prepared a demo for you based on your own company.” So, you can see exactly how this will look for your business. If they then don’t show up, they’re going to feel guilty. You want to include that in the reminders. And then the last reminder, like 5 minutes before, you should just write, “Hey, first name. I’m just finishing up another call. I’ll see you in our call in like 5 minutes.” That’s a really good message for this last reminder. Something I also see, and this is connected to never mention price, is that some people want to skip this step of hopping on a call. The Reddit is that’s just making your life 10 times harder. Not everyone’s going to be ready to buy right in that moment. They might need more information. So, you need to hop on a call with them. You want to give them limited amount of information. So where they really get the information is on the call with you. And it’s very simple. If you have an issue right now where people don’t show up to the calls, it’s just an equation of do they think that this call would be valuable enough for their time. Do they think it can actually help them? And if you have an issue where people don’t show up to the calls, the reality is they don’t think that it’s going to be worth their time. That is why you need to include the reminders. You need to tell them, I’ve built a demo specifically for your business. I’ve prepared this and this and this. We’re going to see this and this and this. And you of course need to solve a painful problem. Okay, so before the call, you never mention the price. You always want to be judged on value. You always send confirmations and reminders on as many platforms as you possibly can. And then you always never skip the call. You don’t sell straight away. You hop on a call with them before you start selling. Okay, now on the call. A lot of beginners make the mistake of talking too much. The best way I found to sell these AI services is not by being the one talking. is by taking what I call the doctor approach. When you go to the doctor, they don’t just hand out medicine the moment you come in the door. The first thing they do is that they ask you a bunch of questions like, “Where does it hurt? How long has it been hurting?” And then they try to diagnose what’s wrong. You want to take the same approach when you are selling. And the way you do that is that you only talk 20% of the time and they should talk 80% of the time. And when you talk, it should mainly be questions. And when they talk, they should answer your questions. And here’s why that works so well. When you’re the one asking the questions, you’re the one leading the conversation. And one thing is that you mention why your service is valuable. An even better thing is when the client themselves mention why your service is valuable. When you get people to say themselves that they need something, they convince themselves way better. And the way to do that is by asking questions. Let me give you an example. If someone has, let’s say, only a couple of reviews on Google Maps, you can then ask a question like, “Okay, what do you think happen when a customer compares you to your competitor? Your competitor has 150 reviews. I can see it right here. You only have five reviews and one of them is a freestyle review. Who do you think your client is going to go with?” They’re going to say, “Well, based on this only, they’re probably going to go with that client.” Do you see what we do there? We get them to mention themselves that they have a problem. And when we take this doctor approach, it becomes a much stronger cell. And it doesn’t even feel like selling. You’re just saying, well, what do you think happens when when this and this and this in your current situation, they mention a problem. And then it makes it much easier later in the call to say, well, I actually have a solution to your problem. That’s the entire point of the call. It’s to position a problem that they actually do have. If someone doesn’t have a lot of reviews on Google, they have a problem that’s hurting their business. And then position you as the solution. That way, you don’t need to convince them. You don’t need to be overly salesy or talk a bunch. You’re literally just asking good questions. And by asking good questions, you control the conversation. You can steer it in any way that you want. And that leads me to the second rule, which is that you need some structure on your calls. And the structure that I like to use is initially just these doctor questions. Initially, just asking if they even have a problem. And what you’ll run into sometimes, let’s say that you are providing more Google reviews with automation and you run into someone that already has 500 reviews and are on top of everyone else. They probably don’t need that specific service. You might sell them another service, but you don’t want to sell something to someone that doesn’t actually need your service. That’s unethical. So, the structure that I like to use is one, ask a bunch of good questions that positions a pain. Then two, tell them that well, we can take this pain and we might have a solution. Let’s see if it even makes sense. And then you can show a demo or you can explain well we can actually do this to fix this problem. And three is that you then explain further about this solution and say well the price of this solution is and only when they’ve seen the solution when they have seen the value that you can provide that’s when you mention the price and that’s when you shut up. They now get themselves to decide okay this pain that I have and this solution right here is this worth it or is it not worth it? And what will usually happen is that they will then have some kind of objections and those come at the end. Objections are usually like questions. Well, what happens if we try this for a month and it doesn’t work? Or well, what happens with my current website if we’re changing it over? How would I do that? It’s basically just questions from their side that show some kind of concern. So, what you then have to do is just answer those questions in a good way and then make sure that that’s that concern is squashed and then at the end that’s when you close. That is the structure that I like to use where it doesn’t really feel like a sales call at all. This is what you should do. Let me show you what you then shouldn’t do. A lot of beginners they make the mistake of basically just hopping a call and just yapping. So a lot of beginners structure look like this. They just explain their product and usually they basically just explain features and then they ask do you want to buy after they’ve done that. Right? So what does this look like? This is maybe if you create a slideshow that’s just about your product. this is what we do and you just sit there and and go through it. The problem with this approach is that you don’t position a pain. You don’t ask good questions. You don’t make sure that they actually need your service. You basically let them make the decision themselves if okay, do I need this or do I not need this? And if you have a boring slideshow, chances are that they’re just going to zone out. All of a sudden, they hear a $2,000 price point and they say no. All right? So, don’t do this. Do this structure instead. Right? Questions first that position a pain. This is questions like, well, your competitor has way more Google reviews than you. They have a good website as well. You have almost no reviews. You have a trash website. What do you think happens? Well, don’t say trash website. Say, your website is quite old. Who do you think your client is going to go with? And just like a first impression. You want to say themselves, well, well, in this scenario, they’re probably going to go with my competitor. You position a pain that hurts their business. Then you position your solution. Well, we can install this AI that reaches out after every single job and gets you Google reviews. And we can also install this website. I can build it in 2 days, which looks way better than what you currently have. Do you think that would help increase your first impressions with new customers? Again, you even position that as a question to make sure that they understand the solution is worth the price. Great. Great that you now understand there’s so many beginners mess up right here. You don’t want to do that, but you now understand this, which is good. Great. So, now you’re starting to get sales. What do you do? Well, you follow rule number three, which is always book next call on this call. Always book next call on this call. Here’s the reason. When you’re just starting out and you don’t do this, there’s going to be a bunch of times where someone agrees, “Yeah, let’s go. Let’s do it.” And then you don’t book the next call on this call. And what then happens is that they ghost you. If they have something in their calendar, it increases the chances that they actually hop on a call with you. Again, this rule is extremely important and it’s going to save you a bunch of deals. So, what you basically just do on the call is that you say, “Great, happy that you are on board. Let’s book it into calendar already the next time we’re going to talk and then I’ll have this and this ready for you.” Again, you kind of sell the next call. You hype up the next call and you make sure that they see that you’ve made an investment now in them, that you’ve spent time so they feel bad if they don’t show up. And the last rule, and this honestly surprises me that people still do this to this day, is that they don’t take payment on the call. You always want to have some initial commitment. And even if you’re doing like a free trial, you still take the payment information for after just like you would with a software. If you get a free trial, you still give your payment information first. Do that here as well. The reason for that is that they need to make a commitment and they need to make a commitment on that call. And you can even write it into the contract that if they then know your next call that you then charge a $500 fee for wasting your time. Like you can write that into a contract, but you always want their payment information on file. And the way you would usually do that is with Stripe. And what we usually do is that we just get like a $1 payment link inside of Stripe. If you create a $1 a year payment link, what that does is that it saves the payment information. You can just say that’s like a $1 down. We’ll refund it to you. Don’t worry. But then you have that payment method on file, which means that you can charge it in time. And that also removes friction later on because now you have that payment method on file. So let’s say that you’re doing a commission deal or you’re just charging $2,000 a month. You can just use this payment information to set it up. they don’t have to do anything on their side, which again removes friction. So, you always want to make sure to take some kind of commitment on the call. Even if you’re doing a free trial, get the Stripe $1 payment link. Let me actually show you how to do that. You go inside of your Stripe dashboard. Then you click on payment links right here and click create payment link. Then you create a new product. You just call it checking card, something like that. You do it recurring and you do $1 and then you do a year like this. And then you click add product. You don’t need to collect tax automatically on this cuz you’re going to be refunding the payment anyways. Create link. And what will then happen is that when someone signs up on this link, you get this payment link right here, which says $1 a year. When someone fills out the information right here, you get their email and you also get their payment information. And then it allows you to later to just create a subscription for whatever you’re charging. Let’s say you’re charging $2,000 a month. You can then go in and set up that payment without involving them. So that’s how you create Stripe payment links. And trust me, that’s going to help you get commitment, which is going to help you close more deals. If you have a problem closing, you’re using this format right here and you get to the point where you mention the price and people don’t buy it, then use this last tip, which is kind of a bonus tip cuz it’s not always required. Sometimes you have such a good offer that this is not needed, but I call it the proof of concept offer. What is this? Well, this is an offer that has made us tens of thousands of dollars. Here’s how it works. It’s basically a satisfaction guarantee. And you can say this that well, this is our satisfaction guarantee. What you say is that you get payment up front. You always want to get commitment, right? So, let’s say that you are selling a website. You still get your payment or whatever you agree on. Let’s say it’s $1,000 first and $1,000 later. You still get your $1,000 upfront. And you take that payment on the call via Stripe, but then you give a satisfaction guarantee, which means that I’m going to build this entire thing out. So, if we use the website example, I’m going to build out the entire website for you. So, you can see everything that’s going to be on your website. You can see the finished product. If you’re not happy with your website at that point, then you’ll get a full refund. So, if you don’t even want to see how it performs when we give it to customers and when we actually launch it, you can get a full refund, no questions asked. We given this offer a bunch of times. And the great thing about this is that one, it removes all risk because they can actually make an informed decision. They can see exactly what they’re getting. And if they don’t like it, they can get a full refund. And two, it makes you seem very confident and good at what you do. All of a sudden they say, “Okay, this guy can put money on the line. He will refund me the entire thing if I don’t like what he creates.” That makes you seem very confident, which again is going to increase your close rate. We have given this offer so many times, and we have never had to refund anyone because people have been very happy with what we build. So, if you’re good at what you do, this is such a no-brainer offer, and adding this will probably just bump up your close rate with like 10% instantly. And you can use this for any AI build really. It doesn’t matter if you’re building websites, it doesn’t matter if you’re building automations, you just want to hop on a call with them and show it face to face. Okay, here’s how it works. Look at this. It does this, does this, and does this. Get them to try it. Get them to see how good it actually is. And then say, great, let’s launch it. You don’t even need to mention the satisfaction guarantee. Just mention it on the call when you close them. And they’re going to come back to you and say, well, if they don’t want it, then they can get it refunded. But as soon as they commit, and as soon as they see, okay, how good of a job that you have actually done, they’re not going to want the refund. They’re going to want to actually implement it. Great. So on the call, you only talk 20% of the time. They talk 80% of the time because you use the doctor approach. You use this structure right here where you start with questions. You position a pain. You then position that pain to your solution. Exactly. You handle any objections and you close the sale. You don’t want to just have a slideshow where you just explain your product because you don’t position a pain. They’re going to judge you on your price, not on your value, and they’re not going to feel like your solution is a fit to their exact problem. Then you always always book the next call on your current call. So, they need to know when they’re going to hear from you again. You don’t make the mistake of not taking payment on the call. You always take payment on the call. You get a payment information. You get the $1 Stripe link. And if you’re struggling with closing deals, then use the proof of concept offer because this removes all risk. You still get commitment up front. But if they don’t like the build afterwards, you basically just have a satisfaction guarantee where they can get a full refund. Awesome. After the call, then this shouldn’t come as a surprise, but you need to do a good job when you’re just starting out. your reputation and building trust and building up a client base is absolutely everything. Make sure that you do a hell of a job that you go all out for this client and do a hell of a job. Number two, a mistake that many beginners make as well is that they don’t continue the calls. Let’s say that you’ve set up an AI system. A lot of agencies, they just set it up and then they never communicate with the client again. That’s not a good way to do it. I’d recommend at least bi-weekly calls. So, hop on a call with them every two weeks. Go over performance. Go over things that could be improved. Why is that? Well, that’s going to decrease your turn a lot. Let’s say you’re charging $2,000 a month. Doing continuous calls by a weekly will probably decrease your turn to something like 5% or something. Where many agencies have upwards of 20 to 30% churn. If they have 30% churn, it means that a client on average only stays for 3 months. There’s another reason to why we do bi-weekly calls. This is two steps that almost every beginner’s day miss. They don’t upsell. Let’s say that you just helped someone build a very, very cool website. You don’t stop providing services there. Then you ask, well, do you also want an AI to pick up the phone calls from the people that call you now because now you have a good website? Or, well, I just helped you build this website. Do you also want to send additional traffic with Google ads to this site to get more customers? You always keep upselling. And if you don’t have it already, then come up with ideas that could help their business further. Upselling is a way to increase your lifetime value, also called LTV, which is the total amount of money that your client pays you over their lifetime as a client. Upselling is the best way to increase LCV without increasing the cost of acquiring a client. You’ve already acquired this client. It doesn’t cost you anything more just to hop on a call with them and say, “Well, do you also want this?” And then charge for that as well, of course. And it doesn’t stop there. And again, another reason to why we do bi-weekly calls. You also want to ask for referrals. Referrals is another way to get more customers without paying for anything. You’re not paying for additional code emails. You’re not paying for additional connections on Upwork. This is free clients if you just ask for referrals. So many beginners when they start out don’t ask for upsells and they don’t ask for referrals. But that’s also because that they don’t do it the right way. Here’s how you do it. You don’t say, “Do you know anyone that could use this as well?” Instead, you’re very specific. You want to mention the exact people that you want to work with. Like, do you know any plumbers in your area that could use this as well? Or do you know anyone in this industry or in this industry that could use this? Like, do you know any plumbers, electricians, people that own a landscaping company? You basically just name a list of potential clients that you want to work with. The reason that you do this is if you just ask, well, do you know anyone else that could use this service? They might come with someone, but usually they’re just going to say no because it’s harder for the human race to just come up with something from scratch. If you give them a specific list, like, do you know any plumbers, electricians, landscapers, do you have any other friends in business? If you already give their brain that to think about, usually they’re going to come up with more referrals to you. That’s rule number one when asking for referrals. Rule number two is that you always want to give a commission. If someone refers you to a very very big company, you can give them 20% of your revenue. That is fine. You’re going to get way more referrals if you actually incentivize people to refer you, saying, “Well, you’re going to get 20% of whatever they pay me. I’m going to pay that to you.” Do that to all your clients and you’re going to get way more referrals. I hope you see how all of these are connected. You do a hell of a good job. You need to make the client happy. And a part of making the client happy and treating them well is also to giving them the time every two weeks. and only if you do a good job and they also want to refer you to their friends. It all stems from actually being good at what you do and doing a good job. Great. I hope you found this section of the course valuable. I would honestly take all of these things, write them down so you have them and so you remember them. Look over them daily cuz these rules are literally going to save you thousands of dollars if not tens of thousands of dollars through your AI agency career. All right, the next part of the course is also very important because that’s how you actually do the service delivery. And I have an insane trick that’s going to save you so much time prompting Claude and basically have the product delivery ready before you even leave the call with the client. It’s insane. Let’s get into that. What most agencies do when they are done after a call is that they get to work. And if you’re using something like Claude Code, you’re then taking the information that you yourself learned from that call and you’re passing that to Claude code, right? You’re spending time giving it all the context that you gained on the call. But human mistakes happen. You might have missed something. You might have forgotten something. Sometimes you don’t start on the project right after the call is finished, which means that you might lose out on some information. Let me show you both a smarter way and a way where you never miss information ever again. Where you pass all the context effectively to claw. To do this, we’re going to go back into the claw app that we installed earlier. If you don’t have it already, then install claw for desktop. You go to this settings tab right here. Then you go to connectors. And now they move it. So you go into customize. That’s going to show all your MCPS right here. Click this plus right here and click browse connectors. And then search for Fathom or the noteaker that you’re using. On my calls, I’m using something called that’s called Fathom which basically records my calls and it gives me a transcript. This makes it very very easy for us to just say, “Hey Lord, I just finished the call. Go in and check the transcript and get all of the context.” I’ll recommend that you click this from needs approval to always allow. And now the Fathom MCP is connected. So if we go down and restart Claude because every time you install a new MCP, you need to restart Claude. And we then write /MCP, you can now see that the Fathom MCP has been connected. And if I click in on it and I click view tools, you can see we can get list teams, list meetings, find person. And these two are the probably the most important. Get meeting summary and get meeting transcript. So let’s test the connection. So, let’s go in and find this call that I had with the team on March 6 and say I had this call, please use Fathom MCP and give me a summary. There we go. You can now see it says composing. And now you can see it’s calling Fathom right here. And there we go. Now we get a summary of the meeting and we can get all of the context and we can ask specific questions to pass about the meeting. How we built this, how we built that. This is extremely useful if you’re just starting out because then Claude have insights into everything and can help you build anything that you want that you say on the call that you can build. So if a client wants a website that can do some specific thing, you can have Claude read through this transcript, build the entire plan for you, and then build everything out from you directly based on the call. Very, very useful to know you should use this for every single meeting that you finish. All right, let me show you how to do the service delivery so you can start building cool stuff with Claude. If we do a small plot search and we basically just ask how many businesses in the US are still missing a website, what we will find is approximately 30% of US small businesses don’t have a website in 2026. Right now there’s approximately 36 million small businesses in the US, which means that we have around 10 million businesses without a website. And that’s also why I previously showed you these three levels of things that you can build right off the bat where website is level one. The reason for that is that what this entire business model is about is that you learn skills, you learn how to do something well, where businesses would rather pay you to do it than do it and find out how to do it themselves. And building websites is one of those things that still have a lot of perceived value. If people see a very nice website, they think, “Okay, that must have cost a lot.” Even to this day where AI is so good at building websites, there’s a lot of perceived value in websites. And that is also why it’s what we’re going to start off with building. Here’s an example of the website that you’re going to learn how to build. And I’ll even give you this template right here. So, you can actually build exact websites like this from one prompt. You can see we have this navbar right here that when we scroll that becomes like a sticky nav bar at the top. I really like this design, the choice of colors, the choice of fonts. It looks very, very professional. And what you’ll also be learning in this next part of the module is how also make these websites actually high converting because that’s one of the places where a lot of website designers, they mess up. It’s because they create websites that might look good, but they are not high converting. You can see there’s a very bright button right here that you would want to click on. And you also have a number right here that you can call if you want to call them straight away. You’ll also learn how to create these very, very clean animations directly with code and plot code. You can see this little plumbing animations right here from the pipe and this calendar animation right here. All of these you’ll learn how to create. You’ll learn how to pron plot to get a result that looks this good. You’ll also learn how to create these type of animations which are kind of like these cards where they stack on top of each other which looks very professional. Then you’ll learn how to split this into a dark mode that creates like a very nice contrast. And at the end you’re going to have this form right here and I’m going to show you how you can hook this website up to any CM that you want. This is a very nice website and usually web agencies can charge a lot. If I create a new chat and I ask Claude, “How much does web agencies charge for a nicel looking website?” The result will probably surprise you. Look at this. Depends on a lot what nicel looking means, but rough market ranges. For a solo freelancer on a template where it takes 1 to 2 weeks, you can charge 1 to 3k. If it’s a small boutique, then it’s 3 to 10k. If it’s a proper agency, it’s 10 to 30k. If it’s a mid-tier agency, it’s 30 to 80k. And if it’s a ward tier, like a big web agency where they really spend a lot of the time on the design, they can charge 80 to $250,000. And if it’s some of the very well-known brands, they can charge $250,000. And you can even see for my agency recommend to $10,000 for websites. So you can see how much you can actually charge. And again, to set your expectations, you’re not going to go out and close your first website to $10,000. But what you might go out is close a website for $500, which would still be a massive win with users starting out. And we can build all of this from inside of Claw Code. I’m going to show you how to build it. Of course, I have a skill that creates these websites in literally just like 5 minutes. I’ll show you how you hook this up to any CRM so the information that is captured when people click get an offer is actually being sent to somewhere. And I’ll show you how to make your website responsive so it looks good on both desktop and mobile. And I’ll also show you how you can host and deploy a website for free up to a certain amount of traffic. But usually if you’re doing it for smaller companies, the hosting would be free. You’re going to learn a lot in this next part. So let’s get into it. To build clean websites like this, you’re going to be using the build premium website skill. And again, you can find all of my claw skills inside of our completely free community. Just go inside of classroom, then learning hub, scroll down until you find my claw skills right here. I’ll also leave a link to this right below this video. This drive folder includes all of my claw skills because after you’ve installed this skill and you write slash build premium website, you can see this skill builds a premium animated marketing website with reactiv and tailwind CSS for any industry. Use when the user has to build a website blah blah blah. So we’re going to use it and write /bu premium website. I want to build a website for a landscaping company. Let’s just call it cityscape. Then we hit enter because what this skill will now do is that it’s going to force Claw to ask follow-up questions about exactly what side it is that we want. So the colors, etc. There we go. Now it’s going to ask us what the theme should be. I think a bold modern theme looks good. The brand color direction, urban slate, m forest, rust, olive, brass. I think this dark green one, moss green could look pretty cool. So let’s go with that. Let’s go with design. Heartscaping lawn trees lighting commercial for the services. I think that’s pretty good. And then I’m going to ask it to build it in this folder that we are currently in. I’m going to write submit answers. And now it’s going to build out the plan for this website. You can see it’s reading all these files from inside of the skill that it uses as a reference for how it should design this. Building this out can take a couple of minutes. And there we go. That took 8 minutes and 41 seconds. And now you can see site is live at localhost 5173. So, I’m going to copy this. Then I’m going to go into our browser, paste this in, hit enter, and there we go. Now we have it. Cityscape, home, services, approach, process, contact. Then we have request a quote right up here. Landscape architecture for the city. We design, build, and maintain. And now we have a clean website in literally just 8 minutes. That’s based on this template. And you can see we have this animation right here with these stock images, which looks extremely good. We’re missing one right here. So we need to fix that. Every discipline under one roof from a single tree broom to halfacre estate planned from scratch. This looks extremely good. Request a quote. When they click on this, they scroll to this section right here where they can fill in this information. They can even attach photos if they want to and then they can send the inquiry. Absolutely insane website. You can see this website right here is built from the same template that we used for the plumbing company. I’m really happy with how this site turned out. We can also right click and click inspect and then turn it to mobile right here. And then we can see, okay, it also looks good on mobile, which is also very important for websites these days. Great. You’ve learned how to create insane looking websites. And you can sell this for probably around 500 bucks. But let me show you how to also deploy it. You deploy it by first going to GitHub. If you don’t have GitHub already, then create a profile. Then click new. And I’m going to call this cityscape right here. You’re going to set it to public because you don’t want to give everyone your code to your website. And then you click create repository. There we go. And now you can take this URL right here and you can pass it to cloud code. And you can say push this code for the website only to this repo. Then you don’t want to have it in auto mode because it won’t be able to push to repo in auto mode. So you’re just going to set it like this. Hit enter. And now cloud is going to push all of this code into the cloud into GitHub. And you can see it’s first checking. Hit enter. When you do this the first time, it’ll pop up with an authentication where you have to authenticate. In order to do this, it’ll basically just open a window on your GitHub where you just have to click accept. But because I’ve done this plenty of times, it already has a connection. Now, it is creating a commit. And you can see pushed code is live at this GitHub URL right here. If we then hit enter on the GitHub repo, then we can see our code from this website. and hosting it is actually extremely easy when we have it on GitHub. I’m going to use the platform that’s called visil.com which is a hosting platform. Then if you don’t have it already, create a user. It’s free. Go to the top right corner, click add new, and then project. And then you can paste in this GitHub repo right here when you have your GitHub account connected to your VIL account. This makes it very very easy because VIL can now see automatically. Okay, this is a V project. It’s called Cityscape. And all we have to do is just click deploy once. And there we go. Now you can see it’s being deployed. This should take usually around something like 30 seconds before the website is deployed. This actually only took 9 seconds this time. You can see it says congratulations, you’ve now deployed a new project. We can then click continue to dashboard. And here we have our project. We actually already have a domain that’s given by VIL. If we copy this domain right here and we open it in a new tab, this is the domain that we’ve been given. Then we actually have a preview of what the site will look like when it’s live. And it’s actually live right now. We can go to this website from anywhere. And you can see it looks extremely good. Looks exactly like it did on development. If you wanted to add a domain, you would come down here onto domains on the left hand side. And you can see we have our standard domain right here. You would just click add existing. And here you can add any domain that you want from GoDaddy, from NameCheep, from Cloudflare, it doesn’t matter. It will take you through the review process of setting up the DNS. And when you have done that, then you have deployed your website to the web. If you wanted to sell these kind of websites, I would create five different templates and then create a portfolio website where you show these websites that you have built. That makes it much easier for a potential client to make a decision. Okay, should I work with this company or not? And if you’re using the method that I showed previous in this course, which is signing up for Upwork, then you can find plenty of work. For example, this one right here. Posted yesterday website for a construction company, logo and website design specialist, website design and launch. Looking to make a website. There are plenty of jobs in doing this. And this is one of the best ways to land your first couple of clients. The great thing about this is that when you have built up a portfolio and when you have built a bunch of skills like this, I’ll show you later in this course how you can create something and then create your own skill so you can replicate the process much much easier. your work becomes almost automated. Claude can do 95% of your product delivery. That’s the entire point of this business model. It’s to build stuff with Claude and then creating skills from it to replicate the process and making the service delivery so much easier. All right, that is websites complete. The next thing you’re going to learn is how do you actually automate things? If a client comes to you and says, well, I want my invoicing process automated or I want my onboarding process automated. How do you actually go about doing that? How do you create automations with cloud code? Usually, you would use a platform like make.com or like nm. But with cloud code, there’s a much better way of doing it. Now, we can use the platform that’s called trigger.dev. Trigger is an open- source platform for building and hosting automations. You can see that it’s open source right here. It has 15,000 GitHub stars. And we can see the entire codebase right here. Why is it smart to use trigger.dev over something like Naden or make? It’s a very simple reason. The reason is that trigger.dev is built with code and cloud code is really good at coding. We actually already have a skill that’s called trigger.dev. And this skill is going to be very important when we build out those workflows. What I’m going to do is that I’m going to clear the session inside of cloud code. And let’s build out a couple of automations with trigger.dev so you can see how it works. I’m going to write I want to automate my invoicing process. I want to be able to fill out a form with a bit of information and then it should build the invoice export as PDF and then send via Gmail to the client. Use two skills and you will have access to both of these skills as well. First one is the composio skill. I want to use composio for authentication. Skill two is trigger.dev. I want to build and host this with trigger.dev.

    I’m going to give it an ultraink. Put it in plan mode. And let’s build this out. Remember what I showed you before with the process of connecting claw directly with your AI noteaker like Fathom via the MCP. Right now I explained what I wanted, right? But if you’re talking to a client, I want this and this and this automated. You can take that directly, that context directly from the call into cloud code and then you don’t even have to explain it like I did here. What fields should the invoicing form capture it should capture it all. So business information, contact information, line items,

    tax and discounts, everything that we usually have on an invoice. It should create its own invoicing number and it should take the date automatically. Then we hit enter and there we go. It’s now going to plan out the process of automating this process of creating invoices. For how we trigger the automation, I think we should use a simple web form from Nex.js. So I’m going to choose simple web form and hit enter. For the environmental value, it’s very important that they’re not hardcoded but in av file. these let’s use react for the PDF and for the invoice number let’s do it date based and then we hit enter if you know how to build with cloud code it almost doesn’t matter what it is that you’re building if you know the process of first planning it out making sure that you actually give it the right context so it knows exactly what you want then the opportunity is literally endless you can build basically anything that you want if you know the actual formatting and the method of building stuff here it’s asking about the invoice counter I think it’s a bit overkill to set up the invoice counter in a database I’m just going to say let’s skip the invoice counter for now

    and just do it date based the naming for the invoicing I think both attaching the PDF and storing it in Google Drive is going to be best who writes the subject fix template with placeholders let’s actually do it AI generated so the email is AI generated and then we hit enter now it’s going to plan out exactly how we can do this and there we have it we have an entire plan for how we should build this out. What’s worth noticing is that we are using Composio. If you don’t know what Composio is, it’s a tool for authentication. So, we can authenticate to a bunch of different things very, very easily. I made a full guide for Composio on my channel. So, if you want to, you can go and watch that later. And then it’s using trigger.dev for building and hosting this automation. The great thing about trigger.dev is that it’s open source. And when it’s open source, we can host this anywhere we want. The easiest thing is probably just to host it with trigger.dev and that’s how they make money as well. But if you wanted to or if your client wants this on their own servers, then you can literally just build these workflows and host them wherever you want. That’s the power of open source. So now we have a plan. Let’s take yes and use auto mode and let’s build out this automation. There we go. Now we can see that it is built. Let me open another terminal. The first thing we do is that we need to fill out this envir environmental file right here. I’m going to click new file. Add add ain file. Copy this example over. And then we need to fill out all of this information. So the first thing we need is a trigger secret key. If you don’t have it already, then make sure to create a user on trigger and log in. I’m going to create a new project. So in the top left pan, I’m going to create new project. I’m going to call this one invoicing and just click create. Now we can head under API keys and then copy this secret key right here. So we paste that in where it says secret key. And then we also need to go in and find the project ref right here. Copy this one as well. Now we need the Composio API key. So we go to Composio and Composio is basically what manages our authentication. If you don’t have a Composio account then sign up for one. It is free up to a certain amount of tool calls. Copy the composure API key and insert that as well. Now we need the enthropy API key. This is used for the AI generation of the email. So we’re going to platform.plot.com. Go into API keys. Click create key. Call this invoicing. Click add. Copy this key. Paste that in as well. We need the Google Drive folder ID. We get that by going to drive. We just create a new folder. I’m going to call this invoices. If we click in on that, we get this ID right here in in the header. So, I’m going to copy this one. Then, we write all of this information, which is our business info. So, let’s just try and see if it works. I’m going to write test street 1 2 3 building 4 the business phone number. Just write in some random phone number. Business logo URL. We can go to our shiny website. We can copy this image URL right here. That way we don’t need to host it, which is smart. Business bank details. Let me just write a random eban. Default currency USD. Default tax rate zero. Default payment terms net 14. Default due days. This looks good. Awesome. Then we close down this environmental file and we say great I have filled out the invent file. What now? How do we or now? Run the one time composure or script. It’ll print out two or URLs. Gmail drive. You click through both and it waits until each connection flips active. Let me just create a new API key. Maybe it was an old one that’s already rotated. I’m going to write try again. We still had a bug. This is a new bug. So claw can just fix that. There we go. Now you can see it says Gmail URL. So it’s going to give us this URL right here that I can copy and put into our browser. And this is how composio works. This means that we don’t have to set up the Google credentials ourselves. We can use composio that just gives us this link right here. And then click continue. And you can see now composio is connected to Gmail. I can now say done. Come with all URLs please. So we can connect. And for each service that we connect, it’s going to give us a new URL. So now we have the Google Drive URL right here. Paste that in once again. Log in with our Google account. There we go. And now you can see then open localhost 3001 server is still not running. So I’m going to ask please run the dev server for me. And there we go. Now the two servers are started both the back end which is trigger.dev and our front end. We can go to localhost 3001. And now we have send an invoice generates a PDF drafts with email withdrawal and ships it via Gmail from default currency USD tax 0% terms net 14 due in 14 days. So I can write the plan’s name is let’s do Albert testing and let’s do the company as let’s just call it the agent and the address we maybe don’t need to I can do like King Street 420 line items we can do consulting services one quantity price let’s do 1,500 we need another which is upfront fee let’s do one call that 500 currency money and date currency which be will be USD tax rate zero Discount type none. Discount value none. Issue date, let’s do that. The 18th. Due date, we can just leave that. Payment terms net 14. Any notes? No. And then we can click generate and send. Of course, we need an email right here. Let me just write in my own email just as a test. And then click generate and send. You can see it says cute run ID and then this run right here. Let’s see if it works. Let’s ask cloud now to check the logs. Did my test work? You can see it checked the logs and found a couple of issues. So let’s let plot fix those. Keep doing runs and you can see plot fixed one issue. Let’s try and check the logs again. Ran into another bug. We’ll fix that. Try and submit once again. Check now. And we just keep doing that until cloud has fixed all of the bugs. And you can see composer ID this depending on the tool. Submit again. Let’s do that. Generate and send now. There we go. Finish. Success. Let’s see how it looks. If we go to my Gmail and now hit a refresh, you can see we just received an invoice from me. Hi Alba. I hope things are going well at build my agent. Please find attached invoice for $2,000 dub by payment at terms of 14. So let us know if you have any questions, need anything from my end. Thanks so much for continue trust and working with shiny. Really means a lot. And here we have an invoice that is generated 100% by our workflow. It has all of our information invoice number like this and this and this. net 14 payment details. Boom. If a company now comes to you and say, “Well, we spent a lot of time sending out invoices.” You know how to fix it. And we’ve just successfully built a trigger. Workflow without even being inside of a workflow builder or anything. Claude did it all. But let’s say we want to deploy this, right? Right now, it’s running from our computer. It’s doing all of this from our computer. We can then write let’s deploy this to production on triggerdev. Thank you. The way that trigger.dev dev works in the cloud is that you have these projects right here and inside of here you have different environments like right now I’m in development but we want to be on production. So now you can see cloud is deploying this. It’s pushing it into the trigger.devcloud. What we have to do is just set the environmental values. We do that by going into environmental values right here and then clicking add new. Then making sure that we have it on production right here. A quick tip is that you can go inside of environmental value. Copy this. Then you can go back and paste all of this in. We’re just going to show all of the environmental values the right way. We can click save. And there we go. All of the environmental values has now been added. And there we go. Plot has now pushed our task. You can see our task inside of here now. Send invoice has now been added. We don’t have any activity yet because we just pushed it to production, but we can run it again if you want. So let’s test it. Before we test it, we need to take the API key from inside of production cuz that’s going to be a different secret key. And we need to go in and fill out this new information. So the trigger secret key, change that to prod. Same with the project reference right here. That’s actually the same. So we don’t need to do anything there. Let’s test it now by running npm rundev. I’m going to write let’s test it in localhost 3000 first form. I change the environmental values. Let’s try and test it now. So I’m going to write elot testing 2. Going to send it to my own email once again. I’m going to call it build my agent 2 and addresses we don’t want I’m just going to call it testing for let’s say 1 1500 USD blah blah blah all of this we don’t need generate and send now you can see it says sending cute run if you now go into trigger.dev and to our task you can now see one run was just cued right here we can also see run is now being executed. That’s one of the good things about trigger.dev dev as well is that all of this dashboard right here where it’s executing all of the runs, we have a very clean dashboard where we can see what’s going on. And now we can see right here the run succeeded in 13 seconds. If we go to our invoice and give it a refresh, we now have a new invoice with this new information and our invoice generator is now deployed in the cloud. So that is the back end, right? The backend is now deployed on trigger.dev. If we wanted to deploy the front end as well, we can also do that. We head to Vessel and then we write great let’s push the front end to Vessel. First GitHub though we’re going to go to GitHub and just like we did before we’re going to create a new repo. I’m going to call it invoice front end. We can choose an owner. We’re going to choose ourselves. We can click private and then we can create the repository just like this. Paste this into claw. Hit enter. And now it’s going to push our front end. Our front end is this page right here, right? The invoice generator. It’s going to push that. So, we have it online. The crazy thing about this is that you don’t have to remember, okay, how exactly did Elbert do this. You just have to remember, you can use Composio for authentication trigger.dev for the actual automation. When you tell that to claw, claw can figure out the rest. There we go. It is now pushed. We can now, just like we did before, go to Visil, click add new project, paste this in, click deploy, choose next, and just click deploy again. And that will deploy our project to the web. There we go. It is now deployed. We can click continue to dashboard. Click on the domain right here. And now you can see the invoice generator is live on the web. The last thing we need to do is just set the environmental values. You do that by going in environmental variables right here. Click add environmental variables. And just take the same one that we used before, paste that into the cell like this. Click save. You’re going to have to redeploy. And now the invoice generator is live on the web. What’s important to know is that right now we have hooked our entropic API key up to this invoice generator. It generates this text right here with AI when it sends the email. The issue with that is that if someone got access to this invoice generator, they can send maybe a thousand emails which will burn a lot of credits on Claude. So you want to add some authentication. You don’t want to just deploy it like this. And in the next part of the course, I’m going to show you exactly how you do that because you’re usually not only going to give them one of these like automations. Usually when you automate something within a business, you’re automating maybe 5, 10, 20 different processes. That adds up to a bunch of time. This is just one of them. In the next part of the course, I’m going to show you how you can add authentication as well, so only the actual company can access this. And I’m going to show you how you can build almost sort of a mini app with a bunch of individual small tools like this one where all of the automations are in one place that you can then give to the client, which makes you look very, very professional. And a collection of these is something that you can charge 10, 15, $20,000 for if you’re doing it for big companies. There we go. Deployment has been created. If we go to it now, you can see it has all of our information from before. And now it will work from the web. Throughout this course, we have built a lot of things using skills. For example, the website that we created was heavily carried by this build premium website skill. This is probably one of the most important parts about this entire course. And the reason for that is that one of the most important skills that you want to learn if you want to do this oneperson AI plot business is to create a process. Spend a lot of time building something out like this invoicing for example and then building a skill so you can cut a lot of time if you had to build it again. So learning how to build generic skills that builds out a process exactly like how you want it will save you a bunch of time in the long run. And the way you want to do this is that you want to use my skill that’s called create skill. This skill is also inside of our drives. this one right here called create skill which instructs Claude in how to create a good skill. I’m going to say nice, well done. This was a success. I want to create a skill for creating simple automations like this where I have some kind of form

    and that is on next.js. That’s what we used and the back end is on trigger. Authentication if possible should be on composio. I want you to take what you learned from this session and add that information into a skill so we can replicate it in in the future. Very important. use the create skill skill that you have access to. The user should in the start answer a couple of questions about what it is that they want to build. The skill should be generic for any mini automation/tools that they want to build. So it shouldn’t be invoicing

    specifically in the skill include that claude should research before building. Then you want to hit it with an ultraink. You want to hit it with plane mode. And sometimes something I also like to do is to use sub agents to go into our current app as the example and get all context you need. This is something that I like to write this use sub agents because claude is then going to speed up the process of finding context. Hit enter and now Claude is going to build out a skill for how to create automations like this. This will take a couple of minutes. There we go. Now it’s asking some question like what should the skill be named? I think mini automation fits pretty well. Should the skill bundle is start a template directory? Yes. Where should it live? Uh let’s do in the personal skills and then click submit answers. Because we use plan mode, it’s now asking us if we want to accept this plan. I think it sounds good. So let’s accept it. And Claude is now going to build out this skill for us. And there we go. After a couple of minutes, the skill is now built. Something that you always want to ask is, is this a standalone skill that doesn’t reference the invoice app? Answer this, please. The reason for that is that sometimes Claude likes to reference files, but if you want it to be its own skill, we don’t want it to reference this folder. We wanted to include all of the information in that one skill without needing any other context. But you can see it says yes, fully stand alone, no path references to any other skill. Awesome. Now we have created a standalone skill. When we write Ctrl C and then click plot right here and we now write mini automation, you can see we have a skill that’s called / mini automation. Build a mini automation in XJS form on the front end, a trigger.dev background task on the back end with composio for third party authentications, etc. blah blah blah blah. And now you can replicate the automation that we just created with that front-end form for anything that you want. and you want to get a habit out of doing this. So, anytime you build something that you think, well, I might build this for another client in the future, please make a skill for it. It’s going to save you so much time. And especially if you’re building out a websites and you want like a couple of different templates to choose from, building out a custom website and then making it into a skill is going to be so valuable for you. I personally believe that in the future with these Claude businesses, the value, the IP is going to be the SOPs and processes that Claude knows just like in a regular business. Now, what’s really valuable is all of the documents that businesses have that explains how they do things. The value in a Claude code company like this will be the processes, the skills that Claude has access to, the information that you have given it. So, please make sure to make those skills. They’re going to become valuable and save you a bunch of time in the future. Make a habit out of it. It’s one of the most important parts of running a plot code business like this. All right. Now, we have gone over how you build websites for clients, how you also build automations and how you can include AI into that to build agents. The third thing we’re going to cover is kind of like the next level to that, which is how do you then build out full AI systems? How do you take a business and then automate as many processes that you can and then deliver that to the client? That’s what we’re going to cover now. A full AI system is basically just a bunch of automations combined. So just like the invoicing automation that we just created, when you provide a full system, you usually automate maybe like 5 to 10 to 25 depending on depending on how big the project is. So how do you go about delivering this? This varies from agency to agency how you actually do this. Some agencies just deliver a bunch of init flows where if the client wants they can look at the executions of the init flows, but the reality is that the client is never going to do that. So the client just kind of trusts the agency that it’s set up correctly. But that is how most agencies use to do it. When we’re building with clawed code, we want to give Claude access to everything as well. So we’ll do this a little differently. We’re going to be building a dashboard for the client so they can see exactly what’s going on, exactly how many executions, maybe even exactly how much time these automations have saved them so far. That also allows us to provide them with tools like we just created with the invoicing tool where if they have some process that requires like something to trigger it like a form for example like we just showed you can put those tools inside of this system as well. This also allows us to have a front end where they can see all of this and then also have a separate backend where everything is running and depending on the size of the project and the client that you’re working with. Sometimes the client wants to run everything on their own servers and this system is great for that because the front end, the actual visuals and the back end is all going to be running as code. And specifically the back end, we’re using trigger.dev exactly like we did in the previous automation. And because trigger.dev is open source, it means that we can host it anywhere. We can host it on a virtual machine like a machine that’s just in the cloud. We can host it on the servers that they are already running. If they’re using something like Azure, which is the most normal one, that is like a cloud provider it’s called, or if they’re using AWS, Amazon Web Services, or if they’re using Google Cloud. Having a system like this means that you can basically deploy it anywhere you want with a very nice user experience. Let me be clear from the start, sometimes it’s overkill building out a full AI system. Let’s say that you’re delivering a project for a client and all they need is just like one automation done. What you could do is lally just provide the tool like we just did connected to something like a type form where you don’t have your own front end. This is for bigger projects where you are auditing the entire business and then say okay these things are what we can improve and I’m going to build this out like this and this and this and you’re going to basically get your custom dashboard, custom app where you have access to all of this. All right, let’s get into how we actually build this. So first thing we’re going to build out is the structure of what is really going to be a full app. We’re going to have the front end and this is going to be very similar to what we already built. It’s going to be next.js as the framework. It’s going to be tailwind CSS for the design. And then I like to use something that’s called Next O for the authentication that works well with Nex.js. And then we’re going to use resend together with next off. And resent was basically the service that we can use to send emails like magic links. And this is the most secure and easiest way to set up a login. That way you don’t have to manage passwords. You don’t have to manage usernames. All you’re doing is just sending a magic link. Every time someone wants to log in, they click on that link and they’re in. So it’s basically like forcing a two-factor authentication every single time, which is the most secure thing that you can do. Then we have the backend. This is where all of our automations are running and we’re going to be building that in trigger.dev. We’re going to start by hosting it on trigger.dev. just know later on if you wanted to host the back end yourself, if you wanted it on something like a virtual machine or hosting the back end on the client’s actual servers, then trigger.dev is the perfect thing to build with because it allows you to just take the code and just host it somewhere else as well. And then because we’re building out kind of like a full app, we also need a database. But the database I like to launch fast and the fastest way that I found to launch is by using [  ] DB, which is a database provider. And the database is where we are basically going to be storing all of this data. So all of the invoices for example if we have an invoice generator, all of the clients information like the email and user information. And what’s worth knowing as well is that we also going to be hosting MongoDB in the cloud just to launch fast. If you at one point wanting to build this entirely on the client’s platform, then you can also do that because MongoDB also has a community edition that allows you to self-host it just like you can with trigger.dev. And while it’s not entirely open source, their community edition is fine for what you’re building as well. So that is kind of the stack that we are going to be using. And don’t worry if you don’t know what all these things are yet. After watching this part of the course, you’ll know exactly how to set up full AI systems like this. All right, let’s get into it. The first thing we’re going to do is that I’m going to build a new folder right here. I’m going to call this one, let’s just call it AI system. And then I’m going to go out of claw and write cd AI system, which is basically just going to get me into that folder. and then write plot. The reason I do this is because I don’t want to give it the context of all the other things that we have built as well. We want it to be completely focused on this right here. What I’ll then do is that I’m going to write I want to build out a full app for a client that includes a bunch of small automations. And then I’m going to write the only domain that should be allowed into this app should be at shiny AI domains. The reason we do this is because if we deliver this for a client, we want to add some additional security measures that only emails with their own domain should be allowed into it. This is basically just an additional layer of security. Then I’m going to write the stack next.js. We want to use next off for authentication with no Google login because we don’t need that. We want to be using the magic links, but again, this is something that you could add later if you wanted to. Then we want to use Tailwind CSS recent for magic links. For the back end, I’m not going to write yet. I’m going to write backend. Let’s not create this yet, but I want to use trigger.dev at one point. So just create the structure for its and then for the database we want to use [  ] I’m going to give it some additional information. This app will be a dashboard for the automations they have running. So keep as much as possible in the front end, only automations at the back end. Only automations and processes in the back end. For database, we’re going to use MongoDB. And then I don’t want to build anything out yet. I don’t want you to build out any automations yet. I want you to create the structure of the app. I want a dashboard when they land inside a simple sidebar where they will have all of the automations and a settings tab where they can log out etc. Please build this out. Then we’re going to use ultraink. I’m going to put it inside of plan mode to force it to create the full plan before it starts building. And then we are going to hit enter. It’s going to take a little longer now the first time that we are building it out. But just like we have done previously with the automations, what we’ll later do is that we’re going to create a skill out of this. And I’m going to give that skill to you as well. And then we can basically build out full AI systems like this in a single prompt. Which next off version? Use the latest one. For components, we can use shared CN components. How should the shiny AI domain restriction work? only allow add shiny.ai domains MongoDB persistence for all. Let’s use the JWT session tokens and submit answers. There we go. Now it’s going to plan out this entire thing. And there we go. Claude has now written up a plan. I’m also going to tell it to please use the super powers skill and I approve of plan. Again, if you don’t know what the superpower skill is, superpowers is basically a plugin that includes a couple of skills for like writing plans, writing skills, executing plans. It’s basically forcing Claw to think like a developer, which is very useful when it’s building out a full app. So now it’s going to build out and scaffold this entire project that took 13 minutes to build out. Now we want to click into the folder where we have created all of this. We want to go into the end local example, copy this, paste this, and then rename it and just call it.local like this. Cool. Now, we need to fill out all of this information. The first is the or secret. To create this, we can use this command right here that it was so nice to show, which is called open SSL rand and then B 6432. Hit enter. That’s going to give us a random string of letters. We can paste that in instead of the O secret right here. Just like this one. Then we have the next O URL. For now, we’re just going to keep that at localhost 3000. And then we go under API keys, create an API key. I’m going to call this one AI system. It should have full access. Click add. Copy it. Go back. Paste it in right here. And then I’m just going to write shiny portal. That is going to be the sender. And for the email, I’m going to use this email that I’ve already set up, which is just going to be this one. So, it’s going to be no reply at mail.clipip.dev. This is the domain that I’m just going to use because I’ve already set it up once. And we’re using the MongoDB URI. We get that by going to MongoDB. If you don’t have one already, then create a user. Create a database and a cluster if you don’t have one already. I’m now going to click connect. Click drivers. And this gives me this string right here. What we then also want to do is that we want to click done right here. Then go into database and network access. Click edit. And then we can edit the password. also generate a secure password. Copy this and paste it in right here where it says DB password just like this. And the trigger.dev key is not set up yet. We’re going to set that up later when we set up the automations and the back end. Now we can click update user right here. And now it should work. The last thing we need to do is that we need to insert the name of the database. It’s not called shiny right here. It is called newsify right here. It’s from a pre previous project. So I’m going to fill this out as well. Cool. Let’s try and run it. So, we need to go inside of AI system by using cd and AI system. And then we’re going to write npm rundev to start the dev server. Hit enter. This is going to open it up. And you can see it starts on localhost 3000. Let’s see what it build out. We definitely need to work on the design of this. Let me sign in with [email protected]. Send magic link. There you go. Check your inbox. Can then go inside of our inbox. Elbert shiny.ai. Click sign in. And there we go. Now we have our dashboard right here that shows total automations, how many active, how many drafts, recent activity, nothing yet. Welcome back. Your automations dashboard, blah blah blah. And then it says shiny up here. Then we have an example automation right here where we’re going to have all of the automations here on the left side. And then inside of settings, you can see you signed into shiny email and then you can sign out. Great. This is just the structure of the dashboard. We definitely need to make this look a lot better before we do anything else. The way we do that is that we use the front end design skill. I’m going to write that looks good. I want to give our app a makeover. Use the front end design skill. I want it in a linear light mode type of vibe. We should have both light mode and dark mode. Let’s build this out. Thanks. Ultra think hit it with a plane mode so it plans out how we should do it and then hit enter. I like to build the structure first where it doesn’t care at all about the design first so it builds it out the right way and then later we give it a makeover so it doesn’t look this bad. That will probably take a couple of minutes to fix. Great. Now we have something that looks more like this which looks good. But I can see we already have an error right here. So I can click on this little icon to copy the error. Go back into claw, paste it in, and say, “Please fix this. Thank you.” And now it’s going to fix this error right here. It’s running a lint. Go. Let’s see if it There we go. The error disappeared. If you write at [email protected], you can see it says check your inbox. We can then go to our inbox. Click sign in. Now it says something went wrong, which is weird. That’s because I clicked on the one that was 20 minutes ago. You got to click on the newest one right here. 0 minutes ago. And there we go. Welcome back. Now it looks like this. And the light mode. This looks a lot better. There’s some weird thing going on with the gradient. What I’ll do is that I’m going to take a screenshot of this and say this title and other text has a weird gradient. That is too much. Please fix it. Thanks. I like this theme a lot better. And now we have both a light mode and a dark mode. It fixed this elbow text right here, but it still does that weird thing. I’m going to take a screenshot of it again and say, “See how in the sides it’s less bright than in the middle. We don’t want that. Please fix.” Also, this light mode button up here. We probably don’t want that. So, what I’m going to do is that I’m going to say, “Nice, the light mode button top right corner. Please remove that so we only have it inside of settings. Looks a bit brighter, but it still has that weird shadow on the left hand side right here. Let’s try and write on the sides. There’s a weird shadow. Can we please remove that? Actually, I think it’s because these dots in the background. They probably need this shadow. So, I’m going to write they should only have the effect on the background dots, not on the headlines and text and components, etc. You can see it’s doing it on every single page. Kind of like dark to the sides, but then in the middle it’s like bright. We want it to be white everywhere. There we go. Now, it fixed it. So, the text is completely white. I think this looks a lot better. What we’re going to do now is we’re going to install our first app. So I’m going to write let’s install our first app which will be this invoicing app that also uses trigger.dev as back end. I want you to one install this front end form to our AI system folder and two create the trigger.dev back end. We’re going to call this the AI system back end right here inside this folder that will include the back end for this automation.

    also make it so we later can add more tasks. That’s what it’s called inside of trigger.dev. Uh so more autoations later. For now, let’s add this one. I’m going to set it to plan mode and write use sub aents to get all context you need and implement this automation. So now we’re going to take the invoice app that we just built previously and we’re going to install it into our AI system. And there we go. Now you can see inside of our app, the send invoice automation has now been set up. And now they have the same form that’s now in this new branding where they can generate and send an invoice much faster. And then when you’re building out this AI system, it will consist of let’s say five to 10 different automations that are automating something. And all the employees would need access to is just this dashboard right here that would allow them to use the automations. The next thing I want to do is to handle the authentication. If it’s not off yet, I want to add a off button to this right here. For this automation, we need to handle the off. So, please add if we don’t have authentication set up when we trigger it that a modal pops up where they can authenticate. When we created this standalone automation, we handle the authentication using the link inside of the terminal via cloud code. But of course, our clients will not be able to do that. So, we need to add a nice button where they can just authenticate with whatever they’re using. Cool. I hope you see the idea of how you can build fully custom AI systems, how you can make it domain specific so only people from this company can use it, and how you now have this structure to build anything that you want inside of here. Your automations doesn’t have to be a form where then something happens. You can also set up automations that doesn’t require anyone to do anything where it just runs on autopilot. Let me show you how to do that too. But before we do that, let’s make sure that this actually works. So the first thing I’m going to do is that I’m going to go to trigger.dev. I’m going to create a new project that I’m going to call AI system. Then I want to push this straight to production. So I am going to get the API key right here, the secret key, paste that into environmental value right here. And we also need to do that right here. Then we need to go down and we need to get inside of general the project ref. So I’m going to insert that here too. Close this down like that. Just like before, we need to set the environmental variable. So I’m going to go inside of here, click add new, and then go inside of our environmental file. Copy all of this and then paste this into the production like this and click save. And now I’m going to wait for it to set up the connection so everything works. And then we’re going to test it. Cool. Let’s try and push this to production. Going to give it the project ref right here. I’m going to say we need to set up the back end. I have installed all the N1 trigger.dev. This is the project ref. Can you please set this up? So it works with everything authentication, etc. Thank you. So now we’re basically just going to push this backend code right here, which is the AI system backend. We’re going to take these tasks that are the trigger.dev tasks. We’re going to push it to this new trigger. That we just set up. So we have everything in one place. You can see there’s no tasks inside of here yet. And there we go. I now deployed it to production. Now you can see the task is inside of our system on trigger.dev in the production. If I then just make a test, we can call it Elbert test. company name BMA just write consulting set it to $1,500 and click generate and send you can see it says there we go cute run ID run like this and now if you go inside of runs you can see it’s now executing and you can see invoice from shiny here we have it cool so now our send invoice is working what I’ll do now just like I explained before is that now we have the start right this is a good starting point for every new client that you get on as well this overview dashboard where you have a company name and one automation is the perfect starting point for every new client that you sign on as well. So, we want to give Claude this information. What I’ll do is I’m simply just going to create a new session. Then I’m going to use the create skill and I’m going to drag these in and I’m going to write I want to create a skill that creates this kind of front end and backend system to when I close a new client. It should be a generic skill. So first it should ask what the client name is, what the domain is for their emails, etc. It should gather all of the context first. Then I wanted to build out this template with the front end and back end first. After we have built out this structure, we should not have any automations yet, we will then later build automations, but the entire structure should be there. So it’s very easy to do. This skill should work stand alone. Should not reference these folders. It should have everything included with references etc

    inside its own scale. I’m going to give it an ultra think and hit enter. Actually before I do that I’m going to write use sub aents to gather all the context for how this works. Thank you. I’m also going to write include everything like design, how it works, uh domain, the stack, etc. Use sub angel to gather all the context for how this works. Thank you. There we go. Bit of a long prompt, but we’re going to use the create skill now. And again, this skill is inside the claude skills folder, which is inside the free community. So to get this skill, just go inside of classroom, go inside of learning hub and inside of claw skills right here, you have all of my claw skills in this drive folder and it’s completely free to get. There we go. Now it’s going to start building out this and it’s calling it new client system skill. This will probably take some time because it needs to gather all of the context first and then build the skill. But you really want to learn how to do this because every time you build something new for a client that potentially could be replicated in the future, you want to build a skill around it. If you don’t do this, you’re going to start from scratch every time you land a new client. When you do this, you’re going to make your life much easier. And there we go. Now you can see the skill is ready. If I go into a new claude session, let’s restart cla right quick. And we then write new client system like this. It says scaffold new clients full stack next.js 16 front end dashboard trigger.dev bag and worker from the shiny automations template. Use when the user says new client onboarded client scaffold new client system, etc. And of course, I’m also going to drop this skill together with the rest of the skills inside of the Google Drive. Now you know how to create full agent dashboards and you can of course customize this to however you want. If you want graphs right here showing you the task, you can ask Claude to build it. If you want to add a specific automation, you can ask Claude to build it. If you want to add something inside of settings where they can add the users themselves, you can tell Claude to build it. But what I want to do now is build some more automations inside of this dashboard to show you how that would look as well. Let’s get into it. All right, let me show you how to build out some more automations inside of our own automation system. What I’ll write is I’m going to take this folder and this folder right here which is basically all the files that this system includes and then I’m going to write read how this works use sub agents and then I’m going to say specifically look at how the automations are created etum then return to me. We just want to give the context for how this AI system works before we then try and build out a new automation inside of this session. So it’ll probably take a couple of minutes. All right. So let’s automate some more business processes. Let’s say the onboarding for example. A lot of businesses right now they do manual onboarding. So they send out emails manually. They send out the contract manually. They do all of this stuff manually. We can create an automation for this as well and display it inside of here. So we can now write I want to create a new automation that is called start onboarding. This should let’s write up what it should do. Send over contract via Gmail using Composure of course. Send another email with a Calendarly link where they can book an onboarding call. Send an email with an onboarding survey for example. Send another email with Kennet link. So the connection we need is probably just Gmail. The user will provide onboarding link and K link because it already now knows the structure of our system. This should be extremely easy to set up. I’m also going to write please add this task to trigger.dev of course like the other ones straight to prod. And there we go. Now it’s going to build out this automation just like the other one. There we go. That was extremely fast. We can actually see that building out this automation actually took only 3 minutes and it was also a pretty simple automation, but we’re going to start here before we build something a little more advanced. But let’s say that we just closed me. This is my email. This is my company. Then we can say send a contract URL. This could be something like a docu sign. But we might want to change this to an actual PDF. So maybe let’s do that. Let’s copy this and say, can we instead here upload a PDF on the new tool. Thank you. Then it’s going to change the automation to do that. Then we insert the onboarding survey and then the calendarly URL. So the calendar URL could be something like this. The onboarding survey URL be something like this. And then we need the contract URL, but that’s going to change. Now we can instead upload a PDF, but I actually want to generate the PDF instead. Can we actually instead generate the PDF? For now, we just generate a dummy contract. But when we generate, we insert the actual name and business information, etc. Please update. And again, if the client comes back and says, well, I want this change, so can we do this instead? Then you have everything in code. B can literally change anything inside of here. So, it’s fully customizable. There we go. So now we don’t have a field to upload the contract, but now it’s basically just going to send out a dummy one. So let’s test if it works. Open a shiny AI BMA. Insert our onboarding survey. Insert our calendar form. Send this in. Click start on boarding. There we go. You can see it cued this run right here. If we go into trigger.dev and look at runs, we can now see that it’s now executing this run. There we go. It took 12 seconds. Let’s see if I received something in my email. Now I get the book your onboarding call, onboarding survey, and your contract. Let’s get started. This is all automatically sent. You can see we even generated this draft or placeholder contract that we can always change later to exactly what we want. But now it sends out this contract as well that includes my information. Absolutely insane. We just automated the onboarding process as well. And if the client says, “Well, we want a new lead updated inside of our CRM or we want something else done.” literally just tell claw to build it and it’s going to build it out for you. But let’s build out some more advanced automations. Let’s get into it. All right, now you know the basics of creating these automations. But let’s say that we want to build something a little more impressive. And this is usually also the things that you’ll be sending to clients. For example, let’s imagine that a client that you’re working with, they have five support reps that are answering emails all day long. and you want to automate, let’s say our goal is 60% of that. So all of the questions that are the ones that are asked all the time that an AI can literally just answer those questions almost instantly. We can also build a full AI agent system like this inside of our dashboards. The great thing about this is that it is custom code. It means that there are literally no boundaries. We can build whatever we want. So I’m going to go back into claw code. I’m again going to tell it to read the structure of this full AI system. Then return back to me, use sub agents, understand how it works, hit enter. It will gather all of the context that it needs and then it’s going to come right back. Great. It returns back after 2 minutes and has all the context. Then we can write I want to build another more advanced automation. This should be a full AI support email ticket response system that can respond to around 60% of all emails. In this automation, I want the front end to show the AI responses. I want it to show if any has been escalated. I want to be able to upload a full knowledge base. So, it should use rag to search through it and answer questions based on this knowledge base. It’s getting a little more advanced here, but luckily we do have claw that can build out all of this for us. We will use composio to answer the emails uh using Gmail. I want to trigger the trigger.dev every 10 minutes to check for new emails and then respond to every single one that has come in. If the ticket requires human attention, we should be able to escalate it and see the escalated emails in the front end. and be able to respond to them from within the front end as well. I also want to be able to see the AI responses inside the front end, too. Let’s see if there’s anything else that we need. Let’s plan this out. Please use the superpower skill and ask me if you have any questions. Let’s fire away that prompt. And you can see it’s going to load the superpower skill and ask us any questions if it needs more context. We can all of a sudden start building some really cool advanced stuff based on the current structure that we have. How should the AI reply behave for the 60% it’s confident about it should also send immediately. Of course, if you’re building this out for a client, you would of course have talked with the client and asked how it should do it. But you’re going to want to send immediately. What format will the knowledge base come in? Let’s do let’s do PDF files. Let’s actually just do text files. That is a lot easier. Well, we can actually turn on all of them to be the answers. Where should we store the vector embeddings for rag? We could use something like pine cone or postgress, but we actually already have vector search inside of MongoDB. So, let’s use that. Let’s do if any human asks for like low confidence from AI and tone and refund. And let’s also do specific clarifiers like this. Submit. You can see it’s asking all of the right questions that it needs in order to build out this plan. Which email account does this monitor reply from? One shared inbox. Yes. And there we go. Now you can see it’s exploring the project to get context. And then it’s going to ask a couple of clarifying questions. Come with a couple of approaches and then design the plan for building this out. How should we identify a ticket? What groups emails together? A Gmail thread is one ticket. That sounds good. When you escalate and reply from the front end, should the AI help draft the human reply? Yep. If we can get AI to pre-draft the reply but just not send. I think that could be pretty cool. Where do we store tickets, messages, KB chunks and embeddings? Reuse existing MongoDB. Let’s do that. Anything important I should add to the spec. Pick anything that apply per ticket tags, labels, analytics view. Could do an analytics view and a per ticket tag. Submit this. Submit the answers. Got it. And off to design. Let me present it in sections. Confirm after each section one. This is this. That sounds good. Then it’s going to use trigger.dev to pull every single 10 minutes. This also looks good. There we go. That was all of the sections. Now it’s saying writing out the spec docs. Now that’s probably going to take a couple of minutes. Now we have the full design spec, which looks good. So I’m going to tell it to continue. Now it’s going to use this design spec to build out the entire plan so it can build this out. It’s going to ask us if we want to use sub aent driven or inline execution. We definitely want to use sub agent to speed it up. This means that different agents are going to be working on different tasks. You can see I dispatch a fresh sub agent per task review between task fasteration usually the fastest and also what’s recommended in this superpower skill. So now it’s going to use the sub agent driven development loaded this superpower skill and now it’s going to build out this entire thing for us based on our instructions. This will probably take a bit to build up because it is a pretty extensive AI system that we are building out. There we go. The next thing we need to do is that we need to go in and get our MongoDB secret. This one right here. Then we need to go to our production trigger.dev. Go inside of environmental variables. Click add new. Click on production. Make sure that we have added both the MongoDB URI and the DB name. Click save. There we go. Now I’m going to write we need this to update on prodrigger.dev.

    So it will work. Can we please do that? Hit enter. And now it’s going to push the changes it has made to our back end. It’s going to push those trigger.dev so everything will run smoothly. All right, there we go. If I now spin up the server, you can see on localhost 3000, we now have another automation that’s called AI support. And here we have a couple of tabs for escalated support request, AI replied, human applied, and all. We also have this analytics tab right here that shows us how many tickets we have. And we have this knowledge base tab where we can either paste text into the knowledge base. We can add PDFs or URLs. Let’s see if this actually works. I can take our shiny.ai website for example. Paste this in. Click add to knowledge base. It is processing now. Let’s see if it actually works. Says error though. So this didn’t work for some reason. Let’s try and see if we can fix this. I tried to add knowledge base. I ran into this issue. Can we check what happened? In the meantime, let’s try and check the other things like paste text. If I just like copy this entire page and paste it in right here, add to knowledge space and call it basic info. Let’s see if it wants to add this. But then give it a refresh again. Still says failed. So there’s obviously something wrong with the knowledge base, but cl of course be able to fix this. Ah, now I see why it fails. We need an openi API key. So I’m going to set this value as well inside our environmental value right here at the end openai API key. And then I’m going to go to platformi.com login with my Google account. Let’s just call it AI system. Create the secret key. Copy it. Paste it in right here. And then we also need to go into trigger.dev inside of the environmental v variables here. Click add new and add it here too. Let’s do a refresh of this right here. Go to support. We’re actually getting emails now that is escalated to us. No emails has been replied to yet. Let’s try and add the knowledge base once again. Copy our entire website right here. Paste it in. Call it basic info. Add to knowledge base. Now it is processing. Refresh. Still processing now. So it didn’t fail instantly. That’s good. Let’s delete these others while we are at it. And there we go. Now it says ready. So if we go back to inbox, we can see it has no subject line right now. So I’m going to copy this and I’m going to paste this in and say that seems to work. issue now is that the subject lines don’t show even though we do have subject lines. Can you fix please hit enter and then hopefully we can fix this subie line not showing but this is an actual email from my inbox which is kind of cool. Same with this one. This is also an actual email. So it’s actually fetching the emails which is kind of cool and it is escalating them. Great. I think I also want to add a refresh button somewhere on this page. So, I’m going to give it this page right here and say, can we add a refresh button here as well that triggers a polling, please? That way, we can also do it manually just to get all the newest ones. And there we have it. Now, we have a little poll inbox button right here. If we pull it, it says refreshing just like this. And then it shows us if we have any new emails in our inbox. So, let’s actually try it. Let me go on this email account right here. Write to my personal email right here. Basically, write what does shiny AI do? We can basically just ask, I saw your website. What is it that Shiny AI does? We can click send. And now I receive my email inside of my inbox. Let’s see if we also receive it or if we hit little polling right here. For some reason, it doesn’t show. Maybe it’s because it’s under AI replied. Hm. Check the latest poll. I ran it after sending an email to myself to check it, but the email doesn’t show up. Why is that? Check the latest logs. Let’s see if I can figure out what happened. There we go. The issue was apparently that I clicked in on it, so it became red. Of course, we only want to take the unread emails. So yeah, the system is actually working like it’s intended. Cool. But it’s still being escalated. So we need to fix some prompting. I think I can write, see this email. It’s a simple question and we have it in our knowledge base.

    Why did it get escalated? Hit enter and see what it says. All right. This was another one of these issue where it wasn’t really an issue. I just had to refresh. But now I’ve added auto refreshes every 30 seconds inside of this tab. And if we go to AI replied and we click in on this, we can actually see, hey, saw your website blah blah blah. And then the AI actually replied with this. Hi, thanks for reaching out. China AI helps businesses boost sales. It’s using the information that it got from the website. And if we click why this reply, we can even see the confidence score of how smart it thinks it was. We can see the citations that it used from our knowledge base. This is extremely cool and it works. So now we basically have an AI inside of our support email that can reply to questions. When this confidence score isn’t as high, it’s going to put it in the escalator tab so we can reply to it. I hope you start to see the power of these insane automations and agent systems that you can all build inside of your own kind of dashboard right here and provide to a client. And the great thing is that as you build these systems out, you could then sell this support inbox to another client and it wouldn’t really take you that much work to set it up with a new knowledge base on a new client. And the crazy thing is the amount that you could sell this for. If you sold this to a big company, you could probably charge anywhere from $2 to $5,000 a month depending on how big the team is. Cuz think about it, right now their support rep is probably being paid maybe like $2,000 a month. If it’s in the US, then probably three to $4,000 a month. So if a team has, let’s say, 10 support reps and all of a sudden they only need five, you’re saving them five times, let’s say, $3,000, that’s $15,000 a month you’re saving them. And if you’re charging $5,000, you’re still saving them $10,000 a month. And this is just one of the automation systems that you can build out. You can automate all processes inside of a business. Smack all of these automations here on the left hand side, and you have a killer product. And you can manage all of this with cloud code. What I’ll do is that I will take the code for this entire dashboard right here with the trigger. Back end. So these folders right here, AI system and AI system back end. I’m also going to take the cityscape website. So you have that as well as reference. And I’m going to put the GitHub repos right below this video. The last thing I want to do is that I want to host the front end. Right now we are still in localhost 3000. The back end is hosted on the cloud.trigger.dev, but the front end isn’t hosted yet. And it’s honestly quite easy to do. It’s the exact same thing we did with the other website. We just open visil.com and click add new project. Then we want to push this to GitHub. So I’m going to say I want to push only the front end. So the only this AI system folder right here. That’s the front end, not the back end, only the front end to GitHub. Then we’re going to open a new tab. We’re going to go to github.com. We’re going to create a new repo. I’m going to call it AI system front end. We going to make this private. Create repository. Then we can copy the link right here. We can paste it in and say push to this repo. You won’t be able to do this in auto mode. So I’m going to set it to just like the default mode. Hit enter. And then we will have to accept the commands. It’s asking us what to push. I’m going to ask it. I want to push this to separate repo so I can host the front end. So only the AI system standard push it’s it’s empty brand new and then we push it. Something that I always like to do is that I write of course don’t push any secrets etc. Just so we don’t push any of these secrets to GitHub for security. Always good to remind Claude not to do that. Sometimes it gets ahead of itself. It is running all of these commands. We’ll just let it do that. There we go. Created a little mini plan for itself. Now it’s going to push this frontend repo to GitHub. There we go. Now it is pushed. If we go onto GitHub, then hit enter. Now you can see we have all of the files inside of here. Let’s host that by going to VIL, copying this GitHub repo, pasting it in, clicking deploy. It’s going to see that it’s a NextJS application right here, click deploy again, and let’s see if we have any build errors. See, we already have a build error. So what I’ll do is that I’m going to copy this. Better thing to do actually is to go inside of here where we are running it and then instead of npm rundev we can write npm run build which is going to show us all of the build errors inside of this folder. You see it compile successfully running typescript. This actually built successfully. So I’m not sure what this error is. So let’s copy this paste it in and say when I try and host on this I get this why the front end installed MongoDB7 but PN install both villa doesn’t pass legacies by default to clean fixes are going down MongoDB6 let’s do what it recommends there we go it pushed the changes to GitHub so let’s try and deploy it again we can just click deploy once more and now we should not get this error again you can see It passed the first 10 seconds, which was where we had an error before. And there we go. Congratulations. You now deployed a project. Let’s continue to dashboard. We get this domain right here that we can go to. And you can see this will now be the login screen right here, which will only allow us to sign in with a shiny domain. So, I’m going to write my email, click send magic link, and we see something went wrong, which is because we don’t have our environmental var variables yet. So, go inside of here, and then we need to fill out all of the environmental variables. Click add. Pasting in all of these. Click save and do a little redeploy like this. This will take another minute or so and then it will deploy it. Let’s click right here. View deployment. Look at logs right here. Build logs to see if it deploys like it should. There we go. Build completed. If we then give it a refresh and write in our email. Now it should work. I can see right here that it’s going to localhost and that’s because I forgot to change one of the environmental variables. So, let’s go to next or UL right here. You can see we’re going to be using this URL instead. Pasted this in, click save, and click redeploy. Right now, we’re using this domain right here, which is the domain that Vasil gives us. But you probably want to add your own domain when you set up an AI system like this. The way you do that is that you just go inside of VIL again, go down to domains, and then just click add existing, and you can write in whatever domain you want and connect it using DNS. If you have any issues with that, then you can just ask Claude. After you’ve changed the domain, then it’s very important that you go inside of the environmental variables, just like I forgot to do now and change this next off URL to be the URL where your app is running. If you don’t do that, you’re going to run into the same issue that we just did before. Now it’s deployed once again. Let’s hit enter. Write in elot shiny.ai. Now it is sending the magic of URL. And now we are in and we have our AI support. We have our AI send invoice. We have our start onboarding. We have all of the processes that we built just before. There we go. Now you’ve deployed an AI system that could be for a client. Congratulations for reaching this far into the course. Great. Now you know how to build in these three levels. Websites as the easiest thing to build, then individual automations to automate stuff with trigger.dev and then how you can build a full app and dashboard around it that has multiple different automations in order to deliver a full project. What I’ll show you next is my structure and my way of basically being able to build anything. Cuz now you know a couple of things you can build and deliver to a client. But if a client has some specific request and you want to build something that you don’t have a tutorial on that doesn’t exist on YouTube, how do you go about that? How do you build anything? I usually break it down into four different steps. The first thing before I even start building anything, we need to create a really, really good build plan. This includes things like the tick stack that we are using, how it will work, what database, what frameworks, what exactly is it that we are building. It also includes things like the design, how should it look, what should the feel of the thing we are building, what should that be like? And that is actually the most important step of building anything. And the reason for that is that there are so many things that goes into this step of figuring out okay what are we building and how do we build it specifically with the tech stack because if you’re building something like an app or an automation the text stack is what determines what the cost of running it will be and how fast it’s going to be as well and how well does it scale and if we at one point later on wants to add more things is that possible can we add more features can actually do the things that we want can we give it the functionality that we need and wants in our app or automation or whatever it is that we are building this build plan what most beginners do when they’re building something is that they just write I want to build this and this and this hit enter and then take it from there but what happens most of the time is that they end up with a bad text stack they don’t go back and forth with the large language model in order to actually get the best text stack possible for what they’re trying to do and they end up launching something that is mediocre that makes them run into issues later down the line when it comes to scaling the cost, how fast there is functionality, etc. So before we start building anything, we want to have the text stack dialed. We want to keep going back and forth with Claude until we get the best text stack possible. And then we also want to nail the design so we know exactly what the feel should be of the user experience before we even start building anything. It’s much harder down the line to change something from bad to good rather than just building it from good in the start. After we have done that, after we have spent a lot of time, and I’m literally talking hours here, if you’re building something complex, figuring out the text stack, figuring out the design, and making sure that all of these will be good, now it’s time to build out the implementation plan. What people that are a bit more intermediate, but still beginners, what they do is that they maybe just make one plan of, okay, this is what I want to build, give it to Claude, and then have that build it out. and port should do this next step itself which is building out an implementation plan. But you’re going to get much better results if you actually verify that you have a good implementation plan. An implementation plan is basically a plan for how do you actually build the thing that you have written out in the build plan. And the way I like to do them is split them up in steps. And for each step I want a bunch of different checkboxes. So to give you an example, step one might be to set up file structure. And in the file structure, there’s a bunch of different substeps in setting up the file structure and you want to write all of this out in your implementation plan. And if you’re building something very complex, you might have something like 40 steps in your implementation plan in order to build the thing out that you want. And before you even start building anything, you want to make sure that you have this implementation plan dialed. In step two, the next thing we might want to build out is maybe the database structure and then maybe authentication. Cloud knows the best sequence of how to build out anything, but you want to force it to make a good implementation plan. You want to force the AI to really make a decision and make a good decision for how to build out the thing that you want. And then after you’ve made the build plan and you’ve made a good implementation plan, that is when you start building. And the way you do that now is that you give the large language model this implementation plan of course. And then you tell it, please start with step one. And the large language model is now going to start with this substep, then do this substep, and then do this substep and come back to you and say, well, step one has now been complete. Do you want me to start with step two? And then it’s going to start step two. It’s going to do the substeps inside of step two, and then it’s going to finish. This is much better than just giving it an entire plan or just giving it a build plan and letting it control everything itself. By this, you force it to do it in the best sequence possible. And you have planned everything out before you even start building anything. I hope you start to see the power of building out both a build plan and an implementation plan. And actually, when it comes to like the time that you’re building, step one and two will be where you spend 80% of your time. Step three when building something out. And actually building it will only take around 20% of the time. A lot of people in the AI space get this wrong and they spend 80% of the time just letting the LLM build and only 20% of the time planning it out, if they even do plan it out at all. So when you made a build plan, you made an implementation plan and the AI has gone through every single step all the way down to step 40 or however long the implementation plan is and the AI is not done building it, then it’s finished and you’ll have to test and refine it a lot. You’ll definitely run into bugs. It almost always happens and you basically just go through them, paste the bug to plot and have it finish everything. That is basically how you go about building something. In all of this, you want plot to be almost a consultant that can explain to you what is the best text stack. What should I use for building this? What gives me the best results? And a bonus tip that gives you even better results is if you use two large language models. It could either be two claw code sessions, could also be one claw and then one codeex. But if you have one AI as kind of like the consultant that decides what to use and then you take that decision and you give it to another AI model and you say, “Is this true?” They’re then going to bounce ideas and make sure you get the best result possible. And by doing that, you can start with absolutely no technical ability and you can figure everything out on the fly. Awesome. Let me actually demonstrate exactly how you do this by building something that I have no idea how to build. then I’ll show you exactly how you use this four-step framework right here to do the exact thing that we just talked about. Let’s get into it. To show you that this actually works and to show you how to actually do it, let’s build something that I haven’t built before just to show you that it actually works and that you can build something really, really good without knowing how it works. First, I want to build a lead enricher. What that basically means is that I want to be able to insert a name or an email or a LinkedIn URL and from that I want to search up a database of some kind of sort and from that I want a software that can go out and get all information on that person. So if I wanted to find someone’s email, I could just paste in their LinkedIn URL and that would give them their email. I have a slight idea of how to build this. I can probably use some API from like Apollo or something, but I wanted to show you how you can know none of that and get all the answers from Claude in order to build it out. So, I’m not going to help it and tell it what to do. Claude is going to make the decisions for us. I have a blank project right here. I’m just going to head under the terminal and click new terminal and then open up a Claude session right here and click yes, I trust the author. Then going to drag it on top right here. And I’m going to write I want to build a lead in richer. First I want to build a build plan. Ask me some questions about how it should work. So we can create a build plan as amp file. We just set it to auto mode and hit enter. And now Lord will ask us a couple of questions to basically build the thing that we want to build. And you can actually see it’s even using the superpower skill which kind of forces this entire process. This superpower skill first creates the build plan of what we want to build which is basically what it calls a design spec and then it actually also builds out an implementation plan. This is what’s going on under the hook for the superpower scope. You can see it says what’s the input to the lead enricher? What do you start with? I want to be able to start with anything and from that so either email company domain name plus company linked in URL and from that get all of the information. So, I should be able to insert what I have. Hit enter. What output fields do you want the enricher to return for each lead? Let’s do person basics and contact info and company info. And then, yeah, let’s get socials as well. Submit. Hit enter. Which enrichment data source do you want to use? This is where we want to make sure that we actually make a good decision. Choosing an enricher is the biggest cost of running this. And right here, it’s giving an option to have multiple and use each as fallback. I like that idea. So, let’s do that. What do you want to interact with in Richer? Let’s do a small web app like this. How should leads be input into the web app? Both single bulk one form from a single lead. Let’s just do single lead only for now. Do you want to store enriched leads or is it lookup only? Store history. And if you reach a question where you don’t know the answer, you can literally just scroll down if you’re using the superpowers plugin. You can also just go out of it and then discuss it with Claude. But we can write chat about this and then say what would you recommend? And then it says I’d recommend store history in a database. Reasons saving on cost blah blah blah. The only reason to skip storage is if you have a strict privacy policy compliance reason. Let me just say for now that we don’t need to store it. Now you can see it says got it. Look up only. How should the provider fall back chain work when enriching a lead sequential with merge? Try Apollo first then Hunter. Let’s try and just say let’s just try Hunter first. And I want it to stop when it finds the email cuz that is the main thing. If there’s something that you don’t understand, something that you don’t have an answer to that you think is best, you should just ask cla what it would recommend. Here you can see it says what order should the providers be tried in? Gives us a couple of options. I’m just going to say hunter only, but you can l just go back and forth with claude like this. What’s the text stack? Should I match the shiny automations template? It knows this from memory. Um, let’s do next year only and no trigger.dev for now. I have enough to draft the design. Here’s the proposal, architecture, blah blah blah. That’s all of this. And now it’s creating what’s called the design spec. And the design spec is basically what I called the build plan in my previous explanation of how to build anything. You can see it has two questions, two things I like to decide before I write the spec. How should I handle the LinkedIn URL case? Let’s for now skip URL and let’s do a drop down. The skill I’m using right here, which is also very valuable for you to know about, is called superpowers. And what superpowers basically does is that it forces Claw to think like an engineer. All you have to do is literally just search GitHub superpowers. You’re going to find this GitHub repo right here. It’s called Ora Superpowers. Click on this and you can see it has 28,000 stars. All you do is that you literally just copy this right here and you go to claw and you say, “Please install these skills. search up the documentation for installing global claw skills before you do it. You should just send this like this and it’s going to install the skills for you. After you’ve done that, you might have to restart claw just like this before it’s ready. But now you can see spec written and saved to ducks superpowers and then it has the spec right here and that is sign. There we go. So if we click this, you can now see it build out a full plan for us. And we want to read this carefully to make sure that aligns with exactly what we want to build. So you can see it says lead enrich design spec. It shows the date. It shows the status which is draft a goal a personal web tool for enriching a single lead at a time. The user enters whatever they have email company name or domain name and domain name and company. And the app returns the lead’s contact information company info and social presence. There we go. Non goals. We don’t need a CSV enrichment. This is not what we want. It shows the stack right here. It shows the user flow, shows the architecture, shows the component responsibilities, what each page should do. You can basically see we have a full plan already for exactly what it is we want to build. If we find something inside of here that we don’t like, we can tell claw to fix it in the implementation plan. It even shows how the enrich lead should be structured. It shows error handling. It shows file layout and it shows out of the scope maybe for the future like this. Nice. Now we have our full build plan and right now we’re building a fairly simple tool. It’s just like a personal tool. If you were to build out a full software for example, then this would definitely be an extremely long build plan. You would have to include pricing and authentication and databases and maybe you’re running some virtual machine like hosting the back end. All of this would be inside of your bill plan or what superpowers call it the design spec. And see it says spec written and saved. I’ll say I have read it now. Please continue. Now you can see it’s using a different skill also coming from superpowers that’s called writing plans. And this is where we go to the next step which is building out the implementation plan with these substeps. And building out this implementation plan is actually the thing that usually takes the longest. I’ll let it do that and then I’ll come right back. And there we go. Now you can see the plan is complete and saved inside of plans. And this is what the implementation plan is. Right? If we click on plans and I’ll click on this, you can see we have the entire file structure. We have task one, do this and this and this and this. Set all of these things. Step five, step six. So it’s basically split up in tasks and then steps inside of these tasks exactly like this. So now we have two options. to be one sub aent driven where each thing are built where a fresh sub agent is doing each task. This speeds it up a lot or do we want to do everything in line. I’m going to do one sub aents start the build and only now after we’ve made a spec and after we’ve made a plan is when we start building it out. So now it’s going to build out this little mini app for us which is a lead in richer. And there we have it. Now Claude has built out this entire thing by following the implementation plan and this took 13 minutes. The next thing we want to do is testing and refining. And we are probably going to run into some bugs. You can see we have our environmental values right here. Let me copy that, paste it, and then rename it to just local. And let’s then update this Hansa API key. Go to hun.io and go to API. Copy this API key. Go back. Paste it in right here. Close it down. And let’s try and run the server. So we can now write mpm rundev. That’s going to give us localhost 3000. Paste it in and let’s see if our app works. So it says lead enricher right here. What do you have? Let’s say we have a name and company. And the name we can write this. Let’s test it on myself first. Company name shiny.ai. Let’s see if we can find it using this. Click enrich. Now we run into this issue right here. So I’m going to copy this. This was as expected. Paste it in and say we run into this issue. Hit enter and then we should be able to fix it. It was something to do with how it’s passing the information. So let’s see if it works now. So you can see it’s making a bunch of updates now in the code. Now it wants to test it. We can just stop it here. Let’s try and restart the server. Write name and company email again. Click enrich. And there we go. Now we have a bunch of information. And it could even just from my name and the company name, it could find my email. Let’s see if I just write shiny.ai and click enrich. See what data it then finds. Then you can see it actually finds Oliver, my co-founder, and his email. And there we go. The lead enricher works. It’s not a very impressive app because it literally just uses the Hunter API. But it was also show you this flow right here of building something that you’ve never built before by using these four steps. Creating the build plan, creating the implementation plan, and then having the LLM build for you, but spending a lot of time on the build plan and the implementation plan. And then when you have all of that when you have sharpened your axe, that’s when you start building it. And I guess we can do the next step which is testing it and refining it. We have already done a bit of bit of testing, but let’s refine it as well. I can give it the front end skill now and say make it look clean and modern like a modern SAS. Hit enter. And now it’s basically just going to give our entire software a full makeover of how it looks. That’s a part of the refining step, actually making it look good. There we go. Now we have given it a bit of a makeover. Now, find anyone’s work email. And now we can choose either email, domain, name, company. It works exactly like it did before, but now it just looks a little better. Awesome. The reason I wanted to build this out is just to showcase how you basically build anything. So, when a client comes to you and tells you, I want to build out this and this and this. I want to try and automate this. Is this possible? You can literally just ask Claude about how would I build this? How would I go about this? Use this framework right here for first creating a build plan, creating the implementation R and then having it build out. And that basically allows you to build anything you really want or would never need. If you’re already technical, then you might be able to skip some of these stages. Like you might already say that I want to use this and this and this text stack because you already know that this text stack would be good for the task. But if you’re a beginner and you’re just starting out and you don’t have that much technical expertise, don’t skip the step of just chatting with Claude and finding out what the best tech stack would be for things like scaling, cost, how fast it is, the functionality, etc. Go back and forth with Claude a lot about that and you’re going to get the best results. In the next part of the course, we’re going to talk about pricing because now you know how to create a bunch of stuff. But how do you actually price it? How much can you charge? What pricing model should you use? That is what we’re going to cover now. Now you know how to build a bunch of different things and you also know the framework for basically being able to build anything using clawed code. But how do you actually price your services? How much should you be charging? This is a question I get a lot. And I always use the golden rule that when it comes to developing an AI project, you always want to give your clients a 5x return on investment. So, let’s say that you save your client $5,000 in payroll or in whatever solution that you implemented. You would be able to charge a $1,000 from that for your service. If you keep this 5x return on investment, your client will always be happy. And a happy client means low churn, which basically means that they stay with you for a very long time. If they’re paying you monthly, you of course want them to stay as long as possible. And it increases referrals. If you did a good job for them, then they’re going to refer you to their friends that are also business owners that might also have the issue that you’re solving. And this where you potentially can achieve negative churn, which basically means that your agency grows without you doing anything. Just from serving your clients right now without paying anything else in marketing, your agency would still increase because the churn is so low and clients are referring you to other clients in a higher rate than the churn you have. And that all starts by giving your clients a good return on investment. That’s the entire point of this business model. And in any service business really, you need to go in and do a hell of a job. Give them a return on investment in order to actually deserve the $1,000. But how do you actually calculate the return on investment for your services? It is basic math. Let’s just use an example that you are installing voice agents and and right now you’re working with a client that right now has 10 people in customer support and they’re taking calls all day. They’re answering the same questions over and over again. So now you installed your voice agent system and this now means that they go from 10 customer support reps to let’s say five customer support reps. This means that they’ve cut five customer support reps. Each rep might be paid something like $2,000 a month. So when you have cut from 10 down to five, that is five reps, that basically means that you’re now saving this company $10,000 a month. So using the 5x return on investment rule, that mean that from that, in order to keep the client very happy, you’ll be able to charge $2,000 a month for that. And if you do it like this, then they have no reason to churn. You’re literally saving them still $8,000 every month just from using your system. Of course, you need to do some work. You need to maintain it. You need to make sure that voice agents actually do a good job, but that is also what you’re paid to do. That is how you can calculate a return on investment. You might also have a system that directly generates revenue. Let’s say you have like a cold email AI system that you install for clients and that system is generating a business, let’s say $100,000 a month in new revenue. When you do this, you need to calculate in gross profit because this is a revenue. Gross profit is what you have left after you remove the fixed cost. So things like payroll for taking care of the client. How much is the company actually profiting from that $10,000 worth of revenue? That might be, let’s say, if they have good margins, like $40,000. So that is in theory what you’re making them every single month. You can charge one of that, which means if you’re running this system right here, you’ll be paid $8,000 a month. So, you always want to give them at least a 5x return of their money. And of course, this $100,000 a month in revenue that you’re giving them needs to be new revenue, right? Not their existing revenue already. So, if you can by installing your system, give them a 5x return on investment, then they’re going to be very happy and they’re going to stay with you forever. But what pricing structure do you then use? If you want to make it really easy and if you want to follow the the golden rule when it’s available, when result based, when it makes sense, it’s a very very good offer. If you literally just say to them upfront that you’re going to be taking 20% of the gross profit that you make a company, that is such a no-brainer because there’s no risk in it for them. You remove all of the risk. Now there’s only an upside and it also shows that you’re very confident in what you’re doing. The negatives are of course is that you need to be able to track all of this. So this usually works with larger clients where you can actually go in and control and see okay how much money am I making them that you can follow each lead in the process that they have a good CRM etc. That’s one of the really good offers resultbased and when you are good at what you do resultbased will also usually pay you more than something like a regular retainer. Let me give you an example. Shiny.ai AI, which is our AI agency, does lead reactivations, and we always use result-based. We had one client where we probably could have charged maybe like $1,000 a month on a retainer. But because we did it as resultbased because we went after the golden rule, that client in total actually made us around $240,000 in LTV. So, we probably at least 10x the lifetime value just from doing it result based. Resultbased is one of those offers that you would rather have a retainer if you’re bad at what you do. But if you’re really really good at what you do, you would always rather have resultbased because you’re paid for every result that you bring. So if you can scale that up, your result also scales infinitely. Well, that kind of makes sense. But this offer right here is not always the best one to use because sometimes it could be hard to calculate how much something is worth. Let’s say that you are implementing customer support widgets on websites, right? to this little website widget in the bottom right corner. It’s very hard to say how much a conversation is worth. You could still do result based. It will probably not be of gross profit. Instead, it might be per conversation, for example, that you’re charging them a little something. Maybe you’re charging them something like $1 per conversation. So, this still definitely still add up if they have like 200, 300 conversations a month. But that’s one way that you can do these kind of like support agents as result based. But you cannot really like calculate gross profit directly from like a support agent. So sometimes resultbased really doesn’t make sense. Instead, what I recommend at that point is the upfront offer plus recurring because sometimes it’s simply like impossible to track and it also becomes a headache if you have like 50 clients to track their performance every single month. So charging something up front and then a recurring afterwards is sometimes the best option. But if you do that, I’ll always recommend that you use the satisfaction guarantee. This has worked so well for us. Let’s say that we want to charge a client $2,000 upfront and then let’s say $500 a month. If we just give them this offer right here, there’s a bunch of risk, right? The client is taking a risk. Okay, does this even work? And they’re paying a pretty big amount right up front without even seeing if it’s going to work yet. Instead, what I want you to do is to give a satisfaction guarantee. So, you still charge $2,000 up front. You say, “I’m going to build this out. It’s going to cost $2,000 as a setup fee, but I’m so confident in my own ability that I can build this really well out for you.” So, after I build out the entire system, so if you’re building a dashboard, you will build out everything. If you’re if you’re building a website, you’ll build out everything. You’re basically going to say that I’m going to build out everything so you can see exactly how it looks. then we’re going to hop on a meeting and if you don’t like the result at that moment then you can get a full refund. So then we have the satisfaction guarantee. The reason why this is so strong is because now all of a sudden there’s no risk in it for them. If they don’t like what you have built, then they can just get their money refunded right afterwards. But if you’re actually good at what you’re doing, which you hopefully are, then people are not going to refund because they’re going to see a website that they actually like or they’re going to see a dashboard that actually automates the things that they want automated. It’s very important sometimes for some projects that you get some money up front. The reason for that is that it has happened countless of times for us that we have started the project without taking any money up front and then the client simply like stopped the answering. Maybe he got cold feet, maybe something else came up, maybe he was just too busy. But the reason they could just like stop answering and don’t care anymore is because they were not invested. You want people to be invested right from the start when you work with them. So, this is like the perfect middle ground. You still get them invested, you still get money up front, but you remove the risk by giving them a satisfaction guarantee. And if you’re good at what you’re actually doing, we have given this offer a bunch of times, and we have never had to give a refund. Because every single time we have shown someone a website, for example, or shown someone a system that we have built out for them, they have said, “This looks good. I’m ready to try it. Awesome. Let’s get started.” And for a lot of the time, they actually forget about the satisfaction guarantee when they see something that’s really good. And then I’m a big fan of recurring businesses. I don’t like to work on a project basis. I like having recurring revenue coming in every single month. So when you charge an upfront fee and then charge a lower recurring fee, this lower recurring fee is usually not a problem. And this really helps when you start to stack like 10 plus clients, all of a sudden this recurring revenue is just stacking and compounding. What you basically justify is that this is to keep up support. It’s to keep the system active to fix anything if any issues come up. That is what this fee basically like a service fee covers, right? Which is a monthly recurring fee. Another thing that’s very important to talk about is that you always of course want to make sure that you profit. You don’t want to build out a full system for them and then cover let’s say the software cost yourself and then realize that you that you’re not going to profit. A way to overcome that is to use tiers just like you would with the software where you have like tier one, tier two, tier three that becomes more and more expensive. You can do that as well with your AI services. The key here being that you always want to make sure that you profit. Let’s say that you’re building out the voice agents to use the example from before. Then you could have, let’s say, 100 calls on plan one. Let’s say a,000 calls on plan two and let’s say 5,000 plans on plan three and then have maybe like a fourth plan that’s like 5,000 plus, which is maybe per conversation or something that you can charge for. By doing that, by having different tiers, you always make sure that you are in the green. If you’re just charging like 500 bucks a month and all of a sudden you realize that this company is massive and they’re going to have like 10,000 calls a month, you might get ruined. So, you want to make sure that you’re dialed in on this and that you are always in the profit. A question I get a lot as well is, should I include software in my price? Like, let’s say that you’re building out the voice voice agents as an example. it costs maybe like $100 a month for you to run it. Should you tell that to the client and get them to pay $100 extra or should you include it in your price before? If you’re charging 500 bucks, then it would just charge 600 bucks without telling them. And from my experience, what I’ve seen is that a confused person doesn’t buy. If someone is confused about what they’re going to pay, what they’re going to get, they’re not going to purchase anything. So, you want to make your offer as simple as possible. Instead of saying, “Well, it’s like $500 a month for the service and then $100 a month for the actual software,” we almost always include it all in our price and just have a very simple offer that is easy to understand. There’s one scenario, however, where we don’t do this, but where we actually do this, and this is if the client wants to like own the system completely or like run it on their own servers. This is usually like bigger clients that wants to run everything on their own servers. The price tag for that is of course going to be much higher as we now need to install it on their servers. And when we’re doing that, they are of course also paying for like the hosting and the software cost. So I’d say when you’re just starting out like 99% of the time you would just include the cost inside of your price. When you start going up market and working with larger clients, that’s sometimes when you have to sell them. Well, it’s going to cost this and this on your own service and you basically take the price out of your service fee. I mentioned it a bit earlier, but please, this is just like a reminder. You never say the price of the service before you have shown the value. It’s what we talked about, right? You don’t, for example, if you’re talking with someone in the DMs over email and they’re going to ask how much is it going to cost. You never say the price before you show what you’re actually delivering. You also want to say on the call that you’re trying to give them a 5x return on investment. They need to see the value that they are going to get to compare it to the price that they’re going to pay. You want to be judged on the value, not on the price. And the only way that you can do that is that you hop on a call with them. You talk about the issues that they currently have and then show them how your solution could be a solution to their problem. If you [ __ ] this up, then you’re never going to get them on a call because they’re just going to see, well, it’s $2,000. That’s way too much in debt. But if they realize that it’s actually going to save them $10,000, then paying that $2,000 is a steal. And the other thing is that a lot of people when they start selling in the AI space, they are selling AI. They’re f focusing on the features like we are using the newest models. We’re using the newest technology. We are running it smooth so it’s as fast as possible. The reality is that most companies that you’re going to work with doesn’t really care that it’s AI at all. All they care about is the outcome that they’re going to get. Will they be able to save $10,000 a month? Yes or no. They don’t care about if it’s AI or what it is doing it. They just care about the outcome. So when you are on calls and you’re explaining the value that you focus on the pain that they have right now, the amount that they’re paying extra right now, which they don’t have to, and then from that show them the outcome. Show them what you can help with. Don’t focus on the features. Don’t focus on it being AI. I hope that clarified some things in terms of pricing. Now you have all of the information that you really need in order to go out and actually start selling AI services. But in what sequence do you actually do it and what does your road map look like? Now that is what we’re going to talk about in the next part of the course. Now you have literally everything you need in order to go out and land your first clients. Don’t let this just be another YouTube video that you watch, forget about, and where you never actually take action. Go out and actually use this information. To make it extremely easy for you, let me give you a road map that you can do right now. The first thing is what you’ve actually already completed. it is to learn a skill. Just from watching this video alone and understanding how to build with tools like cloud code, you already now know a valuable skill that you can go out and sell. You should of course still keep learning as much as humanly possible. The AI space is always moving. So you need to stay up to date, but don’t get in the trap of overarning and never actually going out and utilizing this information that you’re learning to anything. So, while you’re still learning and while you’re still keeping up to date with the AI space, now it’s time to go out and land clients. And these clients are not going to be the one that pays you the most. Start by working for free. Reach out to people on cold email like I’ve shown you how to do this in course and offer to design a website for them for free. become their internet partner or get started on Upwork like you also know how to do now and charge something low like $15 an hour just to get your first project done and to build that Upwork profile that can become a very very valuable asset. One of the biggest mistakes beginners make in this space is that they think well I’m starting an AI agency so I should spend most of my time actually learning AI but that is actually not the truth. The main thing you should be learning is how do you market it? So, how do you do marketing for your services and how do you sell? Those are the first things that you need to figure out and those are usually the things that are the hardest for most people in this space. People massively underestimate how much time they should actually be spending on marketing and selling. If you’re just starting a business, try and spend 4 hours every single day doing marketing and doing selling. So spend four hours outreaching to everyone you know, sending out Upwork proposals, building code email campaigns. Do everything you can in order to land that first client. And again, the first step is not going to be to make a bunch of money. You’re still building the skill, which is the actual valuable part. The next step after landing a couple of projects and landing a couple of clients is literally just to sustain yourself. And when you talk about making it a business, right, the success criteria of making it in business is to stay in business. This is the point that you need to get to because if you can just sustain yourself, if you can just pay yourself a small salary every single month that covers your rent so you don’t have to worry about it, that literally means that you can go all in and that you will never give up. People say that nine out of 10 businesses fail, which is true, but the majority fail right here at step one and two. And that’s because they never reach the point. So at one point they say, “Fuck it. Let me try something else.” And they give up. Or they might just be false to, well, this month I can’t pay in. I need to go out and get a job, so I’m going to quit with this or hold off for a bit and then never get started again. See if you can get to this point right here. This should be your main goal right now. Can you just sustain yourself at $2 to $3,000 a month? Get to that point because then you never quit again. And then after that, you reach step four, which is that you start charging more. At this point, you should have a consistent stream of clients coming in either through Upwork, either through cold email. And when you have that, that’s when you charge more. You choose the clients that can pay you more. when you say no to the irritating clients that are broke and that can’t pay. So, you work with fewer clients that pay you more. Step number five, now you need to find bottlenecks. Scaling a business is basically just the process of finding out the bottleneck, solving that bottleneck, and then going to the next bottleneck. Let’s say that this is a funnel that looks like this. Let’s say that we’re getting a bunch of leads from cold email, right? They all come through here. But then we have a sales process right now where it’s only us taking sales calls and this only means that we have time for some calls and our calendar’s completely booked up. The bottleneck of this business right here is to hire more salespeople or by figuring out how can we only get the most qualified through this funnel. So maybe you open this up and all of a sudden you get way more calls and way more closes. Now the bottleneck might be that you only have yourself as a tech person. So then you need to hire more tech people or you need to automate more with cloud in order to make the onboarding process more smooth, better, etc. But that is the process of scaling a business and that’s step five. And honestly, you’re going to be at step five forever. That is the process. Now you’re just finding bottlenecks, solving those bottlenecks and this basically just keeps going on forever as your business grows. This course is about building a one person business with clawed code. But this doesn’t mean that you should limit yourself to just being one person. You start out by being one person in the business and Claude code can definitely carry a lot of that weight and doing it and do a lot of work for you and you can probably get to 10 15 clients yourself where Claude does most of the work. However, don’t get stuck in this mindset of okay, I shouldn’t hire anyone because sometimes the best solution is not AI and that’s even coming from me. Sometimes the best solution is to just find a good salesperson that can convert more calls, you can close more deals. Or sometimes the best solution is literally just to find another tech person that can onboard more clients and make you more money. A mistake that I see a lot of people make is that they try to overmate where the easy solution that they could have done in a couple of days is usually just hiring someone and instead they spend weeks building out and automating a solution that then turns out mediocre. But that is the endgame. The reason why this course is built a oneperson business is because that’s how you start and that’s also how you can get to make a really good living for yourself just working by yourself with cloud code. I hope that this road map is valuable for you. Write it down and literally just start outreaching. Start setting up your cold email campaigns. Start setting up work. Buy connections. Send proposal requests. Actually spend a bunch of time doing these Loom videos and just keep going. When I started my business, I was considering myself smart. But it still took me 4 months of just straight grind outreaching every single day before I landed my first client that paid me 400 bucks. These expectations of being able to make tens of thousands of dollars your first month is just completely unrealistic because you haven’t learned that skill that makes you worth that much. In order to do that, you actually need to build something up that can take months if not years. And the best thing that you can do right now is to set your expectations right from the start. Say to yourself that it’s okay if I put my heart and soul into this and that it takes one year. Don’t expect it to take a month. And when it comes to growth in a business, it’s usually exponential. You’re going to have a pain in the start. You’re going to be hovering around a couple hundred bucks a month probably when you’re just starting out. But then all of a sudden, something clicks and that’s when the graph goes like this. And just like the stock market, it doesn’t go in a nice curve. It goes like this, right? It goes up and down, up and down. And then you’re going to have good months. And then you’re going to have terrible months. And you’re going to have even better months. Then you’re going to have even bigger falls and then it goes like this, right? That is how it always goes. Take it from me. Keep grinding and it’s going to be so worth it when it actually clicks. The last thing I want to say is that if you’re already in a job or already in a position right now, don’t let that stop you. It’s a myth that you have to quit everything that you’re doing right now in order to go all in on something. Because for a lot of people, that actually keeps them from starting in the first place. Because what if you cannot afford to quit your job? That is a big risk if you don’t make this work the first couple of months. Instead, what you do, and this is by no means easy, is that you build your business from 5 to 9. Then you are at work from, let’s say, 9:00 to 5:00, and then you might be able to get a couple of hours in at the evening before you then go to sleep, right? That still gives you 4 hours right here and 2 hours right here. And usually you’re the most aware right when you wake up. So spend this time working on your business. And then probably in weekends, you probably have 10 hours that you can spend on your business. So this you have to go all in when you’re just starting out. It’s a myth. You can start getting your first couple of clients, making your first money, setting up your Upwork profile, and do all of that while you’re still working a job. Don’t quit your job. Don’t think that you need to quit your job. Do it on the side until you can actually afford to quit. I really appreciate that you watch this full free course, and I really hope that you found it valuable. If you want my help, then you should check out our community, the 1% in AI. Inside of here, we have the 30-day challenge and the 90-day challenge. And the great thing about these challenges is that when you complete them, then you actually get your first month completely refunded. The way it works is that you get this tracker right here that shows you what to do every single day, what modules to watch inside of the 1%, what task to complete, and it basically holds your hand throughout the entire process of learning the skills that you need to learn and setting up your AI agency. So, if that sounds interesting, then I’ll leave it as the top link right below this video. Thank you guys so much for watching. I hope you have a wonderful rest of your day. I hope that you’re actually going to use this for something. Don’t let this be another YouTube video that you’ve just watched and never actually took action. I am rooting for you.